SpyBara
Go Premium Account
2026
7 Jan 2026, 00:04
12 May 2026, 16:02 12 May 2026, 14:59 12 May 2026, 01:59 12 May 2026, 00:01 11 May 2026, 23:00 11 May 2026, 21:57 11 May 2026, 20:02 11 May 2026, 18:59 11 May 2026, 18:00 11 May 2026, 15:00 10 May 2026, 23:03 10 May 2026, 17:00 10 May 2026, 04:02 9 May 2026, 04:57 9 May 2026, 04:01 9 May 2026, 03:01 8 May 2026, 22:00 8 May 2026, 19:00 8 May 2026, 18:00 8 May 2026, 16:57 8 May 2026, 07:02 8 May 2026, 06:02 8 May 2026, 03:01 8 May 2026, 02:03 8 May 2026, 01:02 8 May 2026, 00:02 7 May 2026, 22:59 7 May 2026, 21:57 7 May 2026, 17:08 5 May 2026, 23:00 5 May 2026, 21:00 5 May 2026, 17:00 5 May 2026, 15:59 5 May 2026, 14:57 5 May 2026, 00:02 4 May 2026, 22:58 4 May 2026, 22:01 4 May 2026, 18:58 4 May 2026, 15:35 4 May 2026, 06:55 4 May 2026, 04:18 2 May 2026, 18:14 2 May 2026, 04:05 2 May 2026, 00:19 1 May 2026, 18:19 1 May 2026, 04:22 1 May 2026, 00:20 29 Apr 2026, 21:21 29 Apr 2026, 15:36 29 Apr 2026, 09:39 29 Apr 2026, 04:11 29 Apr 2026, 00:20 28 Apr 2026, 21:21 28 Apr 2026, 18:28 28 Apr 2026, 15:45 28 Apr 2026, 06:49 27 Apr 2026, 21:20 27 Apr 2026, 18:23 26 Apr 2026, 04:08 25 Apr 2026, 21:10 24 Apr 2026, 18:11 24 Apr 2026, 06:34 24 Apr 2026, 00:17 23 Apr 2026, 18:19 23 Apr 2026, 04:04 23 Apr 2026, 00:17 22 Apr 2026, 21:15 22 Apr 2026, 04:00 22 Apr 2026, 00:13 21 Apr 2026, 21:14 21 Apr 2026, 09:30 21 Apr 2026, 04:01 20 Apr 2026, 21:14 20 Apr 2026, 18:16 18 Apr 2026, 18:09 18 Apr 2026, 00:13 17 Apr 2026, 21:13 17 Apr 2026, 18:14 17 Apr 2026, 00:15 16 Apr 2026, 21:13 16 Apr 2026, 18:21 16 Apr 2026, 15:30 16 Apr 2026, 04:02 16 Apr 2026, 00:16 15 Apr 2026, 18:20 15 Apr 2026, 15:24 15 Apr 2026, 09:29 15 Apr 2026, 04:00 14 Apr 2026, 21:14 14 Apr 2026, 18:21 14 Apr 2026, 06:32 14 Apr 2026, 04:00 14 Apr 2026, 00:16 13 Apr 2026, 21:14 13 Apr 2026, 18:21 11 Apr 2026, 00:11 10 Apr 2026, 21:09 10 Apr 2026, 18:13 10 Apr 2026, 06:32 10 Apr 2026, 00:12 9 Apr 2026, 21:14 9 Apr 2026, 18:17 9 Apr 2026, 15:29 9 Apr 2026, 03:55 9 Apr 2026, 00:09 8 Apr 2026, 21:13 8 Apr 2026, 18:21 8 Apr 2026, 15:27 8 Apr 2026, 00:12 7 Apr 2026, 21:14 4 Apr 2026, 18:05 4 Apr 2026, 03:46 4 Apr 2026, 00:09 3 Apr 2026, 21:07 3 Apr 2026, 18:08 3 Apr 2026, 03:54 3 Apr 2026, 00:11 2 Apr 2026, 21:08 2 Apr 2026, 18:12 2 Apr 2026, 09:19 2 Apr 2026, 06:21 2 Apr 2026, 03:53 1 Apr 2026, 21:12 1 Apr 2026, 18:13 1 Apr 2026, 04:00 1 Apr 2026, 00:11 31 Mar 2026, 21:09 31 Mar 2026, 06:24 31 Mar 2026, 03:56 31 Mar 2026, 00:11 30 Mar 2026, 21:13 30 Mar 2026, 18:15 28 Mar 2026, 18:04 28 Mar 2026, 15:06 27 Mar 2026, 21:09 27 Mar 2026, 18:14 27 Mar 2026, 15:15 27 Mar 2026, 06:21 27 Mar 2026, 03:56 27 Mar 2026, 00:10 26 Mar 2026, 21:07 26 Mar 2026, 18:16 26 Mar 2026, 15:25 26 Mar 2026, 06:21 26 Mar 2026, 03:55 26 Mar 2026, 00:10 25 Mar 2026, 21:08 25 Mar 2026, 18:15 25 Mar 2026, 06:18 25 Mar 2026, 03:47 25 Mar 2026, 00:08 24 Mar 2026, 18:15 24 Mar 2026, 00:07 23 Mar 2026, 21:08 23 Mar 2026, 18:13 23 Mar 2026, 00:09 22 Mar 2026, 18:04 22 Mar 2026, 00:07 21 Mar 2026, 18:03 21 Mar 2026, 00:07 20 Mar 2026, 21:05 20 Mar 2026, 18:08 20 Mar 2026, 15:13 20 Mar 2026, 03:45 20 Mar 2026, 00:08 19 Mar 2026, 06:17 19 Mar 2026, 00:08 18 Mar 2026, 18:16 18 Mar 2026, 12:11 18 Mar 2026, 09:15 18 Mar 2026, 03:50 18 Mar 2026, 00:09 17 Mar 2026, 21:10 17 Mar 2026, 18:15 17 Mar 2026, 03:46 17 Mar 2026, 00:08 16 Mar 2026, 21:10 16 Mar 2026, 18:15 14 Mar 2026, 03:44 14 Mar 2026, 00:08 13 Mar 2026, 21:07 13 Mar 2026, 18:07 13 Mar 2026, 06:12 12 Mar 2026, 21:07 12 Mar 2026, 18:12 12 Mar 2026, 00:07 11 Mar 2026, 03:43 11 Mar 2026, 00:05 10 Mar 2026, 03:43 10 Mar 2026, 00:05 9 Mar 2026, 21:06 7 Mar 2026, 03:37 7 Mar 2026, 00:07 6 Mar 2026, 06:10 6 Mar 2026, 03:44 6 Mar 2026, 00:12 5 Mar 2026, 06:12 5 Mar 2026, 03:45 5 Mar 2026, 00:07 4 Mar 2026, 21:06 4 Mar 2026, 18:09 4 Mar 2026, 09:09 1 Mar 2026, 06:10 1 Mar 2026, 03:49 28 Feb 2026, 21:01 28 Feb 2026, 00:05 27 Feb 2026, 21:05 27 Feb 2026, 18:07 27 Feb 2026, 09:11 27 Feb 2026, 06:13 27 Feb 2026, 00:08 26 Feb 2026, 21:08 26 Feb 2026, 18:12 26 Feb 2026, 09:14 26 Feb 2026, 06:17 26 Feb 2026, 00:07 25 Feb 2026, 03:47 25 Feb 2026, 00:09 24 Feb 2026, 21:08 24 Feb 2026, 18:15 23 Feb 2026, 21:13 21 Feb 2026, 18:03 21 Feb 2026, 06:08 20 Feb 2026, 21:03 20 Feb 2026, 06:14 20 Feb 2026, 00:07 19 Feb 2026, 21:06 19 Feb 2026, 03:48 19 Feb 2026, 00:08 18 Feb 2026, 03:48 17 Feb 2026, 21:08 17 Feb 2026, 00:08 16 Feb 2026, 21:05 14 Feb 2026, 03:44 13 Feb 2026, 21:09 12 Feb 2026, 00:06 11 Feb 2026, 21:10 11 Feb 2026, 00:11 10 Feb 2026, 21:13 10 Feb 2026, 03:56 10 Feb 2026, 00:11 9 Feb 2026, 15:17 9 Feb 2026, 00:08 7 Feb 2026, 21:05 7 Feb 2026, 18:03 7 Feb 2026, 03:43 6 Feb 2026, 21:06 6 Feb 2026, 00:05 5 Feb 2026, 21:06 5 Feb 2026, 18:13 5 Feb 2026, 03:46 5 Feb 2026, 00:07 4 Feb 2026, 21:07 4 Feb 2026, 18:11 4 Feb 2026, 03:45 4 Feb 2026, 00:06 3 Feb 2026, 21:08 3 Feb 2026, 18:14 3 Feb 2026, 09:10 3 Feb 2026, 03:46 1 Feb 2026, 21:03 1 Feb 2026, 18:02 31 Jan 2026, 03:42 31 Jan 2026, 00:06 30 Jan 2026, 18:07 30 Jan 2026, 00:06 29 Jan 2026, 21:03 28 Jan 2026, 15:06 28 Jan 2026, 03:30 28 Jan 2026, 00:05 27 Jan 2026, 21:01 27 Jan 2026, 18:03 27 Jan 2026, 06:02 26 Jan 2026, 21:03 25 Jan 2026, 03:34 24 Jan 2026, 03:29 23 Jan 2026, 21:01 23 Jan 2026, 18:02 23 Jan 2026, 00:05 22 Jan 2026, 21:03 22 Jan 2026, 15:05 22 Jan 2026, 03:31 22 Jan 2026, 00:05 21 Jan 2026, 21:05 21 Jan 2026, 06:02 21 Jan 2026, 03:30 21 Jan 2026, 00:05 20 Jan 2026, 21:03 20 Jan 2026, 18:03 20 Jan 2026, 15:05 20 Jan 2026, 03:30 19 Jan 2026, 21:01 19 Jan 2026, 00:05 16 Jan 2026, 21:01 16 Jan 2026, 18:02 16 Jan 2026, 15:02 16 Jan 2026, 00:05 14 Jan 2026, 06:02 14 Jan 2026, 00:05 12 Jan 2026, 21:02 12 Jan 2026, 18:02 12 Jan 2026, 00:05 11 Jan 2026, 18:02 11 Jan 2026, 03:31 11 Jan 2026, 00:06 10 Jan 2026, 21:01 10 Jan 2026, 03:29 10 Jan 2026, 00:04 9 Jan 2026, 21:01 9 Jan 2026, 00:04 8 Jan 2026, 21:02 8 Jan 2026, 06:02 8 Jan 2026, 03:29 8 Jan 2026, 00:05 7 Jan 2026, 21:01 7 Jan 2026, 18:02 7 Jan 2026, 09:05 7 Jan 2026, 06:02 7 Jan 2026, 03:30 7 Jan 2026, 00:04 6 Jan 2026, 21:01 6 Jan 2026, 03:29 6 Jan 2026, 00:05 3 Jan 2026, 18:02 27 Dec 2025, 06:02 27 Dec 2025, 03:28 23 Dec 2025, 18:02 20 Dec 2025, 00:04 19 Dec 2025, 21:01 19 Dec 2025, 18:02 19 Dec 2025, 00:05 18 Dec 2025, 21:01 18 Dec 2025, 18:02 18 Dec 2025, 15:02 17 Dec 2025, 15:02 17 Dec 2025, 03:27 16 Dec 2025, 21:01 16 Dec 2025, 18:02 16 Dec 2025, 00:05 15 Dec 2025, 21:01 15 Dec 2025, 18:02 13 Dec 2025, 06:02 12 Dec 2025, 21:01 12 Dec 2025, 00:05 11 Dec 2025, 21:02 11 Dec 2025, 18:01 11 Dec 2025, 06:02 10 Dec 2025, 09:03 9 Dec 2025, 18:01 9 Dec 2025, 06:02 9 Dec 2025, 03:25 8 Dec 2025, 21:01 8 Dec 2025, 06:02 8 Dec 2025, 00:05 6 Dec 2025, 18:02 5 Dec 2025, 00:04 4 Dec 2025, 21:02 4 Dec 2025, 18:02 4 Dec 2025, 06:02 4 Dec 2025, 03:26 3 Dec 2025, 00:04 2 Dec 2025, 21:01 2 Dec 2025, 00:04 1 Dec 2025, 03:31 27 Nov 2025, 06:02 27 Nov 2025, 03:20 26 Nov 2025, 00:04 25 Nov 2025, 03:22 24 Nov 2025, 21:01 21 Nov 2025, 00:04 20 Nov 2025, 18:02 20 Nov 2025, 06:02 20 Nov 2025, 03:20 19 Nov 2025, 03:21 19 Nov 2025, 00:05 18 Nov 2025, 18:02 18 Nov 2025, 09:02 18 Nov 2025, 03:21 17 Nov 2025, 03:24 17 Nov 2025, 00:04 16 Nov 2025, 00:04 14 Nov 2025, 21:26 6 Nov 2025, 18:02 6 Nov 2025, 15:02 6 Nov 2025, 12:02 6 Nov 2025, 06:01 6 Nov 2025, 03:22 4 Nov 2025, 18:02 4 Nov 2025, 03:19 4 Nov 2025, 00:04 3 Nov 2025, 21:01 3 Nov 2025, 12:03 3 Nov 2025, 09:02 3 Nov 2025, 06:02 3 Nov 2025, 03:24 3 Nov 2025, 00:04 2 Nov 2025, 18:01 2 Nov 2025, 12:02 2 Nov 2025, 09:01 1 Nov 2025, 21:01 31 Oct 2025, 00:04 30 Oct 2025, 18:02 29 Oct 2025, 21:02 28 Oct 2025, 18:02 27 Oct 2025, 18:02 24 Oct 2025, 21:01 23 Oct 2025, 21:02 23 Oct 2025, 09:02 23 Oct 2025, 06:02 23 Oct 2025, 00:04 21 Oct 2025, 00:04 20 Oct 2025, 21:02 20 Oct 2025, 15:12 20 Oct 2025, 00:05 17 Oct 2025, 18:01 17 Oct 2025, 12:03 16 Oct 2025, 18:02 16 Oct 2025, 00:05 15 Oct 2025, 18:02 13 Oct 2025, 21:01 12 Oct 2025, 18:01
23 Feb 2026, 21:13
12 May 2026, 16:02 12 May 2026, 14:59 12 May 2026, 01:59 12 May 2026, 00:01 11 May 2026, 23:00 11 May 2026, 21:57 11 May 2026, 20:02 11 May 2026, 18:59 11 May 2026, 18:00 11 May 2026, 15:00 10 May 2026, 23:03 10 May 2026, 17:00 10 May 2026, 04:02 9 May 2026, 04:57 9 May 2026, 04:01 9 May 2026, 03:01 8 May 2026, 22:00 8 May 2026, 19:00 8 May 2026, 18:00 8 May 2026, 16:57 8 May 2026, 07:02 8 May 2026, 06:02 8 May 2026, 03:01 8 May 2026, 02:03 8 May 2026, 01:02 8 May 2026, 00:02 7 May 2026, 22:59 7 May 2026, 21:57 7 May 2026, 17:08 5 May 2026, 23:00 5 May 2026, 21:00 5 May 2026, 17:00 5 May 2026, 15:59 5 May 2026, 14:57 5 May 2026, 00:02 4 May 2026, 22:58 4 May 2026, 22:01 4 May 2026, 18:58 4 May 2026, 15:35 4 May 2026, 06:55 4 May 2026, 04:18 2 May 2026, 18:14 2 May 2026, 04:05 2 May 2026, 00:19 1 May 2026, 18:19 1 May 2026, 04:22 1 May 2026, 00:20 29 Apr 2026, 21:21 29 Apr 2026, 15:36 29 Apr 2026, 09:39 29 Apr 2026, 04:11 29 Apr 2026, 00:20 28 Apr 2026, 21:21 28 Apr 2026, 18:28 28 Apr 2026, 15:45 28 Apr 2026, 06:49 27 Apr 2026, 21:20 27 Apr 2026, 18:23 26 Apr 2026, 04:08 25 Apr 2026, 21:10 24 Apr 2026, 18:11 24 Apr 2026, 06:34 24 Apr 2026, 00:17 23 Apr 2026, 18:19 23 Apr 2026, 04:04 23 Apr 2026, 00:17 22 Apr 2026, 21:15 22 Apr 2026, 04:00 22 Apr 2026, 00:13 21 Apr 2026, 21:14 21 Apr 2026, 09:30 21 Apr 2026, 04:01 20 Apr 2026, 21:14 20 Apr 2026, 18:16 18 Apr 2026, 18:09 18 Apr 2026, 00:13 17 Apr 2026, 21:13 17 Apr 2026, 18:14 17 Apr 2026, 00:15 16 Apr 2026, 21:13 16 Apr 2026, 18:21 16 Apr 2026, 15:30 16 Apr 2026, 04:02 16 Apr 2026, 00:16 15 Apr 2026, 18:20 15 Apr 2026, 15:24 15 Apr 2026, 09:29 15 Apr 2026, 04:00 14 Apr 2026, 21:14 14 Apr 2026, 18:21 14 Apr 2026, 06:32 14 Apr 2026, 04:00 14 Apr 2026, 00:16 13 Apr 2026, 21:14 13 Apr 2026, 18:21 11 Apr 2026, 00:11 10 Apr 2026, 21:09 10 Apr 2026, 18:13 10 Apr 2026, 06:32 10 Apr 2026, 00:12 9 Apr 2026, 21:14 9 Apr 2026, 18:17 9 Apr 2026, 15:29 9 Apr 2026, 03:55 9 Apr 2026, 00:09 8 Apr 2026, 21:13 8 Apr 2026, 18:21 8 Apr 2026, 15:27 8 Apr 2026, 00:12 7 Apr 2026, 21:14 4 Apr 2026, 18:05 4 Apr 2026, 03:46 4 Apr 2026, 00:09 3 Apr 2026, 21:07 3 Apr 2026, 18:08 3 Apr 2026, 03:54 3 Apr 2026, 00:11 2 Apr 2026, 21:08 2 Apr 2026, 18:12 2 Apr 2026, 09:19 2 Apr 2026, 06:21 2 Apr 2026, 03:53 1 Apr 2026, 21:12 1 Apr 2026, 18:13 1 Apr 2026, 04:00 1 Apr 2026, 00:11 31 Mar 2026, 21:09 31 Mar 2026, 06:24 31 Mar 2026, 03:56 31 Mar 2026, 00:11 30 Mar 2026, 21:13 30 Mar 2026, 18:15 28 Mar 2026, 18:04 28 Mar 2026, 15:06 27 Mar 2026, 21:09 27 Mar 2026, 18:14 27 Mar 2026, 15:15 27 Mar 2026, 06:21 27 Mar 2026, 03:56 27 Mar 2026, 00:10 26 Mar 2026, 21:07 26 Mar 2026, 18:16 26 Mar 2026, 15:25 26 Mar 2026, 06:21 26 Mar 2026, 03:55 26 Mar 2026, 00:10 25 Mar 2026, 21:08 25 Mar 2026, 18:15 25 Mar 2026, 06:18 25 Mar 2026, 03:47 25 Mar 2026, 00:08 24 Mar 2026, 18:15 24 Mar 2026, 00:07 23 Mar 2026, 21:08 23 Mar 2026, 18:13 23 Mar 2026, 00:09 22 Mar 2026, 18:04 22 Mar 2026, 00:07 21 Mar 2026, 18:03 21 Mar 2026, 00:07 20 Mar 2026, 21:05 20 Mar 2026, 18:08 20 Mar 2026, 15:13 20 Mar 2026, 03:45 20 Mar 2026, 00:08 19 Mar 2026, 06:17 19 Mar 2026, 00:08 18 Mar 2026, 18:16 18 Mar 2026, 12:11 18 Mar 2026, 09:15 18 Mar 2026, 03:50 18 Mar 2026, 00:09 17 Mar 2026, 21:10 17 Mar 2026, 18:15 17 Mar 2026, 03:46 17 Mar 2026, 00:08 16 Mar 2026, 21:10 16 Mar 2026, 18:15 14 Mar 2026, 03:44 14 Mar 2026, 00:08 13 Mar 2026, 21:07 13 Mar 2026, 18:07 13 Mar 2026, 06:12 12 Mar 2026, 21:07 12 Mar 2026, 18:12 12 Mar 2026, 00:07 11 Mar 2026, 03:43 11 Mar 2026, 00:05 10 Mar 2026, 03:43 10 Mar 2026, 00:05 9 Mar 2026, 21:06 7 Mar 2026, 03:37 7 Mar 2026, 00:07 6 Mar 2026, 06:10 6 Mar 2026, 03:44 6 Mar 2026, 00:12 5 Mar 2026, 06:12 5 Mar 2026, 03:45 5 Mar 2026, 00:07 4 Mar 2026, 21:06 4 Mar 2026, 18:09 4 Mar 2026, 09:09 1 Mar 2026, 06:10 1 Mar 2026, 03:49 28 Feb 2026, 21:01 28 Feb 2026, 00:05 27 Feb 2026, 21:05 27 Feb 2026, 18:07 27 Feb 2026, 09:11 27 Feb 2026, 06:13 27 Feb 2026, 00:08 26 Feb 2026, 21:08 26 Feb 2026, 18:12 26 Feb 2026, 09:14 26 Feb 2026, 06:17 26 Feb 2026, 00:07 25 Feb 2026, 03:47 25 Feb 2026, 00:09 24 Feb 2026, 21:08 24 Feb 2026, 18:15 23 Feb 2026, 21:13 21 Feb 2026, 18:03 21 Feb 2026, 06:08 20 Feb 2026, 21:03 20 Feb 2026, 06:14 20 Feb 2026, 00:07 19 Feb 2026, 21:06 19 Feb 2026, 03:48 19 Feb 2026, 00:08 18 Feb 2026, 03:48 17 Feb 2026, 21:08 17 Feb 2026, 00:08 16 Feb 2026, 21:05 14 Feb 2026, 03:44 13 Feb 2026, 21:09 12 Feb 2026, 00:06 11 Feb 2026, 21:10 11 Feb 2026, 00:11 10 Feb 2026, 21:13 10 Feb 2026, 03:56 10 Feb 2026, 00:11 9 Feb 2026, 15:17 9 Feb 2026, 00:08 7 Feb 2026, 21:05 7 Feb 2026, 18:03 7 Feb 2026, 03:43 6 Feb 2026, 21:06 6 Feb 2026, 00:05 5 Feb 2026, 21:06 5 Feb 2026, 18:13 5 Feb 2026, 03:46 5 Feb 2026, 00:07 4 Feb 2026, 21:07 4 Feb 2026, 18:11 4 Feb 2026, 03:45 4 Feb 2026, 00:06 3 Feb 2026, 21:08 3 Feb 2026, 18:14 3 Feb 2026, 09:10 3 Feb 2026, 03:46 1 Feb 2026, 21:03 1 Feb 2026, 18:02 31 Jan 2026, 03:42 31 Jan 2026, 00:06 30 Jan 2026, 18:07 30 Jan 2026, 00:06 29 Jan 2026, 21:03 28 Jan 2026, 15:06 28 Jan 2026, 03:30 28 Jan 2026, 00:05 27 Jan 2026, 21:01 27 Jan 2026, 18:03 27 Jan 2026, 06:02 26 Jan 2026, 21:03 25 Jan 2026, 03:34 24 Jan 2026, 03:29 23 Jan 2026, 21:01 23 Jan 2026, 18:02 23 Jan 2026, 00:05 22 Jan 2026, 21:03 22 Jan 2026, 15:05 22 Jan 2026, 03:31 22 Jan 2026, 00:05 21 Jan 2026, 21:05 21 Jan 2026, 06:02 21 Jan 2026, 03:30 21 Jan 2026, 00:05 20 Jan 2026, 21:03 20 Jan 2026, 18:03 20 Jan 2026, 15:05 20 Jan 2026, 03:30 19 Jan 2026, 21:01 19 Jan 2026, 00:05 16 Jan 2026, 21:01 16 Jan 2026, 18:02 16 Jan 2026, 15:02 16 Jan 2026, 00:05 14 Jan 2026, 06:02 14 Jan 2026, 00:05 12 Jan 2026, 21:02 12 Jan 2026, 18:02 12 Jan 2026, 00:05 11 Jan 2026, 18:02 11 Jan 2026, 03:31 11 Jan 2026, 00:06 10 Jan 2026, 21:01 10 Jan 2026, 03:29 10 Jan 2026, 00:04 9 Jan 2026, 21:01 9 Jan 2026, 00:04 8 Jan 2026, 21:02 8 Jan 2026, 06:02 8 Jan 2026, 03:29 8 Jan 2026, 00:05 7 Jan 2026, 21:01 7 Jan 2026, 18:02 7 Jan 2026, 09:05 7 Jan 2026, 06:02 7 Jan 2026, 03:30 7 Jan 2026, 00:04 6 Jan 2026, 21:01 6 Jan 2026, 03:29 6 Jan 2026, 00:05 3 Jan 2026, 18:02 27 Dec 2025, 06:02 27 Dec 2025, 03:28 23 Dec 2025, 18:02 20 Dec 2025, 00:04 19 Dec 2025, 21:01 19 Dec 2025, 18:02 19 Dec 2025, 00:05 18 Dec 2025, 21:01 18 Dec 2025, 18:02 18 Dec 2025, 15:02 17 Dec 2025, 15:02 17 Dec 2025, 03:27 16 Dec 2025, 21:01 16 Dec 2025, 18:02 16 Dec 2025, 00:05 15 Dec 2025, 21:01 15 Dec 2025, 18:02 13 Dec 2025, 06:02 12 Dec 2025, 21:01 12 Dec 2025, 00:05 11 Dec 2025, 21:02 11 Dec 2025, 18:01 11 Dec 2025, 06:02 10 Dec 2025, 09:03 9 Dec 2025, 18:01 9 Dec 2025, 06:02 9 Dec 2025, 03:25 8 Dec 2025, 21:01 8 Dec 2025, 06:02 8 Dec 2025, 00:05 6 Dec 2025, 18:02 5 Dec 2025, 00:04 4 Dec 2025, 21:02 4 Dec 2025, 18:02 4 Dec 2025, 06:02 4 Dec 2025, 03:26 3 Dec 2025, 00:04 2 Dec 2025, 21:01 2 Dec 2025, 00:04 1 Dec 2025, 03:31 27 Nov 2025, 06:02 27 Nov 2025, 03:20 26 Nov 2025, 00:04 25 Nov 2025, 03:22 24 Nov 2025, 21:01 21 Nov 2025, 00:04 20 Nov 2025, 18:02 20 Nov 2025, 06:02 20 Nov 2025, 03:20 19 Nov 2025, 03:21 19 Nov 2025, 00:05 18 Nov 2025, 18:02 18 Nov 2025, 09:02 18 Nov 2025, 03:21 17 Nov 2025, 03:24 17 Nov 2025, 00:04 16 Nov 2025, 00:04 14 Nov 2025, 21:26 6 Nov 2025, 18:02 6 Nov 2025, 15:02 6 Nov 2025, 12:02 6 Nov 2025, 06:01 6 Nov 2025, 03:22 4 Nov 2025, 18:02 4 Nov 2025, 03:19 4 Nov 2025, 00:04 3 Nov 2025, 21:01 3 Nov 2025, 12:03 3 Nov 2025, 09:02 3 Nov 2025, 06:02 3 Nov 2025, 03:24 3 Nov 2025, 00:04 2 Nov 2025, 18:01 2 Nov 2025, 12:02 2 Nov 2025, 09:01 1 Nov 2025, 21:01 31 Oct 2025, 00:04 30 Oct 2025, 18:02 29 Oct 2025, 21:02 28 Oct 2025, 18:02 27 Oct 2025, 18:02 24 Oct 2025, 21:01 23 Oct 2025, 21:02 23 Oct 2025, 09:02 23 Oct 2025, 06:02 23 Oct 2025, 00:04 21 Oct 2025, 00:04 20 Oct 2025, 21:02 20 Oct 2025, 15:12 20 Oct 2025, 00:05 17 Oct 2025, 18:01 17 Oct 2025, 12:03 16 Oct 2025, 18:02 16 Oct 2025, 00:05 15 Oct 2025, 18:02 13 Oct 2025, 21:01 12 Oct 2025, 18:01
Sun 1 18:02 Sun 1 21:03 Tue 3 03:46 Tue 3 09:10 Tue 3 18:14 Tue 3 21:08 Wed 4 00:06 Wed 4 03:45 Wed 4 18:11 Wed 4 21:07 Thu 5 00:07 Thu 5 03:46 Thu 5 18:13 Thu 5 21:06 Fri 6 00:05 Fri 6 21:06 Sat 7 03:43 Sat 7 18:03 Sat 7 21:05 Mon 9 00:08 Mon 9 15:17 Tue 10 00:11 Tue 10 03:56 Tue 10 21:13 Wed 11 00:11 Wed 11 21:10 Thu 12 00:06 Fri 13 21:09 Sat 14 03:44 Mon 16 21:05 Tue 17 00:08 Tue 17 21:08 Wed 18 03:48 Thu 19 00:08 Thu 19 03:48 Thu 19 21:06 Fri 20 00:07 Fri 20 06:14 Fri 20 21:03 Sat 21 06:08 Sat 21 18:03 Mon 23 21:13 Tue 24 18:15 Tue 24 21:08 Wed 25 00:09 Wed 25 03:47 Thu 26 00:07 Thu 26 06:17 Thu 26 09:14 Thu 26 18:12 Thu 26 21:08 Fri 27 00:08 Fri 27 06:13 Fri 27 09:11 Fri 27 18:07 Fri 27 21:05 Sat 28 00:05 Sat 28 21:01

agent-teams.md +399 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Orchestrate teams of Claude Code sessions

6 

7> Coordinate multiple Claude Code instances working together as a team, with shared tasks, inter-agent messaging, and centralized management.

8 

9<Warning>

10 Agent teams are experimental and disabled by default. Enable them by adding `CLAUDE_CODE_EXPERIMENTAL_AGENT_TEAMS` to your [settings.json](/en/settings) or environment. Agent teams have [known limitations](#limitations) around session resumption, task coordination, and shutdown behavior.

11</Warning>

12 

13Agent teams let you coordinate multiple Claude Code instances working together. One session acts as the team lead, coordinating work, assigning tasks, and synthesizing results. Teammates work independently, each in its own context window, and communicate directly with each other.

14 

15Unlike [subagents](/en/sub-agents), which run within a single session and can only report back to the main agent, you can also interact with individual teammates directly without going through the lead.

16 

17This page covers:

18 

19* [When to use agent teams](#when-to-use-agent-teams), including best use cases and how they compare with subagents

20* [Starting a team](#start-your-first-agent-team)

21* [Controlling teammates](#control-your-agent-team), including display modes, task assignment, and delegation

22* [Best practices for parallel work](#best-practices)

23 

24## When to use agent teams

25 

26Agent teams are most effective for tasks where parallel exploration adds real value. See [use case examples](#use-case-examples) for full scenarios. The strongest use cases are:

27 

28* **Research and review**: multiple teammates can investigate different aspects of a problem simultaneously, then share and challenge each other's findings

29* **New modules or features**: teammates can each own a separate piece without stepping on each other

30* **Debugging with competing hypotheses**: teammates test different theories in parallel and converge on the answer faster

31* **Cross-layer coordination**: changes that span frontend, backend, and tests, each owned by a different teammate

32 

33Agent teams add coordination overhead and use significantly more tokens than a single session. They work best when teammates can operate independently. For sequential tasks, same-file edits, or work with many dependencies, a single session or [subagents](/en/sub-agents) are more effective.

34 

35### Compare with subagents

36 

37Both agent teams and [subagents](/en/sub-agents) let you parallelize work, but they operate differently. Choose based on whether your workers need to communicate with each other:

38 

39<Frame caption="Subagents only report results back to the main agent and never talk to each other. In agent teams, teammates share a task list, claim work, and communicate directly with each other.">

40 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7/images/subagents-vs-agent-teams-light.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7&q=85&s=2f8db9b4f3705dd3ab931fbe2d96e42a" className="dark:hidden" alt="Diagram comparing subagent and agent team architectures. Subagents are spawned by the main agent, do work, and report results back. Agent teams coordinate through a shared task list, with teammates communicating directly with each other." data-og-width="4245" width="4245" data-og-height="1615" height="1615" data-path="images/subagents-vs-agent-teams-light.png" data-optimize="true" data-opv="3" srcset="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7/images/subagents-vs-agent-teams-light.png?w=280&fit=max&auto=format&n=nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7&q=85&s=a2cfe413c2084b477be40ac8723d9d40 280w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7/images/subagents-vs-agent-teams-light.png?w=560&fit=max&auto=format&n=nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7&q=85&s=c642c09a4c211b10b35eee7d7d0d149f 560w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7/images/subagents-vs-agent-teams-light.png?w=840&fit=max&auto=format&n=nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7&q=85&s=40d286f77c8a4075346b4fcaa2b36248 840w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7/images/subagents-vs-agent-teams-light.png?w=1100&fit=max&auto=format&n=nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7&q=85&s=923986caa23c0ef2c27d7e45f4dce6d1 1100w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7/images/subagents-vs-agent-teams-light.png?w=1650&fit=max&auto=format&n=nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7&q=85&s=17a730a070db6d71d029a98b074c68e8 1650w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7/images/subagents-vs-agent-teams-light.png?w=2500&fit=max&auto=format&n=nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7&q=85&s=e402533fc9e8b5e8d26a835cc4aa1742 2500w" />

41 

42 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7/images/subagents-vs-agent-teams-dark.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7&q=85&s=d573a037540f2ada6a9ae7d8285b46fd" className="hidden dark:block" alt="Diagram comparing subagent and agent team architectures. Subagents are spawned by the main agent, do work, and report results back. Agent teams coordinate through a shared task list, with teammates communicating directly with each other." data-og-width="4245" width="4245" data-og-height="1615" height="1615" data-path="images/subagents-vs-agent-teams-dark.png" data-optimize="true" data-opv="3" srcset="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7/images/subagents-vs-agent-teams-dark.png?w=280&fit=max&auto=format&n=nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7&q=85&s=06ca5b18b232855acc488357d8d01fa7 280w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7/images/subagents-vs-agent-teams-dark.png?w=560&fit=max&auto=format&n=nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7&q=85&s=3d34daee83994781eb74b74d1ed511c4 560w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7/images/subagents-vs-agent-teams-dark.png?w=840&fit=max&auto=format&n=nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7&q=85&s=82ea35ac837de7d674002de69689b9cf 840w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7/images/subagents-vs-agent-teams-dark.png?w=1100&fit=max&auto=format&n=nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7&q=85&s=3653085214a9fc65d1f589044894a296 1100w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7/images/subagents-vs-agent-teams-dark.png?w=1650&fit=max&auto=format&n=nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7&q=85&s=8e74b42694e428570e876d34f29e6ad6 1650w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7/images/subagents-vs-agent-teams-dark.png?w=2500&fit=max&auto=format&n=nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7&q=85&s=3be00c56c6a0dcccbe15640020be0128 2500w" />

43</Frame>

44 

45| | Subagents | Agent teams |

46| :---------------- | :----------------------------------------------- | :-------------------------------------------------- |

47| **Context** | Own context window; results return to the caller | Own context window; fully independent |

48| **Communication** | Report results back to the main agent only | Teammates message each other directly |

49| **Coordination** | Main agent manages all work | Shared task list with self-coordination |

50| **Best for** | Focused tasks where only the result matters | Complex work requiring discussion and collaboration |

51| **Token cost** | Lower: results summarized back to main context | Higher: each teammate is a separate Claude instance |

52 

53Use subagents when you need quick, focused workers that report back. Use agent teams when teammates need to share findings, challenge each other, and coordinate on their own.

54 

55## Enable agent teams

56 

57Agent teams are disabled by default. Enable them by setting the `CLAUDE_CODE_EXPERIMENTAL_AGENT_TEAMS` environment variable to `1`, either in your shell environment or through [settings.json](/en/settings):

58 

59```json settings.json theme={null}

60{

61 "env": {

62 "CLAUDE_CODE_EXPERIMENTAL_AGENT_TEAMS": "1"

63 }

64}

65```

66 

67## Start your first agent team

68 

69After enabling agent teams, tell Claude to create an agent team and describe the task and the team structure you want in natural language. Claude creates the team, spawns teammates, and coordinates work based on your prompt.

70 

71This example works well because the three roles are independent and can explore the problem without waiting on each other:

72 

73```

74I'm designing a CLI tool that helps developers track TODO comments across

75their codebase. Create an agent team to explore this from different angles: one

76teammate on UX, one on technical architecture, one playing devil's advocate.

77```

78 

79From there, Claude creates a team with a [shared task list](/en/interactive-mode#task-list), spawns teammates for each perspective, has them explore the problem, synthesizes findings, and attempts to [clean up the team](#clean-up-the-team) when finished.

80 

81The lead's terminal lists all teammates and what they're working on. Use Shift+Down to cycle through teammates and message them directly. After the last teammate, Shift+Down wraps back to the lead.

82 

83If you want each teammate in its own split pane, see [Choose a display mode](#choose-a-display-mode).

84 

85## Control your agent team

86 

87Tell the lead what you want in natural language. It handles team coordination, task assignment, and delegation based on your instructions.

88 

89### Choose a display mode

90 

91Agent teams support two display modes:

92 

93* **In-process**: all teammates run inside your main terminal. Use Shift+Down to cycle through teammates and type to message them directly. Works in any terminal, no extra setup required.

94* **Split panes**: each teammate gets its own pane. You can see everyone's output at once and click into a pane to interact directly. Requires tmux, or iTerm2.

95 

96<Note>

97 `tmux` has known limitations on certain operating systems and traditionally works best on macOS. Using `tmux -CC` in iTerm2 is the suggested entrypoint into `tmux`.

98</Note>

99 

100The default is `"auto"`, which uses split panes if you're already running inside a tmux session, and in-process otherwise. The `"tmux"` setting enables split-pane mode and auto-detects whether to use tmux or iTerm2 based on your terminal. To override, set `teammateMode` in your [settings.json](/en/settings):

101 

102```json theme={null}

103{

104 "teammateMode": "in-process"

105}

106```

107 

108To force in-process mode for a single session, pass it as a flag:

109 

110```bash theme={null}

111claude --teammate-mode in-process

112```

113 

114Split-pane mode requires either [tmux](https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki) or iTerm2 with the [`it2` CLI](https://github.com/mkusaka/it2). To install manually:

115 

116* **tmux**: install through your system's package manager. See the [tmux wiki](https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/Installing) for platform-specific instructions.

117* **iTerm2**: install the [`it2` CLI](https://github.com/mkusaka/it2), then enable the Python API in **iTerm2 → Settings → General → Magic → Enable Python API**.

118 

119### Specify teammates and models

120 

121Claude decides the number of teammates to spawn based on your task, or you can specify exactly what you want:

122 

123```

124Create a team with 4 teammates to refactor these modules in parallel.

125Use Sonnet for each teammate.

126```

127 

128### Require plan approval for teammates

129 

130For complex or risky tasks, you can require teammates to plan before implementing. The teammate works in read-only plan mode until the lead approves their approach:

131 

132```

133Spawn an architect teammate to refactor the authentication module.

134Require plan approval before they make any changes.

135```

136 

137When a teammate finishes planning, it sends a plan approval request to the lead. The lead reviews the plan and either approves it or rejects it with feedback. If rejected, the teammate stays in plan mode, revises based on the feedback, and resubmits. Once approved, the teammate exits plan mode and begins implementation.

138 

139The lead makes approval decisions autonomously. To influence the lead's judgment, give it criteria in your prompt, such as "only approve plans that include test coverage" or "reject plans that modify the database schema."

140 

141### Talk to teammates directly

142 

143Each teammate is a full, independent Claude Code session. You can message any teammate directly to give additional instructions, ask follow-up questions, or redirect their approach.

144 

145* **In-process mode**: use Shift+Down to cycle through teammates, then type to send them a message. Press Enter to view a teammate's session, then Escape to interrupt their current turn. Press Ctrl+T to toggle the task list.

146* **Split-pane mode**: click into a teammate's pane to interact with their session directly. Each teammate has a full view of their own terminal.

147 

148### Assign and claim tasks

149 

150The shared task list coordinates work across the team. The lead creates tasks and teammates work through them. Tasks have three states: pending, in progress, and completed. Tasks can also depend on other tasks: a pending task with unresolved dependencies cannot be claimed until those dependencies are completed.

151 

152The lead can assign tasks explicitly, or teammates can self-claim:

153 

154* **Lead assigns**: tell the lead which task to give to which teammate

155* **Self-claim**: after finishing a task, a teammate picks up the next unassigned, unblocked task on its own

156 

157Task claiming uses file locking to prevent race conditions when multiple teammates try to claim the same task simultaneously.

158 

159### Shut down teammates

160 

161To gracefully end a teammate's session:

162 

163```

164Ask the researcher teammate to shut down

165```

166 

167The lead sends a shutdown request. The teammate can approve, exiting gracefully, or reject with an explanation.

168 

169### Clean up the team

170 

171When you're done, ask the lead to clean up:

172 

173```

174Clean up the team

175```

176 

177This removes the shared team resources. When the lead runs cleanup, it checks for active teammates and fails if any are still running, so shut them down first.

178 

179<Warning>

180 Always use the lead to clean up. Teammates should not run cleanup because their team context may not resolve correctly, potentially leaving resources in an inconsistent state.

181</Warning>

182 

183### Enforce quality gates with hooks

184 

185Use [hooks](/en/hooks) to enforce rules when teammates finish work or tasks complete:

186 

187* [`TeammateIdle`](/en/hooks#teammateidle): runs when a teammate is about to go idle. Exit with code 2 to send feedback and keep the teammate working.

188* [`TaskCompleted`](/en/hooks#taskcompleted): runs when a task is being marked complete. Exit with code 2 to prevent completion and send feedback.

189 

190## How agent teams work

191 

192This section covers the architecture and mechanics behind agent teams. If you want to start using them, see [Control your agent team](#control-your-agent-team) above.

193 

194### How Claude starts agent teams

195 

196There are two ways agent teams get started:

197 

198* **You request a team**: give Claude a task that benefits from parallel work and explicitly ask for an agent team. Claude creates one based on your instructions.

199* **Claude proposes a team**: if Claude determines your task would benefit from parallel work, it may suggest creating a team. You confirm before it proceeds.

200 

201In both cases, you stay in control. Claude won't create a team without your approval.

202 

203### Architecture

204 

205An agent team consists of:

206 

207| Component | Role |

208| :------------ | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

209| **Team lead** | The main Claude Code session that creates the team, spawns teammates, and coordinates work |

210| **Teammates** | Separate Claude Code instances that each work on assigned tasks |

211| **Task list** | Shared list of work items that teammates claim and complete |

212| **Mailbox** | Messaging system for communication between agents |

213 

214See [Choose a display mode](#choose-a-display-mode) for display configuration options. Teammate messages arrive at the lead automatically.

215 

216The system manages task dependencies automatically. When a teammate completes a task that other tasks depend on, blocked tasks unblock without manual intervention.

217 

218Teams and tasks are stored locally:

219 

220* **Team config**: `~/.claude/teams/{team-name}/config.json`

221* **Task list**: `~/.claude/tasks/{team-name}/`

222 

223The team config contains a `members` array with each teammate's name, agent ID, and agent type. Teammates can read this file to discover other team members.

224 

225### Permissions

226 

227Teammates start with the lead's permission settings. If the lead runs with `--dangerously-skip-permissions`, all teammates do too. After spawning, you can change individual teammate modes, but you can't set per-teammate modes at spawn time.

228 

229### Context and communication

230 

231Each teammate has its own context window. When spawned, a teammate loads the same project context as a regular session: CLAUDE.md, MCP servers, and skills. It also receives the spawn prompt from the lead. The lead's conversation history does not carry over.

232 

233**How teammates share information:**

234 

235* **Automatic message delivery**: when teammates send messages, they're delivered automatically to recipients. The lead doesn't need to poll for updates.

236* **Idle notifications**: when a teammate finishes and stops, they automatically notify the lead.

237* **Shared task list**: all agents can see task status and claim available work.

238 

239**Teammate messaging:**

240 

241* **message**: send a message to one specific teammate

242* **broadcast**: send to all teammates simultaneously. Use sparingly, as costs scale with team size.

243 

244### Token usage

245 

246Agent teams use significantly more tokens than a single session. Each teammate has its own context window, and token usage scales with the number of active teammates. For research, review, and new feature work, the extra tokens are usually worthwhile. For routine tasks, a single session is more cost-effective. See [agent team token costs](/en/costs#agent-team-token-costs) for usage guidance.

247 

248## Use case examples

249 

250These examples show how agent teams handle tasks where parallel exploration adds value.

251 

252### Run a parallel code review

253 

254A single reviewer tends to gravitate toward one type of issue at a time. Splitting review criteria into independent domains means security, performance, and test coverage all get thorough attention simultaneously. The prompt assigns each teammate a distinct lens so they don't overlap:

255 

256```

257Create an agent team to review PR #142. Spawn three reviewers:

258- One focused on security implications

259- One checking performance impact

260- One validating test coverage

261Have them each review and report findings.

262```

263 

264Each reviewer works from the same PR but applies a different filter. The lead synthesizes findings across all three after they finish.

265 

266### Investigate with competing hypotheses

267 

268When the root cause is unclear, a single agent tends to find one plausible explanation and stop looking. The prompt fights this by making teammates explicitly adversarial: each one's job is not only to investigate its own theory but to challenge the others'.

269 

270```

271Users report the app exits after one message instead of staying connected.

272Spawn 5 agent teammates to investigate different hypotheses. Have them talk to

273each other to try to disprove each other's theories, like a scientific

274debate. Update the findings doc with whatever consensus emerges.

275```

276 

277The debate structure is the key mechanism here. Sequential investigation suffers from anchoring: once one theory is explored, subsequent investigation is biased toward it.

278 

279With multiple independent investigators actively trying to disprove each other, the theory that survives is much more likely to be the actual root cause.

280 

281## Best practices

282 

283### Give teammates enough context

284 

285Teammates load project context automatically, including CLAUDE.md, MCP servers, and skills, but they don't inherit the lead's conversation history. See [Context and communication](#context-and-communication) for details. Include task-specific details in the spawn prompt:

286 

287```

288Spawn a security reviewer teammate with the prompt: "Review the authentication module

289at src/auth/ for security vulnerabilities. Focus on token handling, session

290management, and input validation. The app uses JWT tokens stored in

291httpOnly cookies. Report any issues with severity ratings."

292```

293 

294### Choose an appropriate team size

295 

296There's no hard limit on the number of teammates, but practical constraints apply:

297 

298* **Token costs scale linearly**: each teammate has its own context window and consumes tokens independently. See [agent team token costs](/en/costs#agent-team-token-costs) for details.

299* **Coordination overhead increases**: more teammates means more communication, task coordination, and potential for conflicts

300* **Diminishing returns**: beyond a certain point, additional teammates don't speed up work proportionally

301 

302Start with 3-5 teammates for most workflows. This balances parallel work with manageable coordination. The examples in this guide use 3-5 teammates because that range works well across different task types.

303 

304Having 5-6 [tasks](/en/agent-teams#architecture) per teammate keeps everyone productive without excessive context switching. If you have 15 independent tasks, 3 teammates is a good starting point.

305 

306Scale up only when the work genuinely benefits from having teammates work simultaneously. Three focused teammates often outperform five scattered ones.

307 

308### Size tasks appropriately

309 

310* **Too small**: coordination overhead exceeds the benefit

311* **Too large**: teammates work too long without check-ins, increasing risk of wasted effort

312* **Just right**: self-contained units that produce a clear deliverable, such as a function, a test file, or a review

313 

314<Tip>

315 The lead breaks work into tasks and assigns them to teammates automatically. If it isn't creating enough tasks, ask it to split the work into smaller pieces. Having 5-6 tasks per teammate keeps everyone productive and lets the lead reassign work if someone gets stuck.

316</Tip>

317 

318### Wait for teammates to finish

319 

320Sometimes the lead starts implementing tasks itself instead of waiting for teammates. If you notice this:

321 

322```

323Wait for your teammates to complete their tasks before proceeding

324```

325 

326### Start with research and review

327 

328If you're new to agent teams, start with tasks that have clear boundaries and don't require writing code: reviewing a PR, researching a library, or investigating a bug. These tasks show the value of parallel exploration without the coordination challenges that come with parallel implementation.

329 

330### Avoid file conflicts

331 

332Two teammates editing the same file leads to overwrites. Break the work so each teammate owns a different set of files.

333 

334### Monitor and steer

335 

336Check in on teammates' progress, redirect approaches that aren't working, and synthesize findings as they come in. Letting a team run unattended for too long increases the risk of wasted effort.

337 

338## Troubleshooting

339 

340### Teammates not appearing

341 

342If teammates aren't appearing after you ask Claude to create a team:

343 

344* In in-process mode, teammates may already be running but not visible. Press Shift+Down to cycle through active teammates.

345* Check that the task you gave Claude was complex enough to warrant a team. Claude decides whether to spawn teammates based on the task.

346* If you explicitly requested split panes, ensure tmux is installed and available in your PATH:

347 ```bash theme={null}

348 which tmux

349 ```

350* For iTerm2, verify the `it2` CLI is installed and the Python API is enabled in iTerm2 preferences.

351 

352### Too many permission prompts

353 

354Teammate permission requests bubble up to the lead, which can create friction. Pre-approve common operations in your [permission settings](/en/permissions) before spawning teammates to reduce interruptions.

355 

356### Teammates stopping on errors

357 

358Teammates may stop after encountering errors instead of recovering. Check their output using Shift+Down in in-process mode or by clicking the pane in split mode, then either:

359 

360* Give them additional instructions directly

361* Spawn a replacement teammate to continue the work

362 

363### Lead shuts down before work is done

364 

365The lead may decide the team is finished before all tasks are actually complete. If this happens, tell it to keep going. You can also tell the lead to wait for teammates to finish before proceeding if it starts doing work instead of delegating.

366 

367### Orphaned tmux sessions

368 

369If a tmux session persists after the team ends, it may not have been fully cleaned up. List sessions and kill the one created by the team:

370 

371```bash theme={null}

372tmux ls

373tmux kill-session -t <session-name>

374```

375 

376## Limitations

377 

378Agent teams are experimental. Current limitations to be aware of:

379 

380* **No session resumption with in-process teammates**: `/resume` and `/rewind` do not restore in-process teammates. After resuming a session, the lead may attempt to message teammates that no longer exist. If this happens, tell the lead to spawn new teammates.

381* **Task status can lag**: teammates sometimes fail to mark tasks as completed, which blocks dependent tasks. If a task appears stuck, check whether the work is actually done and update the task status manually or tell the lead to nudge the teammate.

382* **Shutdown can be slow**: teammates finish their current request or tool call before shutting down, which can take time.

383* **One team per session**: a lead can only manage one team at a time. Clean up the current team before starting a new one.

384* **No nested teams**: teammates cannot spawn their own teams or teammates. Only the lead can manage the team.

385* **Lead is fixed**: the session that creates the team is the lead for its lifetime. You can't promote a teammate to lead or transfer leadership.

386* **Permissions set at spawn**: all teammates start with the lead's permission mode. You can change individual teammate modes after spawning, but you can't set per-teammate modes at spawn time.

387* **Split panes require tmux or iTerm2**: the default in-process mode works in any terminal. Split-pane mode isn't supported in VS Code's integrated terminal, Windows Terminal, or Ghostty.

388 

389<Tip>

390 **`CLAUDE.md` works normally**: teammates read `CLAUDE.md` files from their working directory. Use this to provide project-specific guidance to all teammates.

391</Tip>

392 

393## Next steps

394 

395Explore related approaches for parallel work and delegation:

396 

397* **Lightweight delegation**: [subagents](/en/sub-agents) spawn helper agents for research or verification within your session, better for tasks that don't need inter-agent coordination

398* **Manual parallel sessions**: [Git worktrees](/en/common-workflows#run-parallel-claude-code-sessions-with-git-worktrees) let you run multiple Claude Code sessions yourself without automated team coordination

399* **Compare approaches**: see the [subagent vs agent team](/en/features-overview#compare-similar-features) comparison for a side-by-side breakdown

amazon-bedrock.md +45 −33

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Claude Code on Amazon Bedrock5# Claude Code on Amazon Bedrock

2 6 

3> Learn about configuring Claude Code through Amazon Bedrock, including setup, IAM configuration, and troubleshooting.7> Learn about configuring Claude Code through Amazon Bedrock, including setup, IAM configuration, and troubleshooting.


7Before configuring Claude Code with Bedrock, ensure you have:11Before configuring Claude Code with Bedrock, ensure you have:

8 12 

9* An AWS account with Bedrock access enabled13* An AWS account with Bedrock access enabled

10* Access to desired Claude models (for example, Claude Sonnet 4.5) in Bedrock14* Access to desired Claude models (for example, Claude Sonnet 4.6) in Bedrock

11* AWS CLI installed and configured (optional - only needed if you don't have another mechanism for getting credentials)15* AWS CLI installed and configured (optional - only needed if you don't have another mechanism for getting credentials)

12* Appropriate IAM permissions16* Appropriate IAM permissions

13 17 

18<Note>

19 If you are deploying Claude Code to multiple users, [pin your model versions](#4-pin-model-versions) to prevent breakage when Anthropic releases new models.

20</Note>

21 

14## Setup22## Setup

15 23 

16### 1. Submit use case details24### 1. Submit use case details


116* When using Bedrock, the `/login` and `/logout` commands are disabled since authentication is handled through AWS credentials.124* When using Bedrock, the `/login` and `/logout` commands are disabled since authentication is handled through AWS credentials.

117* You can use settings files for environment variables like `AWS_PROFILE` that you don't want to leak to other processes. See [Settings](/en/settings) for more information.125* You can use settings files for environment variables like `AWS_PROFILE` that you don't want to leak to other processes. See [Settings](/en/settings) for more information.

118 126 

119### 4. Model configuration127### 4. Pin model versions

128 

129<Warning>

130 Pin specific model versions for every deployment. If you use model aliases (`sonnet`, `opus`, `haiku`) without pinning, Claude Code may attempt to use a newer model version that isn't available in your Bedrock account, breaking existing users when Anthropic releases updates.

131</Warning>

132 

133Set these environment variables to specific Bedrock model IDs:

134 

135```bash theme={null}

136export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL='us.anthropic.claude-opus-4-6-v1'

137export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_SONNET_MODEL='us.anthropic.claude-sonnet-4-6'

138export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL='us.anthropic.claude-haiku-4-5-20251001-v1:0'

139```

120 140 

121Claude Code uses these default models for Bedrock:141These variables use cross-region inference profile IDs (with the `us.` prefix). If you use a different region prefix or application inference profiles, adjust accordingly. For current and legacy model IDs, see [Models overview](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/about-claude/models/overview). See [Model configuration](/en/model-config#pin-models-for-third-party-deployments) for the full list of environment variables.

142 

143Claude Code uses these default models when no pinning variables are set:

122 144 

123| Model type | Default value |145| Model type | Default value |

124| :--------------- | :------------------------------------------------- |146| :--------------- | :-------------------------------------------- |

125| Primary model | `global.anthropic.claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929-v1:0` |147| Primary model | `global.anthropic.claude-sonnet-4-6` |

126| Small/fast model | `us.anthropic.claude-haiku-4-5-20251001-v1:0` |148| Small/fast model | `us.anthropic.claude-haiku-4-5-20251001-v1:0` |

127 149 

128<Note>150To customize models further, use one of these methods:

129 For Bedrock users, Claude Code won't automatically upgrade from Haiku 3.5 to Haiku 4.5. To manually switch to a newer Haiku model, set the `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL` environment variable to the full model name (for example, `us.anthropic.claude-haiku-4-5-20251001-v1:0`).

130</Note>

131 

132To customize models, use one of these methods:

133 151 

134```bash theme={null}152```bash theme={null}

135# Using inference profile ID153# Using inference profile ID

136export ANTHROPIC_MODEL='global.anthropic.claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929-v1:0'154export ANTHROPIC_MODEL='global.anthropic.claude-sonnet-4-6'

137export ANTHROPIC_SMALL_FAST_MODEL='us.anthropic.claude-haiku-4-5-20251001-v1:0'155export ANTHROPIC_SMALL_FAST_MODEL='us.anthropic.claude-haiku-4-5-20251001-v1:0'

138 156 

139# Using application inference profile ARN157# Using application inference profile ARN


143export DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING=1161export DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING=1

144```162```

145 163 

146<Note>[Prompt caching](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/build-with-claude/prompt-caching) may not be available in all regions.</Note>164<Note>[Prompt caching](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/build-with-claude/prompt-caching) may not be available in all regions.</Note>

147 

148### 5. Output token configuration

149 

150These are the recommended token settings for Claude Code with Amazon Bedrock:

151 

152```bash theme={null}

153# Recommended output token settings for Bedrock

154export CLAUDE_CODE_MAX_OUTPUT_TOKENS=4096

155export MAX_THINKING_TOKENS=1024

156```

157 

158**Why these values:**

159 

160* **`CLAUDE_CODE_MAX_OUTPUT_TOKENS=4096`**: Bedrock's burndown throttling logic sets a minimum of 4096 tokens as the `max_token` penalty. Setting this lower won't reduce costs but may cut off long tool uses, causing the Claude Code agent loop to fail persistently. Claude Code typically uses less than 4096 output tokens without extended thinking, but may need this headroom for tasks involving significant file creation or Write tool usage.

161 

162* **`MAX_THINKING_TOKENS=1024`**: This provides space for extended thinking without cutting off tool use responses, while still maintaining focused reasoning chains. This balance helps prevent trajectory changes that aren't always helpful for coding tasks specifically.

163 165 

164## IAM configuration166## IAM configuration

165 167 


206For details, see [Bedrock IAM documentation](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/latest/userguide/security-iam.html).208For details, see [Bedrock IAM documentation](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/latest/userguide/security-iam.html).

207 209 

208<Note>210<Note>

209 We recommend creating a dedicated AWS account for Claude Code to simplify cost tracking and access control.211 Create a dedicated AWS account for Claude Code to simplify cost tracking and access control.

210</Note>212</Note>

211 213 

214## AWS Guardrails

215 

216[Amazon Bedrock Guardrails](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/latest/userguide/guardrails.html) let you implement content filtering for Claude Code. Create a Guardrail in the [Amazon Bedrock console](https://console.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/), publish a version, then add the Guardrail headers to your [settings file](/en/settings). Enable Cross-Region inference on your Guardrail if you're using cross-region inference profiles.

217 

218Example configuration:

219 

220```json theme={null}

221{

222 "env": {

223 "ANTHROPIC_CUSTOM_HEADERS": "X-Amzn-Bedrock-GuardrailIdentifier: your-guardrail-id\nX-Amzn-Bedrock-GuardrailVersion: 1"

224 }

225}

226```

227 

212## Troubleshooting228## Troubleshooting

213 229 

214If you encounter region issues:230If you encounter region issues:


229* [Bedrock pricing](https://aws.amazon.com/bedrock/pricing/)245* [Bedrock pricing](https://aws.amazon.com/bedrock/pricing/)

230* [Bedrock inference profiles](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/latest/userguide/inference-profiles-support.html)246* [Bedrock inference profiles](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/latest/userguide/inference-profiles-support.html)

231* [Claude Code on Amazon Bedrock: Quick Setup Guide](https://community.aws/content/2tXkZKrZzlrlu0KfH8gST5Dkppq/claude-code-on-amazon-bedrock-quick-setup-guide)- [Claude Code Monitoring Implementation (Bedrock)](https://github.com/aws-solutions-library-samples/guidance-for-claude-code-with-amazon-bedrock/blob/main/assets/docs/MONITORING.md)247* [Claude Code on Amazon Bedrock: Quick Setup Guide](https://community.aws/content/2tXkZKrZzlrlu0KfH8gST5Dkppq/claude-code-on-amazon-bedrock-quick-setup-guide)- [Claude Code Monitoring Implementation (Bedrock)](https://github.com/aws-solutions-library-samples/guidance-for-claude-code-with-amazon-bedrock/blob/main/assets/docs/MONITORING.md)

232 

233 

234 

235> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

analytics.md +180 −47

Details

1# Analytics1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

2 4 

3> View detailed usage insights and productivity metrics for your organization's Claude Code deployment.5# Track team usage with analytics

4 6 

5Claude Code provides an analytics dashboard that helps organizations understand developer usage patterns, track productivity metrics, and optimize their Claude Code adoption.7> View Claude Code usage metrics, track adoption, and measure engineering velocity in the analytics dashboard.

8 

9Claude Code provides analytics dashboards to help organizations understand developer usage patterns, track contribution metrics, and measure how Claude Code impacts engineering velocity. Access the dashboard for your plan:

10 

11| Plan | Dashboard URL | Includes | Read more |

12| ----------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------- |

13| Claude for Teams / Enterprise | [claude.ai/analytics/claude-code](https://claude.ai/analytics/claude-code) | Usage metrics, contribution metrics with GitHub integration, leaderboard, data export | [Details](#access-analytics-for-teams-and-enterprise) |

14| API (Claude Console) | [platform.claude.com/claude-code](https://platform.claude.com/claude-code) | Usage metrics, spend tracking, team insights | [Details](#access-analytics-for-api-customers) |

15 

16## Access analytics for Teams and Enterprise

17 

18Navigate to [claude.ai/analytics/claude-code](https://claude.ai/analytics/claude-code). Admins and Owners can view the dashboard.

19 

20The Teams and Enterprise dashboard includes:

21 

22* **Usage metrics**: lines of code accepted, suggestion accept rate, daily active users and sessions

23* **Contribution metrics**: PRs and lines of code shipped with Claude Code assistance, with [GitHub integration](#enable-contribution-metrics)

24* **Leaderboard**: top contributors ranked by Claude Code usage

25* **Data export**: download contribution data as CSV for custom reporting

26 

27### Enable contribution metrics

6 28 

7<Note>29<Note>

8 Analytics are currently available only for organizations using Claude Code with the Claude API through the Claude Console.30 Contribution metrics are in public beta and available on Claude for Teams and Claude for Enterprise plans. These metrics only cover users within your claude.ai organization. Usage through the Claude Console API or third-party integrations is not included.

9</Note>31</Note>

10 32 

11## Access analytics33Usage and adoption data is available for all Claude for Teams and Claude for Enterprise accounts. Contribution metrics require additional setup to connect your GitHub organization.

34 

35You need the Owner role to configure analytics settings. A GitHub admin must install the GitHub app.

36 

37<Warning>

38 Contribution metrics are not available for organizations with [Zero Data Retention](/en/data-usage#data-retention) enabled. The analytics dashboard will show usage metrics only.

39</Warning>

40 

41<Steps>

42 <Step title="Install the GitHub app">

43 A GitHub admin installs the Claude GitHub app on your organization's GitHub account at [github.com/apps/claude](https://github.com/apps/claude).

44 </Step>

45 

46 <Step title="Enable Claude Code analytics">

47 A Claude Owner navigates to [claude.ai/admin-settings/claude-code](https://claude.ai/admin-settings/claude-code) and enables the Claude Code analytics feature.

48 </Step>

49 

50 <Step title="Enable GitHub analytics">

51 On the same page, enable the "GitHub analytics" toggle.

52 </Step>

53 

54 <Step title="Authenticate with GitHub">

55 Complete the GitHub authentication flow and select which GitHub organizations to include in the analysis.

56 </Step>

57</Steps>

12 58 

13Navigate to the analytics dashboard at [console.anthropic.com/claude-code](https://console.anthropic.com/claude-code).59Data typically appears within 24 hours after enabling, with daily updates. If no data appears, you may see one of these messages:

14 60 

15### Required roles61* **"GitHub app required"**: install the GitHub app to view contribution metrics

62* **"Data processing in progress"**: check back in a few days and confirm the GitHub app is installed if data doesn't appear

16 63 

17* **Primary Owner**64Contribution metrics support GitHub Cloud and GitHub Enterprise Server.

18* **Owner**65 

19* **Billing**66### Review summary metrics

20* **Admin**

21* **Developer**

22 67 

23<Note>68<Note>

24 Users with **User**, **Claude Code User** or **Membership Admin** roles cannot access analytics.69 These metrics are deliberately conservative and represent an underestimate of Claude Code's actual impact. Only lines and PRs where there is high confidence in Claude Code's involvement are counted.

25</Note>70</Note>

26 71 

27## Available metrics72The dashboard displays these summary metrics at the top:

73 

74* **PRs with CC**: total count of merged pull requests that contain at least one line of code written with Claude Code

75* **Lines of code with CC**: total lines of code across all merged PRs that were written with Claude Code assistance. Only "effective lines" are counted: lines with more than 3 characters after normalization, excluding empty lines and lines with only brackets or trivial punctuation.

76* **PRs with Claude Code (%)**: percentage of all merged PRs that contain Claude Code-assisted code

77* **Suggestion accept rate**: percentage of times users accept Claude Code's code editing suggestions, including Edit, Write, and NotebookEdit tool usage

78* **Lines of code accepted**: total lines of code written by Claude Code that users have accepted in their sessions. This excludes rejected suggestions and does not track subsequent deletions.

79 

80### Explore the charts

81 

82The dashboard includes several charts to visualize trends over time.

83 

84#### Track adoption

85 

86The Adoption chart shows daily usage trends:

87 

88* **users**: daily active users

89* **sessions**: number of active Claude Code sessions per day

90 

91#### Measure PRs per user

92 

93This chart displays individual developer activity over time:

94 

95* **PRs per user**: total number of PRs merged per day divided by daily active users

96* **users**: daily active users

97 

98Use this to understand how individual productivity changes as Claude Code adoption increases.

99 

100#### View pull requests breakdown

28 101 

29### Lines of code accepted102The Pull requests chart shows a daily breakdown of merged PRs:

30 103 

31Total lines of code written by Claude Code that users have accepted in their sessions.104* **PRs with CC**: pull requests containing Claude Code-assisted code

105* **PRs without CC**: pull requests without Claude Code-assisted code

32 106 

33* Excludes rejected code suggestions107Toggle to **Lines of code** view to see the same breakdown by lines of code rather than PR count.

34* Doesn't track subsequent deletions

35 108 

36### Suggestion accept rate109#### Find top contributors

37 110 

38Percentage of times users accept code editing tool usage, including:111The Leaderboard shows the top 10 users ranked by contribution volume. Toggle between:

39 112 

40* Edit113* **Pull requests**: shows PRs with Claude Code vs All PRs for each user

41* Write114* **Lines of code**: shows lines with Claude Code vs All lines for each user

42* NotebookEdit

43 115 

44### Activity116Click **Export all users** to download complete contribution data for all users as a CSV file. The export includes all users, not just the top 10 displayed.

45 117 

46**users**: Number of active users in a given day (number on left Y-axis)118### PR attribution

47 119 

48**sessions**: Number of active sessions in a given day (number on right Y-axis)120When contribution metrics are enabled, Claude Code analyzes merged pull requests to determine which code was written with Claude Code assistance. This is done by matching Claude Code session activity against the code in each PR.

49 121 

50### Spend122#### Tagging criteria

51 123 

52**users**: Number of active users in a given day (number on left Y-axis)124PRs are tagged as "with Claude Code" if they contain at least one line of code written during a Claude Code session. The system uses conservative matching: only code where there is high confidence in Claude Code's involvement is counted as assisted.

53 125 

54**spend**: Total dollars spent in a given day (number on right Y-axis)126#### Attribution process

55 127 

56### Team insights128When a pull request is merged:

57 129 

58**Members**: All users who have authenticated to Claude Code1301. Added lines are extracted from the PR diff

1312. Claude Code sessions that edited matching files within a time window are identified

1323. PR lines are matched against Claude Code output using multiple strategies

1334. Metrics are calculated for AI-assisted lines and total lines

59 134 

60* API key users are displayed by **API key identifier**135Before comparison, lines are normalized: whitespace is trimmed, multiple spaces are collapsed, quotes are standardized, and text is converted to lowercase.

61* OAuth users are displayed by **email address**

62 136 

63**Spend this month:** Per-user total spend for the current month.137Merged pull requests containing Claude Code-assisted lines are labeled as `claude-code-assisted` in GitHub.

64 138 

65**Lines this month:** Per-user total of accepted code lines for the current month.139#### Time window

66 140 

67## Using analytics effectively141Sessions from 21 days before to 2 days after the PR merge date are considered for attribution matching.

68 142 

69### Monitor adoption143#### Excluded files

70 144 

71Track team member status to identify:145Certain files are automatically excluded from analysis because they are auto-generated:

146 

147* Lock files: package-lock.json, yarn.lock, Cargo.lock, and similar

148* Generated code: Protobuf outputs, build artifacts, minified files

149* Build directories: dist/, build/, node\_modules/, target/

150* Test fixtures: snapshots, cassettes, mock data

151* Lines over 1,000 characters, which are likely minified or generated

152 

153#### Attribution notes

154 

155Keep these additional details in mind when interpreting attribution data:

156 

157* Code substantially rewritten by developers, with more than 20% difference, is not attributed to Claude Code

158* Sessions outside the 21-day window are not considered

159* The algorithm does not consider the PR source or destination branch when performing attribution

160 

161### Get the most from analytics

162 

163Use contribution metrics to demonstrate ROI, identify adoption patterns, and find team members who can help others get started.

164 

165#### Monitor adoption

166 

167Track the Adoption chart and user counts to identify:

72 168 

73* Active users who can share best practices169* Active users who can share best practices

74* Overall adoption trends across your organization170* Overall adoption trends across your organization

171* Dips in usage that may indicate friction or issues

75 172 

76### Measure productivity173#### Measure ROI

77 174 

78Tool acceptance rates and code metrics help you:175Contribution metrics help answer "Is this tool worth the investment?" with data from your own codebase:

79 176 

80* Understand developer satisfaction with Claude Code suggestions177* Track changes in PRs per user over time as adoption increases

81* Track code generation effectiveness178* Compare PRs and lines of code shipped with vs. without Claude Code

82* Identify opportunities for training or process improvements179* Use alongside [DORA metrics](https://dora.dev/), sprint velocity, or other engineering KPIs to understand changes from adopting Claude Code

83 180 

84## Related resources181#### Identify power users

182 

183The Leaderboard helps you find team members with high Claude Code adoption who can:

184 

185* Share prompting techniques and workflows with the team

186* Provide feedback on what's working well

187* Help onboard new users

188 

189#### Access data programmatically

190 

191To query this data through GitHub, search for PRs labeled with `claude-code-assisted`.

85 192 

86* [Monitoring usage with OpenTelemetry](/en/monitoring-usage) for custom metrics and alerting193## Access analytics for API customers

87* [Identity and access management](/en/iam) for role configuration

88 194 

195API customers using the Claude Console can access analytics at [platform.claude.com/claude-code](https://platform.claude.com/claude-code). You need the UsageView permission to access the dashboard, which is granted to Developer, Billing, Admin, Owner, and Primary Owner roles.

89 196 

197<Note>

198 Contribution metrics with GitHub integration are not currently available for API customers. The Console dashboard shows usage and spend metrics only.

199</Note>

200 

201The Console dashboard displays:

202 

203* **Lines of code accepted**: total lines of code written by Claude Code that users have accepted in their sessions. This excludes rejected suggestions and does not track subsequent deletions.

204* **Suggestion accept rate**: percentage of times users accept code editing tool usage, including Edit, Write, and NotebookEdit tools.

205* **Activity**: daily active users and sessions shown on a chart.

206* **Spend**: daily API costs in dollars alongside user count.

207 

208### View team insights

209 

210The team insights table shows per-user metrics:

211 

212* **Members**: all users who have authenticated to Claude Code. API key users display by key identifier, OAuth users display by email address.

213* **Spend this month**: per-user total API costs for the current month.

214* **Lines this month**: per-user total of accepted code lines for the current month.

215 

216<Note>

217 Spend figures in the Console dashboard are estimates for analytics purposes. For actual costs, refer to your billing page.

218</Note>

219 

220## Related resources

90 221 

91> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt222* [Monitoring with OpenTelemetry](/en/monitoring-usage): export real-time metrics and events to your observability stack

223* [Manage costs effectively](/en/costs): set spend limits and optimize token usage

224* [Permissions](/en/permissions): configure roles and permissions

authentication.md +104 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Authentication

6 

7> Learn how to configure user authentication and credential management for Claude Code in your organization.

8 

9## Authentication methods

10 

11Setting up Claude Code requires access to Anthropic models. For teams, you can set up Claude Code access in one of these ways:

12 

13* [Claude for Teams or Enterprise](#claude-for-teams-or-enterprise) (recommended)

14* [Claude Console](#claude-console-authentication)

15* [Amazon Bedrock](/en/amazon-bedrock)

16* [Google Vertex AI](/en/google-vertex-ai)

17* [Microsoft Foundry](/en/microsoft-foundry)

18 

19### Claude for Teams or Enterprise

20 

21[Claude for Teams](https://claude.com/pricing#team-&-enterprise) and [Claude for Enterprise](https://anthropic.com/contact-sales) provide the best experience for organizations using Claude Code. Team members get access to both Claude Code and Claude on the web with centralized billing and team management.

22 

23* **Claude for Teams**: self-service plan with collaboration features, admin tools, and billing management. Best for smaller teams.

24* **Claude for Enterprise**: adds SSO, domain capture, role-based permissions, compliance API, and managed policy settings for organization-wide Claude Code configurations. Best for larger organizations with security and compliance requirements.

25 

26<Steps>

27 <Step title="Subscribe">

28 Subscribe to [Claude for Teams](https://claude.com/pricing#team-&-enterprise) or contact sales for [Claude for Enterprise](https://anthropic.com/contact-sales).

29 </Step>

30 

31 <Step title="Invite team members">

32 Invite team members from the admin dashboard.

33 </Step>

34 

35 <Step title="Install and log in">

36 Team members install Claude Code and log in with their Claude.ai accounts.

37 </Step>

38</Steps>

39 

40### Claude Console authentication

41 

42For organizations that prefer API-based billing, you can set up access through the Claude Console.

43 

44<Steps>

45 <Step title="Create or use a Console account">

46 Use your existing Claude Console account or create a new one.

47 </Step>

48 

49 <Step title="Add users">

50 You can add users through either method:

51 

52 * Bulk invite users from within the Console (Console -> Settings -> Members -> Invite)

53 * [Set up SSO](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/13132885-setting-up-single-sign-on-sso)

54 </Step>

55 

56 <Step title="Assign roles">

57 When inviting users, assign one of:

58 

59 * **Claude Code** role: users can only create Claude Code API keys

60 * **Developer** role: users can create any kind of API key

61 </Step>

62 

63 <Step title="Users complete setup">

64 Each invited user needs to:

65 

66 * Accept the Console invite

67 * [Check system requirements](/en/setup#system-requirements)

68 * [Install Claude Code](/en/setup#installation)

69 * Log in with Console account credentials

70 </Step>

71</Steps>

72 

73### Cloud provider authentication

74 

75For teams using Amazon Bedrock, Google Vertex AI, or Microsoft Azure:

76 

77<Steps>

78 <Step title="Follow provider setup">

79 Follow the [Bedrock docs](/en/amazon-bedrock), [Vertex docs](/en/google-vertex-ai), or [Microsoft Foundry docs](/en/microsoft-foundry).

80 </Step>

81 

82 <Step title="Distribute configuration">

83 Distribute the environment variables and instructions for generating cloud credentials to your users. Read more about how to [manage configuration here](/en/settings).

84 </Step>

85 

86 <Step title="Install Claude Code">

87 Users can [install Claude Code](/en/setup#installation).

88 </Step>

89</Steps>

90 

91## Credential management

92 

93Claude Code securely manages your authentication credentials:

94 

95* **Storage location**: on macOS, API keys, OAuth tokens, and other credentials are stored in the encrypted macOS Keychain.

96* **Supported authentication types**: Claude.ai credentials, Claude API credentials, Azure Auth, Bedrock Auth, and Vertex Auth.

97* **Custom credential scripts**: the [`apiKeyHelper`](/en/settings#available-settings) setting can be configured to run a shell script that returns an API key.

98* **Refresh intervals**: by default, `apiKeyHelper` is called after 5 minutes or on HTTP 401 response. Set `CLAUDE_CODE_API_KEY_HELPER_TTL_MS` environment variable for custom refresh intervals.

99 

100## See also

101 

102* [Permissions](/en/permissions): configure what Claude Code can access and do

103* [Settings](/en/settings): complete configuration reference

104* [Security](/en/security): security safeguards and best practices

best-practices.md +599 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Best Practices for Claude Code

6 

7> Tips and patterns for getting the most out of Claude Code, from configuring your environment to scaling across parallel sessions.

8 

9Claude Code is an agentic coding environment. Unlike a chatbot that answers questions and waits, Claude Code can read your files, run commands, make changes, and autonomously work through problems while you watch, redirect, or step away entirely.

10 

11This changes how you work. Instead of writing code yourself and asking Claude to review it, you describe what you want and Claude figures out how to build it. Claude explores, plans, and implements.

12 

13But this autonomy still comes with a learning curve. Claude works within certain constraints you need to understand.

14 

15This guide covers patterns that have proven effective across Anthropic's internal teams and for engineers using Claude Code across various codebases, languages, and environments. For how the agentic loop works under the hood, see [How Claude Code works](/en/how-claude-code-works).

16 

17***

18 

19Most best practices are based on one constraint: Claude's context window fills up fast, and performance degrades as it fills.

20 

21Claude's context window holds your entire conversation, including every message, every file Claude reads, and every command output. However, this can fill up fast. A single debugging session or codebase exploration might generate and consume tens of thousands of tokens.

22 

23This matters since LLM performance degrades as context fills. When the context window is getting full, Claude may start "forgetting" earlier instructions or making more mistakes. The context window is the most important resource to manage. Track context usage continuously with a [custom status line](/en/statusline), and see [Reduce token usage](/en/costs#reduce-token-usage) for strategies on reducing token usage.

24 

25***

26 

27## Give Claude a way to verify its work

28 

29<Tip>

30 Include tests, screenshots, or expected outputs so Claude can check itself. This is the single highest-leverage thing you can do.

31</Tip>

32 

33Claude performs dramatically better when it can verify its own work, like run tests, compare screenshots, and validate outputs.

34 

35Without clear success criteria, it might produce something that looks right but actually doesn't work. You become the only feedback loop, and every mistake requires your attention.

36 

37| Strategy | Before | After |

38| ------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

39| **Provide verification criteria** | *"implement a function that validates email addresses"* | *"write a validateEmail function. example test cases: [user@example.com](mailto:user@example.com) is true, invalid is false, [user@.com](mailto:user@.com) is false. run the tests after implementing"* |

40| **Verify UI changes visually** | *"make the dashboard look better"* | *"\[paste screenshot] implement this design. take a screenshot of the result and compare it to the original. list differences and fix them"* |

41| **Address root causes, not symptoms** | *"the build is failing"* | *"the build fails with this error: \[paste error]. fix it and verify the build succeeds. address the root cause, don't suppress the error"* |

42 

43UI changes can be verified using the [Claude in Chrome extension](/en/chrome). It opens new tabs in your browser, tests the UI, and iterates until the code works.

44 

45Your verification can also be a test suite, a linter, or a Bash command that checks output. Invest in making your verification rock-solid.

46 

47***

48 

49## Explore first, then plan, then code

50 

51<Tip>

52 Separate research and planning from implementation to avoid solving the wrong problem.

53</Tip>

54 

55Letting Claude jump straight to coding can produce code that solves the wrong problem. Use [Plan Mode](/en/common-workflows#use-plan-mode-for-safe-code-analysis) to separate exploration from execution.

56 

57The recommended workflow has four phases:

58 

59<Steps>

60 <Step title="Explore">

61 Enter Plan Mode. Claude reads files and answers questions without making changes.

62 

63 ```txt claude (Plan Mode) theme={null}

64 read /src/auth and understand how we handle sessions and login.

65 also look at how we manage environment variables for secrets.

66 ```

67 </Step>

68 

69 <Step title="Plan">

70 Ask Claude to create a detailed implementation plan.

71 

72 ```txt claude (Plan Mode) theme={null}

73 I want to add Google OAuth. What files need to change?

74 What's the session flow? Create a plan.

75 ```

76 

77 Press `Ctrl+G` to open the plan in your text editor for direct editing before Claude proceeds.

78 </Step>

79 

80 <Step title="Implement">

81 Switch back to Normal Mode and let Claude code, verifying against its plan.

82 

83 ```txt claude (Normal Mode) theme={null}

84 implement the OAuth flow from your plan. write tests for the

85 callback handler, run the test suite and fix any failures.

86 ```

87 </Step>

88 

89 <Step title="Commit">

90 Ask Claude to commit with a descriptive message and create a PR.

91 

92 ```txt claude (Normal Mode) theme={null}

93 commit with a descriptive message and open a PR

94 ```

95 </Step>

96</Steps>

97 

98<Callout>

99 Plan Mode is useful, but also adds overhead.

100 

101 For tasks where the scope is clear and the fix is small (like fixing a typo, adding a log line, or renaming a variable) ask Claude to do it directly.

102 

103 Planning is most useful when you're uncertain about the approach, when the change modifies multiple files, or when you're unfamiliar with the code being modified. If you could describe the diff in one sentence, skip the plan.

104</Callout>

105 

106***

107 

108## Provide specific context in your prompts

109 

110<Tip>

111 The more precise your instructions, the fewer corrections you'll need.

112</Tip>

113 

114Claude can infer intent, but it can't read your mind. Reference specific files, mention constraints, and point to example patterns.

115 

116| Strategy | Before | After |

117| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

118| **Scope the task.** Specify which file, what scenario, and testing preferences. | *"add tests for foo.py"* | *"write a test for foo.py covering the edge case where the user is logged out. avoid mocks."* |

119| **Point to sources.** Direct Claude to the source that can answer a question. | *"why does ExecutionFactory have such a weird api?"* | *"look through ExecutionFactory's git history and summarize how its api came to be"* |

120| **Reference existing patterns.** Point Claude to patterns in your codebase. | *"add a calendar widget"* | *"look at how existing widgets are implemented on the home page to understand the patterns. HotDogWidget.php is a good example. follow the pattern to implement a new calendar widget that lets the user select a month and paginate forwards/backwards to pick a year. build from scratch without libraries other than the ones already used in the codebase."* |

121| **Describe the symptom.** Provide the symptom, the likely location, and what "fixed" looks like. | *"fix the login bug"* | *"users report that login fails after session timeout. check the auth flow in src/auth/, especially token refresh. write a failing test that reproduces the issue, then fix it"* |

122 

123Vague prompts can be useful when you're exploring and can afford to course-correct. A prompt like `"what would you improve in this file?"` can surface things you wouldn't have thought to ask about.

124 

125### Provide rich content

126 

127<Tip>

128 Use `@` to reference files, paste screenshots/images, or pipe data directly.

129</Tip>

130 

131You can provide rich data to Claude in several ways:

132 

133* **Reference files with `@`** instead of describing where code lives. Claude reads the file before responding.

134* **Paste images directly**. Copy/paste or drag and drop images into the prompt.

135* **Give URLs** for documentation and API references. Use `/permissions` to allowlist frequently-used domains.

136* **Pipe in data** by running `cat error.log | claude` to send file contents directly.

137* **Let Claude fetch what it needs**. Tell Claude to pull context itself using Bash commands, MCP tools, or by reading files.

138 

139***

140 

141## Configure your environment

142 

143A few setup steps make Claude Code significantly more effective across all your sessions. For a full overview of extension features and when to use each one, see [Extend Claude Code](/en/features-overview).

144 

145### Write an effective CLAUDE.md

146 

147<Tip>

148 Run `/init` to generate a starter CLAUDE.md file based on your current project structure, then refine over time.

149</Tip>

150 

151CLAUDE.md is a special file that Claude reads at the start of every conversation. Include Bash commands, code style, and workflow rules. This gives Claude persistent context **it can't infer from code alone**.

152 

153The `/init` command analyzes your codebase to detect build systems, test frameworks, and code patterns, giving you a solid foundation to refine.

154 

155There's no required format for CLAUDE.md files, but keep it short and human-readable. For example:

156 

157```markdown CLAUDE.md theme={null}

158# Code style

159- Use ES modules (import/export) syntax, not CommonJS (require)

160- Destructure imports when possible (eg. import { foo } from 'bar')

161 

162# Workflow

163- Be sure to typecheck when you're done making a series of code changes

164- Prefer running single tests, and not the whole test suite, for performance

165```

166 

167CLAUDE.md is loaded every session, so only include things that apply broadly. For domain knowledge or workflows that are only relevant sometimes, use [skills](/en/skills) instead. Claude loads them on demand without bloating every conversation.

168 

169Keep it concise. For each line, ask: *"Would removing this cause Claude to make mistakes?"* If not, cut it. Bloated CLAUDE.md files cause Claude to ignore your actual instructions!

170 

171| ✅ Include | ❌ Exclude |

172| ---------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------- |

173| Bash commands Claude can't guess | Anything Claude can figure out by reading code |

174| Code style rules that differ from defaults | Standard language conventions Claude already knows |

175| Testing instructions and preferred test runners | Detailed API documentation (link to docs instead) |

176| Repository etiquette (branch naming, PR conventions) | Information that changes frequently |

177| Architectural decisions specific to your project | Long explanations or tutorials |

178| Developer environment quirks (required env vars) | File-by-file descriptions of the codebase |

179| Common gotchas or non-obvious behaviors | Self-evident practices like "write clean code" |

180 

181If Claude keeps doing something you don't want despite having a rule against it, the file is probably too long and the rule is getting lost. If Claude asks you questions that are answered in CLAUDE.md, the phrasing might be ambiguous. Treat CLAUDE.md like code: review it when things go wrong, prune it regularly, and test changes by observing whether Claude's behavior actually shifts.

182 

183You can tune instructions by adding emphasis (e.g., "IMPORTANT" or "YOU MUST") to improve adherence. Check CLAUDE.md into git so your team can contribute. The file compounds in value over time.

184 

185CLAUDE.md files can import additional files using `@path/to/import` syntax:

186 

187```markdown CLAUDE.md theme={null}

188See @README.md for project overview and @package.json for available npm commands.

189 

190# Additional Instructions

191- Git workflow: @docs/git-instructions.md

192- Personal overrides: @~/.claude/my-project-instructions.md

193```

194 

195You can place CLAUDE.md files in several locations:

196 

197* **Home folder (`~/.claude/CLAUDE.md`)**: Applies to all Claude sessions

198* **Project root (`./CLAUDE.md`)**: Check into git to share with your team, or name it `CLAUDE.local.md` and `.gitignore` it

199* **Parent directories**: Useful for monorepos where both `root/CLAUDE.md` and `root/foo/CLAUDE.md` are pulled in automatically

200* **Child directories**: Claude pulls in child CLAUDE.md files on demand when working with files in those directories

201 

202### Configure permissions

203 

204<Tip>

205 Use `/permissions` to allowlist safe commands or `/sandbox` for OS-level isolation. This reduces interruptions while keeping you in control.

206</Tip>

207 

208By default, Claude Code requests permission for actions that might modify your system: file writes, Bash commands, MCP tools, etc. This is safe but tedious. After the tenth approval you're not really reviewing anymore, you're just clicking through. There are two ways to reduce these interruptions:

209 

210* **Permission allowlists**: Permit specific tools you know are safe (like `npm run lint` or `git commit`)

211* **Sandboxing**: Enable OS-level isolation that restricts filesystem and network access, allowing Claude to work more freely within defined boundaries

212 

213Alternatively, use `--dangerously-skip-permissions` to bypass all permission checks for contained workflows like fixing lint errors or generating boilerplate.

214 

215<Warning>

216 Letting Claude run arbitrary commands can result in data loss, system corruption, or data exfiltration via prompt injection. Only use `--dangerously-skip-permissions` in a sandbox without internet access.

217</Warning>

218 

219Read more about [configuring permissions](/en/settings) and [enabling sandboxing](/en/sandboxing#sandboxing).

220 

221### Use CLI tools

222 

223<Tip>

224 Tell Claude Code to use CLI tools like `gh`, `aws`, `gcloud`, and `sentry-cli` when interacting with external services.

225</Tip>

226 

227CLI tools are the most context-efficient way to interact with external services. If you use GitHub, install the `gh` CLI. Claude knows how to use it for creating issues, opening pull requests, and reading comments. Without `gh`, Claude can still use the GitHub API, but unauthenticated requests often hit rate limits.

228 

229Claude is also effective at learning CLI tools it doesn't already know. Try prompts like `Use 'foo-cli-tool --help' to learn about foo tool, then use it to solve A, B, C.`

230 

231### Connect MCP servers

232 

233<Tip>

234 Run `claude mcp add` to connect external tools like Notion, Figma, or your database.

235</Tip>

236 

237With [MCP servers](/en/mcp), you can ask Claude to implement features from issue trackers, query databases, analyze monitoring data, integrate designs from Figma, and automate workflows.

238 

239### Set up hooks

240 

241<Tip>

242 Use hooks for actions that must happen every time with zero exceptions.

243</Tip>

244 

245[Hooks](/en/hooks-guide) run scripts automatically at specific points in Claude's workflow. Unlike CLAUDE.md instructions which are advisory, hooks are deterministic and guarantee the action happens.

246 

247Claude can write hooks for you. Try prompts like *"Write a hook that runs eslint after every file edit"* or *"Write a hook that blocks writes to the migrations folder."* Run `/hooks` for interactive configuration, or edit `.claude/settings.json` directly.

248 

249### Create skills

250 

251<Tip>

252 Create `SKILL.md` files in `.claude/skills/` to give Claude domain knowledge and reusable workflows.

253</Tip>

254 

255[Skills](/en/skills) extend Claude's knowledge with information specific to your project, team, or domain. Claude applies them automatically when relevant, or you can invoke them directly with `/skill-name`.

256 

257Create a skill by adding a directory with a `SKILL.md` to `.claude/skills/`:

258 

259```markdown .claude/skills/api-conventions/SKILL.md theme={null}

260---

261name: api-conventions

262description: REST API design conventions for our services

263---

264# API Conventions

265- Use kebab-case for URL paths

266- Use camelCase for JSON properties

267- Always include pagination for list endpoints

268- Version APIs in the URL path (/v1/, /v2/)

269```

270 

271Skills can also define repeatable workflows you invoke directly:

272 

273```markdown .claude/skills/fix-issue/SKILL.md theme={null}

274---

275name: fix-issue

276description: Fix a GitHub issue

277disable-model-invocation: true

278---

279Analyze and fix the GitHub issue: $ARGUMENTS.

280 

2811. Use `gh issue view` to get the issue details

2822. Understand the problem described in the issue

2833. Search the codebase for relevant files

2844. Implement the necessary changes to fix the issue

2855. Write and run tests to verify the fix

2866. Ensure code passes linting and type checking

2877. Create a descriptive commit message

2888. Push and create a PR

289```

290 

291Run `/fix-issue 1234` to invoke it. Use `disable-model-invocation: true` for workflows with side effects that you want to trigger manually.

292 

293### Create custom subagents

294 

295<Tip>

296 Define specialized assistants in `.claude/agents/` that Claude can delegate to for isolated tasks.

297</Tip>

298 

299[Subagents](/en/sub-agents) run in their own context with their own set of allowed tools. They're useful for tasks that read many files or need specialized focus without cluttering your main conversation.

300 

301```markdown .claude/agents/security-reviewer.md theme={null}

302---

303name: security-reviewer

304description: Reviews code for security vulnerabilities

305tools: Read, Grep, Glob, Bash

306model: opus

307---

308You are a senior security engineer. Review code for:

309- Injection vulnerabilities (SQL, XSS, command injection)

310- Authentication and authorization flaws

311- Secrets or credentials in code

312- Insecure data handling

313 

314Provide specific line references and suggested fixes.

315```

316 

317Tell Claude to use subagents explicitly: *"Use a subagent to review this code for security issues."*

318 

319### Install plugins

320 

321<Tip>

322 Run `/plugin` to browse the marketplace. Plugins add skills, tools, and integrations without configuration.

323</Tip>

324 

325[Plugins](/en/plugins) bundle skills, hooks, subagents, and MCP servers into a single installable unit from the community and Anthropic. If you work with a typed language, install a [code intelligence plugin](/en/discover-plugins#code-intelligence) to give Claude precise symbol navigation and automatic error detection after edits.

326 

327For guidance on choosing between skills, subagents, hooks, and MCP, see [Extend Claude Code](/en/features-overview#match-features-to-your-goal).

328 

329***

330 

331## Communicate effectively

332 

333The way you communicate with Claude Code significantly impacts the quality of results.

334 

335### Ask codebase questions

336 

337<Tip>

338 Ask Claude questions you'd ask a senior engineer.

339</Tip>

340 

341When onboarding to a new codebase, use Claude Code for learning and exploration. You can ask Claude the same sorts of questions you would ask another engineer:

342 

343* How does logging work?

344* How do I make a new API endpoint?

345* What does `async move { ... }` do on line 134 of `foo.rs`?

346* What edge cases does `CustomerOnboardingFlowImpl` handle?

347* Why does this code call `foo()` instead of `bar()` on line 333?

348 

349Using Claude Code this way is an effective onboarding workflow, improving ramp-up time and reducing load on other engineers. No special prompting required: ask questions directly.

350 

351### Let Claude interview you

352 

353<Tip>

354 For larger features, have Claude interview you first. Start with a minimal prompt and ask Claude to interview you using the `AskUserQuestion` tool.

355</Tip>

356 

357Claude asks about things you might not have considered yet, including technical implementation, UI/UX, edge cases, and tradeoffs.

358 

359```

360I want to build [brief description]. Interview me in detail using the AskUserQuestion tool.

361 

362Ask about technical implementation, UI/UX, edge cases, concerns, and tradeoffs. Don't ask obvious questions, dig into the hard parts I might not have considered.

363 

364Keep interviewing until we've covered everything, then write a complete spec to SPEC.md.

365```

366 

367Once the spec is complete, start a fresh session to execute it. The new session has clean context focused entirely on implementation, and you have a written spec to reference.

368 

369***

370 

371## Manage your session

372 

373Conversations are persistent and reversible. Use this to your advantage!

374 

375### Course-correct early and often

376 

377<Tip>

378 Correct Claude as soon as you notice it going off track.

379</Tip>

380 

381The best results come from tight feedback loops. Though Claude occasionally solves problems perfectly on the first attempt, correcting it quickly generally produces better solutions faster.

382 

383* **`Esc`**: Stop Claude mid-action with the `Esc` key. Context is preserved, so you can redirect.

384* **`Esc + Esc` or `/rewind`**: Press `Esc` twice or run `/rewind` to open the rewind menu and restore previous conversation and code state, or summarize from a selected message.

385* **`"Undo that"`**: Have Claude revert its changes.

386* **`/clear`**: Reset context between unrelated tasks. Long sessions with irrelevant context can reduce performance.

387 

388If you've corrected Claude more than twice on the same issue in one session, the context is cluttered with failed approaches. Run `/clear` and start fresh with a more specific prompt that incorporates what you learned. A clean session with a better prompt almost always outperforms a long session with accumulated corrections.

389 

390### Manage context aggressively

391 

392<Tip>

393 Run `/clear` between unrelated tasks to reset context.

394</Tip>

395 

396Claude Code automatically compacts conversation history when you approach context limits, which preserves important code and decisions while freeing space.

397 

398During long sessions, Claude's context window can fill with irrelevant conversation, file contents, and commands. This can reduce performance and sometimes distract Claude.

399 

400* Use `/clear` frequently between tasks to reset the context window entirely

401* When auto compaction triggers, Claude summarizes what matters most, including code patterns, file states, and key decisions

402* For more control, run `/compact <instructions>`, like `/compact Focus on the API changes`

403* To compact only part of the conversation, use `Esc + Esc` or `/rewind`, select a message checkpoint, and choose **Summarize from here**. This condenses messages from that point forward while keeping earlier context intact.

404* Customize compaction behavior in CLAUDE.md with instructions like `"When compacting, always preserve the full list of modified files and any test commands"` to ensure critical context survives summarization

405 

406### Use subagents for investigation

407 

408<Tip>

409 Delegate research with `"use subagents to investigate X"`. They explore in a separate context, keeping your main conversation clean for implementation.

410</Tip>

411 

412Since context is your fundamental constraint, subagents are one of the most powerful tools available. When Claude researches a codebase it reads lots of files, all of which consume your context. Subagents run in separate context windows and report back summaries:

413 

414```

415Use subagents to investigate how our authentication system handles token

416refresh, and whether we have any existing OAuth utilities I should reuse.

417```

418 

419The subagent explores the codebase, reads relevant files, and reports back with findings, all without cluttering your main conversation.

420 

421You can also use subagents for verification after Claude implements something:

422 

423```

424use a subagent to review this code for edge cases

425```

426 

427### Rewind with checkpoints

428 

429<Tip>

430 Every action Claude makes creates a checkpoint. You can restore conversation, code, or both to any previous checkpoint.

431</Tip>

432 

433Claude automatically checkpoints before changes. Double-tap `Escape` or run `/rewind` to open the rewind menu. You can restore conversation only, restore code only, restore both, or summarize from a selected message. See [Checkpointing](/en/checkpointing) for details.

434 

435Instead of carefully planning every move, you can tell Claude to try something risky. If it doesn't work, rewind and try a different approach. Checkpoints persist across sessions, so you can close your terminal and still rewind later.

436 

437<Warning>

438 Checkpoints only track changes made *by Claude*, not external processes. This isn't a replacement for git.

439</Warning>

440 

441### Resume conversations

442 

443<Tip>

444 Run `claude --continue` to pick up where you left off, or `--resume` to choose from recent sessions.

445</Tip>

446 

447Claude Code saves conversations locally. When a task spans multiple sessions (you start a feature, get interrupted, come back the next day) you don't have to re-explain the context:

448 

449```bash theme={null}

450claude --continue # Resume the most recent conversation

451claude --resume # Select from recent conversations

452```

453 

454Use `/rename` to give sessions descriptive names (`"oauth-migration"`, `"debugging-memory-leak"`) so you can find them later. Treat sessions like branches. Different workstreams can have separate, persistent contexts.

455 

456***

457 

458## Automate and scale

459 

460Once you're effective with one Claude, multiply your output with parallel sessions, headless mode, and fan-out patterns.

461 

462Everything so far assumes one human, one Claude, and one conversation. But Claude Code scales horizontally. The techniques in this section show how you can get more done.

463 

464### Run headless mode

465 

466<Tip>

467 Use `claude -p "prompt"` in CI, pre-commit hooks, or scripts. Add `--output-format stream-json` for streaming JSON output.

468</Tip>

469 

470With `claude -p "your prompt"`, you can run Claude headlessly, without an interactive session. Headless mode is how you integrate Claude into CI pipelines, pre-commit hooks, or any automated workflow. The output formats (plain text, JSON, streaming JSON) let you parse results programmatically.

471 

472```bash theme={null}

473# One-off queries

474claude -p "Explain what this project does"

475 

476# Structured output for scripts

477claude -p "List all API endpoints" --output-format json

478 

479# Streaming for real-time processing

480claude -p "Analyze this log file" --output-format stream-json

481```

482 

483### Run multiple Claude sessions

484 

485<Tip>

486 Run multiple Claude sessions in parallel to speed up development, run isolated experiments, or start complex workflows.

487</Tip>

488 

489There are three main ways to run parallel sessions:

490 

491* [Claude Code desktop app](/en/desktop#work-in-parallel-with-sessions): Manage multiple local sessions visually. Each session gets its own isolated worktree.

492* [Claude Code on the web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web): Run on Anthropic's secure cloud infrastructure in isolated VMs.

493* [Agent teams](/en/agent-teams): Automated coordination of multiple sessions with shared tasks, messaging, and a team lead.

494 

495Beyond parallelizing work, multiple sessions enable quality-focused workflows. A fresh context improves code review since Claude won't be biased toward code it just wrote.

496 

497For example, use a Writer/Reviewer pattern:

498 

499| Session A (Writer) | Session B (Reviewer) |

500| ----------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

501| `Implement a rate limiter for our API endpoints` | |

502| | `Review the rate limiter implementation in @src/middleware/rateLimiter.ts. Look for edge cases, race conditions, and consistency with our existing middleware patterns.` |

503| `Here's the review feedback: [Session B output]. Address these issues.` | |

504 

505You can do something similar with tests: have one Claude write tests, then another write code to pass them.

506 

507### Fan out across files

508 

509<Tip>

510 Loop through tasks calling `claude -p` for each. Use `--allowedTools` to scope permissions for batch operations.

511</Tip>

512 

513For large migrations or analyses, you can distribute work across many parallel Claude invocations:

514 

515<Steps>

516 <Step title="Generate a task list">

517 Have Claude list all files that need migrating (e.g., `list all 2,000 Python files that need migrating`)

518 </Step>

519 

520 <Step title="Write a script to loop through the list">

521 ```bash theme={null}

522 for file in $(cat files.txt); do

523 claude -p "Migrate $file from React to Vue. Return OK or FAIL." \

524 --allowedTools "Edit,Bash(git commit *)"

525 done

526 ```

527 </Step>

528 

529 <Step title="Test on a few files, then run at scale">

530 Refine your prompt based on what goes wrong with the first 2-3 files, then run on the full set. The `--allowedTools` flag restricts what Claude can do, which matters when you're running unattended.

531 </Step>

532</Steps>

533 

534You can also integrate Claude into existing data/processing pipelines:

535 

536```bash theme={null}

537claude -p "<your prompt>" --output-format json | your_command

538```

539 

540Use `--verbose` for debugging during development, and turn it off in production.

541 

542### Safe Autonomous Mode

543 

544Use `claude --dangerously-skip-permissions` to bypass all permission checks and let Claude work uninterrupted. This works well for workflows like fixing lint errors or generating boilerplate code.

545 

546<Warning>

547 Letting Claude run arbitrary commands is risky and can result in data loss, system corruption, or data exfiltration (e.g., via prompt injection attacks). To minimize these risks, use `--dangerously-skip-permissions` in a container without internet access.

548 

549 With sandboxing enabled (`/sandbox`), you get similar autonomy with better security. Sandbox defines upfront boundaries rather than bypassing all checks.

550</Warning>

551 

552***

553 

554## Avoid common failure patterns

555 

556These are common mistakes. Recognizing them early saves time:

557 

558* **The kitchen sink session.** You start with one task, then ask Claude something unrelated, then go back to the first task. Context is full of irrelevant information.

559 > **Fix**: `/clear` between unrelated tasks.

560* **Correcting over and over.** Claude does something wrong, you correct it, it's still wrong, you correct again. Context is polluted with failed approaches.

561 > **Fix**: After two failed corrections, `/clear` and write a better initial prompt incorporating what you learned.

562* **The over-specified CLAUDE.md.** If your CLAUDE.md is too long, Claude ignores half of it because important rules get lost in the noise.

563 > **Fix**: Ruthlessly prune. If Claude already does something correctly without the instruction, delete it or convert it to a hook.

564* **The trust-then-verify gap.** Claude produces a plausible-looking implementation that doesn't handle edge cases.

565 > **Fix**: Always provide verification (tests, scripts, screenshots). If you can't verify it, don't ship it.

566* **The infinite exploration.** You ask Claude to "investigate" something without scoping it. Claude reads hundreds of files, filling the context.

567 > **Fix**: Scope investigations narrowly or use subagents so the exploration doesn't consume your main context.

568 

569***

570 

571## Develop your intuition

572 

573The patterns in this guide aren't set in stone. They're starting points that work well in general, but might not be optimal for every situation.

574 

575Sometimes you *should* let context accumulate because you're deep in one complex problem and the history is valuable. Sometimes you should skip planning and let Claude figure it out because the task is exploratory. Sometimes a vague prompt is exactly right because you want to see how Claude interprets the problem before constraining it.

576 

577Pay attention to what works. When Claude produces great output, notice what you did: the prompt structure, the context you provided, the mode you were in. When Claude struggles, ask why. Was the context too noisy? The prompt too vague? The task too big for one pass?

578 

579Over time, you'll develop intuition that no guide can capture. You'll know when to be specific and when to be open-ended, when to plan and when to explore, when to clear context and when to let it accumulate.

580 

581## Related resources

582 

583<CardGroup cols={2}>

584 <Card title="How Claude Code works" icon="gear" href="/en/how-claude-code-works">

585 Understand the agentic loop, tools, and context management

586 </Card>

587 

588 <Card title="Extend Claude Code" icon="puzzle-piece" href="/en/features-overview">

589 Choose between skills, hooks, MCP, subagents, and plugins

590 </Card>

591 

592 <Card title="Common workflows" icon="list-check" href="/en/common-workflows">

593 Step-by-step recipes for debugging, testing, PRs, and more

594 </Card>

595 

596 <Card title="CLAUDE.md" icon="file-lines" href="/en/memory">

597 Store project conventions and persistent context

598 </Card>

599</CardGroup>

checkpointing.md +34 −14

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Checkpointing5# Checkpointing

2 6 

3> Automatically track and rewind Claude's edits to quickly recover from unwanted changes.7> Track, rewind, and summarize Claude's edits and conversation to manage session state.

4 8 

5Claude Code automatically tracks Claude's file edits as you work, allowing you to quickly undo changes and rewind to previous states if anything gets off track.9Claude Code automatically tracks Claude's file edits as you work, allowing you to quickly undo changes and rewind to previous states if anything gets off track.

6 10 


16* Checkpoints persist across sessions, so you can access them in resumed conversations20* Checkpoints persist across sessions, so you can access them in resumed conversations

17* Automatically cleaned up along with sessions after 30 days (configurable)21* Automatically cleaned up along with sessions after 30 days (configurable)

18 22 

19### Rewinding changes23### Rewind and summarize

24 

25Press `Esc` twice (`Esc` + `Esc`) or use the `/rewind` command to open the rewind menu. A scrollable list shows each of your prompts from the session. Select the point you want to act on, then choose an action:

26 

27* **Restore code and conversation**: revert both code and conversation to that point

28* **Restore conversation**: rewind to that message while keeping current code

29* **Restore code**: revert file changes while keeping the conversation

30* **Summarize from here**: compress the conversation from this point forward into a summary, freeing context window space

31* **Never mind**: return to the message list without making changes

32 

33After restoring the conversation or summarizing, the original prompt from the selected message is restored into the input field so you can re-send or edit it.

34 

35#### Restore vs. summarize

20 36 

21Press `Esc` twice (`Esc` + `Esc`) or use the `/rewind` command to open up the rewind menu. You can choose to restore:37The three restore options revert state: they undo code changes, conversation history, or both. "Summarize from here" works differently:

22 38 

23* **Conversation only**: Rewind to a user message while keeping code changes39* Messages before the selected message stay intact

24* **Code only**: Revert file changes while keeping the conversation40* The selected message and all subsequent messages get replaced with a compact AI-generated summary

25* **Both code and conversation**: Restore both to a prior point in the session41* No files on disk are changed

42* The original messages are preserved in the session transcript, so Claude can reference the details if needed

43 

44This is similar to `/compact`, but targeted: instead of summarizing the entire conversation, you keep early context in full detail and only compress the parts that are using up space. You can type optional instructions to guide what the summary focuses on.

45 

46<Note>

47 Summarize keeps you in the same session and compresses context. If you want to branch off and try a different approach while preserving the original session intact, use [fork](/en/how-claude-code-works#resume-or-fork-sessions) instead (`claude --continue --fork-session`).

48</Note>

26 49 

27## Common use cases50## Common use cases

28 51 

29Checkpoints are particularly useful when:52Checkpoints are particularly useful when:

30 53 

31* **Exploring alternatives**: Try different implementation approaches without losing your starting point54* **Exploring alternatives**: try different implementation approaches without losing your starting point

32* **Recovering from mistakes**: Quickly undo changes that introduced bugs or broke functionality55* **Recovering from mistakes**: quickly undo changes that introduced bugs or broke functionality

33* **Iterating on features**: Experiment with variations knowing you can revert to working states56* **Iterating on features**: experiment with variations knowing you can revert to working states

57* **Freeing context space**: summarize a verbose debugging session from the midpoint forward, keeping your initial instructions intact

34 58 

35## Limitations59## Limitations

36 60 


61## See also85## See also

62 86 

63* [Interactive mode](/en/interactive-mode) - Keyboard shortcuts and session controls87* [Interactive mode](/en/interactive-mode) - Keyboard shortcuts and session controls

64* [Slash commands](/en/slash-commands) - Accessing checkpoints using `/rewind`88* [Built-in commands](/en/interactive-mode#built-in-commands) - Accessing checkpoints using `/rewind`

65* [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference) - Command-line options89* [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference) - Command-line options

66 

67 

68 

69> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

chrome.md +101 −89

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Use Claude Code with Chrome (beta)5# Use Claude Code with Chrome (beta)

2 6 

3> Connect Claude Code to your browser to test web apps, debug with console logs, and automate browser tasks.7> Connect Claude Code to your Chrome browser to test web apps, debug with console logs, automate form filling, and extract data from web pages.

4 8 

5<Note>9Claude Code integrates with the Claude in Chrome browser extension to give you browser automation capabilities from the CLI or the [VS Code extension](/en/vs-code#automate-browser-tasks-with-chrome). Build your code, then test and debug in the browser without switching contexts.

6 Chrome integration is in beta and currently works with Google Chrome only. It is not yet supported on Brave, Arc, or other Chromium-based browsers. WSL (Windows Subsystem for Linux) is also not supported.

7</Note>

8 10 

9Claude Code integrates with the Claude in Chrome browser extension to give you browser automation capabilities directly from your terminal. Build in your terminal, then test and debug in your browser without switching contexts.11Claude opens new tabs for browser tasks and shares your browser's login state, so it can access any site you're already signed into. Browser actions run in a visible Chrome window in real time. When Claude encounters a login page or CAPTCHA, it pauses and asks you to handle it manually.

10 12 

11## What the integration enables13<Note>

14 Chrome integration is in beta and currently works with Google Chrome and Microsoft Edge. It is not yet supported on Brave, Arc, or other Chromium-based browsers. WSL (Windows Subsystem for Linux) is also not supported.

15</Note>

12 16 

13With Chrome connected, you can chain browser actions with terminal commands in a single workflow. For example: scrape documentation from a website, analyze it, generate code based on what you learned, and commit the result.17## Capabilities

14 18 

15Key capabilities include:19With Chrome connected, you can chain browser actions with coding tasks in a single workflow:

16 20 

17* **Live debugging**: Claude reads console errors and DOM state directly, then fixes the code that caused them21* **Live debugging**: read console errors and DOM state directly, then fix the code that caused them

18* **Design verification**: Build a UI from a Figma mock, then have Claude open it in the browser and verify it matches22* **Design verification**: build a UI from a Figma mock, then open it in the browser to verify it matches

19* **Web app testing**: Test form validation, check for visual regressions, or verify user flows work correctly23* **Web app testing**: test form validation, check for visual regressions, or verify user flows

20* **Authenticated web apps**: Interact with Google Docs, Gmail, Notion, or any app you're logged into without needing API connectors24* **Authenticated web apps**: interact with Google Docs, Gmail, Notion, or any app you're logged into without API connectors

21* **Data extraction**: Pull structured information from web pages and save it locally25* **Data extraction**: pull structured information from web pages and save it locally

22* **Task automation**: Automate repetitive browser tasks like data entry, form filling, or multi-site workflows26* **Task automation**: automate repetitive browser tasks like data entry, form filling, or multi-site workflows

23* **Session recording**: Record browser interactions as GIFs to document or share what happened27* **Session recording**: record browser interactions as GIFs to document or share what happened

24 28 

25## Prerequisites29## Prerequisites

26 30 

27Before using Claude Code with Chrome, you need:31Before using Claude Code with Chrome, you need:

28 32 

29* [Google Chrome](https://www.google.com/chrome/) browser33* [Google Chrome](https://www.google.com/chrome/) or [Microsoft Edge](https://www.microsoft.com/edge) browser

30* [Claude in Chrome extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/claude/fcoeoabgfenejglbffodgkkbkcdhcgfn) version 1.0.36 or higher34* [Claude in Chrome extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/claude/fcoeoabgfenejglbffodgkkbkcdhcgfn) version 1.0.36 or higher, available in the Chrome Web Store for both browsers

31* [Claude Code CLI](/en/quickstart#step-1:-install-claude-code) version 2.0.73 or higher35* [Claude Code](/en/quickstart#step-1-install-claude-code) version 2.0.73 or higher

32* A paid Claude plan (Pro, Team, or Enterprise)36* A direct Anthropic plan (Pro, Max, Teams, or Enterprise)

33 

34## How the integration works

35 

36Claude Code communicates with Chrome through the Claude in Chrome browser extension. The extension uses Chrome's [Native Messaging API](https://developer.chrome.com/docs/extensions/develop/concepts/native-messaging) to receive commands from Claude Code and execute them in your browser. This architecture lets Claude Code control browser tabs, read page content, and perform actions while you continue working in your terminal.

37 

38When Claude encounters a login page, CAPTCHA, or other blocker, it pauses and asks you to handle it. You can provide credentials for Claude to enter, or log in manually in the browser. Once you're past the blocker, tell Claude to continue and it picks up where it left off.

39 

40Claude opens new tabs for browser tasks rather than taking over existing ones. However, it shares your browser's login state, so if you're already signed into a site in Chrome, Claude can access it without re-authenticating.

41 37 

42<Note>38<Note>

43 The Chrome integration requires a visible browser window. When Claude performs browser actions, you'll see Chrome open and navigate in real time. There's no headless mode since the integration relies on your actual browser session with its login state.39 Chrome integration is not available through third-party providers like Amazon Bedrock, Google Cloud Vertex AI, or Microsoft Foundry. If you access Claude exclusively through a third-party provider, you need a separate claude.ai account to use this feature.

44</Note>40</Note>

45 41 

46## Set up the integration42## Get started in the CLI

47 43 

48<Steps>44<Steps>

49 <Step title="Update Claude Code">45 <Step title="Launch Claude Code with Chrome">

50 Chrome integration requires a recent version of Claude Code. If you installed using the [native installer](/en/quickstart#step-1:-install-claude-code), updates happen automatically. Otherwise, run:46 Start Claude Code with the `--chrome` flag:

51 47 

52 ```bash theme={null}48 ```bash theme={null}

53 claude update49 claude --chrome

54 ```50 ```

51 

52 You can also enable Chrome from within an existing session by running `/chrome`.

55 </Step>53 </Step>

56 54 

57 <Step title="Start Claude Code with Chrome enabled">55 <Step title="Ask Claude to use the browser">

58 Launch Claude Code with the `--chrome` flag:56 This example navigates to a page, interacts with it, and reports what it finds, all from your terminal or editor:

59 57 

60 ```bash theme={null}58 ```text theme={null}

61 claude --chrome59 Go to code.claude.com/docs, click on the search box,

60 type "hooks", and tell me what results appear

62 ```61 ```

63 </Step>62 </Step>

64 

65 <Step title="Verify the connection">

66 Run `/chrome` to check the connection status and manage settings. If the extension isn't detected, you'll see a warning with a link to install it.

67 </Step>

68</Steps>63</Steps>

69 64 

70You can also enable Chrome integration from within an existing session using the `/chrome` slash command.65Run `/chrome` at any time to check the connection status, manage permissions, or reconnect the extension.

71 66 

72## Try it out67For VS Code, see [browser automation in VS Code](/en/vs-code#automate-browser-tasks-with-chrome).

73 68 

74Once connected, type this into Claude to see the integration in action:69### Enable Chrome by default

75 70 

76```71To avoid passing `--chrome` each session, run `/chrome` and select "Enabled by default".

77Go to code.claude.com/docs, click on the search box,

78type "hooks", and tell me what results appear

79```

80 72 

81Claude opens the page, clicks into the search field, types the query, and reports the autocomplete results. This shows navigation, clicking, and typing in a single workflow.73In the [VS Code extension](/en/vs-code#automate-browser-tasks-with-chrome), Chrome is available whenever the Chrome extension is installed. No additional flag is needed.

82 74 

83## Example workflows75<Note>

76 Enabling Chrome by default in the CLI increases context usage since browser tools are always loaded. If you notice increased context consumption, disable this setting and use `--chrome` only when needed.

77</Note>

78 

79### Manage site permissions

80 

81Site-level permissions are inherited from the Chrome extension. Manage permissions in the Chrome extension settings to control which sites Claude can browse, click, and type on.

84 82 

85Claude can navigate pages, click and type, fill forms, scroll, read console logs and network requests, manage tabs, resize windows, and record GIFs. Run `/mcp` and click into `claude-in-chrome` to see the full list of available tools.83## Example workflows

86 84 

87The following examples show common patterns for browser automation.85These examples show common ways to combine browser actions with coding tasks. Run `/mcp` and select `claude-in-chrome` to see the full list of available browser tools.

88 86 

89### Test a local web application87### Test a local web application

90 88 

91When developing a web app, ask Claude to verify your changes work correctly:89When developing a web app, ask Claude to verify your changes work correctly:

92 90 

93```91```text theme={null}

94I just updated the login form validation. Can you open localhost:3000,92I just updated the login form validation. Can you open localhost:3000,

95try submitting the form with invalid data, and check if the error93try submitting the form with invalid data, and check if the error

96messages appear correctly?94messages appear correctly?


100 98 

101### Debug with console logs99### Debug with console logs

102 100 

103If your app has issues, Claude can read console output to help diagnose problems:101Claude can read console output to help diagnose problems. Tell Claude what patterns to look for rather than asking for all console output, since logs can be verbose:

104 102 

105```103```text theme={null}

106Open the dashboard page and check the console for any errors when104Open the dashboard page and check the console for any errors when

107the page loads.105the page loads.

108```106```


113 111 

114Speed up repetitive data entry tasks:112Speed up repetitive data entry tasks:

115 113 

116```114```text theme={null}

117I have a spreadsheet of customer contacts in contacts.csv. For each row,115I have a spreadsheet of customer contacts in contacts.csv. For each row,

118go to our CRM at crm.example.com, click "Add Contact", and fill in the116go to the CRM at crm.example.com, click "Add Contact", and fill in the

119name, email, and phone fields.117name, email, and phone fields.

120```118```

121 119 


125 123 

126Use Claude to write directly in your documents without API setup:124Use Claude to write directly in your documents without API setup:

127 125 

128```126```text theme={null}

129Draft a project update based on our recent commits and add it to my127Draft a project update based on the recent commits and add it to my

130Google Doc at docs.google.com/document/d/abc123128Google Doc at docs.google.com/document/d/abc123

131```129```

132 130 


136 134 

137Pull structured information from websites:135Pull structured information from websites:

138 136 

139```137```text theme={null}

140Go to the product listings page and extract the name, price, and138Go to the product listings page and extract the name, price, and

141availability for each item. Save the results as a CSV file.139availability for each item. Save the results as a CSV file.

142```140```


147 145 

148Coordinate tasks across multiple websites:146Coordinate tasks across multiple websites:

149 147 

150```148```text theme={null}

151Check my calendar for meetings tomorrow, then for each meeting with149Check my calendar for meetings tomorrow, then for each meeting with

152an external attendee, look up their company on LinkedIn and add a150an external attendee, look up their company website and add a note

153note about what they do.151about what they do.

154```152```

155 153 

156Claude works across tabs to gather information and complete the workflow.154Claude works across tabs to gather information and complete the workflow.


159 157 

160Create shareable recordings of browser interactions:158Create shareable recordings of browser interactions:

161 159 

162```160```text theme={null}

163Record a GIF showing how to complete the checkout flow, from adding161Record a GIF showing how to complete the checkout flow, from adding

164an item to the cart through to the confirmation page.162an item to the cart through to the confirmation page.

165```163```

166 164 

167Claude records the interaction sequence and saves it as a GIF file.165Claude records the interaction sequence and saves it as a GIF file.

168 166 

169## Best practices

170 

171When using browser automation, keep these guidelines in mind:

172 

173* **Modal dialogs can interrupt the flow**: JavaScript alerts, confirms, and prompts block browser events and prevent Claude from receiving commands. If a dialog appears, dismiss it manually and tell Claude to continue.

174* **Use fresh tabs**: Claude creates new tabs for each session. If a tab becomes unresponsive, ask Claude to create a new one.

175* **Filter console output**: Console logs can be verbose. When debugging, tell Claude what patterns to look for rather than asking for all console output.

176 

177## Troubleshooting167## Troubleshooting

178 168 

179### Extension not detected169### Extension not detected

180 170 

181If Claude Code shows "Chrome extension not detected":171If Claude Code shows "Chrome extension not detected":

182 172 

1831. Verify the Chrome extension (version 1.0.36 or higher) is installed1731. Verify the Chrome extension is installed and enabled in `chrome://extensions`

1842. Verify Claude Code is version 2.0.73 or higher by running `claude --version`1742. Verify Claude Code is up to date by running `claude --version`

1853. Check that Chrome is running1753. Check that Chrome is running

1864. Run `/chrome` and select "Reconnect extension" to re-establish the connection1764. Run `/chrome` and select "Reconnect extension" to re-establish the connection

1875. If the issue persists, restart both Claude Code and Chrome1775. If the issue persists, restart both Claude Code and Chrome

188 178 

179The first time you enable Chrome integration, Claude Code installs a native messaging host configuration file. Chrome reads this file on startup, so if the extension isn't detected on your first attempt, restart Chrome to pick up the new configuration.

180 

181If the connection still fails, verify the host configuration file exists at:

182 

183For Chrome:

184 

185* **macOS**: `~/Library/Application Support/Google/Chrome/NativeMessagingHosts/com.anthropic.claude_code_browser_extension.json`

186* **Linux**: `~/.config/google-chrome/NativeMessagingHosts/com.anthropic.claude_code_browser_extension.json`

187* **Windows**: check `HKCU\Software\Google\Chrome\NativeMessagingHosts\` in the Windows Registry

188 

189For Edge:

190 

191* **macOS**: `~/Library/Application Support/Microsoft Edge/NativeMessagingHosts/com.anthropic.claude_code_browser_extension.json`

192* **Linux**: `~/.config/microsoft-edge/NativeMessagingHosts/com.anthropic.claude_code_browser_extension.json`

193* **Windows**: check `HKCU\Software\Microsoft\Edge\NativeMessagingHosts\` in the Windows Registry

194 

189### Browser not responding195### Browser not responding

190 196 

191If Claude's browser commands stop working:197If Claude's browser commands stop working:

192 198 

1931. Check if a modal dialog (alert, confirm, prompt) is blocking the page1991. Check if a modal dialog (alert, confirm, prompt) is blocking the page. JavaScript dialogs block browser events and prevent Claude from receiving commands. Dismiss the dialog manually, then tell Claude to continue.

1942. Ask Claude to create a new tab and try again2002. Ask Claude to create a new tab and try again

1953. Restart the Chrome extension by disabling and re-enabling it2013. Restart the Chrome extension by disabling and re-enabling it in `chrome://extensions`

196 202 

197### First-time setup203### Connection drops during long sessions

198 204 

199The first time you use the integration, Claude Code installs a native messaging host that allows communication between the CLI and Chrome. If you encounter permission errors, you may need to restart Chrome for the installation to take effect.205The Chrome extension's service worker can go idle during extended sessions, which breaks the connection. If browser tools stop working after a period of inactivity, run `/chrome` and select "Reconnect extension".

200 206 

201## Enable by default207### Windows-specific issues

202 208 

203Chrome integration requires the `--chrome` flag each time you start Claude Code. To enable it by default, run `/chrome` and select "Enabled by default".209On Windows, you may encounter:

204 210 

205<Note>211* **Named pipe conflicts (EADDRINUSE)**: if another process is using the same named pipe, restart Claude Code. Close any other Claude Code sessions that might be using Chrome.

206 Enabling Chrome by default increases context usage since browser tools are always loaded. If you notice increased context consumption, disable this setting and use `--chrome` only when needed.212* **Native messaging host errors**: if the native messaging host crashes on startup, try reinstalling Claude Code to regenerate the host configuration.

207</Note>

208 213 

209Site-level permissions are inherited from the Chrome extension. Manage permissions in the Chrome extension settings to control which sites Claude can browse, click, and type on. Run `/chrome` to see current permission settings.214### Common error messages

210 215 

211## See also216These are the most frequently encountered errors and how to resolve them:

212 217 

213* [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference) - Command-line flags including `--chrome`218| Error | Cause | Fix |

214* [Common workflows](/en/common-workflows) - More ways to use Claude Code219| ------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------- |

215* [Getting started with Claude for Chrome](https://support.anthropic.com/en/articles/12012173-getting-started-with-claude-for-chrome) - Full documentation for the Chrome extension, including shortcuts, scheduling, and permissions220| "Browser extension is not connected" | Native messaging host cannot reach the extension | Restart Chrome and Claude Code, then run `/chrome` to reconnect |

221| "Extension not detected" | Chrome extension is not installed or is disabled | Install or enable the extension in `chrome://extensions` |

222| "No tab available" | Claude tried to act before a tab was ready | Ask Claude to create a new tab and retry |

223| "Receiving end does not exist" | Extension service worker went idle | Run `/chrome` and select "Reconnect extension" |

216 224 

225## See also

217 226 

218 227* [Use Claude Code in VS Code](/en/vs-code#automate-browser-tasks-with-chrome): browser automation in the VS Code extension

219> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt228* [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference): command-line flags including `--chrome`

229* [Common workflows](/en/common-workflows): more ways to use Claude Code

230* [Data and privacy](/en/data-usage): how Claude Code handles your data

231* [Getting started with Claude in Chrome](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/12012173-getting-started-with-claude-in-chrome): full documentation for the Chrome extension, including shortcuts, scheduling, and permissions

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Claude Code on the web5# Claude Code on the web

2 6 

3> Run Claude Code tasks asynchronously on secure cloud infrastructure7> Run Claude Code tasks asynchronously on secure cloud infrastructure


16* **Repositories not on your local machine**: Work on code you don't have checked out locally20* **Repositories not on your local machine**: Work on code you don't have checked out locally

17* **Backend changes**: Where Claude Code can write tests and then write code to pass those tests21* **Backend changes**: Where Claude Code can write tests and then write code to pass those tests

18 22 

19Claude Code is also available on the Claude iOS app. This is perfect for:23Claude Code is also available on the Claude iOS app for kicking off tasks on the go and monitoring work in progress.

20 

21* **On the go**: Kick off tasks while commuting or away from laptop

22* **Monitoring**: Watch the trajectory and steer the agent's work

23 24 

24Developers can also move Claude Code sessions from the Claude app to their terminal to continue tasks locally.25You can move between local and remote development: [send tasks from your terminal to run on the web](#from-terminal-to-web) with the `&` prefix, or [teleport web sessions back to your terminal](#from-web-to-terminal) to continue locally.

25 26 

26## Who can use Claude Code on the web?27## Who can use Claude Code on the web?

27 28 


29 30 

30* **Pro users**31* **Pro users**

31* **Max users**32* **Max users**

32* **Team premium seat users**33* **Team users**

33* **Enterprise premium seat users**34* **Enterprise users** with premium seats or Chat + Claude Code seats

34 35 

35## Getting started36## Getting started

36 37 


393. Install the Claude GitHub app in your repositories403. Install the Claude GitHub app in your repositories

404. Select your default environment414. Select your default environment

415. Submit your coding task425. Submit your coding task

426. Review changes and create a pull request in GitHub436. Review changes in diff view, iterate with comments, then create a pull request

43 44 

44## How it works45## How it works

45 46 


525. **Completion**: You're notified when finished and can create a PR with the changes535. **Completion**: You're notified when finished and can create a PR with the changes

536. **Results**: Changes are pushed to a branch, ready for pull request creation546. **Results**: Changes are pushed to a branch, ready for pull request creation

54 55 

56## Review changes with diff view

57 

58Diff view lets you see exactly what Claude changed before creating a pull request. Instead of clicking "Create PR" to review changes in GitHub, view the diff directly in the app and iterate with Claude until the changes are ready.

59 

60When Claude makes changes to files, a diff stats indicator appears showing the number of lines added and removed (for example, `+12 -1`). Select this indicator to open the diff viewer, which displays a file list on the left and the changes for each file on the right.

61 

62From the diff view, you can:

63 

64* Review changes file by file

65* Comment on specific changes to request modifications

66* Continue iterating with Claude based on what you see

67 

68This lets you refine changes through multiple rounds of feedback without creating draft PRs or switching to GitHub.

69 

55## Moving tasks between web and terminal70## Moving tasks between web and terminal

56 71 

72You can start tasks on the web and continue them in your terminal, or send tasks from your terminal to run on the web. Web sessions persist even if you close your laptop, and you can monitor them from anywhere including the Claude iOS app.

73 

74<Note>

75 Session handoff is one-way: you can pull web sessions into your terminal, but you can't push an existing terminal session to the web. The [`&` prefix](#from-terminal-to-web) creates a *new* web session with your current conversation context.

76</Note>

77 

78### From terminal to web

79 

80Start a message with `&` inside Claude Code to send a task to run on the web:

81 

82```

83& Fix the authentication bug in src/auth/login.ts

84```

85 

86This creates a new web session on claude.ai with your current conversation context. The task runs in the cloud while you continue working locally. Use `/tasks` to check progress, or open the session on claude.ai or the Claude iOS app to interact directly. From there you can steer Claude, provide feedback, or answer questions just like any other conversation.

87 

88You can also start a web session directly from the command line:

89 

90```bash theme={null}

91claude --remote "Fix the authentication bug in src/auth/login.ts"

92```

93 

94#### Tips for background tasks

95 

96**Plan locally, execute remotely**: For complex tasks, start Claude in plan mode to collaborate on the approach before sending work to the web:

97 

98```bash theme={null}

99claude --permission-mode plan

100```

101 

102In plan mode, Claude can only read files and explore the codebase. Once you're satisfied with the plan, send it to the web for autonomous execution:

103 

104```

105& Execute the migration plan we discussed

106```

107 

108This pattern gives you control over the strategy while letting Claude execute autonomously in the cloud.

109 

110**Run tasks in parallel**: Each `&` command creates its own web session that runs independently. You can kick off multiple tasks and they'll all run simultaneously in separate sessions:

111 

112```

113& Fix the flaky test in auth.spec.ts

114& Update the API documentation

115& Refactor the logger to use structured output

116```

117 

118Monitor all sessions with `/tasks`. When a session completes, you can create a PR from the web interface or [teleport](#from-web-to-terminal) the session to your terminal to continue working.

119 

57### From web to terminal120### From web to terminal

58 121 

59After starting a task on the web:122There are several ways to pull a web session into your terminal:

123 

124* **Using `/teleport`**: From within Claude Code, run `/teleport` (or `/tp`) to see an interactive picker of your web sessions. If you have uncommitted changes, you'll be prompted to stash them first.

125* **Using `--teleport`**: From the command line, run `claude --teleport` for an interactive session picker, or `claude --teleport <session-id>` to resume a specific session directly.

126* **From `/tasks`**: Run `/tasks` to see your background sessions, then press `t` to teleport into one

127* **From the web interface**: Click "Open in CLI" to copy a command you can paste into your terminal

128 

129When you teleport a session, Claude verifies you're in the correct repository, fetches and checks out the branch from the remote session, and loads the full conversation history into your terminal.

130 

131#### Requirements for teleporting

132 

133Teleport checks these requirements before resuming a session. If any requirement isn't met, you'll see an error or be prompted to resolve the issue.

134 

135| Requirement | Details |

136| ------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

137| Clean git state | Your working directory must have no uncommitted changes. Teleport prompts you to stash changes if needed. |

138| Correct repository | You must run `--teleport` from a checkout of the same repository, not a fork. |

139| Branch available | The branch from the web session must have been pushed to the remote. Teleport automatically fetches and checks it out. |

140| Same account | You must be authenticated to the same Claude.ai account used in the web session. |

141 

142### Sharing sessions

143 

144To share a session, toggle its visibility according to the account

145types below. After that, share the session link as-is. Recipients who open your

146shared session will see the latest state of the session upon load, but the

147recipient's page will not update in real time.

148 

149#### Sharing from an Enterprise or Teams account

60 150 

611. Click the "Open in CLI" button151For Enterprise and Teams accounts, the two visibility options are **Private**

622. Paste and run the command in your terminal in a checkout of the repo152and **Team**. Team visibility makes the session visible to other members of your

633. Any existing local changes will be stashed, and the remote session will be loaded153Claude.ai organization. Repository access verification is enabled by default,

644. Continue working locally154based on the GitHub account connected to the recipient's account. Your account's

155display name is visible to all recipients with access. [Claude in Slack](/en/slack)

156sessions are automatically shared with Team visibility.

157 

158#### Sharing from a Max or Pro account

159 

160For Max and Pro accounts, the two visibility options are **Private**

161and **Public**. Public visibility makes the session visible to any user logged

162into claude.ai.

163 

164Check your session for sensitive content before sharing. Sessions may contain

165code and credentials from private GitHub repositories. Repository access

166verification is not enabled by default.

167 

168Enable repository access verification and/or withhold your name from your shared

169sessions by going to Settings > Claude Code > Sharing settings.

65 170 

66## Cloud environment171## Cloud environment

67 172 


127 232 

128**To update an existing environment:** Select the current environment, to the right of the environment name, and select the settings button. This will open a dialog where you can update the environment name, network access, and environment variables.233**To update an existing environment:** Select the current environment, to the right of the environment name, and select the settings button. This will open a dialog where you can update the environment name, network access, and environment variables.

129 234 

235**To select your default environment from the terminal:** If you have multiple environments configured, run `/remote-env` to choose which one to use when starting web sessions from your terminal with `&` or `--remote`. With a single environment, this command shows your current configuration.

236 

130<Note>237<Note>

131 Environment variables must be specified as key-value pairs, in [`.env` format](https://www.dotenv.org/). For example:238 Environment variables must be specified as key-value pairs, in [`.env` format](https://www.dotenv.org/). For example:

132 239 


138 245 

139### Dependency management246### Dependency management

140 247 

141Configure automatic dependency installation using [SessionStart hooks](/en/hooks#sessionstart). This can be configured in your repository's `.claude/settings.json` file:248Custom environment images and snapshots are not yet supported. As a workaround, you can use [SessionStart hooks](/en/hooks#sessionstart) to install packages when a session starts. This approach has [known limitations](#dependency-management-limitations).

249 

250To configure automatic dependency installation, add a SessionStart hook to your repository's `.claude/settings.json` file:

142 251 

143```json theme={null}252```json theme={null}

144{253{


160 269 

161Create the corresponding script at `scripts/install_pkgs.sh`:270Create the corresponding script at `scripts/install_pkgs.sh`:

162 271 

163```bash theme={null}

164#!/bin/bash

165npm install

166pip install -r requirements.txt

167exit 0

168```

169 

170Make it executable: `chmod +x scripts/install_pkgs.sh`

171 

172#### Local vs remote execution

173 

174By default, all hooks execute both locally and in remote (web) environments. To run a hook only in one environment, check the `CLAUDE_CODE_REMOTE` environment variable in your hook script.

175 

176```bash theme={null}272```bash theme={null}

177#!/bin/bash273#!/bin/bash

178 274 

179# Example: Only run in remote environments275# Only run in remote environments

180if [ "$CLAUDE_CODE_REMOTE" != "true" ]; then276if [ "$CLAUDE_CODE_REMOTE" != "true" ]; then

181 exit 0277 exit 0

182fi278fi

183 279 

184npm install280npm install

185pip install -r requirements.txt281pip install -r requirements.txt

282exit 0

186```283```

187 284 

188#### Persisting environment variables285Make it executable: `chmod +x scripts/install_pkgs.sh`

286 

287#### Persist environment variables

288 

289SessionStart hooks can persist environment variables for subsequent Bash commands by writing to the file specified in the `CLAUDE_ENV_FILE` environment variable. For details, see [SessionStart hooks](/en/hooks#sessionstart) in the hooks reference.

189 290 

190SessionStart hooks can persist environment variables for subsequent bash commands by writing to the file specified in the `CLAUDE_ENV_FILE` environment variable. For details, see [SessionStart hooks](/en/hooks#sessionstart) in the hooks reference.291#### Dependency management limitations

292 

293* **Hooks fire for all sessions**: SessionStart hooks run in both local and remote environments. There is no hook configuration to scope a hook to remote sessions only. To skip local execution, check the `CLAUDE_CODE_REMOTE` environment variable in your script as shown above.

294* **Requires network access**: Install commands need network access to reach package registries. If your environment is configured with "No internet" access, these hooks will fail. Use "Limited" (the default) or "Full" network access. The [default allowlist](#default-allowed-domains) includes common registries like npm, PyPI, RubyGems, and crates.io.

295* **Proxy compatibility**: All outbound traffic in remote environments passes through a [security proxy](#security-proxy). Some package managers do not work correctly with this proxy. Bun is a known example.

296* **Runs on every session start**: Hooks run each time a session starts or resumes, adding startup latency. Keep install scripts fast by checking whether dependencies are already present before reinstalling.

191 297 

192## Network access and security298## Network access and security

193 299 


223 329 

224* api.anthropic.com330* api.anthropic.com

225* statsig.anthropic.com331* statsig.anthropic.com

332* platform.claude.com

333* code.claude.com

226* claude.ai334* claude.ai

227 335 

228#### Version Control336#### Version Control


230* github.com338* github.com

231* [www.github.com](http://www.github.com)339* [www.github.com](http://www.github.com)

232* api.github.com340* api.github.com

341* npm.pkg.github.com

233* raw\.githubusercontent.com342* raw\.githubusercontent.com

343* pkg-npm.githubusercontent.com

234* objects.githubusercontent.com344* objects.githubusercontent.com

235* codeload.github.com345* codeload.github.com

236* avatars.githubusercontent.com346* avatars.githubusercontent.com


252* [www.docker.com](http://www.docker.com)362* [www.docker.com](http://www.docker.com)

253* production.cloudflare.docker.com363* production.cloudflare.docker.com

254* download.docker.com364* download.docker.com

365* gcr.io

255* \*.gcr.io366* \*.gcr.io

256* ghcr.io367* ghcr.io

257* mcr.microsoft.com368* mcr.microsoft.com

258* \*.data.mcr.microsoft.com369* \*.data.mcr.microsoft.com

370* public.ecr.aws

259 371 

260#### Cloud Platforms372#### Cloud Platforms

261 373 


276* dot.net388* dot.net

277* visualstudio.com389* visualstudio.com

278* dev.azure.com390* dev.azure.com

391* \*.amazonaws.com

392* \*.api.aws

279* oracle.com393* oracle.com

280* [www.oracle.com](http://www.oracle.com)394* [www.oracle.com](http://www.oracle.com)

281* java.com395* java.com


325 439 

326* crates.io440* crates.io

327* [www.crates.io](http://www.crates.io)441* [www.crates.io](http://www.crates.io)

442* index.crates.io

328* static.crates.io443* static.crates.io

329* rustup.rs444* rustup.rs

330* static.rust-lang.org445* static.rust-lang.org


350* gradle.org465* gradle.org

351* [www.gradle.org](http://www.gradle.org)466* [www.gradle.org](http://www.gradle.org)

352* services.gradle.org467* services.gradle.org

468* plugins.gradle.org

469* kotlin.org

470* [www.kotlin.org](http://www.kotlin.org)

353* spring.io471* spring.io

354* repo.spring.io472* repo.spring.io

355 473 


423* statsig.com541* statsig.com

424* [www.statsig.com](http://www.statsig.com)542* [www.statsig.com](http://www.statsig.com)

425* api.statsig.com543* api.statsig.com

544* sentry.io

426* \*.sentry.io545* \*.sentry.io

546* http-intake.logs.datadoghq.com

547* \*.datadoghq.com

548* \*.datadoghq.eu

427 549 

428#### Content Delivery & Mirrors550#### Content Delivery & Mirrors

429 551 

552* sourceforge.net

430* \*.sourceforge.net553* \*.sourceforge.net

431* packagecloud.io554* packagecloud.io

432* \*.packagecloud.io555* \*.packagecloud.io


438* json.schemastore.org561* json.schemastore.org

439* [www.schemastore.org](http://www.schemastore.org)562* [www.schemastore.org](http://www.schemastore.org)

440 563 

564#### Model Context Protocol

565 

566* \*.modelcontextprotocol.io

567 

441<Note>568<Note>

442 Domains marked with `*` indicate wildcard subdomain matching. For example, `*.gcr.io` allows access to any subdomain of `gcr.io`.569 Domains marked with `*` indicate wildcard subdomain matching. For example, `*.gcr.io` allows access to any subdomain of `gcr.io`.

443</Note>570</Note>


482* [Settings reference](/en/settings)609* [Settings reference](/en/settings)

483* [Security](/en/security)610* [Security](/en/security)

484* [Data usage](/en/data-usage)611* [Data usage](/en/data-usage)

485 

486 

487 

488> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

cli-reference.md +47 −33

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# CLI reference5# CLI reference

2 6 

3> Complete reference for Claude Code command-line interface, including commands and flags.7> Complete reference for Claude Code command-line interface, including commands and flags.


5## CLI commands9## CLI commands

6 10 

7| Command | Description | Example |11| Command | Description | Example |

8| :------------------------------ | :--------------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------ |12| :------------------------------ | :----------------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------ |

9| `claude` | Start interactive REPL | `claude` |13| `claude` | Start interactive REPL | `claude` |

10| `claude "query"` | Start REPL with initial prompt | `claude "explain this project"` |14| `claude "query"` | Start REPL with initial prompt | `claude "explain this project"` |

11| `claude -p "query"` | Query via SDK, then exit | `claude -p "explain this function"` |15| `claude -p "query"` | Query via SDK, then exit | `claude -p "explain this function"` |

12| `cat file \| claude -p "query"` | Process piped content | `cat logs.txt \| claude -p "explain"` |16| `cat file \| claude -p "query"` | Process piped content | `cat logs.txt \| claude -p "explain"` |

13| `claude -c` | Continue most recent conversation | `claude -c` |17| `claude -c` | Continue most recent conversation in current directory | `claude -c` |

14| `claude -c -p "query"` | Continue via SDK | `claude -c -p "Check for type errors"` |18| `claude -c -p "query"` | Continue via SDK | `claude -c -p "Check for type errors"` |

15| `claude -r "<session>" "query"` | Resume session by ID or name | `claude -r "auth-refactor" "Finish this PR"` |19| `claude -r "<session>" "query"` | Resume session by ID or name | `claude -r "auth-refactor" "Finish this PR"` |

16| `claude update` | Update to latest version | `claude update` |20| `claude update` | Update to latest version | `claude update` |

21| `claude agents` | List all configured [subagents](/en/sub-agents), grouped by source | `claude agents` |

17| `claude mcp` | Configure Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers | See the [Claude Code MCP documentation](/en/mcp). |22| `claude mcp` | Configure Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers | See the [Claude Code MCP documentation](/en/mcp). |

18 23 

19## CLI flags24## CLI flags


21Customize Claude Code's behavior with these command-line flags:26Customize Claude Code's behavior with these command-line flags:

22 27 

23| Flag | Description | Example |28| Flag | Description | Example |

24| :------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |29| :------------------------------------- | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

25| `--add-dir` | Add additional working directories for Claude to access (validates each path exists as a directory) | `claude --add-dir ../apps ../lib` |30| `--add-dir` | Add additional working directories for Claude to access (validates each path exists as a directory) | `claude --add-dir ../apps ../lib` |

26| `--agent` | Specify an agent for the current session (overrides the `agent` setting) | `claude --agent my-custom-agent` |31| `--agent` | Specify an agent for the current session (overrides the `agent` setting) | `claude --agent my-custom-agent` |

27| `--agents` | Define custom [subagents](/en/sub-agents) dynamically via JSON (see below for format) | `claude --agents '{"reviewer":{"description":"Reviews code","prompt":"You are a code reviewer"}}'` |32| `--agents` | Define custom [subagents](/en/sub-agents) dynamically via JSON (see below for format) | `claude --agents '{"reviewer":{"description":"Reviews code","prompt":"You are a code reviewer"}}'` |

28| `--allowedTools` | Tools that execute without prompting for permission. To restrict which tools are available, use `--tools` instead | `"Bash(git log:*)" "Bash(git diff:*)" "Read"` |33| `--allow-dangerously-skip-permissions` | Enable permission bypassing as an option without immediately activating it. Allows composing with `--permission-mode` (use with caution) | `claude --permission-mode plan --allow-dangerously-skip-permissions` |

34| `--allowedTools` | Tools that execute without prompting for permission. See [permission rule syntax](/en/settings#permission-rule-syntax) for pattern matching. To restrict which tools are available, use `--tools` instead | `"Bash(git log *)" "Bash(git diff *)" "Read"` |

29| `--append-system-prompt` | Append custom text to the end of the default system prompt (works in both interactive and print modes) | `claude --append-system-prompt "Always use TypeScript"` |35| `--append-system-prompt` | Append custom text to the end of the default system prompt (works in both interactive and print modes) | `claude --append-system-prompt "Always use TypeScript"` |

36| `--append-system-prompt-file` | Load additional system prompt text from a file and append to the default prompt (print mode only) | `claude -p --append-system-prompt-file ./extra-rules.txt "query"` |

30| `--betas` | Beta headers to include in API requests (API key users only) | `claude --betas interleaved-thinking` |37| `--betas` | Beta headers to include in API requests (API key users only) | `claude --betas interleaved-thinking` |

31| `--chrome` | Enable [Chrome browser integration](/en/chrome) for web automation and testing | `claude --chrome` |38| `--chrome` | Enable [Chrome browser integration](/en/chrome) for web automation and testing | `claude --chrome` |

32| `--continue`, `-c` | Load the most recent conversation in the current directory | `claude --continue` |39| `--continue`, `-c` | Load the most recent conversation in the current directory | `claude --continue` |

33| `--dangerously-skip-permissions` | Skip permission prompts (use with caution) | `claude --dangerously-skip-permissions` |40| `--dangerously-skip-permissions` | Skip all permission prompts (use with caution) | `claude --dangerously-skip-permissions` |

34| `--debug` | Enable debug mode with optional category filtering (for example, `"api,hooks"` or `"!statsig,!file"`) | `claude --debug "api,mcp"` |41| `--debug` | Enable debug mode with optional category filtering (for example, `"api,hooks"` or `"!statsig,!file"`) | `claude --debug "api,mcp"` |

35| `--disallowedTools` | Tools that are removed from the model's context and cannot be used | `"Bash(git log:*)" "Bash(git diff:*)" "Edit"` |42| `--disable-slash-commands` | Disable all skills and slash commands for this session | `claude --disable-slash-commands` |

36| `--enable-lsp-logging` | Enable verbose LSP logging for debugging language server issues. Logs are written to `~/.claude/debug/` | `claude --enable-lsp-logging` |43| `--disallowedTools` | Tools that are removed from the model's context and cannot be used | `"Bash(git log *)" "Bash(git diff *)" "Edit"` |

37| `--fallback-model` | Enable automatic fallback to specified model when default model is overloaded (print mode only) | `claude -p --fallback-model sonnet "query"` |44| `--fallback-model` | Enable automatic fallback to specified model when default model is overloaded (print mode only) | `claude -p --fallback-model sonnet "query"` |

38| `--fork-session` | When resuming, create a new session ID instead of reusing the original (use with `--resume` or `--continue`) | `claude --resume abc123 --fork-session` |45| `--fork-session` | When resuming, create a new session ID instead of reusing the original (use with `--resume` or `--continue`) | `claude --resume abc123 --fork-session` |

46| `--from-pr` | Resume sessions linked to a specific GitHub PR. Accepts a PR number or URL. Sessions are automatically linked when created via `gh pr create` | `claude --from-pr 123` |

39| `--ide` | Automatically connect to IDE on startup if exactly one valid IDE is available | `claude --ide` |47| `--ide` | Automatically connect to IDE on startup if exactly one valid IDE is available | `claude --ide` |

48| `--init` | Run initialization hooks and start interactive mode | `claude --init` |

49| `--init-only` | Run initialization hooks and exit (no interactive session) | `claude --init-only` |

40| `--include-partial-messages` | Include partial streaming events in output (requires `--print` and `--output-format=stream-json`) | `claude -p --output-format stream-json --include-partial-messages "query"` |50| `--include-partial-messages` | Include partial streaming events in output (requires `--print` and `--output-format=stream-json`) | `claude -p --output-format stream-json --include-partial-messages "query"` |

41| `--input-format` | Specify input format for print mode (options: `text`, `stream-json`) | `claude -p --output-format json --input-format stream-json` |51| `--input-format` | Specify input format for print mode (options: `text`, `stream-json`) | `claude -p --output-format json --input-format stream-json` |

42| `--json-schema` | Get validated JSON output matching a JSON Schema after agent completes its workflow (print mode only, see [Agent SDK Structured Outputs](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/agent-sdk/structured-outputs)) | `claude -p --json-schema '{"type":"object","properties":{...}}' "query"` |52| `--json-schema` | Get validated JSON output matching a JSON Schema after agent completes its workflow (print mode only, see [structured outputs](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/agent-sdk/structured-outputs)) | `claude -p --json-schema '{"type":"object","properties":{...}}' "query"` |

43| `--max-turns` | Limit the number of agentic turns in non-interactive mode | `claude -p --max-turns 3 "query"` |53| `--maintenance` | Run maintenance hooks and exit | `claude --maintenance` |

54| `--max-budget-usd` | Maximum dollar amount to spend on API calls before stopping (print mode only) | `claude -p --max-budget-usd 5.00 "query"` |

55| `--max-turns` | Limit the number of agentic turns (print mode only). Exits with an error when the limit is reached. No limit by default | `claude -p --max-turns 3 "query"` |

44| `--mcp-config` | Load MCP servers from JSON files or strings (space-separated) | `claude --mcp-config ./mcp.json` |56| `--mcp-config` | Load MCP servers from JSON files or strings (space-separated) | `claude --mcp-config ./mcp.json` |

45| `--model` | Sets the model for the current session with an alias for the latest model (`sonnet` or `opus`) or a model's full name | `claude --model claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929` |57| `--model` | Sets the model for the current session with an alias for the latest model (`sonnet` or `opus`) or a model's full name | `claude --model claude-sonnet-4-6` |

46| `--no-chrome` | Disable [Chrome browser integration](/en/chrome) for this session | `claude --no-chrome` |58| `--no-chrome` | Disable [Chrome browser integration](/en/chrome) for this session | `claude --no-chrome` |

59| `--no-session-persistence` | Disable session persistence so sessions are not saved to disk and cannot be resumed (print mode only) | `claude -p --no-session-persistence "query"` |

47| `--output-format` | Specify output format for print mode (options: `text`, `json`, `stream-json`) | `claude -p "query" --output-format json` |60| `--output-format` | Specify output format for print mode (options: `text`, `json`, `stream-json`) | `claude -p "query" --output-format json` |

48| `--permission-mode` | Begin in a specified [permission mode](/en/iam#permission-modes) | `claude --permission-mode plan` |61| `--permission-mode` | Begin in a specified [permission mode](/en/permissions#permission-modes) | `claude --permission-mode plan` |

49| `--permission-prompt-tool` | Specify an MCP tool to handle permission prompts in non-interactive mode | `claude -p --permission-prompt-tool mcp_auth_tool "query"` |62| `--permission-prompt-tool` | Specify an MCP tool to handle permission prompts in non-interactive mode | `claude -p --permission-prompt-tool mcp_auth_tool "query"` |

50| `--plugin-dir` | Load plugins from directories for this session only (repeatable) | `claude --plugin-dir ./my-plugins` |63| `--plugin-dir` | Load plugins from directories for this session only (repeatable) | `claude --plugin-dir ./my-plugins` |

51| `--print`, `-p` | Print response without interactive mode (see [SDK documentation](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/agent-sdk) for programmatic usage details) | `claude -p "query"` |64| `--print`, `-p` | Print response without interactive mode (see [Agent SDK documentation](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/agent-sdk/overview) for programmatic usage details) | `claude -p "query"` |

65| `--remote` | Create a new [web session](/en/claude-code-on-the-web) on claude.ai with the provided task description | `claude --remote "Fix the login bug"` |

52| `--resume`, `-r` | Resume a specific session by ID or name, or show an interactive picker to choose a session | `claude --resume auth-refactor` |66| `--resume`, `-r` | Resume a specific session by ID or name, or show an interactive picker to choose a session | `claude --resume auth-refactor` |

53| `--session-id` | Use a specific session ID for the conversation (must be a valid UUID) | `claude --session-id "550e8400-e29b-41d4-a716-446655440000"` |67| `--session-id` | Use a specific session ID for the conversation (must be a valid UUID) | `claude --session-id "550e8400-e29b-41d4-a716-446655440000"` |

54| `--setting-sources` | Comma-separated list of setting sources to load (`user`, `project`, `local`) | `claude --setting-sources user,project` |68| `--setting-sources` | Comma-separated list of setting sources to load (`user`, `project`, `local`) | `claude --setting-sources user,project` |


56| `--strict-mcp-config` | Only use MCP servers from `--mcp-config`, ignoring all other MCP configurations | `claude --strict-mcp-config --mcp-config ./mcp.json` |70| `--strict-mcp-config` | Only use MCP servers from `--mcp-config`, ignoring all other MCP configurations | `claude --strict-mcp-config --mcp-config ./mcp.json` |

57| `--system-prompt` | Replace the entire system prompt with custom text (works in both interactive and print modes) | `claude --system-prompt "You are a Python expert"` |71| `--system-prompt` | Replace the entire system prompt with custom text (works in both interactive and print modes) | `claude --system-prompt "You are a Python expert"` |

58| `--system-prompt-file` | Load system prompt from a file, replacing the default prompt (print mode only) | `claude -p --system-prompt-file ./custom-prompt.txt "query"` |72| `--system-prompt-file` | Load system prompt from a file, replacing the default prompt (print mode only) | `claude -p --system-prompt-file ./custom-prompt.txt "query"` |

59| `--tools` | Specify the list of available tools from the built-in set (use `""` to disable all, `"default"` for all, or tool names like `"Bash,Edit,Read"`) | `claude -p --tools "Bash,Edit,Read" "query"` |73| `--teleport` | Resume a [web session](/en/claude-code-on-the-web) in your local terminal | `claude --teleport` |

74| `--teammate-mode` | Set how [agent team](/en/agent-teams) teammates display: `auto` (default), `in-process`, or `tmux`. See [set up agent teams](/en/agent-teams#set-up-agent-teams) | `claude --teammate-mode in-process` |

75| `--tools` | Restrict which built-in tools Claude can use (works in both interactive and print modes). Use `""` to disable all, `"default"` for all, or tool names like `"Bash,Edit,Read"` | `claude --tools "Bash,Edit,Read"` |

60| `--verbose` | Enable verbose logging, shows full turn-by-turn output (helpful for debugging in both print and interactive modes) | `claude --verbose` |76| `--verbose` | Enable verbose logging, shows full turn-by-turn output (helpful for debugging in both print and interactive modes) | `claude --verbose` |

61| `--version`, `-v` | Output the version number | `claude -v` |77| `--version`, `-v` | Output the version number | `claude -v` |

78| `--worktree`, `-w` | Start Claude in an isolated [git worktree](/en/common-workflows#run-parallel-claude-code-sessions-with-git-worktrees) at `<repo>/.claude/worktrees/<name>`. If no name is given, one is auto-generated | `claude -w feature-auth` |

62 79 

63<Tip>80<Tip>

64 The `--output-format json` flag is particularly useful for scripting and81 The `--output-format json` flag is particularly useful for scripting and


70The `--agents` flag accepts a JSON object that defines one or more custom subagents. Each subagent requires a unique name (as the key) and a definition object with the following fields:87The `--agents` flag accepts a JSON object that defines one or more custom subagents. Each subagent requires a unique name (as the key) and a definition object with the following fields:

71 88 

72| Field | Required | Description |89| Field | Required | Description |

73| :------------ | :------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |90| :---------------- | :------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

74| `description` | Yes | Natural language description of when the subagent should be invoked |91| `description` | Yes | Natural language description of when the subagent should be invoked |

75| `prompt` | Yes | The system prompt that guides the subagent's behavior |92| `prompt` | Yes | The system prompt that guides the subagent's behavior |

76| `tools` | No | Array of specific tools the subagent can use (for example, `["Read", "Edit", "Bash"]`). If omitted, inherits all tools |93| `tools` | No | Array of specific tools the subagent can use, for example `["Read", "Edit", "Bash"]`. If omitted, inherits all tools. Supports [`Task(agent_type)`](/en/sub-agents#restrict-which-subagents-can-be-spawned) syntax |

77| `model` | No | Model alias to use: `sonnet`, `opus`, or `haiku`. If omitted, uses the default subagent model |94| `disallowedTools` | No | Array of tool names to explicitly deny for this subagent |

95| `model` | No | Model alias to use: `sonnet`, `opus`, `haiku`, or `inherit`. If omitted, defaults to `inherit` |

96| `skills` | No | Array of [skill](/en/skills) names to preload into the subagent's context |

97| `mcpServers` | No | Array of [MCP servers](/en/mcp) for this subagent. Each entry is a server name string or a `{name: config}` object |

98| `maxTurns` | No | Maximum number of agentic turns before the subagent stops |

78 99 

79Example:100Example:

80 101 


97 118 

98### System prompt flags119### System prompt flags

99 120 

100Claude Code provides three flags for customizing the system prompt, each serving a different purpose:121Claude Code provides four flags for customizing the system prompt, each serving a different purpose:

101 122 

102| Flag | Behavior | Modes | Use Case |123| Flag | Behavior | Modes | Use Case |

103| :----------------------- | :--------------------------------- | :------------------ | :------------------------------------------------------------------- |124| :---------------------------- | :------------------------------------------ | :------------------ | :------------------------------------------------------------------- |

104| `--system-prompt` | **Replaces** entire default prompt | Interactive + Print | Complete control over Claude's behavior and instructions |125| `--system-prompt` | **Replaces** entire default prompt | Interactive + Print | Complete control over Claude's behavior and instructions |

105| `--system-prompt-file` | **Replaces** with file contents | Print only | Load prompts from files for reproducibility and version control |126| `--system-prompt-file` | **Replaces** with file contents | Print only | Load prompts from files for reproducibility and version control |

106| `--append-system-prompt` | **Appends** to default prompt | Interactive + Print | Add specific instructions while keeping default Claude Code behavior |127| `--append-system-prompt` | **Appends** to default prompt | Interactive + Print | Add specific instructions while keeping default Claude Code behavior |

128| `--append-system-prompt-file` | **Appends** file contents to default prompt | Print only | Load additional instructions from files while keeping defaults |

107 129 

108**When to use each:**130**When to use each:**

109 131 


122 claude --append-system-prompt "Always use TypeScript and include JSDoc comments"144 claude --append-system-prompt "Always use TypeScript and include JSDoc comments"

123 ```145 ```

124 146 

125<Note>147* **`--append-system-prompt-file`**: Use when you want to append instructions from a file while keeping Claude Code's defaults. Useful for version-controlled additions.

126 `--system-prompt` and `--system-prompt-file` are mutually exclusive. You cannot use both flags simultaneously.148 ```bash theme={null}

127</Note>149 claude -p --append-system-prompt-file ./prompts/style-rules.txt "Review this PR"

150 ```

128 151 

129<Tip>152`--system-prompt` and `--system-prompt-file` are mutually exclusive. The append flags can be used together with either replacement flag.

130 For most use cases, `--append-system-prompt` is recommended as it preserves Claude Code's built-in capabilities while adding your custom requirements. Use `--system-prompt` or `--system-prompt-file` only when you need complete control over the system prompt.

131</Tip>

132 153 

133For detailed information about print mode (`-p`) including output formats,154For most use cases, `--append-system-prompt` or `--append-system-prompt-file` is recommended as they preserve Claude Code's built-in capabilities while adding your custom requirements. Use `--system-prompt` or `--system-prompt-file` only when you need complete control over the system prompt.

134streaming, verbose logging, and programmatic usage, see the

135[SDK documentation](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/agent-sdk).

136 155 

137## See also156## See also

138 157 

139* [Chrome extension](/en/chrome) - Browser automation and web testing158* [Chrome extension](/en/chrome) - Browser automation and web testing

140* [Interactive mode](/en/interactive-mode) - Shortcuts, input modes, and interactive features159* [Interactive mode](/en/interactive-mode) - Shortcuts, input modes, and interactive features

141* [Slash commands](/en/slash-commands) - Interactive session commands

142* [Quickstart guide](/en/quickstart) - Getting started with Claude Code160* [Quickstart guide](/en/quickstart) - Getting started with Claude Code

143* [Common workflows](/en/common-workflows) - Advanced workflows and patterns161* [Common workflows](/en/common-workflows) - Advanced workflows and patterns

144* [Settings](/en/settings) - Configuration options162* [Settings](/en/settings) - Configuration options

145* [SDK documentation](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/agent-sdk) - Programmatic usage and integrations163* [Agent SDK documentation](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/agent-sdk/overview) - Programmatic usage and integrations

146 

147 

148 

149> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

common-workflows.md +172 −217

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Common workflows5# Common workflows

2 6 

3> Learn about common workflows with Claude Code.7> Step-by-step guides for exploring codebases, fixing bugs, refactoring, testing, and other everyday tasks with Claude Code.

4 8 

5Each task in this document includes clear instructions, example commands, and best practices to help you get the most from Claude Code.9This page covers practical workflows for everyday development: exploring unfamiliar code, debugging, refactoring, writing tests, creating PRs, and managing sessions. Each section includes example prompts you can adapt to your own projects. For higher-level patterns and tips, see [Best practices](/en/best-practices).

6 10 

7## Understand new codebases11## Understand new codebases

8 12 


81 85 

82 * Be specific about what you're looking for86 * Be specific about what you're looking for

83 * Use domain language from the project87 * Use domain language from the project

88 * Install a [code intelligence plugin](/en/discover-plugins#code-intelligence) for your language to give Claude precise "go to definition" and "find references" navigation

84</Tip>89</Tip>

85 90 

86***91***


221 226 

222## Use Plan Mode for safe code analysis227## Use Plan Mode for safe code analysis

223 228 

224Plan Mode instructs Claude to create a plan by analyzing the codebase with read-only operations, perfect for exploring codebases, planning complex changes, or reviewing code safely.229Plan Mode instructs Claude to create a plan by analyzing the codebase with read-only operations, perfect for exploring codebases, planning complex changes, or reviewing code safely. In Plan Mode, Claude uses [`AskUserQuestion`](/en/settings#tools-available-to-claude) to gather requirements and clarify your goals before proposing a plan.

225 230 

226### When to use Plan Mode231### When to use Plan Mode

227 232 


270> How should we handle database migration?275> How should we handle database migration?

271```276```

272 277 

278<Tip>Press `Ctrl+G` to open the plan in your default text editor, where you can edit it directly before Claude proceeds.</Tip>

279 

273### Configure Plan Mode as default280### Configure Plan Mode as default

274 281 

275```json theme={null}282```json theme={null}


323 330 

324## Create pull requests331## Create pull requests

325 332 

326Suppose you need to create a well-documented pull request for your changes.333You can create pull requests by asking Claude directly ("create a pr for my changes") or by using the `/commit-push-pr` skill, which commits, pushes, and opens a PR in one step.

334 

335```

336> /commit-push-pr

337```

338 

339If you have a Slack MCP server configured and specify channels in your CLAUDE.md (for example, "post PR URLs to #team-prs"), the skill automatically posts the PR URL to those channels.

340 

341For more control over the process, guide Claude through it step-by-step or [create your own skill](/en/skills):

327 342 

328<Steps>343<Steps>

329 <Step title="Summarize your changes">344 <Step title="Summarize your changes">


332 ```347 ```

333 </Step>348 </Step>

334 349 

335 <Step title="Generate a pull request with Claude">350 <Step title="Generate a pull request">

336 ```351 ```

337 > create a pr352 > create a pr

338 ```353 ```


343 > enhance the PR description with more context about the security improvements358 > enhance the PR description with more context about the security improvements

344 ```359 ```

345 </Step>360 </Step>

346 

347 <Step title="Add testing details">

348 ```

349 > add information about how these changes were tested

350 ```

351 </Step>

352</Steps>361</Steps>

353 362 

354<Tip>363When you create a PR using `gh pr create`, the session is automatically linked to that PR. You can resume it later with `claude --from-pr <number>`.

355 Tips:

356 364 

357 * Ask Claude directly to make a PR for you365<Tip>

358 * Review Claude's generated PR before submitting366 Review Claude's generated PR before submitting and ask Claude to highlight potential risks or considerations.

359 * Ask Claude to highlight potential risks or considerations

360</Tip>367</Tip>

361 368 

362## Handle documentation369## Handle documentation


454 * Include screenshots of errors, UI designs, or diagrams for better context461 * Include screenshots of errors, UI designs, or diagrams for better context

455 * You can work with multiple images in a conversation462 * You can work with multiple images in a conversation

456 * Image analysis works with diagrams, screenshots, mockups, and more463 * Image analysis works with diagrams, screenshots, mockups, and more

464 * When Claude references images (for example, `[Image #1]`), `Cmd+Click` (Mac) or `Ctrl+Click` (Windows/Linux) the link to open the image in your default viewer

457</Tip>465</Tip>

458 466 

459***467***


501 509 

502## Use extended thinking (thinking mode)510## Use extended thinking (thinking mode)

503 511 

504[Extended thinking](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/build-with-claude/extended-thinking) reserves a portion of the total output token budget for Claude to reason through complex problems step-by-step. This reasoning is visible in verbose mode, which you can toggle on with `Ctrl+O`.512[Extended thinking](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/build-with-claude/extended-thinking) is enabled by default, giving Claude space to reason through complex problems step-by-step before responding. This reasoning is visible in verbose mode, which you can toggle on with `Ctrl+O`.

513 

514Additionally, Opus 4.6 introduces adaptive reasoning: instead of a fixed thinking token budget, the model dynamically allocates thinking based on your [effort level](/en/model-config#adjust-effort-level) setting. Extended thinking and adaptive reasoning work together to give you control over how deeply Claude reasons before responding.

505 515 

506Extended thinking is particularly valuable for complex architectural decisions, challenging bugs, multi-step implementation planning, and evaluating tradeoffs between different approaches. It provides more space for exploring multiple solutions, analyzing edge cases, and self-correcting mistakes.516Extended thinking is particularly valuable for complex architectural decisions, challenging bugs, multi-step implementation planning, and evaluating tradeoffs between different approaches.

507 517 

508<Note>518<Note>

509 Sonnet 4.5 and Opus 4.5 have thinking enabled by default. All other models have thinking disabled by default. Use `/model` to view or switch your current model.519 Phrases like "think", "think hard", "ultrathink", and "think more" are interpreted as regular prompt instructions and don't allocate thinking tokens.

510</Note>520</Note>

511 521 

512You can configure thinking mode for Claude Code in two ways:522### Configure thinking mode

513 

514| Scope | How to enable | Details |

515| --------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

516| **Global default** | Use `/config` to toggle thinking mode on | Sets your default across all projects.<br />Saved as `alwaysThinkingEnabled` in `~/.claude/settings.json` |

517| **Environment variable override** | Set [`MAX_THINKING_TOKENS`](/en/settings#environment-variables) environment variable | When set, applies a custom token budget to all requests, overriding your thinking mode configuration. Example: `export MAX_THINKING_TOKENS=1024` |

518 

519### Per-request thinking with `ultrathink`

520 

521You can include `ultrathink` as a keyword in your message to enable thinking for a single request:

522 

523```

524> ultrathink: design a caching layer for our API

525```

526 

527Note that `ultrathink` both allocates the thinking budget AND semantically signals to Claude to reason more thoroughly, which may result in deeper thinking than necessary for your task.

528 523 

529The `ultrathink` keyword only works when `MAX_THINKING_TOKENS` is not set. When `MAX_THINKING_TOKENS` is configured, it takes priority and controls the thinking budget for all requests.524Thinking is enabled by default, but you can adjust or disable it.

530 525 

531Other phrases like "think", "think hard", and "think more" are interpreted as regular prompt instructions and don't allocate thinking tokens.526| Scope | How to configure | Details |

527| ---------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

528| **Effort level** | Adjust in `/model` or set [`CLAUDE_CODE_EFFORT_LEVEL`](/en/settings#environment-variables) | Control thinking depth for Opus 4.6: low, medium, high (default). See [Adjust effort level](/en/model-config#adjust-effort-level) |

529| **Toggle shortcut** | Press `Option+T` (macOS) or `Alt+T` (Windows/Linux) | Toggle thinking on/off for the current session (all models). May require [terminal configuration](/en/terminal-config) to enable Option key shortcuts |

530| **Global default** | Use `/config` to toggle thinking mode | Sets your default across all projects (all models).<br />Saved as `alwaysThinkingEnabled` in `~/.claude/settings.json` |

531| **Limit token budget** | Set [`MAX_THINKING_TOKENS`](/en/settings#environment-variables) environment variable | Limit the thinking budget to a specific number of tokens (ignored on Opus 4.6 unless set to 0). Example: `export MAX_THINKING_TOKENS=10000` |

532 532 

533To view Claude's thinking process, press `Ctrl+O` to toggle verbose mode and see the internal reasoning displayed as gray italic text.533To view Claude's thinking process, press `Ctrl+O` to toggle verbose mode and see the internal reasoning displayed as gray italic text.

534 534 

535See the [token budget section below](#how-extended-thinking-token-budgets-work) for detailed budget information and cost implications.535### How extended thinking works

536 

537### How extended thinking token budgets work

538 

539Extended thinking uses a **token budget** that controls how much internal reasoning Claude can perform before responding.

540 536 

541A larger thinking token budget provides:537Extended thinking controls how much internal reasoning Claude performs before responding. More thinking provides more space to explore solutions, analyze edge cases, and self-correct mistakes.

542 538 

543* More space to explore multiple solution approaches step-by-step539**With Opus 4.6**, thinking uses adaptive reasoning: the model dynamically allocates thinking tokens based on the [effort level](/en/model-config#adjust-effort-level) you select (low, medium, high). This is the recommended way to tune the tradeoff between speed and reasoning depth.

544* Room to analyze edge cases and evaluate tradeoffs thoroughly

545* Ability to revise reasoning and self-correct mistakes

546 540 

547Token budgets for thinking mode:541**With other models**, thinking uses a fixed budget of up to 31,999 tokens from your output budget. You can limit this with the [`MAX_THINKING_TOKENS`](/en/settings#environment-variables) environment variable, or disable thinking entirely via `/config` or the `Option+T`/`Alt+T` toggle.

548 542 

549* When thinking is **enabled** (via `/config` or `ultrathink`), Claude can use up to **31,999 tokens** from your output budget for internal reasoning543`MAX_THINKING_TOKENS` is ignored when using Opus 4.6, since adaptive reasoning controls thinking depth instead. The one exception: setting `MAX_THINKING_TOKENS=0` still disables thinking entirely on any model.

550* When thinking is **disabled**, Claude uses **0 tokens** for thinking

551 

552**Custom token budgets:**

553 

554* You can set a custom thinking token budget using the [`MAX_THINKING_TOKENS` environment variable](/en/settings#environment-variables)

555* This takes highest priority and overrides the default 31,999 token budget

556* See the [extended thinking documentation](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/build-with-claude/extended-thinking) for valid token ranges

557 544 

558<Warning>545<Warning>

559 You're charged for all thinking tokens used, even though Claude 4 models show summarized thinking546 You're charged for all thinking tokens used, even though Claude 4 models show summarized thinking


567 554 

568* `claude --continue` continues the most recent conversation in the current directory555* `claude --continue` continues the most recent conversation in the current directory

569* `claude --resume` opens a conversation picker or resumes by name556* `claude --resume` opens a conversation picker or resumes by name

557* `claude --from-pr 123` resumes sessions linked to a specific pull request

570 558 

571From inside an active session, use `/resume` to switch to a different conversation.559From inside an active session, use `/resume` to switch to a different conversation.

572 560 


635 Tips:623 Tips:

636 624 

637 * **Name sessions early**: Use `/rename` when starting work on a distinct task—it's much easier to find "payment-integration" than "explain this function" later625 * **Name sessions early**: Use `/rename` when starting work on a distinct task—it's much easier to find "payment-integration" than "explain this function" later

638 * Use `--continue` for quick access to your most recent conversation626 * Use `--continue` for quick access to your most recent conversation in the current directory

639 * Use `--resume session-name` when you know which session you need627 * Use `--resume session-name` when you know which session you need

640 * Use `--resume` (without a name) when you need to browse and select628 * Use `--resume` (without a name) when you need to browse and select

641 * For scripts, use `claude --continue --print "prompt"` to resume in non-interactive mode629 * For scripts, use `claude --continue --print "prompt"` to resume in non-interactive mode


654 642 

655## Run parallel Claude Code sessions with Git worktrees643## Run parallel Claude Code sessions with Git worktrees

656 644 

657Suppose you need to work on multiple tasks simultaneously with complete code isolation between Claude Code instances.645When working on multiple tasks at once, you need each Claude session to have its own copy of the codebase so changes don't collide. Git worktrees solve this by creating separate working directories that each have their own files and branch, while sharing the same repository history and remote connections. This means you can have Claude working on a feature in one worktree while fixing a bug in another, without either session interfering with the other.

646 

647Use the `--worktree` (`-w`) flag to create an isolated worktree and start Claude in it. The value you pass becomes the worktree directory name and branch name:

648 

649```bash theme={null}

650# Start Claude in a worktree named "feature-auth"

651# Creates .claude/worktrees/feature-auth/ with a new branch

652claude --worktree feature-auth

653 

654# Start another session in a separate worktree

655claude --worktree bugfix-123

656```

657 

658If you omit the name, Claude generates a random one automatically:

659 

660```bash theme={null}

661# Auto-generates a name like "bright-running-fox"

662claude --worktree

663```

664 

665Worktrees are created at `<repo>/.claude/worktrees/<name>` and branch from the default remote branch. The worktree branch is named `worktree-<name>`.

666 

667You can also ask Claude to "work in a worktree" or "start a worktree" during a session, and it will create one automatically.

668 

669### Subagent worktrees

670 

671Subagents can also use worktree isolation to work in parallel without conflicts. Ask Claude to "use worktrees for your agents" or configure it in a [custom subagent](/en/sub-agents#supported-frontmatter-fields) by adding `isolation: worktree` to the agent's frontmatter. Each subagent gets its own worktree that is automatically cleaned up when the subagent finishes without changes.

672 

673### Worktree cleanup

674 

675When you exit a worktree session, Claude handles cleanup based on whether you made changes:

676 

677* **No changes**: the worktree and its branch are removed automatically

678* **Changes or commits exist**: Claude prompts you to keep or remove the worktree. Keeping preserves the directory and branch so you can return later. Removing deletes the worktree directory and its branch, discarding all uncommitted changes and commits

679 

680To clean up worktrees outside of a Claude session, use [manual worktree management](#manage-worktrees-manually).

681 

682<Tip>

683 Add `.claude/worktrees/` to your `.gitignore` to prevent worktree contents from appearing as untracked files in your main repository.

684</Tip>

685 

686### Manage worktrees manually

687 

688For more control over worktree location and branch configuration, create worktrees with Git directly. This is useful when you need to check out a specific existing branch or place the worktree outside the repository.

689 

690```bash theme={null}

691# Create a worktree with a new branch

692git worktree add ../project-feature-a -b feature-a

693 

694# Create a worktree with an existing branch

695git worktree add ../project-bugfix bugfix-123

696 

697# Start Claude in the worktree

698cd ../project-feature-a && claude

699 

700# Clean up when done

701git worktree list

702git worktree remove ../project-feature-a

703```

704 

705Learn more in the [official Git worktree documentation](https://git-scm.com/docs/git-worktree).

706 

707<Tip>

708 Remember to initialize your development environment in each new worktree according to your project's setup. Depending on your stack, this might include running dependency installation (`npm install`, `yarn`), setting up virtual environments, or following your project's standard setup process.

709</Tip>

710 

711### Non-git version control

712 

713Worktree isolation works with git by default. For other version control systems like SVN, Perforce, or Mercurial, configure [WorktreeCreate and WorktreeRemove hooks](/en/hooks#worktreecreate) to provide custom worktree creation and cleanup logic. When configured, these hooks replace the default git behavior when you use `--worktree`.

714 

715For automated coordination of parallel sessions with shared tasks and messaging, see [agent teams](/en/agent-teams).

716 

717***

718 

719## Get notified when Claude needs your attention

720 

721When you kick off a long-running task and switch to another window, you can set up desktop notifications so you know when Claude finishes or needs your input. This uses the `Notification` [hook event](/en/hooks-guide#get-notified-when-claude-needs-input), which fires whenever Claude is waiting for permission, idle and ready for a new prompt, or completing authentication.

658 722 

659<Steps>723<Steps>

660 <Step title="Understand Git worktrees">724 <Step title="Open the hooks menu">

661 Git worktrees allow you to check out multiple branches from the same725 Type `/hooks` and select `Notification` from the list of events.

662 repository into separate directories. Each worktree has its own working

663 directory with isolated files, while sharing the same Git history. Learn

664 more in the [official Git worktree

665 documentation](https://git-scm.com/docs/git-worktree).

666 </Step>726 </Step>

667 727 

668 <Step title="Create a new worktree">728 <Step title="Configure the matcher">

669 ```bash theme={null}729 Select `+ Match all (no filter)` to fire on all notification types. To notify only for specific events, select `+ Add new matcher…` and enter one of these values:

670 # Create a new worktree with a new branch

671 git worktree add ../project-feature-a -b feature-a

672 730 

673 # Or create a worktree with an existing branch731 | Matcher | Fires when |

674 git worktree add ../project-bugfix bugfix-123732 | :------------------- | :---------------------------------------------- |

675 ```733 | `permission_prompt` | Claude needs you to approve a tool use |

676 734 | `idle_prompt` | Claude is done and waiting for your next prompt |

677 This creates a new directory with a separate working copy of your repository.735 | `auth_success` | Authentication completes |

736 | `elicitation_dialog` | Claude is asking you a question |

678 </Step>737 </Step>

679 738 

680 <Step title="Run Claude Code in each worktree">739 <Step title="Add your notification command">

681 ```bash theme={null}740 Select `+ Add new hook…` and enter the command for your OS:

682 # Navigate to your worktree 741 

683 cd ../project-feature-a742 <Tabs>

743 <Tab title="macOS">

744 Uses [`osascript`](https://ss64.com/mac/osascript.html) to trigger a native macOS notification through AppleScript:

684 745 

685 # Run Claude Code in this isolated environment

686 claude

687 ```746 ```

688 </Step>747 osascript -e 'display notification "Claude Code needs your attention" with title "Claude Code"'

748 ```

749 </Tab>

750 

751 <Tab title="Linux">

752 Uses `notify-send`, which is pre-installed on most Linux desktops with a notification daemon:

689 753 

690 <Step title="Run Claude in another worktree">

691 ```bash theme={null}

692 cd ../project-bugfix

693 claude

694 ```754 ```

695 </Step>755 notify-send 'Claude Code' 'Claude Code needs your attention'

756 ```

757 </Tab>

696 758 

697 <Step title="Manage your worktrees">759 <Tab title="Windows (PowerShell)">

698 ```bash theme={null}760 Uses PowerShell to show a native message box through .NET's Windows Forms:

699 # List all worktrees

700 git worktree list

701 761 

702 # Remove a worktree when done

703 git worktree remove ../project-feature-a

704 ```762 ```

763 powershell.exe -Command "[System.Reflection.Assembly]::LoadWithPartialName('System.Windows.Forms'); [System.Windows.Forms.MessageBox]::Show('Claude Code needs your attention', 'Claude Code')"

764 ```

765 </Tab>

766 </Tabs>

705 </Step>767 </Step>

706</Steps>

707 768 

708<Tip>769 <Step title="Save to user settings">

709 Tips:770 Select `User settings` to apply the notification across all your projects.

771 </Step>

772</Steps>

710 773 

711 * Each worktree has its own independent file state, making it perfect for parallel Claude Code sessions774For the full walkthrough with JSON configuration examples, see [Automate workflows with hooks](/en/hooks-guide#get-notified-when-claude-needs-input). For the complete event schema and notification types, see the [Notification reference](/en/hooks#notification).

712 * Changes made in one worktree won't affect others, preventing Claude instances from interfering with each other

713 * All worktrees share the same Git history and remote connections

714 * For long-running tasks, you can have Claude working in one worktree while you continue development in another

715 * Use descriptive directory names to easily identify which task each worktree is for

716 * Remember to initialize your development environment in each new worktree according to your project's setup. Depending on your stack, this might include:

717 * JavaScript projects: Running dependency installation (`npm install`, `yarn`)

718 * Python projects: Setting up virtual environments or installing with package managers

719 * Other languages: Following your project's standard setup process

720</Tip>

721 775 

722***776***

723 777 


806 860 

807***861***

808 862 

809## Create custom slash commands

810 

811Claude Code supports custom slash commands that you can create to quickly execute specific prompts or tasks.

812 

813For more details, see the [Slash commands](/en/slash-commands) reference page.

814 

815### Create project-specific commands

816 

817Suppose you want to create reusable slash commands for your project that all team members can use.

818 

819<Steps>

820 <Step title="Create a commands directory in your project">

821 ```bash theme={null}

822 mkdir -p .claude/commands

823 ```

824 </Step>

825 

826 <Step title="Create a Markdown file for each command">

827 ```bash theme={null}

828 echo "Analyze the performance of this code and suggest three specific optimizations:" > .claude/commands/optimize.md

829 ```

830 </Step>

831 

832 <Step title="Use your custom command in Claude Code">

833 ```

834 > /optimize

835 ```

836 </Step>

837</Steps>

838 

839<Tip>

840 Tips:

841 

842 * Command names are derived from the filename (for example, `optimize.md` becomes `/optimize`)

843 * You can organize commands in subdirectories (for example, `.claude/commands/frontend/component.md` creates `/component` with "(project:frontend)" shown in the description)

844 * Project commands are available to everyone who clones the repository

845 * The Markdown file content becomes the prompt sent to Claude when the command is invoked

846</Tip>

847 

848### Add command arguments with \$ARGUMENTS

849 

850Suppose you want to create flexible slash commands that can accept additional input from users.

851 

852<Steps>

853 <Step title="Create a command file with the $ARGUMENTS placeholder">

854 ```bash theme={null}

855 echo 'Find and fix issue #$ARGUMENTS. Follow these steps: 1.

856 Understand the issue described in the ticket 2. Locate the relevant code in

857 our codebase 3. Implement a solution that addresses the root cause 4. Add

858 appropriate tests 5. Prepare a concise PR description' >

859 .claude/commands/fix-issue.md

860 ```

861 </Step>

862 

863 <Step title="Use the command with an issue number">

864 In your Claude session, use the command with arguments.

865 

866 ```

867 > /fix-issue 123

868 ```

869 

870 This replaces \$ARGUMENTS with "123" in the prompt.

871 </Step>

872</Steps>

873 

874<Tip>

875 Tips:

876 

877 * The \$ARGUMENTS placeholder is replaced with any text that follows the command

878 * You can position \$ARGUMENTS anywhere in your command template

879 * Other useful applications: generating test cases for specific functions, creating documentation for components, reviewing code in particular files, or translating content to specified languages

880</Tip>

881 

882### Create personal slash commands

883 

884Suppose you want to create personal slash commands that work across all your projects.

885 

886<Steps>

887 <Step title="Create a commands directory in your home folder">

888 ```bash theme={null}

889 mkdir -p ~/.claude/commands

890 ```

891 </Step>

892 

893 <Step title="Create a Markdown file for each command">

894 ```bash theme={null}

895 echo "Review this code for security vulnerabilities, focusing on:" >

896 ~/.claude/commands/security-review.md

897 ```

898 </Step>

899 

900 <Step title="Use your personal custom command">

901 ```

902 > /security-review

903 ```

904 </Step>

905</Steps>

906 

907<Tip>

908 Tips:

909 

910 * Personal commands show "(user)" in their description when listed with `/help`

911 * Personal commands are only available to you and not shared with your team

912 * Personal commands work across all your projects

913 * You can use these for consistent workflows across different codebases

914</Tip>

915 

916***

917 

918## Ask Claude about its capabilities863## Ask Claude about its capabilities

919 864 

920Claude has built-in access to its documentation and can answer questions about its own features and limitations.865Claude has built-in access to its documentation and can answer questions about its own features and limitations.


930```875```

931 876 

932```877```

933> what slash commands are available?878> what skills are available?

934```879```

935 880 

936```881```


961 906 

962## Next steps907## Next steps

963 908 

964<Card title="Claude Code reference implementation" icon="code" href="https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code/tree/main/.devcontainer">909<CardGroup cols={2}>

965 Clone our development container reference implementation.910 <Card title="Best practices" icon="lightbulb" href="/en/best-practices">

966</Card>911 Patterns for getting the most out of Claude Code

912 </Card>

967 913 

914 <Card title="How Claude Code works" icon="gear" href="/en/how-claude-code-works">

915 Understand the agentic loop and context management

916 </Card>

968 917 

918 <Card title="Extend Claude Code" icon="puzzle-piece" href="/en/features-overview">

919 Add skills, hooks, MCP, subagents, and plugins

920 </Card>

969 921 

970> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt922 <Card title="Reference implementation" icon="code" href="https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code/tree/main/.devcontainer">

923 Clone our development container reference implementation

924 </Card>

925</CardGroup>

costs.md +126 −59

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Manage costs effectively5# Manage costs effectively

2 6 

3> Learn how to track and optimize token usage and costs when using Claude Code.7> Track token usage, set team spend limits, and reduce Claude Code costs with context management, model selection, extended thinking settings, and preprocessing hooks.

8 

9Claude Code consumes tokens for each interaction. Costs vary based on codebase size, query complexity, and conversation length. The average cost is \$6 per developer per day, with daily costs remaining below \$12 for 90% of users.

4 10 

5Claude Code consumes tokens for each interaction. The average cost is \$6 per developer per day, with daily costs remaining below \$12 for 90% of users.11For team usage, Claude Code charges by API token consumption. On average, Claude Code costs \~\$100-200/developer per month with Sonnet 4.6 though there is large variance depending on how many instances users are running and whether they're using it in automation.

6 12 

7For team usage, Claude Code charges by API token consumption. On average, Claude Code costs \~\$100-200/developer per month with Sonnet 4.5 though there is large variance depending on how many instances users are running and whether they're using it in automation.13This page covers how to [track your costs](#track-your-costs), [manage costs for teams](#managing-costs-for-teams), and [reduce token usage](#reduce-token-usage).

8 14 

9## Track your costs15## Track your costs

10 16 

11### Using the `/cost` command17### Using the `/cost` command

12 18 

13<Note>19<Note>

14 The `/cost` command is not intended for Claude Max and Pro subscribers.20 The `/cost` command shows API token usage and is intended for API users. Claude Max and Pro subscribers have usage included in their subscription, so `/cost` data isn't relevant for billing purposes. Subscribers can use `/stats` to view usage patterns.

15</Note>21</Note>

16 22 

17The `/cost` command provides detailed token usage statistics for your current session:23The `/cost` command provides detailed token usage statistics for your current session:


23Total code changes: 0 lines added, 0 lines removed29Total code changes: 0 lines added, 0 lines removed

24```30```

25 31 

26### Additional tracking options32## Managing costs for teams

27 33 

28Check [historical usage](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/9534590-cost-and-usage-reporting-in-console) in the Claude Console (requires Admin or Billing role) and set [workspace spend limits](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/9796807-creating-and-managing-workspaces) for the Claude Code workspace (requires Admin role).34When using Claude API, you can [set workspace spend limits](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/build-with-claude/workspaces#workspace-limits) on the total Claude Code workspace spend. Admins can [view cost and usage reporting](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/build-with-claude/workspaces#usage-and-cost-tracking) in the Console.

29 35 

30<Note>36<Note>

31 When you first authenticate Claude Code with your Claude Console account, a workspace called "Claude Code" is automatically created for you. This workspace provides centralized cost tracking and management for all Claude Code usage in your organization. You cannot create API keys for this workspace - it is exclusively for Claude Code authentication and usage.37 When you first authenticate Claude Code with your Claude Console account, a workspace called "Claude Code" is automatically created for you. This workspace provides centralized cost tracking and management for all Claude Code usage in your organization. You cannot create API keys for this workspace; it is exclusively for Claude Code authentication and usage.

32</Note>38</Note>

33 39 

34## Managing costs for teams40On Bedrock, Vertex, and Foundry, Claude Code does not send metrics from your cloud. To get cost metrics, several large enterprises reported using [LiteLLM](/en/llm-gateway#litellm-configuration), which is an open-source tool that helps companies [track spend by key](https://docs.litellm.ai/docs/proxy/virtual_keys#tracking-spend). This project is unaffiliated with Anthropic and has not been audited for security.

35 

36When using Claude API, you can limit the total Claude Code workspace spend. To configure, [follow these instructions](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/9796807-creating-and-managing-workspaces). Admins can view cost and usage reporting by [following these instructions](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/9534590-cost-and-usage-reporting-in-console).

37 

38On Bedrock and Vertex, Claude Code does not send metrics from your cloud. In order to get cost metrics, several large enterprises reported using [LiteLLM](/en/third-party-integrations#litellm), which is an open-source tool that helps companies [track spend by key](https://docs.litellm.ai/docs/proxy/virtual_keys#tracking-spend). This project is unaffiliated with Anthropic and we have not audited its security.

39 41 

40### Rate limit recommendations42### Rate limit recommendations

41 43 


52 54 

53For example, if you have 200 users, you might request 20k TPM for each user, or 4 million total TPM (200\*20,000 = 4 million).55For example, if you have 200 users, you might request 20k TPM for each user, or 4 million total TPM (200\*20,000 = 4 million).

54 56 

55The TPM per user decreases as team size grows because we expect fewer users to use Claude Code concurrently in larger organizations. These rate limits apply at the organization level, not per individual user, which means individual users can temporarily consume more than their calculated share when others aren't actively using the service.57The TPM per user decreases as team size grows because fewer users tend to use Claude Code concurrently in larger organizations. These rate limits apply at the organization level, not per individual user, which means individual users can temporarily consume more than their calculated share when others aren't actively using the service.

56 58 

57<Note>59<Note>

58 If you anticipate scenarios with unusually high concurrent usage (such as live training sessions with large groups), you may need higher TPM allocations per user.60 If you anticipate scenarios with unusually high concurrent usage (such as live training sessions with large groups), you may need higher TPM allocations per user.

59</Note>61</Note>

60 62 

63### Agent team token costs

64 

65[Agent teams](/en/agent-teams) spawn multiple Claude Code instances, each with its own context window. Token usage scales with the number of active teammates and how long each one runs.

66 

67To keep agent team costs manageable:

68 

69* Use Sonnet for teammates. It balances capability and cost for coordination tasks.

70* Keep teams small. Each teammate runs its own context window, so token usage is roughly proportional to team size.

71* Keep spawn prompts focused. Teammates load CLAUDE.md, MCP servers, and skills automatically, but everything in the spawn prompt adds to their context from the start.

72* Clean up teams when work is done. Active teammates continue consuming tokens even if idle.

73* Agent teams are disabled by default. Set `CLAUDE_CODE_EXPERIMENTAL_AGENT_TEAMS=1` in your [settings.json](/en/settings) or environment to enable them. See [enable agent teams](/en/agent-teams#enable-agent-teams).

74 

61## Reduce token usage75## Reduce token usage

62 76 

63* **Compact conversations:**77Token costs scale with context size: the more context Claude processes, the more tokens you use. Claude Code automatically optimizes costs through prompt caching (which reduces costs for repeated content like system prompts) and auto-compaction (which summarizes conversation history when approaching context limits).

64 78 

65 * Claude uses auto-compact by default when context exceeds 95% capacity79The following strategies help you keep context small and reduce per-message costs.

66 * Toggle auto-compact: Run `/config` and navigate to "Auto-compact enabled"

67 * Use `/compact` manually when context gets large

68 * Add custom instructions: `/compact Focus on code samples and API usage`

69 * Customize compaction by adding to CLAUDE.md:

70 80 

71 ```markdown theme={null}81### Manage context proactively

72 # Summary instructions

73 82 

74 When you are using compact, please focus on test output and code changes83Use `/cost` to check your current token usage, or [configure your status line](/en/statusline#context-window-usage) to display it continuously.

75 ```

76 84 

77* **Write specific queries:** Avoid vague requests that trigger unnecessary scanning85* **Clear between tasks**: Use `/clear` to start fresh when switching to unrelated work. Stale context wastes tokens on every subsequent message. Use `/rename` before clearing so you can easily find the session later, then `/resume` to return to it.

86* **Add custom compaction instructions**: `/compact Focus on code samples and API usage` tells Claude what to preserve during summarization.

78 87 

79* **Break down complex tasks:** Split large tasks into focused interactions88You can also customize compaction behavior in your CLAUDE.md:

80 89 

81* **Clear history between tasks:** Use `/clear` to reset context90```markdown theme={null}

91# Compact instructions

82 92 

83Costs can vary significantly based on:93When you are using compact, please focus on test output and code changes

94```

84 95 

85* Size of codebase being analyzed96### Choose the right model

86* Complexity of queries

87* Number of files being searched or modified

88* Length of conversation history

89* Frequency of compacting conversations

90 97 

91## Background token usage98Sonnet handles most coding tasks well and costs less than Opus. Reserve Opus for complex architectural decisions or multi-step reasoning. Use `/model` to switch models mid-session, or set a default in `/config`. For simple subagent tasks, specify `model: haiku` in your [subagent configuration](/en/sub-agents#choose-a-model).

92 99 

93Claude Code uses tokens for some background functionality even when idle:100### Reduce MCP server overhead

94 101 

95* **Conversation summarization**: Background jobs that summarize previous conversations for the `claude --resume` feature102Each MCP server adds tool definitions to your context, even when idle. Run `/context` to see what's consuming space.

96* **Command processing**: Some commands like `/cost` may generate requests to check status

97 103 

98These background processes consume a small amount of tokens (typically under \$0.04 per session) even without active interaction.104* **Prefer CLI tools when available**: Tools like `gh`, `aws`, `gcloud`, and `sentry-cli` are more context-efficient than MCP servers because they don't add persistent tool definitions. Claude can run CLI commands directly without the overhead.

105* **Disable unused servers**: Run `/mcp` to see configured servers and disable any you're not actively using.

106* **Tool search is automatic**: When MCP tool descriptions exceed 10% of your context window, Claude Code automatically defers them and loads tools on-demand via [tool search](/en/mcp#scale-with-mcp-tool-search). Since deferred tools only enter context when actually used, a lower threshold means fewer idle tool definitions consuming space. Set a lower threshold with `ENABLE_TOOL_SEARCH=auto:<N>` (for example, `auto:5` triggers when tools exceed 5% of your context window).

99 107 

100## Tracking version changes and updates108### Install code intelligence plugins for typed languages

101 109 

102### Current version information110[Code intelligence plugins](/en/discover-plugins#code-intelligence) give Claude precise symbol navigation instead of text-based search, reducing unnecessary file reads when exploring unfamiliar code. A single "go to definition" call replaces what might otherwise be a grep followed by reading multiple candidate files. Installed language servers also report type errors automatically after edits, so Claude catches mistakes without running a compiler.

103 111 

104To check your current Claude Code version and installation details:112### Offload processing to hooks and skills

105 113 

106```bash theme={null}114Custom [hooks](/en/hooks) can preprocess data before Claude sees it. Instead of Claude reading a 10,000-line log file to find errors, a hook can grep for `ERROR` and return only matching lines, reducing context from tens of thousands of tokens to hundreds.

107claude doctor

108```

109 115 

110This command shows your version, installation type, and system information.116A [skill](/en/skills) can give Claude domain knowledge so it doesn't have to explore. For example, a "codebase-overview" skill could describe your project's architecture, key directories, and naming conventions. When Claude invokes the skill, it gets this context immediately instead of spending tokens reading multiple files to understand the structure.

111 117 

112### Understanding changes in Claude Code behavior118For example, this PreToolUse hook filters test output to show only failures:

113 119 

114Claude Code regularly receives updates that may change how features work, including cost reporting:120<Tabs>

121 <Tab title="settings.json">

122 Add this to your [settings.json](/en/settings#settings-files) to run the hook before every Bash command:

115 123 

116* **Version tracking**: Use `claude doctor` to see your current version124 ```json theme={null}

117* **Behavior changes**: Features like `/cost` may display information differently across versions125 {

118* **Documentation access**: Claude always has access to the latest documentation, which can help explain current feature behavior126 "hooks": {

127 "PreToolUse": [

128 {

129 "matcher": "Bash",

130 "hooks": [

131 {

132 "type": "command",

133 "command": "~/.claude/hooks/filter-test-output.sh"

134 }

135 ]

136 }

137 ]

138 }

139 }

140 ```

141 </Tab>

142 

143 <Tab title="filter-test-output.sh">

144 The hook calls this script, which checks if the command is a test runner and modifies it to show only failures:

145 

146 ```bash theme={null}

147 #!/bin/bash

148 input=$(cat)

149 cmd=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.tool_input.command')

150 

151 # If running tests, filter to show only failures

152 if [[ "$cmd" =~ ^(npm test|pytest|go test) ]]; then

153 filtered_cmd="$cmd 2>&1 | grep -A 5 -E '(FAIL|ERROR|error:)' | head -100"

154 echo "{\"hookSpecificOutput\":{\"hookEventName\":\"PreToolUse\",\"permissionDecision\":\"allow\",\"updatedInput\":{\"command\":\"$filtered_cmd\"}}}"

155 else

156 echo "{}"

157 fi

158 ```

159 </Tab>

160</Tabs>

119 161 

120### When cost reporting changes162### Move instructions from CLAUDE.md to skills

121 163 

122If you notice changes in how costs are displayed (such as the `/cost` command showing different information):164Your [CLAUDE.md](/en/memory) file is loaded into context at session start. If it contains detailed instructions for specific workflows (like PR reviews or database migrations), those tokens are present even when you're doing unrelated work. [Skills](/en/skills) load on-demand only when invoked, so moving specialized instructions into skills keeps your base context smaller. Aim to keep CLAUDE.md under \~500 lines by including only essentials.

123 165 

1241. **Verify your version**: Run `claude doctor` to confirm your current version166### Adjust extended thinking

1252. **Consult documentation**: Ask Claude directly about current feature behavior, as it has access to up-to-date documentation

1263. **Contact support**: For specific billing questions, contact Anthropic support through your Console account

127 167 

128<Note>168Extended thinking is enabled by default with a budget of 31,999 tokens because it significantly improves performance on complex planning and reasoning tasks. However, thinking tokens are billed as output tokens, so for simpler tasks where deep reasoning isn't needed, you can reduce costs by lowering the [effort level](/en/model-config#adjust-effort-level) in `/model` for Opus 4.6, disabling thinking in `/config`, or lowering the budget (for example, `MAX_THINKING_TOKENS=8000`).

129 For team deployments, we recommend starting with a small pilot group to169 

130 establish usage patterns before wider rollout.170### Delegate verbose operations to subagents

131</Note>171 

172Running tests, fetching documentation, or processing log files can consume significant context. Delegate these to [subagents](/en/sub-agents#isolate-high-volume-operations) so the verbose output stays in the subagent's context while only a summary returns to your main conversation.

173 

174### Manage agent team costs

175 

176Agent teams use approximately 7x more tokens than standard sessions when teammates run in plan mode, because each teammate maintains its own context window and runs as a separate Claude instance. Keep team tasks small and self-contained to limit per-teammate token usage. See [agent teams](/en/agent-teams) for details.

177 

178### Write specific prompts

179 

180Vague requests like "improve this codebase" trigger broad scanning. Specific requests like "add input validation to the login function in auth.ts" let Claude work efficiently with minimal file reads.

181 

182### Work efficiently on complex tasks

183 

184For longer or more complex work, these habits help avoid wasted tokens from going down the wrong path:

132 185 

186* **Use plan mode for complex tasks**: Press Shift+Tab to enter [plan mode](/en/common-workflows#use-plan-mode-for-safe-code-analysis) before implementation. Claude explores the codebase and proposes an approach for your approval, preventing expensive re-work when the initial direction is wrong.

187* **Course-correct early**: If Claude starts heading the wrong direction, press Escape to stop immediately. Use `/rewind` or double-tap Escape to restore conversation and code to a previous checkpoint.

188* **Give verification targets**: Include test cases, paste screenshots, or define expected output in your prompt. When Claude can verify its own work, it catches issues before you need to request fixes.

189* **Test incrementally**: Write one file, test it, then continue. This catches issues early when they're cheap to fix.

190 

191## Background token usage

192 

193Claude Code uses tokens for some background functionality even when idle:

194 

195* **Conversation summarization**: Background jobs that summarize previous conversations for the `claude --resume` feature

196* **Command processing**: Some commands like `/cost` may generate requests to check status

197 

198These background processes consume a small amount of tokens (typically under \$0.04 per session) even without active interaction.

133 199 

200## Understanding changes in Claude Code behavior

134 201 

135> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt202Claude Code regularly receives updates that may change how features work, including cost reporting. Run `claude --version` to check your current version. For specific billing questions, contact Anthropic support through your [Console account](https://platform.claude.com/login). For team deployments, start with a small pilot group to establish usage patterns before wider rollout.

data-usage.md +25 −31

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Data usage5# Data usage

2 6 

3> Learn about Anthropic's data usage policies for Claude7> Learn about Anthropic's data usage policies for Claude


7### Data training policy11### Data training policy

8 12 

9**Consumer users (Free, Pro, and Max plans)**:13**Consumer users (Free, Pro, and Max plans)**:

10Starting August 28, 2025, we're giving you the choice to allow your data to be used to improve future Claude models.14We give you the choice to allow your data to be used to improve future Claude models. We will train new models using data from Free, Pro, and Max accounts when this setting is on (including when you use Claude Code from these accounts).

11 

12We will train new models using data from Free, Pro, and Max accounts when this setting is on (including when you use Claude Code from these accounts).

13 

14* If you're a current user, you can select your preference now and your selection will immediately go into effect.

15 This setting will only apply to new or resumed chats and coding sessions on Claude. Previous chats with no additional activity will not be used for model training.

16* You have until October 8, 2025 to make your selection.

17 If you're a new user, you can pick your setting for model training during the signup process.

18 You can change your selection at any time in your Privacy Settings.

19 15 

20**Commercial users**: (Team and Enterprise plans, API, 3rd-party platforms, and Claude Gov) maintain existing policies: Anthropic does not train generative models using code or prompts sent to Claude Code under commercial terms, unless the customer has chosen to provide their data to us for model improvement (for example, the [Developer Partner Program](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/11174108-about-the-development-partner-program)).16**Commercial users**: (Team and Enterprise plans, API, 3rd-party platforms, and Claude Gov) maintain existing policies: Anthropic does not train generative models using code or prompts sent to Claude Code under commercial terms, unless the customer has chosen to provide their data to us for model improvement (for example, the [Developer Partner Program](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/11174108-about-the-development-partner-program)).

21 17 


31 27 

32When you see the "How is Claude doing this session?" prompt in Claude Code, responding to this survey (including selecting "Dismiss"), only your numeric rating (1, 2, 3, or dismiss) is recorded. We do not collect or store any conversation transcripts, inputs, outputs, or other session data as part of this survey. Unlike thumbs up/down feedback or `/bug` reports, this session quality survey is a simple product satisfaction metric. Your responses to this survey do not impact your data training preferences and cannot be used to train our AI models.28When you see the "How is Claude doing this session?" prompt in Claude Code, responding to this survey (including selecting "Dismiss"), only your numeric rating (1, 2, 3, or dismiss) is recorded. We do not collect or store any conversation transcripts, inputs, outputs, or other session data as part of this survey. Unlike thumbs up/down feedback or `/bug` reports, this session quality survey is a simple product satisfaction metric. Your responses to this survey do not impact your data training preferences and cannot be used to train our AI models.

33 29 

30To disable these surveys, set `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_FEEDBACK_SURVEY=1`. The survey is also automatically disabled when using third-party providers (Bedrock, Vertex, Foundry) or when telemetry is disabled.

31 

34### Data retention32### Data retention

35 33 

36Anthropic retains Claude Code data based on your account type and preferences.34Anthropic retains Claude Code data based on your account type and preferences.


51 49 

52For full details, please review our [Commercial Terms of Service](https://www.anthropic.com/legal/commercial-terms) (for Team, Enterprise, and API users) or [Consumer Terms](https://www.anthropic.com/legal/consumer-terms) (for Free, Pro, and Max users) and [Privacy Policy](https://www.anthropic.com/legal/privacy).50For full details, please review our [Commercial Terms of Service](https://www.anthropic.com/legal/commercial-terms) (for Team, Enterprise, and API users) or [Consumer Terms](https://www.anthropic.com/legal/consumer-terms) (for Free, Pro, and Max users) and [Privacy Policy](https://www.anthropic.com/legal/privacy).

53 51 

54## Data flow and dependencies52## Data access

53 

54For all first party users, you can learn more about what data is logged for [local Claude Code](#local-claude-code-data-flow-and-dependencies) and [remote Claude Code](#cloud-execution-data-flow-and-dependencies). Note for remote Claude Code, Claude accesses the repository where you initiate your Claude Code session. Claude does not access repositories that you have connected but have not started a session in.

55 

56## Local Claude Code: Data flow and dependencies

55 57 

56The diagram below shows how Claude Code connects to external services during installation and normal operation. Solid lines indicate required connections, while dashed lines represent optional or user-initiated data flows.58The diagram below shows how Claude Code connects to external services during installation and normal operation. Solid lines indicate required connections, while dashed lines represent optional or user-initiated data flows.

57 59 

58<img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/I9Dpo7RZuIbc86cX/images/claude-code-data-flow.svg?fit=max&auto=format&n=I9Dpo7RZuIbc86cX&q=85&s=9e77f476347e7c9983f6e211d27cf6a9" alt="Diagram showing Claude Code's external connections: install/update connects to NPM, and user requests connect to Anthropic services including Console auth, public-api, and optionally Statsig, Sentry, and bug reporting" data-og-width="720" width="720" data-og-height="520" height="520" data-path="images/claude-code-data-flow.svg" data-optimize="true" data-opv="3" srcset="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/I9Dpo7RZuIbc86cX/images/claude-code-data-flow.svg?w=280&fit=max&auto=format&n=I9Dpo7RZuIbc86cX&q=85&s=94c033b9b6db3d10b9e2d7c6d681d9dc 280w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/I9Dpo7RZuIbc86cX/images/claude-code-data-flow.svg?w=560&fit=max&auto=format&n=I9Dpo7RZuIbc86cX&q=85&s=430aaaf77c28c501d5753ffa456ee227 560w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/I9Dpo7RZuIbc86cX/images/claude-code-data-flow.svg?w=840&fit=max&auto=format&n=I9Dpo7RZuIbc86cX&q=85&s=63c3c3f160b522220a8291fe2f93f970 840w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/I9Dpo7RZuIbc86cX/images/claude-code-data-flow.svg?w=1100&fit=max&auto=format&n=I9Dpo7RZuIbc86cX&q=85&s=a7f6e838482f4a1a0a0b4683439369ea 1100w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/I9Dpo7RZuIbc86cX/images/claude-code-data-flow.svg?w=1650&fit=max&auto=format&n=I9Dpo7RZuIbc86cX&q=85&s=5fbf749c2f94babb3ef72edfb7aba1e9 1650w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/I9Dpo7RZuIbc86cX/images/claude-code-data-flow.svg?w=2500&fit=max&auto=format&n=I9Dpo7RZuIbc86cX&q=85&s=7a1babbdccc4986957698d9c5c30c4a8 2500w" />60<img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/claude-code-data-flow.svg?fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=e0239c69a0bbae485b726338e50f1082" alt="Diagram showing Claude Code's external connections: install/update connects to NPM, and user requests connect to Anthropic services including Console auth, public-api, and optionally Statsig, Sentry, and bug reporting" data-og-width="720" width="720" data-og-height="520" height="520" data-path="images/claude-code-data-flow.svg" data-optimize="true" data-opv="3" srcset="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/claude-code-data-flow.svg?w=280&fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=06435e080df22e66a454e99af1b6040b 280w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/claude-code-data-flow.svg?w=560&fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=8261c15b4ffc12504e0a6e3f0ccd8c7d 560w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/claude-code-data-flow.svg?w=840&fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=163bfaa8d4727a1bbb492cb086e5f083 840w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/claude-code-data-flow.svg?w=1100&fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=ea3c2f801dfa5ad956b18b5f72df5c50 1100w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/claude-code-data-flow.svg?w=1650&fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=91d743def7a8d074c93001b351f23037 1650w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/claude-code-data-flow.svg?w=2500&fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=df68b2dd6de83316f70fd7f61c3a3bbd 2500w" />

59 61 

60Claude Code is installed from [NPM](https://www.npmjs.com/package/@anthropic-ai/claude-code). Claude Code runs locally. In order to interact with the LLM, Claude Code sends data over the network. This data includes all user prompts and model outputs. The data is encrypted in transit via TLS and is not encrypted at rest. Claude Code is compatible with most popular VPNs and LLM proxies.62Claude Code is installed from [NPM](https://www.npmjs.com/package/@anthropic-ai/claude-code). Claude Code runs locally. In order to interact with the LLM, Claude Code sends data over the network. This data includes all user prompts and model outputs. The data is encrypted in transit via TLS and is not encrypted at rest. Claude Code is compatible with most popular VPNs and LLM proxies.

61 63 

62Claude Code is built on Anthropic's APIs. For details regarding our API's security controls, including our API logging procedures, please refer to compliance artifacts offered in the [Anthropic Trust Center](https://trust.anthropic.com).64Claude Code is built on Anthropic's APIs. For details regarding our API's security controls, including our API logging procedures, please refer to compliance artifacts offered in the [Anthropic Trust Center](https://trust.anthropic.com).

63 65 

64### Cloud execution66### Cloud execution: Data flow and dependencies

65 

66<Note>

67 The above data flow diagram and description applies to Claude Code CLI running locally on your machine. For cloud-based sessions using Claude Code on the web, see the section below.

68</Note>

69 67 

70When using [Claude Code on the web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web), sessions run in Anthropic-managed virtual machines instead of locally. In cloud environments:68When using [Claude Code on the web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web), sessions run in Anthropic-managed virtual machines instead of locally. In cloud environments:

71 69 

72* **Code storage**: Your repository is cloned to an isolated VM and automatically deleted after session completion70* **Code and data storage:** Your repository is cloned to an isolated VM. Code and session data are subject to the retention and usage policies for your account type (see Data retention section above)

73* **Credentials**: GitHub authentication is handled through a secure proxy; your GitHub credentials never enter the sandbox71* **Credentials:** GitHub authentication is handled through a secure proxy; your GitHub credentials never enter the sandbox

74* **Network traffic**: All outbound traffic goes through a security proxy for audit logging and abuse prevention72* **Network traffic:** All outbound traffic goes through a security proxy for audit logging and abuse prevention

75* **Data retention**: Code and session data are subject to the retention and usage policies for your account type73* **Session data:** Prompts, code changes, and outputs follow the same data policies as local Claude Code usage

76* **Session data**: Prompts, code changes, and outputs follow the same data policies as local Claude Code usage

77 74 

78For security details about cloud execution, see [Security](/en/security#cloud-execution-security).75For security details about cloud execution, see [Security](/en/security#cloud-execution-security).

79 76 


87 84 

88## Default behaviors by API provider85## Default behaviors by API provider

89 86 

90By default, we disable all non-essential traffic (including error reporting, telemetry, and bug reporting functionality) when using Bedrock or Vertex. You can also opt out of all of these at once by setting the `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_NONESSENTIAL_TRAFFIC` environment variable. Here are the full default behaviors:87By default, we disable all non-essential traffic (including error reporting, telemetry, bug reporting functionality, and session quality surveys) when using Bedrock, Vertex, or Foundry. You can also opt out of all of these at once by setting the `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_NONESSENTIAL_TRAFFIC` environment variable. Here are the full default behaviors:

91 88 

92| Service | Claude API | Vertex API | Bedrock API |89| Service | Claude API | Vertex API | Bedrock API | Foundry API |

93| ------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------ |90| ------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------ |

94| **Statsig (Metrics)** | Default on.<br />`DISABLE_TELEMETRY=1` to disable. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_VERTEX` must be 1. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_BEDROCK` must be 1. |91| **Statsig (Metrics)** | Default on.<br />`DISABLE_TELEMETRY=1` to disable. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_VERTEX` must be 1. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_BEDROCK` must be 1. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_FOUNDRY` must be 1. |

95| **Sentry (Errors)** | Default on.<br />`DISABLE_ERROR_REPORTING=1` to disable. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_VERTEX` must be 1. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_BEDROCK` must be 1. |92| **Sentry (Errors)** | Default on.<br />`DISABLE_ERROR_REPORTING=1` to disable. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_VERTEX` must be 1. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_BEDROCK` must be 1. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_FOUNDRY` must be 1. |

96| **Claude API (`/bug` reports)** | Default on.<br />`DISABLE_BUG_COMMAND=1` to disable. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_VERTEX` must be 1. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_BEDROCK` must be 1. |93| **Claude API (`/bug` reports)** | Default on.<br />`DISABLE_BUG_COMMAND=1` to disable. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_VERTEX` must be 1. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_BEDROCK` must be 1. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_FOUNDRY` must be 1. |

94| **Session quality surveys** | Default on.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_FEEDBACK_SURVEY=1` to disable. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_VERTEX` must be 1. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_BEDROCK` must be 1. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_FOUNDRY` must be 1. |

97 95 

98All environment variables can be checked into `settings.json` ([read more](/en/settings)).96All environment variables can be checked into `settings.json` ([read more](/en/settings)).

99 

100 

101 

102> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

desktop.md +496 −56

Details

1# Claude Code on desktop1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

2 4 

3> Run Claude Code tasks locally or on secure cloud infrastructure with the Claude desktop app5# Use Claude Code Desktop

4 6 

5<img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/zEGbGSbinVtT3BLw/images/desktop-interface.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=zEGbGSbinVtT3BLw&q=85&s=c4e9dc9737b437d36ab253b75a1cc595" alt="Claude Code on desktop interface" data-og-width="4132" width="4132" data-og-height="2620" height="2620" data-path="images/desktop-interface.png" data-optimize="true" data-opv="3" srcset="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/zEGbGSbinVtT3BLw/images/desktop-interface.png?w=280&fit=max&auto=format&n=zEGbGSbinVtT3BLw&q=85&s=b1a8421a544c3e8c78679fa1a7b56190 280w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/zEGbGSbinVtT3BLw/images/desktop-interface.png?w=560&fit=max&auto=format&n=zEGbGSbinVtT3BLw&q=85&s=79cf4ea0923098cc429198678ea50903 560w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/zEGbGSbinVtT3BLw/images/desktop-interface.png?w=840&fit=max&auto=format&n=zEGbGSbinVtT3BLw&q=85&s=14bcbcd569d179770fe656686ffbf6bf 840w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/zEGbGSbinVtT3BLw/images/desktop-interface.png?w=1100&fit=max&auto=format&n=zEGbGSbinVtT3BLw&q=85&s=b873274db1e9ff8585ba545032aa24a5 1100w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/zEGbGSbinVtT3BLw/images/desktop-interface.png?w=1650&fit=max&auto=format&n=zEGbGSbinVtT3BLw&q=85&s=25553dced783c3a8c2a1134a53295f7e 1650w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/zEGbGSbinVtT3BLw/images/desktop-interface.png?w=2500&fit=max&auto=format&n=zEGbGSbinVtT3BLw&q=85&s=9ad49e6468c2f87b1895093deeea7bb2 2500w" />7> Get more out of Claude Code Desktop: parallel sessions with Git isolation, visual diff review, app previews, PR monitoring, permission modes, connectors, and enterprise configuration.

6 8 

7## Claude Code on desktop (Preview)9The Code tab within the Claude Desktop app lets you use Claude Code through a graphical interface instead of the terminal.

8 10 

9The Claude desktop app provides a native interface for running multiple Claude Code sessions on your local machine and seamless integration with Claude Code on the web.11Desktop adds these capabilities on top of the standard Claude Code experience:

10 12 

11## Features13* Visual diff review with inline comments

14* Live app preview with dev servers

15* GitHub PR monitoring with auto-fix and auto-merge

16* Parallel sessions with automatic Git worktree isolation

17* Connectors for GitHub, Slack, Linear, and more

18* Local, [SSH](#ssh-sessions), and [cloud](#run-long-running-tasks-remotely) environments

12 19 

13Claude Code on desktop provides:20<Tip>

21 New to Desktop? Start with [Get started](/en/desktop-quickstart) to install the app and make your first edit.

22</Tip>

23 

24This page covers [working with code](#work-with-code), [managing sessions](#manage-sessions), [extending Claude Code](#extend-claude-code), and [configuration](#environment-configuration). It also includes a [CLI comparison](#coming-from-the-cli) and [troubleshooting](#troubleshooting).

25 

26## Start a session

27 

28Before you send your first message, configure four things in the prompt area:

29 

30* **Environment**: choose where Claude runs. Select **Local** for your machine, **Remote** for Anthropic-hosted cloud sessions, or an [**SSH connection**](#ssh-sessions) for a remote machine you manage. See [environment configuration](#environment-configuration).

31* **Project folder**: select the folder or repository Claude works in. For remote sessions, you can add [multiple repositories](#run-long-running-tasks-remotely).

32* **Model**: pick a [model](/en/model-config#available-models) from the dropdown next to the send button. The model is locked once the session starts.

33* **Permission mode**: choose how much autonomy Claude has from the [mode selector](#choose-a-permission-mode). You can change this during the session.

34 

35Type your task and press **Enter** to start. Each session tracks its own context and changes independently.

36 

37## Work with code

38 

39Give Claude the right context, control how much it does on its own, and review what it changed.

40 

41### Use the prompt box

42 

43Type what you want Claude to do and press **Enter** to send. Claude reads your project files, makes changes, and runs commands based on your [permission mode](#choose-a-permission-mode). You can interrupt Claude at any point: click the stop button or type your correction and press **Enter**. Claude stops what it's doing and adjusts based on your input.

44 

45The **+** button next to the prompt box gives you access to file attachments, [skills](#use-skills), [connectors](#connect-external-tools), and [plugins](#install-plugins).

46 

47### Add files and context to prompts

48 

49The prompt box supports two ways to bring in external context:

50 

51* **@mention files**: type `@` followed by a filename to add a file to the conversation context. Claude can then read and reference that file.

52* **Attach files**: attach images, PDFs, and other files to your prompt using the attachment button, or drag and drop files directly into the prompt. This is useful for sharing screenshots of bugs, design mockups, or reference documents.

53 

54### Choose a permission mode

55 

56Permission modes control how much autonomy Claude has during a session: whether it asks before editing files, running commands, or both. You can switch modes at any time using the mode selector next to the send button. Start with Ask permissions to see exactly what Claude does, then move to Auto accept edits or Plan mode as you get comfortable.

57 

58| Mode | Settings key | Behavior |

59| ---------------------- | ------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

60| **Ask permissions** | `default` | Claude asks before editing files or running commands. You see a diff and can accept or reject each change. Recommended for new users. |

61| **Auto accept edits** | `acceptEdits` | Claude auto-accepts file edits but still asks before running terminal commands. Use this when you trust file changes and want faster iteration. |

62| **Plan mode** | `plan` | Claude analyzes your code and creates a plan without modifying files or running commands. Good for complex tasks where you want to review the approach first. |

63| **Bypass permissions** | `bypassPermissions` | Claude runs without any permission prompts, equivalent to `--dangerously-skip-permissions` in the CLI. Enable in your Settings → Claude Code under "Allow bypass permissions mode". Only use this in sandboxed containers or VMs. Enterprise admins can disable this option. |

64 

65The `dontAsk` permission mode is available only in the [CLI](/en/permissions#permission-modes).

66 

67<Tip title="Best practice">

68 Start complex tasks in Plan mode so Claude maps out an approach before making changes. Once you approve the plan, switch to Auto accept edits or Ask permissions to execute it. See [explore first, then plan, then code](/en/best-practices#explore-first-then-plan-then-code) for more on this workflow.

69</Tip>

70 

71Remote sessions support Auto accept edits and Plan mode. Ask permissions is not available because remote sessions auto-accept file edits by default, and Bypass permissions is not available because the remote environment is already sandboxed.

72 

73Enterprise admins can restrict which permission modes are available. See [enterprise configuration](#enterprise-configuration) for details.

74 

75### Preview your app

76 

77Claude can start a dev server and open an embedded browser to verify its changes. This works for frontend web apps as well as backend servers: Claude can test API endpoints, view server logs, and iterate on issues it finds. In most cases, Claude starts the server automatically after editing project files. You can also ask Claude to preview at any time. By default, Claude [auto-verifies](#auto-verify-changes) changes after every edit.

78 

79From the preview panel, you can:

80 

81* Interact with your running app directly in the embedded browser

82* Watch Claude verify its own changes automatically: it takes screenshots, inspects the DOM, clicks elements, fills forms, and fixes issues it finds

83* Start or stop servers from the **Preview** dropdown in the session toolbar

84* Persist cookies and local storage across server restarts by selecting **Persist sessions** in the dropdown, so you don't have to re-login during development

85* Edit the server configuration or stop all servers at once

86 

87Claude creates the initial server configuration based on your project. If your app uses a custom dev command, edit `.claude/launch.json` to match your setup. See [Configure preview servers](#configure-preview-servers) for the full reference.

88 

89To clear saved session data, toggle **Persist preview sessions** off in Settings → Claude Code. To disable preview entirely, toggle off **Preview** in Settings → Claude Code.

90 

91### Review changes with diff view

14 92 

15* **Parallel local sessions with `git` worktrees**: Run multiple Claude Code sessions simultaneously in the same repository, each with its own isolated `git` worktree93After Claude makes changes to your code, the diff view lets you review modifications file by file before creating a pull request.

16* **Include files listed in your `.gitignore` in your worktrees**: Automatically copy files in your `.gitignore`, like `.env`, to new worktrees using `.worktreeinclude`

17* **Launch Claude Code on the web**: Kick off secure cloud sessions directly from the desktop app

18 94 

19## Installation95When Claude changes files, a diff stats indicator appears showing the number of lines added and removed, such as `+12 -1`. Click this indicator to open the diff viewer, which displays a file list on the left and the changes for each file on the right.

20 96 

21Download and install the Claude Desktop app from [claude.ai/download](https://claude.ai/download)97To comment on specific lines, click any line in the diff to open a comment box. Type your feedback and press **Enter** to add the comment. After adding comments to multiple lines, submit all comments at once:

98 

99* **macOS**: press **Cmd+Enter**

100* **Windows**: press **Ctrl+Enter**

101 

102Claude reads your comments and makes the requested changes, which appear as a new diff you can review.

103 

104### Review your code

105 

106In the diff view, click **Review code** in the top-right toolbar to ask Claude to evaluate the changes before you commit. Claude examines the current diffs and leaves comments directly in the diff view. You can respond to any comment or ask Claude to revise.

107 

108The review focuses on high-signal issues: compile errors, definite logic errors, security vulnerabilities, and obvious bugs. It does not flag style, formatting, pre-existing issues, or anything a linter would catch.

109 

110### Monitor pull request status

111 

112After you open a pull request, a CI status bar appears in the session. Claude Code uses the GitHub CLI to poll check results and surface failures.

113 

114* **Auto-fix**: when enabled, Claude automatically attempts to fix failing CI checks by reading the failure output and iterating.

115* **Auto-merge**: when enabled, Claude merges the PR once all checks pass. The merge method is squash. Auto-merge must be [enabled in your GitHub repository settings](https://docs.github.com/en/repositories/configuring-branches-and-merges-in-your-repository/configuring-pull-request-merges/managing-auto-merge-for-pull-requests-in-your-repository) for this to work.

116 

117Use the **Auto-fix** and **Auto-merge** toggles in the CI status bar to enable either option. Claude Code also sends a desktop notification when CI finishes.

22 118 

23<Note>119<Note>

24 Local sessions are not available on Windows arm64 architectures.120 PR monitoring requires the [GitHub CLI (`gh`)](https://cli.github.com/) to be installed and authenticated on your machine. If `gh` is not installed, Desktop prompts you to install it the first time you try to create a PR.

25</Note>121</Note>

26 122 

27## Using Git worktrees123## Manage sessions

124 

125Each session is an independent conversation with its own context and changes. You can run multiple sessions in parallel or send work to the cloud.

28 126 

29Claude Code on desktop enables running multiple Claude Code sessions in the same repository using Git worktrees. Each session gets its own isolated worktree, allowing Claude to work on different tasks without conflicts. The default location for worktrees is `~/.claude-worktrees` but this can be configured in your settings on the Claude desktop app.127### Work in parallel with sessions

128 

129Click **+ New session** in the sidebar to work on multiple tasks in parallel. For Git repositories, each session gets its own isolated copy of your project using [Git worktrees](/en/common-workflows#run-parallel-claude-code-sessions-with-git-worktrees), so changes in one session don't affect other sessions until you commit them.

130 

131Worktrees are stored in `<project-root>/.claude/worktrees/` by default. You can change this to a custom directory in Settings → Claude Code under "Worktree location". You can also set a branch prefix that gets prepended to every worktree branch name, which is useful for keeping Claude-created branches organized. To remove a worktree when you're done, hover over the session in the sidebar and click the archive icon.

30 132 

31<Note>133<Note>

32 If you start a local session in a folder that does not have Git initialized, the desktop app will not create a new worktree.134 Session isolation requires [Git](https://git-scm.com/downloads). Most Macs include Git by default. Run `git --version` in Terminal to check. On Windows, Git is required for the Code tab to work: [download Git for Windows](https://git-scm.com/downloads/win), install it, and restart the app. If you run into Git errors, try a Cowork session to help troubleshoot your setup.

33</Note>135</Note>

34 136 

35### Copying files ignored with `.gitignore`137Use the filter icon at the top of the sidebar to filter sessions by status (Active, Archived) and environment (Local, Cloud). To rename a session or check context usage, click the session title in the toolbar at the top of the active session. When context fills up, Claude automatically summarizes the conversation and continues working. You can also type `/compact` to trigger summarization earlier and free up context space. See [the context window](/en/how-claude-code-works#the-context-window) for details on how compaction works.

138 

139### Run long-running tasks remotely

140 

141For large refactors, test suites, migrations, or other long-running tasks, select **Remote** instead of **Local** when starting a session. Remote sessions run on Anthropic's cloud infrastructure and continue even if you close the app or shut down your computer. Check back anytime to see progress or steer Claude in a different direction. You can also monitor remote sessions from [claude.ai/code](https://claude.ai/code) or the Claude iOS app.

142 

143Remote sessions also support multiple repositories. After selecting a cloud environment, click the **+** button next to the repo pill to add additional repositories to the session. Each repo gets its own branch selector. This is useful for tasks that span multiple codebases, such as updating a shared library and its consumers.

144 

145See [Claude Code on the web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web) for more on how remote sessions work.

146 

147### Continue in another surface

148 

149The **Continue in** menu, accessible from the VS Code icon in the bottom right of the session toolbar, lets you move your session to another surface:

150 

151* **Claude Code on the Web**: sends your local session to continue running remotely. Desktop pushes your branch, generates a summary of the conversation, and creates a new remote session with the full context. You can then choose to archive the local session or keep it. This requires a clean working tree, and is not available for SSH sessions.

152* **Your IDE**: opens your project in a supported IDE at the current working directory.

153 

154## Extend Claude Code

155 

156Connect external services, add reusable workflows, customize Claude's behavior, and configure preview servers.

157 

158### Connect external tools

159 

160For local and [SSH](#ssh-sessions) sessions, click the **+** button next to the prompt box and select **Connectors** to add integrations like Google Calendar, Slack, GitHub, Linear, Notion, and more. You can add connectors before or during a session. Connectors are not available for remote sessions.

161 

162To manage or disconnect connectors, go to Settings → Connectors in the desktop app, or select **Manage connectors** from the Connectors menu in the prompt box.

163 

164Once connected, Claude can read your calendar, send messages, create issues, and interact with your tools directly. You can ask Claude what connectors are configured in your session.

165 

166Connectors are [MCP servers](/en/mcp) with a graphical setup flow. Use them for quick integration with supported services. For integrations not listed in Connectors, add MCP servers manually via [settings files](/en/mcp#installing-mcp-servers). You can also [create custom connectors](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/11175166-getting-started-with-custom-connectors-using-remote-mcp).

167 

168### Use skills

169 

170[Skills](/en/skills) extend what Claude can do. Claude loads them automatically when relevant, or you can invoke one directly: type `/` in the prompt box or click the **+** button and select **Slash commands** to browse what's available. This includes [built-in commands](/en/interactive-mode#built-in-commands), your [custom skills](/en/skills#create-custom-skills), project skills from your codebase, and skills from any [installed plugins](/en/plugins). Select one and it appears highlighted in the input field. Type your task after it and send as usual.

171 

172### Install plugins

173 

174[Plugins](/en/plugins) are reusable packages that add skills, agents, hooks, MCP servers, and LSP configurations to Claude Code. You can install plugins from the desktop app without using the terminal.

36 175 

37When Claude Code creates a worktree, files ignored via `.gitignore` aren't automatically available. Including a `.worktreeinclude` file solves this by specifying which ignored files should be copied to new worktrees.176For local and [SSH](#ssh-sessions) sessions, click the **+** button next to the prompt box and select **Plugins** to see your installed plugins and their commands. To add a plugin, select **Add plugin** from the submenu to open the plugin browser, which shows available plugins from your configured [marketplaces](/en/plugin-marketplaces) including the official Anthropic marketplace. Select **Manage plugins** to enable, disable, or uninstall plugins.

38 177 

39Create a `.worktreeinclude` file in your repository root:178Plugins can be scoped to your user account, a specific project, or local-only. Plugins are not available for remote sessions. For the full plugin reference including creating your own plugins, see [plugins](/en/plugins).

40 179 

180### Configure preview servers

181 

182Claude automatically detects your dev server setup and stores the configuration in `.claude/launch.json` at the root of the folder you selected when starting the session. Preview uses this folder as its working directory, so if you selected a parent folder, subfolders with their own dev servers won't be detected automatically. To work with a subfolder's server, either start a session in that folder directly or add a configuration manually.

183 

184To customize how your server starts, for example to use `yarn dev` instead of `npm run dev` or to change the port, edit the file manually or click **Edit configuration** in the Preview dropdown to open it in your code editor. The file supports JSON with comments.

185 

186```json theme={null}

187{

188 "version": "0.0.1",

189 "configurations": [

190 {

191 "name": "my-app",

192 "runtimeExecutable": "npm",

193 "runtimeArgs": ["run", "dev"],

194 "port": 3000

195 }

196 ]

197}

41```198```

42.env199 

43.env.local200You can define multiple configurations to run different servers from the same project, such as a frontend and an API. See the [examples](#examples) below.

44.env.*201 

45**/.claude/settings.local.json202#### Auto-verify changes

203 

204When `autoVerify` is enabled, Claude automatically verifies code changes after editing files. It takes screenshots, checks for errors, and confirms changes work before completing its response.

205 

206Auto-verify is on by default. Disable it per-project by adding `"autoVerify": false` to `.claude/launch.json`, or toggle it from the **Preview** dropdown menu.

207 

208```json theme={null}

209{

210 "version": "0.0.1",

211 "autoVerify": false,

212 "configurations": [...]

213}

46```214```

47 215 

48The file uses `.gitignore`-style patterns. When a worktree is created, files matching these patterns that are also in your `.gitignore` will be copied from your main repository to the worktree.216When disabled, preview tools are still available and you can ask Claude to verify at any time. Auto-verify makes it automatic after every edit.

217 

218#### Configuration fields

219 

220Each entry in the `configurations` array accepts the following fields:

221 

222| Field | Type | Description |

223| ------------------- | --------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

224| `name` | string | A unique identifier for this server |

225| `runtimeExecutable` | string | The command to run, such as `npm`, `yarn`, or `node` |

226| `runtimeArgs` | string\[] | Arguments passed to `runtimeExecutable`, such as `["run", "dev"]` |

227| `port` | number | The port your server listens on. Defaults to 3000 |

228| `cwd` | string | Working directory relative to your project root. Defaults to the project root. Use `${workspaceFolder}` to reference the project root explicitly |

229| `env` | object | Additional environment variables as key-value pairs, such as `{ "NODE_ENV": "development" }`. Don't put secrets here since this file is committed to your repo. Secrets set in your shell profile are inherited automatically. |

230| `autoPort` | boolean | How to handle port conflicts. See below |

231| `program` | string | A script to run with `node`. See [when to use `program` vs `runtimeExecutable`](#when-to-use-program-vs-runtimeexecutable) |

232| `args` | string\[] | Arguments passed to `program`. Only used when `program` is set |

233 

234##### When to use `program` vs `runtimeExecutable`

235 

236Use `runtimeExecutable` with `runtimeArgs` to start a dev server through a package manager. For example, `"runtimeExecutable": "npm"` with `"runtimeArgs": ["run", "dev"]` runs `npm run dev`.

237 

238Use `program` when you have a standalone script you want to run with `node` directly. For example, `"program": "server.js"` runs `node server.js`. Pass additional flags with `args`.

239 

240#### Port conflicts

241 

242The `autoPort` field controls what happens when your preferred port is already in use:

243 

244* **`true`**: Claude finds and uses a free port automatically. Suitable for most dev servers.

245* **`false`**: Claude fails with an error. Use this when your server must use a specific port, such as for OAuth callbacks or CORS allowlists.

246* **Not set (default)**: Claude asks whether the server needs that exact port, then saves your answer.

247 

248When Claude picks a different port, it passes the assigned port to your server via the `PORT` environment variable.

249 

250#### Examples

251 

252These configurations show common setups for different project types:

253 

254<Tabs>

255 <Tab title="Next.js">

256 This configuration runs a Next.js app using Yarn on port 3000:

257 

258 ```json theme={null}

259 {

260 "version": "0.0.1",

261 "configurations": [

262 {

263 "name": "web",

264 "runtimeExecutable": "yarn",

265 "runtimeArgs": ["dev"],

266 "port": 3000

267 }

268 ]

269 }

270 ```

271 </Tab>

272 

273 <Tab title="Multiple servers">

274 For a monorepo with a frontend and an API server, define multiple configurations. The frontend uses `autoPort: true` so it picks a free port if 3000 is taken, while the API server requires port 8080 exactly:

275 

276 ```json theme={null}

277 {

278 "version": "0.0.1",

279 "configurations": [

280 {

281 "name": "frontend",

282 "runtimeExecutable": "npm",

283 "runtimeArgs": ["run", "dev"],

284 "cwd": "apps/web",

285 "port": 3000,

286 "autoPort": true

287 },

288 {

289 "name": "api",

290 "runtimeExecutable": "npm",

291 "runtimeArgs": ["run", "start"],

292 "cwd": "server",

293 "port": 8080,

294 "env": { "NODE_ENV": "development" },

295 "autoPort": false

296 }

297 ]

298 }

299 ```

300 </Tab>

301 

302 <Tab title="Node.js script">

303 To run a Node.js script directly instead of using a package manager command, use the `program` field:

304 

305 ```json theme={null}

306 {

307 "version": "0.0.1",

308 "configurations": [

309 {

310 "name": "server",

311 "program": "server.js",

312 "args": ["--verbose"],

313 "port": 4000

314 }

315 ]

316 }

317 ```

318 </Tab>

319</Tabs>

320 

321## Environment configuration

322 

323When starting a session, you choose between three environments:

324 

325* **Local**: runs on your machine with direct access to your files

326* **Remote**: runs on Anthropic's cloud infrastructure. Sessions continue even if you close the app.

327* **SSH**: runs on a remote machine you connect to over SSH, such as your own servers, cloud VMs, or dev containers

328 

329### Local sessions

330 

331Local sessions inherit environment variables from your shell. If you need additional variables, set them in your shell profile, such as `~/.zshrc` or `~/.bashrc`, and restart the desktop app. See [environment variables](/en/settings#environment-variables) for the full list of supported variables.

332 

333[Extended thinking](/en/common-workflows#use-extended-thinking-thinking-mode) is enabled by default, which improves performance on complex reasoning tasks but uses additional tokens. To disable thinking entirely, set `MAX_THINKING_TOKENS=0` in your shell profile. On Opus, `MAX_THINKING_TOKENS` is ignored except for `0` because adaptive reasoning controls thinking depth instead.

334 

335### Remote sessions

336 

337Remote sessions continue in the background even if you close the app. Usage counts toward your [subscription plan limits](/en/costs) with no separate compute charges.

338 

339You can create custom cloud environments with different network access levels and environment variables. Select the environment dropdown when starting a remote session and choose **Add environment**. See [cloud environments](/en/claude-code-on-the-web#cloud-environment) for details on configuring network access and environment variables.

340 

341### SSH sessions

342 

343SSH sessions let you run Claude Code on a remote machine while using the desktop app as your interface. This is useful for working with codebases that live on cloud VMs, dev containers, or servers with specific hardware or dependencies.

344 

345To add an SSH connection, click the environment dropdown before starting a session and select **+ Add SSH connection**. The dialog asks for:

346 

347* **Name**: a friendly label for this connection

348* **SSH Host**: `user@hostname` or a host defined in `~/.ssh/config`

349* **SSH Port**: defaults to 22 if left empty, or uses the port from your SSH config

350* **Identity File**: path to your private key, such as `~/.ssh/id_rsa`. Leave empty to use the default key or your SSH config.

351 

352Once added, the connection appears in the environment dropdown. Select it to start a session on that machine. Claude runs on the remote machine with access to its files and tools.

353 

354Claude Code must be installed on the remote machine. Once connected, SSH sessions support permission modes, connectors, plugins, and MCP servers.

355 

356## Enterprise configuration

357 

358Organizations on Teams or Enterprise plans can manage desktop app behavior through admin console controls, managed settings files, and device management policies.

359 

360### Admin console controls

361 

362These settings are configured through the [admin settings console](https://claude.ai/admin-settings/claude-code):

363 

364* **Enable or disable the Code tab**: control whether users in your organization can access Claude Code in the desktop app

365* **Disable Bypass permissions mode**: prevent users in your organization from enabling bypass permissions mode

366* **Disable Claude Code on the web**: enable or disable remote sessions for your organization

367 

368### Managed settings

369 

370Managed settings override project and user settings and apply when Desktop spawns CLI sessions. You can set these keys in your organization's [managed settings](/en/settings#settings-precedence) file or push them remotely through the admin console.

371 

372| Key | Description |

373| ------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

374| `disableBypassPermissionsMode` | set to `"disable"` to prevent users from enabling Bypass permissions mode. See [permissions](/en/permissions#managed-settings). |

375 

376For the complete list of managed-only settings including `allowManagedPermissionRulesOnly` and `allowManagedHooksOnly`, see [managed-only settings](/en/permissions#managed-only-settings).

377 

378Remote managed settings uploaded through the admin console currently apply to CLI and IDE sessions only. For Desktop-specific restrictions, use the admin console controls above.

379 

380### Device management policies

381 

382IT teams can manage the desktop app through MDM on macOS or group policy on Windows. Available policies include enabling or disabling the Claude Code feature, controlling auto-updates, and setting a custom deployment URL.

383 

384* **macOS**: configure via `com.anthropic.Claude` preference domain using tools like Jamf or Kandji

385* **Windows**: configure via registry at `SOFTWARE\Policies\Claude`

386 

387### Authentication and SSO

388 

389Enterprise organizations can require SSO for all users. See [authentication](/en/authentication) for plan-level details and [Setting up SSO](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/13132885-setting-up-single-sign-on-sso) for SAML and OIDC configuration.

390 

391### Data handling

392 

393Claude Code processes your code locally in local sessions or on Anthropic's cloud infrastructure in remote sessions. Conversations and code context are sent to Anthropic's API for processing. See [data handling](/en/data-usage) for details on data retention, privacy, and compliance.

394 

395### Deployment

396 

397Desktop can be distributed through enterprise deployment tools:

398 

399* **macOS**: distribute via MDM such as Jamf or Kandji using the `.dmg` installer

400* **Windows**: deploy via MSIX package or `.exe` installer. See [Deploy Claude Desktop for Windows](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/12622703-deploy-claude-desktop-for-windows) for enterprise deployment options including silent installation

401 

402For network configuration such as proxy settings, firewall allowlisting, and LLM gateways, see [network configuration](/en/network-config).

403 

404For the full enterprise configuration reference, see the [enterprise configuration guide](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/12622667-enterprise-configuration).

405 

406## Coming from the CLI?

407 

408If you already use the Claude Code CLI, Desktop runs the same underlying engine with a graphical interface. You can run both simultaneously on the same machine, even on the same project. Each maintains separate session history, but they share configuration and project memory via CLAUDE.md files.

409 

410To move a CLI session into Desktop, run `/desktop` in the terminal. Claude saves your session and opens it in the desktop app, then exits the CLI. This command is available on macOS and Windows only.

49 411 

50<Tip>412<Tip>

51 Only files that are both matched by `.worktreeinclude` AND listed in `.gitignore` are copied. This prevents accidentally duplicating tracked files.413 When to use Desktop vs CLI: use Desktop when you want visual diff review, file attachments, or session management in a sidebar. Use the CLI when you need scripting, automation, third-party providers, or prefer a terminal workflow.

52</Tip>414</Tip>

53 415 

54### Launch Claude Code on the web416### CLI flag equivalents

55 417 

56From the desktop app, you can kick off Claude Code sessions that run on Anthropic's secure cloud infrastructure. This is useful for:418This table shows the desktop app equivalent for common CLI flags. Flags not listed have no desktop equivalent because they are designed for scripting or automation.

57 419 

58To start a web session from desktop, select a remote environment when creating a new session.420| CLI | Desktop equivalent |

421| ------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

422| `--model sonnet` | model dropdown next to the send button, before starting a session |

423| `--resume`, `--continue` | click a session in the sidebar |

424| `--permission-mode` | mode selector next to the send button |

425| `--dangerously-skip-permissions` | Bypass permissions mode. Enable in Settings → Claude Code → "Allow bypass permissions mode". Enterprise admins can disable this setting. |

426| `--add-dir` | add multiple repos with the **+** button in remote sessions |

427| `--allowedTools`, `--disallowedTools` | not available in Desktop |

428| `--verbose` | not available. Check system logs: Console.app on macOS, Event Viewer → Windows Logs → Application on Windows |

429| `--print`, `--output-format` | not available. Desktop is interactive only. |

430| `ANTHROPIC_MODEL` env var | model dropdown next to the send button |

431| `MAX_THINKING_TOKENS` env var | set in shell profile; applies to local sessions. See [environment configuration](#environment-configuration). |

59 432 

60For more details, see [Claude Code on the web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web).433### Shared configuration

61 434 

62## Bundled Claude Code version435Desktop and CLI read the same configuration files, so your setup carries over:

63 436 

64Claude Code on desktop includes a bundled, stable version of Claude Code to ensure a consistent experience for all desktop users. The bundled version is required and downloaded on first launch even if a version of Claude Code exists on the computer. Desktop automatically manages version updates and cleans up old versions.437* **[CLAUDE.md](/en/memory)** and **CLAUDE.local.md** files in your project are used by both

438* **[MCP servers](/en/mcp)** configured in `~/.claude.json` or `.mcp.json` work in both

439* **[Hooks](/en/hooks)** and **[skills](/en/skills)** defined in settings apply to both

440* **[Settings](/en/settings)** in `~/.claude.json` and `~/.claude/settings.json` are shared. Permission rules, allowed tools, and other settings in `settings.json` apply to Desktop sessions.

441* **Models**: Sonnet, Opus, and Haiku are available in both. In Desktop, select the model from the dropdown next to the send button before starting a session. You cannot change the model during an active session.

65 442 

66<Note>443<Note>

67 The bundled Claude Code version in Desktop may differ from the latest CLI version. Desktop prioritizes stability while the CLI may have newer features.444 **MCP servers: desktop chat app vs Claude Code**: MCP servers configured for the Claude Desktop chat app in `claude_desktop_config.json` are separate from Claude Code and will not appear in the Code tab. To use MCP servers in Claude Code, configure them in `~/.claude.json` or your project's `.mcp.json` file. See [MCP configuration](/en/mcp#installing-mcp-servers) for details.

68</Note>445</Note>

69 446 

70## Environment configuration447### Feature comparison

71 448 

72For local environments, Claude Code on desktop automatically extracts your `$PATH` environment variable from your shell configuration. This allows local sessions to access development tools like `yarn`, `npm`, `node`, and other commands available in your terminal without additional setup.449This table compares core capabilities between the CLI and Desktop. For a full list of CLI flags, see the [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference).

73 450 

74### Custom environment variables451| Feature | CLI | Desktop |

452| ----------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

453| Permission modes | all modes including `dontAsk` | Ask permissions, Auto accept edits, Plan mode, and Bypass permissions via Settings |

454| `--dangerously-skip-permissions` | CLI flag | Bypass permissions mode. Enable in Settings → Claude Code → "Allow bypass permissions mode" |

455| [Third-party providers](/en/third-party-integrations) | Bedrock, Vertex, Foundry | not available. Desktop connects to Anthropic's API directly. |

456| [MCP servers](/en/mcp) | configure in settings files | Connectors UI for local and SSH sessions, or settings files |

457| [Plugins](/en/plugins) | `/plugin` command | plugin manager UI |

458| @mention files | text-based | with autocomplete |

459| File attachments | not available | images, PDFs |

460| Session isolation | [`--worktree`](/en/cli-reference) flag | automatic worktrees |

461| Multiple sessions | separate terminals | sidebar tabs |

462| Scripting and automation | [`--print`](/en/cli-reference), [Agent SDK](/en/headless) | not available |

75 463 

76Select "Local" environment, then to the right, select the settings button. This will open a dialog where you can update local environment variables. This is useful for setting project-specific variables or API keys that your development workflows require. Environment variable values are masked in the UI for security reasons.464### What's not available in Desktop

77 465 

78<Note>466* **Third-party providers**: Desktop connects to Anthropic's API directly. Use the [CLI](/en/quickstart) with Bedrock, Vertex, or Foundry instead.

79 Environment variables must be specified as key-value pairs, in [`.env` format](https://www.dotenv.org/). For example:467* **Linux**: the desktop app is available on macOS and Windows only.

468* **Inline code suggestions**: Desktop does not provide autocomplete-style suggestions. It works through conversational prompts and explicit code changes.

469* **Agent teams**: multi-agent orchestration is available via the [CLI](/en/agent-teams) and [Agent SDK](/en/headless), not in Desktop.

80 470 

81 ```471## Troubleshooting

82 API_KEY=your_api_key

83 DEBUG=true

84 472 

85 # Multiline values - wrap in quotes473### Check your version

86 CERT="-----BEGIN CERT-----

87 MIIE...

88 -----END CERT-----"

89 ```

90</Note>

91 474 

92## Enterprise configuration475To see which version of the desktop app you're running:

476 

477* **macOS**: click **Claude** in the menu bar, then **About Claude**

478* **Windows**: click **Help**, then **About**

479 

480Click the version number to copy it to your clipboard.

481 

482### 403 or authentication errors in the Code tab

483 

484If you see `Error 403: Forbidden` or other authentication failures when using the Code tab:

485 

4861. Sign out and back in from the app menu. This is the most common fix.

4872. Verify you have an active paid subscription: Pro, Max, Teams, or Enterprise.

4883. If the CLI works but Desktop does not, quit the desktop app completely, not just close the window, then reopen and sign in again.

4894. Check your internet connection and proxy settings.

93 490 

94Organizations can disable local Claude Code use in the desktop application with the `isClaudeCodeForDesktopEnabled` [enterprise policy option](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/12622667-enterprise-configuration#h_003283c7cb). Additionally, Claude Code on the web can be disabled in your [admin settings](https://claude.ai/admin-settings/claude-code).491### Blank or stuck screen on launch

95 492 

96## Related resources493If the app opens but shows a blank or unresponsive screen:

97 494 

98* [Claude Code on the web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web)4951. Restart the app.

99* [Claude Desktop support articles](https://support.claude.com/en/collections/16163169-claude-desktop)4962. Check for pending updates. The app auto-updates on launch.

100* [Enterprise Configuration](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/12622667-enterprise-configuration)4973. On Windows, check Event Viewer for crash logs under **Windows Logs → Application**.

101* [Common workflows](/en/common-workflows)498 

102* [Settings reference](/en/settings)499### "Failed to load session"

500 

501If you see `Failed to load session`, the selected folder may no longer exist, a Git repository may require Git LFS that isn't installed, or file permissions may prevent access. Try selecting a different folder or restarting the app.

502 

503### Session not finding installed tools

504 

505If Claude can't find tools like `npm`, `node`, or other CLI commands, verify the tools work in your regular terminal, check that your shell profile properly sets up PATH, and restart the desktop app to reload environment variables.

506 

507### Git and Git LFS errors

508 

509On Windows, Git is required for the Code tab to start local sessions. If you see "Git is required," install [Git for Windows](https://git-scm.com/downloads/win) and restart the app.

510 

511If you see "Git LFS is required by this repository but is not installed," install Git LFS from [git-lfs.com](https://git-lfs.com/), run `git lfs install`, and restart the app.

512 

513### MCP servers not working on Windows

514 

515If MCP server toggles don't respond or servers fail to connect on Windows, check that the server is properly configured in your settings, restart the app, verify the server process is running in Task Manager, and review server logs for connection errors.

516 

517### App won't quit

518 

519* **macOS**: press Cmd+Q. If the app doesn't respond, use Force Quit with Cmd+Option+Esc, select Claude, and click Force Quit.

520* **Windows**: use Task Manager with Ctrl+Shift+Esc to end the Claude process.

521 

522### Windows-specific issues

523 

524* **PATH not updated after install**: open a new terminal window. PATH updates only apply to new terminal sessions.

525* **Concurrent installation error**: if you see an error about another installation in progress but there isn't one, try running the installer as Administrator.

526* **ARM64**: Windows ARM64 devices are fully supported.

527 

528### Cowork tab unavailable on Intel Macs

529 

530The Cowork tab requires Apple Silicon (M1 or later) on macOS. On Windows, Cowork is available on all supported hardware. The Chat and Code tabs work normally on Intel Macs.

531 

532### "Branch doesn't exist yet" when opening in CLI

533 

534Remote sessions can create branches that don't exist on your local machine. Click the branch name in the session toolbar to copy it, then fetch it locally:

535 

536```bash theme={null}

537git fetch origin <branch-name>

538git checkout <branch-name>

539```

103 540 

541### Still stuck?

104 542 

543* Search or file a bug on [GitHub Issues](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code/issues)

544* Visit the [Claude support center](https://support.claude.com/)

105 545 

106> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt546When filing a bug, include your desktop app version, your operating system, the exact error message, and relevant logs. On macOS, check Console.app. On Windows, check Event Viewer → Windows Logs → Application.

desktop-quickstart.md +137 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Get started with the desktop app

6 

7> Install Claude Code on desktop and start your first coding session

8 

9The desktop app gives you Claude Code with a graphical interface: visual diff review, live app preview, GitHub PR monitoring with auto-merge, parallel sessions with Git worktree isolation, and the ability to run tasks remotely. No terminal required.

10 

11This page walks through installing the app and starting your first session. If you're already set up, see [Use Claude Code Desktop](/en/desktop) for the full reference.

12 

13<Frame>

14 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD/images/desktop-code-tab-light.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD&q=85&s=9a36a7a27b9f4c6f2e1c83bdb34f69ce" className="block dark:hidden" alt="The Claude Code Desktop interface showing the Code tab selected, with a prompt box, permission mode selector set to Ask permissions, model picker, folder selector, and Local environment option" data-og-width="2500" width="2500" data-og-height="1376" height="1376" data-path="images/desktop-code-tab-light.png" data-optimize="true" data-opv="3" srcset="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD/images/desktop-code-tab-light.png?w=280&fit=max&auto=format&n=CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD&q=85&s=b4d1408a312d3ff3ac96dd133e4ef32b 280w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD/images/desktop-code-tab-light.png?w=560&fit=max&auto=format&n=CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD&q=85&s=c2d9f668767d4de33696b3de190c0024 560w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD/images/desktop-code-tab-light.png?w=840&fit=max&auto=format&n=CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD&q=85&s=89a78335d513c0ec2131feb11eeef6dc 840w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD/images/desktop-code-tab-light.png?w=1100&fit=max&auto=format&n=CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD&q=85&s=0ef93540eafcedd2fb0ad718553325f4 1100w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD/images/desktop-code-tab-light.png?w=1650&fit=max&auto=format&n=CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD&q=85&s=e7923c583f632de9f8a7e0e0da4f8c84 1650w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD/images/desktop-code-tab-light.png?w=2500&fit=max&auto=format&n=CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD&q=85&s=38d64bdceaba941a73446f258be336ea 2500w" />

15 

16 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD/images/desktop-code-tab-dark.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD&q=85&s=5463defe81c459fb9b1f91f6a958cfb8" className="hidden dark:block" alt="The Claude Code Desktop interface in dark mode showing the Code tab selected, with a prompt box, permission mode selector set to Ask permissions, model picker, folder selector, and Local environment option" data-og-width="2504" width="2504" data-og-height="1374" height="1374" data-path="images/desktop-code-tab-dark.png" data-optimize="true" data-opv="3" srcset="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD/images/desktop-code-tab-dark.png?w=280&fit=max&auto=format&n=CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD&q=85&s=f2a6322688262feb9d680b99c24817ab 280w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD/images/desktop-code-tab-dark.png?w=560&fit=max&auto=format&n=CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD&q=85&s=ffe9a3d1c4260fb12c66f533fdedc02e 560w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD/images/desktop-code-tab-dark.png?w=840&fit=max&auto=format&n=CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD&q=85&s=867b7997a910af3ffac1101559564dd7 840w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD/images/desktop-code-tab-dark.png?w=1100&fit=max&auto=format&n=CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD&q=85&s=976c9049c9e4cea2b02d4b6a1ef55142 1100w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD/images/desktop-code-tab-dark.png?w=1650&fit=max&auto=format&n=CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD&q=85&s=d8f3792ddadf66f61306dc41680aaa34 1650w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD/images/desktop-code-tab-dark.png?w=2500&fit=max&auto=format&n=CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD&q=85&s=88d049488f547e483e8c4f59ea8b2fd8 2500w" />

17</Frame>

18 

19The desktop app has three tabs:

20 

21* **Chat**: General conversation with no file access, similar to claude.ai.

22* **Cowork**: An autonomous background agent that works on tasks in a cloud VM with its own environment. It can run independently while you do other work.

23* **Code**: An interactive coding assistant with direct access to your local files. You review and approve each change in real time.

24 

25Chat and Cowork are covered in the [Claude Desktop support articles](https://support.claude.com/en/collections/16163169-claude-desktop). This page focuses on the **Code** tab.

26 

27<Note>

28 Claude Code requires a [Pro, Max, Teams, or Enterprise subscription](https://claude.com/pricing).

29</Note>

30 

31## Install

32 

33<Steps>

34 <Step title="Download the app">

35 Download Claude for your platform.

36 

37 <CardGroup cols={2}>

38 <Card title="macOS" icon="apple" href="https://claude.ai/api/desktop/darwin/universal/dmg/latest/redirect?utm_source=claude_code&utm_medium=docs">

39 Universal build for Intel and Apple Silicon

40 </Card>

41 

42 <Card title="Windows" icon="windows" href="https://claude.ai/api/desktop/win32/x64/exe/latest/redirect?utm_source=claude_code&utm_medium=docs">

43 For x64 processors

44 </Card>

45 </CardGroup>

46 

47 For Windows ARM64, [download here](https://claude.ai/api/desktop/win32/arm64/exe/latest/redirect?utm_source=claude_code\&utm_medium=docs).

48 

49 Linux is not currently supported.

50 </Step>

51 

52 <Step title="Sign in">

53 Launch Claude from your Applications folder (macOS) or Start menu (Windows). Sign in with your Anthropic account.

54 </Step>

55 

56 <Step title="Open the Code tab">

57 Click the **Code** tab at the top center. If clicking Code prompts you to upgrade, you need to [subscribe to a paid plan](https://claude.com/pricing) first. If it prompts you to sign in online, complete the sign-in and restart the app. If you see a 403 error, see [authentication troubleshooting](/en/desktop#403-or-authentication-errors-in-the-code-tab).

58 </Step>

59</Steps>

60 

61The desktop app includes Claude Code. You don't need to install Node.js or the CLI separately. To use `claude` from the terminal, install the CLI separately. See [Get started with the CLI](/en/quickstart).

62 

63## Start your first session

64 

65With the Code tab open, choose a project and give Claude something to do.

66 

67<Steps>

68 <Step title="Choose an environment and folder">

69 Select **Local** to run Claude on your machine using your files directly. Click **Select folder** and choose your project directory.

70 

71 <Tip>

72 Start with a small project you know well. It's the fastest way to see what Claude Code can do. On Windows, [Git](https://git-scm.com/downloads/win) must be installed for local sessions to work. Most Macs include Git by default.

73 </Tip>

74 

75 You can also select:

76 

77 * **Remote**: Run sessions on Anthropic's cloud infrastructure that continue even if you close the app. Remote sessions use the same infrastructure as [Claude Code on the web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web).

78 * **SSH**: Connect to a remote machine over SSH (your own servers, cloud VMs, or dev containers). Claude Code must be installed on the remote machine.

79 </Step>

80 

81 <Step title="Choose a model">

82 Select a model from the dropdown next to the send button. See [models](/en/model-config#available-models) for a comparison of Opus, Sonnet, and Haiku. You cannot change the model after the session starts.

83 </Step>

84 

85 <Step title="Tell Claude what to do">

86 Type what you want Claude to do:

87 

88 * `Find a TODO comment and fix it`

89 * `Add tests for the main function`

90 * `Create a CLAUDE.md with instructions for this codebase`

91 

92 A [session](/en/desktop#work-in-parallel-with-sessions) is a conversation with Claude about your code. Each session tracks its own context and changes, so you can work on multiple tasks without them interfering with each other.

93 </Step>

94 

95 <Step title="Review and accept changes">

96 By default, the Code tab starts in [Ask permissions mode](/en/desktop#choose-a-permission-mode), where Claude proposes changes and waits for your approval before applying them. You'll see:

97 

98 1. A [diff view](/en/desktop#review-changes-with-diff-view) showing exactly what will change in each file

99 2. Accept/Reject buttons to approve or decline each change

100 3. Real-time updates as Claude works through your request

101 

102 If you reject a change, Claude will ask how you'd like to proceed differently. Your files aren't modified until you accept.

103 </Step>

104</Steps>

105 

106## Now what?

107 

108You've made your first edit. For the full reference on everything Desktop can do, see [Use Claude Code Desktop](/en/desktop). Here are some things to try next.

109 

110**Interrupt and steer.** You can interrupt Claude at any point. If it's going down the wrong path, click the stop button or type your correction and press **Enter**. Claude stops what it's doing and adjusts based on your input. You don't have to wait for it to finish or start over.

111 

112**Give Claude more context.** Type `@filename` in the prompt box to pull a specific file into the conversation, attach images and PDFs using the attachment button, or drag and drop files directly into the prompt. The more context Claude has, the better the results. See [Add files and context](/en/desktop#add-files-and-context-to-prompts).

113 

114**Use skills for repeatable tasks.** Type `/` or click **+** → **Slash commands** to browse [built-in commands](/en/interactive-mode#built-in-commands), [custom skills](/en/skills), and plugin skills. Skills are reusable prompts you can invoke whenever you need them, like code review checklists or deployment steps.

115 

116**Review changes before committing.** After Claude edits files, a `+12 -1` indicator appears. Click it to open the [diff view](/en/desktop#review-changes-with-diff-view), review modifications file by file, and comment on specific lines. Claude reads your comments and revises. Click **Review code** to have Claude evaluate the diffs itself and leave inline suggestions.

117 

118**Adjust how much control you have.** Your [permission mode](/en/desktop#choose-a-permission-mode) controls the balance. Ask permissions (default) requires approval before every edit. Auto accept edits auto-accepts file edits for faster iteration. Plan mode lets Claude map out an approach without touching any files, which is useful before a large refactor.

119 

120**Add plugins for more capabilities.** Click the **+** button next to the prompt box and select **Plugins** to browse and install [plugins](/en/desktop#install-plugins) that add skills, agents, MCP servers, and more.

121 

122**Preview your app.** Click the **Preview** dropdown to run your dev server directly in the desktop. Claude can view the running app, test endpoints, inspect logs, and iterate on what it sees. See [Preview your app](/en/desktop#preview-your-app).

123 

124**Track your pull request.** After opening a PR, Claude Code monitors CI check results and can automatically fix failures or merge the PR once all checks pass. See [Monitor pull request status](/en/desktop#monitor-pull-request-status).

125 

126**Scale up when you're ready.** Open [parallel sessions](/en/desktop#work-in-parallel-with-sessions) from the sidebar to work on multiple tasks at once, each in its own Git worktree. Send [long-running work to the cloud](/en/desktop#run-long-running-tasks-remotely) so it continues even if you close the app, or [continue a session on the web or in your IDE](/en/desktop#continue-in-another-surface) if a task takes longer than expected. [Connect external tools](/en/desktop#extend-claude-code) like GitHub, Slack, and Linear to bring your workflow together.

127 

128## Coming from the CLI?

129 

130Desktop runs the same engine as the CLI with a graphical interface. You can run both simultaneously on the same project, and they share configuration (CLAUDE.md files, MCP servers, hooks, skills, and settings). For a full comparison of features, flag equivalents, and what's not available in Desktop, see [CLI comparison](/en/desktop#coming-from-the-cli).

131 

132## What's next

133 

134* [Use Claude Code Desktop](/en/desktop): permission modes, parallel sessions, diff view, connectors, and enterprise configuration

135* [Troubleshooting](/en/desktop#troubleshooting): solutions to common errors and setup issues

136* [Best practices](/en/best-practices): tips for writing effective prompts and getting the most out of Claude Code

137* [Common workflows](/en/common-workflows): tutorials for debugging, refactoring, testing, and more

devcontainer.md +4 −4

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Development containers5# Development containers

2 6 

3> Learn about the Claude Code development container for teams that need consistent, secure environments.7> Learn about the Claude Code development container for teams that need consistent, secure environments.


75* [VS Code devcontainers documentation](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/devcontainers/containers)79* [VS Code devcontainers documentation](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/devcontainers/containers)

76* [Claude Code security best practices](/en/security)80* [Claude Code security best practices](/en/security)

77* [Enterprise network configuration](/en/network-config)81* [Enterprise network configuration](/en/network-config)

78 

79 

80 

81> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Discover and install prebuilt plugins through marketplaces5# Discover and install prebuilt plugins through marketplaces

2 6 

3> Find and install plugins from marketplaces to extend Claude Code with new commands, agents, and capabilities.7> Find and install plugins from marketplaces to extend Claude Code with new commands, agents, and capabilities.

4 8 

5Plugins extend Claude Code with custom commands, agents, hooks, and MCP servers. Plugin marketplaces are catalogs that help you discover and install these extensions without building them yourself.9Plugins extend Claude Code with skills, agents, hooks, and MCP servers. Plugin marketplaces are catalogs that help you discover and install these extensions without building them yourself.

6 10 

7Looking to create and distribute your own marketplace? See [Create and distribute a plugin marketplace](/en/plugin-marketplaces).11Looking to create and distribute your own marketplace? See [Create and distribute a plugin marketplace](/en/plugin-marketplaces).

8 12 


40 44 

41### Code intelligence45### Code intelligence

42 46 

43Code intelligence plugins help Claude understand your codebase more deeply. With these plugins installed, Claude can jump to definitions, find references, and see type errors immediately after edits. These plugins use the [Language Server Protocol](https://microsoft.github.io/language-server-protocol/) (LSP), the same technology that powers VS Code's code intelligence.47Code intelligence plugins enable Claude Code's built-in LSP tool, giving Claude the ability to jump to definitions, find references, and see type errors immediately after edits. These plugins configure [Language Server Protocol](https://microsoft.github.io/language-server-protocol/) connections, the same technology that powers VS Code's code intelligence.

44 48 

45These plugins require the language server binary to be installed on your system. If you already have a language server installed, Claude may prompt you to install the corresponding plugin when you open a project.49These plugins require the language server binary to be installed on your system. If you already have a language server installed, Claude may prompt you to install the corresponding plugin when you open a project.

46 50 


50| C# | `csharp-lsp` | `csharp-ls` |54| C# | `csharp-lsp` | `csharp-ls` |

51| Go | `gopls-lsp` | `gopls` |55| Go | `gopls-lsp` | `gopls` |

52| Java | `jdtls-lsp` | `jdtls` |56| Java | `jdtls-lsp` | `jdtls` |

57| Kotlin | `kotlin-lsp` | `kotlin-language-server` |

53| Lua | `lua-lsp` | `lua-language-server` |58| Lua | `lua-lsp` | `lua-language-server` |

54| PHP | `php-lsp` | `intelephense` |59| PHP | `php-lsp` | `intelephense` |

55| Python | `pyright-lsp` | `pyright-langserver` |60| Python | `pyright-lsp` | `pyright-langserver` |


63 If you see `Executable not found in $PATH` in the `/plugin` Errors tab after installing a plugin, install the required binary from the table above.68 If you see `Executable not found in $PATH` in the `/plugin` Errors tab after installing a plugin, install the required binary from the table above.

64</Note>69</Note>

65 70 

71#### What Claude gains from code intelligence plugins

72 

73Once a code intelligence plugin is installed and its language server binary is available, Claude gains two capabilities:

74 

75* **Automatic diagnostics**: after every file edit Claude makes, the language server analyzes the changes and reports errors and warnings back automatically. Claude sees type errors, missing imports, and syntax issues without needing to run a compiler or linter. If Claude introduces an error, it notices and fixes the issue in the same turn. This requires no configuration beyond installing the plugin. You can see diagnostics inline by pressing **Ctrl+O** when the "diagnostics found" indicator appears.

76* **Code navigation**: Claude can use the language server to jump to definitions, find references, get type info on hover, list symbols, find implementations, and trace call hierarchies. These operations give Claude more precise navigation than grep-based search, though availability may vary by language and environment.

77 

78If you run into issues, see [Code intelligence troubleshooting](#code-intelligence-issues).

79 

66### External integrations80### External integrations

67 81 

68These plugins bundle pre-configured [MCP servers](/en/mcp) so you can connect Claude to external services without manual setup:82These plugins bundle pre-configured [MCP servers](/en/mcp) so you can connect Claude to external services without manual setup:


210/plugin marketplace add ./path/to/marketplace.json224/plugin marketplace add ./path/to/marketplace.json

211```225```

212 226 

213Or add a remote `marketplace.json` file via URL:227### Add from remote URLs

228 

229Add a remote `marketplace.json` file via URL:

214 230 

215```shell theme={null}231```shell theme={null}

216/plugin marketplace add https://example.com/marketplace.json232/plugin marketplace add https://example.com/marketplace.json

217```233```

218 234 

235<Note>

236 URL-based marketplaces have some limitations compared to Git-based marketplaces. If you encounter "path not found" errors when installing plugins, see [Troubleshooting](/en/plugin-marketplaces#plugins-with-relative-paths-fail-in-url-based-marketplaces).

237</Note>

238 

219## Install plugins239## Install plugins

220 240 

221Once you've added marketplaces, you can install plugins directly (installs to user scope by default):241Once you've added marketplaces, you can install plugins directly (installs to user scope by default):


230* **Project scope**: install for all collaborators on this repository (adds to `.claude/settings.json`)250* **Project scope**: install for all collaborators on this repository (adds to `.claude/settings.json`)

231* **Local scope**: install for yourself in this repository only (not shared with collaborators)251* **Local scope**: install for yourself in this repository only (not shared with collaborators)

232 252 

233You may also see plugins with **managed** scope—these are installed by enterprise administrators via [managed settings](/en/settings#enterprise-managed-policy-settings) and cannot be modified.253You may also see plugins with **managed** scope—these are installed by administrators via [managed settings](/en/settings#settings-files) and cannot be modified.

234 254 

235Run `/plugin` and go to the **Installed** tab to see your plugins grouped by scope.255Run `/plugin` and go to the **Installed** tab to see your plugins grouped by scope.

236 256 


240 260 

241## Manage installed plugins261## Manage installed plugins

242 262 

243Run `/plugin` and go to the **Installed** tab to view, enable, disable, or uninstall your plugins.263Run `/plugin` and go to the **Installed** tab to view, enable, disable, or uninstall your plugins. Type to filter the list by plugin name or description.

244 264 

245You can also manage plugins with direct commands.265You can also manage plugins with direct commands.

246 266 


323 343 

324To disable all automatic updates entirely for both Claude Code and all plugins, set the `DISABLE_AUTOUPDATER` environment variable. See [Auto updates](/en/setup#auto-updates) for details.344To disable all automatic updates entirely for both Claude Code and all plugins, set the `DISABLE_AUTOUPDATER` environment variable. See [Auto updates](/en/setup#auto-updates) for details.

325 345 

346To keep plugin auto-updates enabled while disabling Claude Code auto-updates, set `FORCE_AUTOUPDATE_PLUGINS=true` along with `DISABLE_AUTOUPDATER`:

347 

348```shell theme={null}

349export DISABLE_AUTOUPDATER=true

350export FORCE_AUTOUPDATE_PLUGINS=true

351```

352 

353This is useful when you want to manage Claude Code updates manually but still receive automatic plugin updates.

354 

326## Configure team marketplaces355## Configure team marketplaces

327 356 

328Team admins can set up automatic marketplace installation for projects by adding marketplace configuration to `.claude/settings.json`. When team members trust the repository folder, Claude Code prompts them to install these marketplaces and plugins.357Team admins can set up automatic marketplace installation for projects by adding marketplace configuration to `.claude/settings.json`. When team members trust the repository folder, Claude Code prompts them to install these marketplaces and plugins.


347* **Marketplace not loading**: Verify the URL is accessible and that `.claude-plugin/marketplace.json` exists at the path376* **Marketplace not loading**: Verify the URL is accessible and that `.claude-plugin/marketplace.json` exists at the path

348* **Plugin installation failures**: Check that plugin source URLs are accessible and repositories are public (or you have access)377* **Plugin installation failures**: Check that plugin source URLs are accessible and repositories are public (or you have access)

349* **Files not found after installation**: Plugins are copied to a cache, so paths referencing files outside the plugin directory won't work378* **Files not found after installation**: Plugins are copied to a cache, so paths referencing files outside the plugin directory won't work

350* **Plugin Skills not appearing**: Clear the cache with `rm -rf ~/.claude/plugins/cache`, restart Claude Code, and reinstall the plugin. See [Plugin Skills not appearing](/en/skills#plugin-skills-not-appearing-after-installation) for details.379* **Plugin skills not appearing**: Clear the cache with `rm -rf ~/.claude/plugins/cache`, restart Claude Code, and reinstall the plugin.

351 380 

352For detailed troubleshooting with solutions, see [Troubleshooting](/en/plugin-marketplaces#troubleshooting) in the marketplace guide. For debugging tools, see [Debugging and development tools](/en/plugins-reference#debugging-and-development-tools).381For detailed troubleshooting with solutions, see [Troubleshooting](/en/plugin-marketplaces#troubleshooting) in the marketplace guide. For debugging tools, see [Debugging and development tools](/en/plugins-reference#debugging-and-development-tools).

353 382 

383### Code intelligence issues

384 

385* **Language server not starting**: verify the binary is installed and available in your `$PATH`. Check the `/plugin` Errors tab for details.

386* **High memory usage**: language servers like `rust-analyzer` and `pyright` can consume significant memory on large projects. If you experience memory issues, disable the plugin with `/plugin disable <plugin-name>` and rely on Claude's built-in search tools instead.

387* **False positive diagnostics in monorepos**: language servers may report unresolved import errors for internal packages if the workspace isn't configured correctly. These don't affect Claude's ability to edit code.

388 

354## Next steps389## Next steps

355 390 

356* **Build your own plugins**: See [Plugins](/en/plugins) to create custom commands, agents, and hooks391* **Build your own plugins**: See [Plugins](/en/plugins) to create skills, agents, and hooks

357* **Create a marketplace**: See [Create a plugin marketplace](/en/plugin-marketplaces) to distribute plugins to your team or community392* **Create a marketplace**: See [Create a plugin marketplace](/en/plugin-marketplaces) to distribute plugins to your team or community

358* **Technical reference**: See [Plugins reference](/en/plugins-reference) for complete specifications393* **Technical reference**: See [Plugins reference](/en/plugins-reference) for complete specifications

359 

360 

361 

362> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

fast-mode.md +131 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Speed up responses with fast mode

6 

7> Get faster Opus 4.6 responses in Claude Code by toggling fast mode.

8 

9<Note>

10 Fast mode is in [research preview](#research-preview). The feature, pricing, and availability may change based on feedback.

11</Note>

12 

13Fast mode is a high-speed configuration for Claude Opus 4.6, making the model 2.5x faster at a higher cost per token. Toggle it on with `/fast` when you need speed for interactive work like rapid iteration or live debugging, and toggle it off when cost matters more than latency.

14 

15Fast mode is not a different model. It uses the same Opus 4.6 with a different API configuration that prioritizes speed over cost efficiency. You get identical quality and capabilities, just faster responses.

16 

17What to know:

18 

19* Use `/fast` to toggle on fast mode in Claude Code CLI. Also available via `/fast` in Claude Code VS Code Extension.

20* Fast mode for Opus 4.6 pricing starts at \$30/150 MTok. Fast mode is available at a 50% discount for all plans until 11:59pm PT on February 16.

21* Available to all Claude Code users on subscription plans (Pro/Max/Team/Enterprise) and Claude Console.

22* For Claude Code users on subscription plans (Pro/Max/Team/Enterprise), fast mode is available via extra usage only and not included in the subscription rate limits.

23 

24This page covers how to [toggle fast mode](#toggle-fast-mode), its [cost tradeoff](#understand-the-cost-tradeoff), [when to use it](#decide-when-to-use-fast-mode), [requirements](#requirements), and [rate limit behavior](#handle-rate-limits).

25 

26## Toggle fast mode

27 

28Toggle fast mode in either of these ways:

29 

30* Type `/fast` and press Tab to toggle on or off

31* Set `"fastMode": true` in your [user settings file](/en/settings)

32 

33Fast mode persists across sessions. For the best cost efficiency, enable fast mode at the start of a session rather than switching mid-conversation. See [understand the cost tradeoff](#understand-the-cost-tradeoff) for details.

34 

35When you enable fast mode:

36 

37* If you're on a different model, Claude Code automatically switches to Opus 4.6

38* You'll see a confirmation message: "Fast mode ON"

39* A small `↯` icon appears next to the prompt while fast mode is active

40* Run `/fast` again at any time to check whether fast mode is on or off

41 

42When you disable fast mode with `/fast` again, you remain on Opus 4.6. The model does not revert to your previous model. To switch to a different model, use `/model`.

43 

44## Understand the cost tradeoff

45 

46Fast mode has higher per-token pricing than standard Opus 4.6:

47 

48| Mode | Input (MTok) | Output (MTok) |

49| ------------------------------ | ------------ | ------------- |

50| Fast mode on Opus 4.6 (\<200K) | \$30 | \$150 |

51| Fast mode on Opus 4.6 (>200K) | \$60 | \$225 |

52 

53Fast mode is compatible with the 1M token extended context window.

54 

55When you switch into fast mode mid-conversation, you pay the full fast mode uncached input token price for the entire conversation context. This costs more than if you had enabled fast mode from the start.

56 

57## Decide when to use fast mode

58 

59Fast mode is best for interactive work where response latency matters more than cost:

60 

61* Rapid iteration on code changes

62* Live debugging sessions

63* Time-sensitive work with tight deadlines

64 

65Standard mode is better for:

66 

67* Long autonomous tasks where speed matters less

68* Batch processing or CI/CD pipelines

69* Cost-sensitive workloads

70 

71### Fast mode vs effort level

72 

73Fast mode and effort level both affect response speed, but differently:

74 

75| Setting | Effect |

76| ---------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

77| **Fast mode** | Same model quality, lower latency, higher cost |

78| **Lower effort level** | Less thinking time, faster responses, potentially lower quality on complex tasks |

79 

80You can combine both: use fast mode with a lower [effort level](/en/model-config#adjust-effort-level) for maximum speed on straightforward tasks.

81 

82## Requirements

83 

84Fast mode requires all of the following:

85 

86* **Not available on third-party cloud providers**: fast mode is not available on Amazon Bedrock, Google Vertex AI, or Microsoft Azure Foundry. Fast mode is available through the Anthropic Console API and for Claude subscription plans using extra usage.

87* **Extra usage enabled**: your account must have extra usage enabled, which allows billing beyond your plan's included usage. For individual accounts, enable this in your [Console billing settings](https://platform.claude.com/settings/organization/billing). For Teams and Enterprise, an admin must enable extra usage for the organization.

88 

89<Note>

90 Fast mode usage is billed directly to extra usage, even if you have remaining usage on your plan. This means fast mode tokens do not count against your plan's included usage and are charged at the fast mode rate from the first token.

91</Note>

92 

93* **Admin enablement for Teams and Enterprise**: fast mode is disabled by default for Teams and Enterprise organizations. An admin must explicitly [enable fast mode](#enable-fast-mode-for-your-organization) before users can access it.

94 

95<Note>

96 If your admin has not enabled fast mode for your organization, the `/fast` command will show "Fast mode has been disabled by your organization."

97</Note>

98 

99### Enable fast mode for your organization

100 

101Admins can enable fast mode in:

102 

103* **Console** (API customers): [Claude Code preferences](https://platform.claude.com/claude-code/preferences)

104* **Claude AI** (Teams and Enterprise): [Admin Settings > Claude Code](https://claude.ai/admin-settings/claude-code)

105 

106## Handle rate limits

107 

108Fast mode has separate rate limits from standard Opus 4.6. When you hit the fast mode rate limit or run out of extra usage credits:

109 

1101. Fast mode automatically falls back to standard Opus 4.6

1112. The `↯` icon turns gray to indicate cooldown

1123. You continue working at standard speed and pricing

1134. When the cooldown expires, fast mode automatically re-enables

114 

115To disable fast mode manually instead of waiting for cooldown, run `/fast` again.

116 

117## Research preview

118 

119Fast mode is a research preview feature. This means:

120 

121* The feature may change based on feedback

122* Availability and pricing are subject to change

123* The underlying API configuration may evolve

124 

125Report issues or feedback through your usual Anthropic support channels.

126 

127## See also

128 

129* [Model configuration](/en/model-config): switch models and adjust effort levels

130* [Manage costs effectively](/en/costs): track token usage and reduce costs

131* [Status line configuration](/en/statusline): display model and context information

features-overview.md +278 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Extend Claude Code

6 

7> Understand when to use CLAUDE.md, Skills, subagents, hooks, MCP, and plugins.

8 

9Claude Code combines a model that reasons about your code with [built-in tools](/en/how-claude-code-works#tools) for file operations, search, execution, and web access. The built-in tools cover most coding tasks. This guide covers the extension layer: features you add to customize what Claude knows, connect it to external services, and automate workflows.

10 

11<Note>

12 For how the core agentic loop works, see [How Claude Code works](/en/how-claude-code-works).

13</Note>

14 

15**New to Claude Code?** Start with [CLAUDE.md](/en/memory) for project conventions. Add other extensions as you need them.

16 

17## Overview

18 

19Extensions plug into different parts of the agentic loop:

20 

21* **[CLAUDE.md](/en/memory)** adds persistent context Claude sees every session

22* **[Skills](/en/skills)** add reusable knowledge and invocable workflows

23* **[MCP](/en/mcp)** connects Claude to external services and tools

24* **[Subagents](/en/sub-agents)** run their own loops in isolated context, returning summaries

25* **[Agent teams](/en/agent-teams)** coordinate multiple independent sessions with shared tasks and peer-to-peer messaging

26* **[Hooks](/en/hooks)** run outside the loop entirely as deterministic scripts

27* **[Plugins](/en/plugins)** and **[marketplaces](/en/plugin-marketplaces)** package and distribute these features

28 

29[Skills](/en/skills) are the most flexible extension. A skill is a markdown file containing knowledge, workflows, or instructions. You can invoke skills with a slash command like `/deploy`, or Claude can load them automatically when relevant. Skills can run in your current conversation or in an isolated context via subagents.

30 

31## Match features to your goal

32 

33Features range from always-on context that Claude sees every session, to on-demand capabilities you or Claude can invoke, to background automation that runs on specific events. The table below shows what's available and when each one makes sense.

34 

35| Feature | What it does | When to use it | Example |

36| ---------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

37| **CLAUDE.md** | Persistent context loaded every conversation | Project conventions, "always do X" rules | "Use pnpm, not npm. Run tests before committing." |

38| **Skill** | Instructions, knowledge, and workflows Claude can use | Reusable content, reference docs, repeatable tasks | `/review` runs your code review checklist; API docs skill with endpoint patterns |

39| **Subagent** | Isolated execution context that returns summarized results | Context isolation, parallel tasks, specialized workers | Research task that reads many files but returns only key findings |

40| **[Agent teams](/en/agent-teams)** | Coordinate multiple independent Claude Code sessions | Parallel research, new feature development, debugging with competing hypotheses | Spawn reviewers to check security, performance, and tests simultaneously |

41| **MCP** | Connect to external services | External data or actions | Query your database, post to Slack, control a browser |

42| **Hook** | Deterministic script that runs on events | Predictable automation, no LLM involved | Run ESLint after every file edit |

43 

44**[Plugins](/en/plugins)** are the packaging layer. A plugin bundles skills, hooks, subagents, and MCP servers into a single installable unit. Plugin skills are namespaced (like `/my-plugin:review`) so multiple plugins can coexist. Use plugins when you want to reuse the same setup across multiple repositories or distribute to others via a **[marketplace](/en/plugin-marketplaces)**.

45 

46### Compare similar features

47 

48Some features can seem similar. Here's how to tell them apart.

49 

50<Tabs>

51 <Tab title="Skill vs Subagent">

52 Skills and subagents solve different problems:

53 

54 * **Skills** are reusable content you can load into any context

55 * **Subagents** are isolated workers that run separately from your main conversation

56 

57 | Aspect | Skill | Subagent |

58 | --------------- | ---------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------- |

59 | **What it is** | Reusable instructions, knowledge, or workflows | Isolated worker with its own context |

60 | **Key benefit** | Share content across contexts | Context isolation. Work happens separately, only summary returns |

61 | **Best for** | Reference material, invocable workflows | Tasks that read many files, parallel work, specialized workers |

62 

63 **Skills can be reference or action.** Reference skills provide knowledge Claude uses throughout your session (like your API style guide). Action skills tell Claude to do something specific (like `/deploy` that runs your deployment workflow).

64 

65 **Use a subagent** when you need context isolation or when your context window is getting full. The subagent might read dozens of files or run extensive searches, but your main conversation only receives a summary. Since subagent work doesn't consume your main context, this is also useful when you don't need the intermediate work to remain visible. Custom subagents can have their own instructions and can preload skills.

66 

67 **They can combine.** A subagent can preload specific skills (`skills:` field). A skill can run in isolated context using `context: fork`. See [Skills](/en/skills) for details.

68 </Tab>

69 

70 <Tab title="CLAUDE.md vs Skill">

71 Both store instructions, but they load differently and serve different purposes.

72 

73 | Aspect | CLAUDE.md | Skill |

74 | ------------------------- | ---------------------------- | --------------------------------------- |

75 | **Loads** | Every session, automatically | On demand |

76 | **Can include files** | Yes, with `@path` imports | Yes, with `@path` imports |

77 | **Can trigger workflows** | No | Yes, with `/<name>` |

78 | **Best for** | "Always do X" rules | Reference material, invocable workflows |

79 

80 **Put it in CLAUDE.md** if Claude should always know it: coding conventions, build commands, project structure, "never do X" rules.

81 

82 **Put it in a skill** if it's reference material Claude needs sometimes (API docs, style guides) or a workflow you trigger with `/<name>` (deploy, review, release).

83 

84 **Rule of thumb:** Keep CLAUDE.md under \~500 lines. If it's growing, move reference content to skills.

85 </Tab>

86 

87 <Tab title="Subagent vs Agent team">

88 Both parallelize work, but they're architecturally different:

89 

90 * **Subagents** run inside your session and report results back to your main context

91 * **Agent teams** are independent Claude Code sessions that communicate with each other

92 

93 | Aspect | Subagent | Agent team |

94 | ----------------- | ------------------------------------------------ | --------------------------------------------------- |

95 | **Context** | Own context window; results return to the caller | Own context window; fully independent |

96 | **Communication** | Reports results back to the main agent only | Teammates message each other directly |

97 | **Coordination** | Main agent manages all work | Shared task list with self-coordination |

98 | **Best for** | Focused tasks where only the result matters | Complex work requiring discussion and collaboration |

99 | **Token cost** | Lower: results summarized back to main context | Higher: each teammate is a separate Claude instance |

100 

101 **Use a subagent** when you need a quick, focused worker: research a question, verify a claim, review a file. The subagent does the work and returns a summary. Your main conversation stays clean.

102 

103 **Use an agent team** when teammates need to share findings, challenge each other, and coordinate independently. Agent teams are best for research with competing hypotheses, parallel code review, and new feature development where each teammate owns a separate piece.

104 

105 **Transition point:** If you're running parallel subagents but hitting context limits, or if your subagents need to communicate with each other, agent teams are the natural next step.

106 

107 <Note>

108 Agent teams are experimental and disabled by default. See [agent teams](/en/agent-teams) for setup and current limitations.

109 </Note>

110 </Tab>

111 

112 <Tab title="MCP vs Skill">

113 MCP connects Claude to external services. Skills extend what Claude knows, including how to use those services effectively.

114 

115 | Aspect | MCP | Skill |

116 | -------------- | ---------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------- |

117 | **What it is** | Protocol for connecting to external services | Knowledge, workflows, and reference material |

118 | **Provides** | Tools and data access | Knowledge, workflows, reference material |

119 | **Examples** | Slack integration, database queries, browser control | Code review checklist, deploy workflow, API style guide |

120 

121 These solve different problems and work well together:

122 

123 **MCP** gives Claude the ability to interact with external systems. Without MCP, Claude can't query your database or post to Slack.

124 

125 **Skills** give Claude knowledge about how to use those tools effectively, plus workflows you can trigger with `/<name>`. A skill might include your team's database schema and query patterns, or a `/post-to-slack` workflow with your team's message formatting rules.

126 

127 Example: An MCP server connects Claude to your database. A skill teaches Claude your data model, common query patterns, and which tables to use for different tasks.

128 </Tab>

129</Tabs>

130 

131### Understand how features layer

132 

133Features can be defined at multiple levels: user-wide, per-project, via plugins, or through managed policies. You can also nest CLAUDE.md files in subdirectories or place skills in specific packages of a monorepo. When the same feature exists at multiple levels, here's how they layer:

134 

135* **CLAUDE.md files** are additive: all levels contribute content to Claude's context simultaneously. Files from your working directory and above load at launch; subdirectories load as you work in them. When instructions conflict, Claude uses judgment to reconcile them, with more specific instructions typically taking precedence. See [how Claude looks up memories](/en/memory#how-claude-looks-up-memories).

136* **Skills and subagents** override by name: when the same name exists at multiple levels, one definition wins based on priority (managed > user > project for skills; managed > CLI flag > project > user > plugin for subagents). Plugin skills are [namespaced](/en/plugins#add-skills-to-your-plugin) to avoid conflicts. See [skill discovery](/en/skills#where-skills-live) and [subagent scope](/en/sub-agents#choose-the-subagent-scope).

137* **MCP servers** override by name: local > project > user. See [MCP scope](/en/mcp#scope-hierarchy-and-precedence).

138* **Hooks** merge: all registered hooks fire for their matching events regardless of source. See [hooks](/en/hooks).

139 

140### Combine features

141 

142Each extension solves a different problem: CLAUDE.md handles always-on context, skills handle on-demand knowledge and workflows, MCP handles external connections, subagents handle isolation, and hooks handle automation. Real setups combine them based on your workflow.

143 

144For example, you might use CLAUDE.md for project conventions, a skill for your deployment workflow, MCP to connect to your database, and a hook to run linting after every edit. Each feature handles what it's best at.

145 

146| Pattern | How it works | Example |

147| ---------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

148| **Skill + MCP** | MCP provides the connection; a skill teaches Claude how to use it well | MCP connects to your database, a skill documents your schema and query patterns |

149| **Skill + Subagent** | A skill spawns subagents for parallel work | `/review` skill kicks off security, performance, and style subagents that work in isolated context |

150| **CLAUDE.md + Skills** | CLAUDE.md holds always-on rules; skills hold reference material loaded on demand | CLAUDE.md says "follow our API conventions," a skill contains the full API style guide |

151| **Hook + MCP** | A hook triggers external actions through MCP | Post-edit hook sends a Slack notification when Claude modifies critical files |

152 

153## Understand context costs

154 

155Every feature you add consumes some of Claude's context. Too much can fill up your context window, but it can also add noise that makes Claude less effective; skills may not trigger correctly, or Claude may lose track of your conventions. Understanding these trade-offs helps you build an effective setup.

156 

157### Context cost by feature

158 

159Each feature has a different loading strategy and context cost:

160 

161| Feature | When it loads | What loads | Context cost |

162| --------------- | ------------------------- | --------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------- |

163| **CLAUDE.md** | Session start | Full content | Every request |

164| **Skills** | Session start + when used | Descriptions at start, full content when used | Low (descriptions every request)\* |

165| **MCP servers** | Session start | All tool definitions and schemas | Every request |

166| **Subagents** | When spawned | Fresh context with specified skills | Isolated from main session |

167| **Hooks** | On trigger | Nothing (runs externally) | Zero, unless hook returns additional context |

168 

169\*By default, skill descriptions load at session start so Claude can decide when to use them. Set `disable-model-invocation: true` in a skill's frontmatter to hide it from Claude entirely until you invoke it manually. This reduces context cost to zero for skills you only trigger yourself.

170 

171### Understand how features load

172 

173Each feature loads at different points in your session. The tabs below explain when each one loads and what goes into context.

174 

175<img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/context-loading.svg?fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=43114d93ae62bdc1ab6aa64660e2ba3b" alt="Context loading: CLAUDE.md and MCP load at session start and stay in every request. Skills load descriptions at start, full content on invocation. Subagents get isolated context. Hooks run externally." data-og-width="720" width="720" data-og-height="410" height="410" data-path="images/context-loading.svg" data-optimize="true" data-opv="3" srcset="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/context-loading.svg?w=280&fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=cc37ac2b6b486c75dea4cf64add648ec 280w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/context-loading.svg?w=560&fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=22394bf8452988091802c6bc471a3153 560w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/context-loading.svg?w=840&fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=aaf0301abbd63349b3f5ecf27f3bc4c5 840w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/context-loading.svg?w=1100&fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=f262d974340400cfd964c555b523808a 1100w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/context-loading.svg?w=1650&fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=430b76391f55ba65a0a3da569a52a450 1650w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/context-loading.svg?w=2500&fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=46522043165b15cfef464d5f63c70f7c 2500w" />

176 

177<Tabs>

178 <Tab title="CLAUDE.md">

179 **When:** Session start

180 

181 **What loads:** Full content of all CLAUDE.md files (managed, user, and project levels).

182 

183 **Inheritance:** Claude reads CLAUDE.md files from your working directory up to the root, and discovers nested ones in subdirectories as it accesses those files. See [How Claude looks up memories](/en/memory#how-claude-looks-up-memories) for details.

184 

185 <Tip>Keep CLAUDE.md under \~500 lines. Move reference material to skills, which load on-demand.</Tip>

186 </Tab>

187 

188 <Tab title="Skills">

189 Skills are extra capabilities in Claude's toolkit. They can be reference material (like an API style guide) or invocable workflows you trigger with `/<name>` (like `/deploy`). Some are built-in; you can also create your own. Claude uses skills when appropriate, or you can invoke one directly.

190 

191 **When:** Depends on the skill's configuration. By default, descriptions load at session start and full content loads when used. For user-only skills (`disable-model-invocation: true`), nothing loads until you invoke them.

192 

193 **What loads:** For model-invocable skills, Claude sees names and descriptions in every request. When you invoke a skill with `/<name>` or Claude loads it automatically, the full content loads into your conversation.

194 

195 **How Claude chooses skills:** Claude matches your task against skill descriptions to decide which are relevant. If descriptions are vague or overlap, Claude may load the wrong skill or miss one that would help. To tell Claude to use a specific skill, invoke it with `/<name>`. Skills with `disable-model-invocation: true` are invisible to Claude until you invoke them.

196 

197 **Context cost:** Low until used. User-only skills have zero cost until invoked.

198 

199 **In subagents:** Skills work differently in subagents. Instead of on-demand loading, skills passed to a subagent are fully preloaded into its context at launch. Subagents don't inherit skills from the main session; you must specify them explicitly.

200 

201 <Tip>Use `disable-model-invocation: true` for skills with side effects. This saves context and ensures only you trigger them.</Tip>

202 </Tab>

203 

204 <Tab title="MCP servers">

205 **When:** Session start.

206 

207 **What loads:** All tool definitions and JSON schemas from connected servers.

208 

209 **Context cost:** [Tool search](/en/mcp#scale-with-mcp-tool-search) (enabled by default) loads MCP tools up to 10% of context and defers the rest until needed.

210 

211 **Reliability note:** MCP connections can fail silently mid-session. If a server disconnects, its tools disappear without warning. Claude may try to use a tool that no longer exists. If you notice Claude failing to use an MCP tool it previously could access, check the connection with `/mcp`.

212 

213 <Tip>Run `/mcp` to see token costs per server. Disconnect servers you're not actively using.</Tip>

214 </Tab>

215 

216 <Tab title="Subagents">

217 **When:** On demand, when you or Claude spawns one for a task.

218 

219 **What loads:** Fresh, isolated context containing:

220 

221 * The system prompt (shared with parent for cache efficiency)

222 * Full content of skills listed in the agent's `skills:` field

223 * CLAUDE.md and git status (inherited from parent)

224 * Whatever context the lead agent passes in the prompt

225 

226 **Context cost:** Isolated from main session. Subagents don't inherit your conversation history or invoked skills.

227 

228 <Tip>Use subagents for work that doesn't need your full conversation context. Their isolation prevents bloating your main session.</Tip>

229 </Tab>

230 

231 <Tab title="Hooks">

232 **When:** On trigger. Hooks fire at specific lifecycle events like tool execution, session boundaries, prompt submission, permission requests, and compaction. See [Hooks](/en/hooks) for the full list.

233 

234 **What loads:** Nothing by default. Hooks run as external scripts.

235 

236 **Context cost:** Zero, unless the hook returns output that gets added as messages to your conversation.

237 

238 <Tip>Hooks are ideal for side effects (linting, logging) that don't need to affect Claude's context.</Tip>

239 </Tab>

240</Tabs>

241 

242## Learn more

243 

244Each feature has its own guide with setup instructions, examples, and configuration options.

245 

246<CardGroup cols={2}>

247 <Card title="CLAUDE.md" icon="file-lines" href="/en/memory">

248 Store project context, conventions, and instructions

249 </Card>

250 

251 <Card title="Skills" icon="brain" href="/en/skills">

252 Give Claude domain expertise and reusable workflows

253 </Card>

254 

255 <Card title="Subagents" icon="users" href="/en/sub-agents">

256 Offload work to isolated context

257 </Card>

258 

259 <Card title="Agent teams" icon="network" href="/en/agent-teams">

260 Coordinate multiple sessions working in parallel

261 </Card>

262 

263 <Card title="MCP" icon="plug" href="/en/mcp">

264 Connect Claude to external services

265 </Card>

266 

267 <Card title="Hooks" icon="bolt" href="/en/hooks-guide">

268 Automate workflows with hooks

269 </Card>

270 

271 <Card title="Plugins" icon="puzzle-piece" href="/en/plugins">

272 Bundle and share feature sets

273 </Card>

274 

275 <Card title="Marketplaces" icon="store" href="/en/plugin-marketplaces">

276 Host and distribute plugin collections

277 </Card>

278</CardGroup>

github-actions.md +21 −21

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Claude Code GitHub Actions5# Claude Code GitHub Actions

2 6 

3> Learn about integrating Claude Code into your development workflow with Claude Code GitHub Actions7> Learn about integrating Claude Code into your development workflow with Claude Code GitHub Actions


5Claude Code GitHub Actions brings AI-powered automation to your GitHub workflow. With a simple `@claude` mention in any PR or issue, Claude can analyze your code, create pull requests, implement features, and fix bugs - all while following your project's standards.9Claude Code GitHub Actions brings AI-powered automation to your GitHub workflow. With a simple `@claude` mention in any PR or issue, Claude can analyze your code, create pull requests, implement features, and fix bugs - all while following your project's standards.

6 10 

7<Note>11<Note>

8 Claude Code GitHub Actions is built on top of the [Claude Code12 Claude Code GitHub Actions is built on top of the [Claude

9 SDK](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/agent-sdk), which enables programmatic integration of13 Agent SDK](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/agent-sdk/overview), which enables programmatic integration of

10 Claude Code into your applications. You can use the SDK to build custom14 Claude Code into your applications. You can use the SDK to build custom

11 automation workflows beyond GitHub Actions.15 automation workflows beyond GitHub Actions.

12</Note>16</Note>

13 17 

14<Info>18<Info>

15 **Claude Opus 4.5 is now available.** Claude Code GitHub Actions default to Sonnet. To use Opus 4.5, configure the [model parameter](#breaking-changes-reference) to use `claude-opus-4-5-20251101`.19 **Claude Opus 4.6 is now available.** Claude Code GitHub Actions default to Sonnet. To use Opus 4.6, configure the [model parameter](#breaking-changes-reference) to use `claude-opus-4-6`.

16</Info>20</Info>

17 21 

18## Why use Claude Code GitHub Actions?22## Why use Claude Code GitHub Actions?


90### Breaking Changes Reference94### Breaking Changes Reference

91 95 

92| Old Beta Input | New v1.0 Input |96| Old Beta Input | New v1.0 Input |

93| --------------------- | -------------------------------- |97| --------------------- | ------------------------------------- |

94| `mode` | *(Removed - auto-detected)* |98| `mode` | *(Removed - auto-detected)* |

95| `direct_prompt` | `prompt` |99| `direct_prompt` | `prompt` |

96| `override_prompt` | `prompt` with GitHub variables |100| `override_prompt` | `prompt` with GitHub variables |

97| `custom_instructions` | `claude_args: --system-prompt` |101| `custom_instructions` | `claude_args: --append-system-prompt` |

98| `max_turns` | `claude_args: --max-turns` |102| `max_turns` | `claude_args: --max-turns` |

99| `model` | `claude_args: --model` |103| `model` | `claude_args: --model` |

100| `allowed_tools` | `claude_args: --allowedTools` |104| `allowed_tools` | `claude_args: --allowedTools` |


113 anthropic_api_key: ${{ secrets.ANTHROPIC_API_KEY }}117 anthropic_api_key: ${{ secrets.ANTHROPIC_API_KEY }}

114 custom_instructions: "Follow our coding standards"118 custom_instructions: "Follow our coding standards"

115 max_turns: "10"119 max_turns: "10"

116 model: "claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929"120 model: "claude-sonnet-4-6"

117```121```

118 122 

119**GA version (v1.0):**123**GA version (v1.0):**


124 prompt: "Review this PR for security issues"128 prompt: "Review this PR for security issues"

125 anthropic_api_key: ${{ secrets.ANTHROPIC_API_KEY }}129 anthropic_api_key: ${{ secrets.ANTHROPIC_API_KEY }}

126 claude_args: |130 claude_args: |

127 --system-prompt "Follow our coding standards"131 --append-system-prompt "Follow our coding standards"

128 --max-turns 10132 --max-turns 10

129 --model claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929133 --model claude-sonnet-4-6

130```134```

131 135 

132<Tip>136<Tip>


156 # Responds to @claude mentions in comments160 # Responds to @claude mentions in comments

157```161```

158 162 

159### Using slash commands163### Using skills

160 164 

161```yaml theme={null}165```yaml theme={null}

162name: Code Review166name: Code Review


189 with:193 with:

190 anthropic_api_key: ${{ secrets.ANTHROPIC_API_KEY }}194 anthropic_api_key: ${{ secrets.ANTHROPIC_API_KEY }}

191 prompt: "Generate a summary of yesterday's commits and open issues"195 prompt: "Generate a summary of yesterday's commits and open issues"

192 claude_args: "--model claude-opus-4-5-20251101"196 claude_args: "--model opus"

193```197```

194 198 

195### Common use cases199### Common use cases


266Key features:270Key features:

267 271 

268* **Unified prompt interface** - Use `prompt` for all instructions272* **Unified prompt interface** - Use `prompt` for all instructions

269* **Slash commands** - Pre-built prompts like `/review` or `/fix`273* **Commands** - Prebuilt prompts like `/review` or `/fix`

270* **CLI passthrough** - Any Claude Code CLI argument via `claude_args`274* **CLI passthrough** - Any Claude Code CLI argument via `claude_args`

271* **Flexible triggers** - Works with any GitHub event275* **Flexible triggers** - Works with any GitHub event

272 276 


517 with:521 with:

518 github_token: ${{ steps.app-token.outputs.token }}522 github_token: ${{ steps.app-token.outputs.token }}

519 use_bedrock: "true"523 use_bedrock: "true"

520 claude_args: '--model us.anthropic.claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929-v1:0 --max-turns 10'524 claude_args: '--model us.anthropic.claude-sonnet-4-6 --max-turns 10'

521 ```525 ```

522 526 

523 <Tip>527 <Tip>

524 The model ID format for Bedrock includes the region prefix (e.g., `us.anthropic.claude...`) and version suffix.528 The model ID format for Bedrock includes a region prefix (for example, `us.anthropic.claude-sonnet-4-6`).

525 </Tip>529 </Tip>

526 </Accordion>530 </Accordion>

527 531 


624The Claude Code Action v1 uses a simplified configuration:628The Claude Code Action v1 uses a simplified configuration:

625 629 

626| Parameter | Description | Required |630| Parameter | Description | Required |

627| ------------------- | ----------------------------------------------- | -------- |631| ------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------ | -------- |

628| `prompt` | Instructions for Claude (text or slash command) | No\* |632| `prompt` | Instructions for Claude (text or skill like `/review`) | No\* |

629| `claude_args` | CLI arguments passed to Claude Code | No |633| `claude_args` | CLI arguments passed to Claude Code | No |

630| `anthropic_api_key` | Claude API key | Yes\*\* |634| `anthropic_api_key` | Claude API key | Yes\*\* |

631| `github_token` | GitHub token for API access | No |635| `github_token` | GitHub token for API access | No |


641The `claude_args` parameter accepts any Claude Code CLI arguments:645The `claude_args` parameter accepts any Claude Code CLI arguments:

642 646 

643```yaml theme={null}647```yaml theme={null}

644claude_args: "--max-turns 5 --model claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929 --mcp-config /path/to/config.json"648claude_args: "--max-turns 5 --model claude-sonnet-4-6 --mcp-config /path/to/config.json"

645```649```

646 650 

647Common arguments:651Common arguments:

648 652 

649* `--max-turns`: Maximum conversation turns (default: 10)653* `--max-turns`: Maximum conversation turns (default: 10)

650* `--model`: Model to use (for example, `claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929`)654* `--model`: Model to use (for example, `claude-sonnet-4-6`)

651* `--mcp-config`: Path to MCP configuration655* `--mcp-config`: Path to MCP configuration

652* `--allowed-tools`: Comma-separated list of allowed tools656* `--allowed-tools`: Comma-separated list of allowed tools

653* `--debug`: Enable debug output657* `--debug`: Enable debug output


6702. **Custom prompts**: Use the `prompt` parameter in the workflow file to provide workflow-specific instructions. This allows you to customize Claude's behavior for different workflows or tasks.6742. **Custom prompts**: Use the `prompt` parameter in the workflow file to provide workflow-specific instructions. This allows you to customize Claude's behavior for different workflows or tasks.

671 675 

672Claude will follow these guidelines when creating PRs and responding to requests.676Claude will follow these guidelines when creating PRs and responding to requests.

673 

674 

675 

676> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

gitlab-ci-cd.md +16 −16

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Claude Code GitLab CI/CD5# Claude Code GitLab CI/CD

2 6 

3> Learn about integrating Claude Code into your development workflow with GitLab CI/CD7> Learn about integrating Claude Code into your development workflow with GitLab CI/CD


9</Info>13</Info>

10 14 

11<Note>15<Note>

12 This integration is built on top of the [Claude Code CLI and SDK](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/agent-sdk), enabling programmatic use of Claude in your CI/CD jobs and custom automation workflows.16 This integration is built on top of the [Claude Code CLI and Agent SDK](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/agent-sdk/overview), enabling programmatic use of Claude in your CI/CD jobs and custom automation workflows.

13</Note>17</Note>

14 18 

15## Why use Claude Code with GitLab?19## Why use Claude Code with GitLab?


77 before_script:81 before_script:

78 - apk update82 - apk update

79 - apk add --no-cache git curl bash83 - apk add --no-cache git curl bash

80 - npm install -g @anthropic-ai/claude-code84 - curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.sh | bash

81 script:85 script:

82 # Optional: start a GitLab MCP server if your setup provides one86 # Optional: start a GitLab MCP server if your setup provides one

83 - /bin/gitlab-mcp-server || true87 - /bin/gitlab-mcp-server || true


87 claude91 claude

88 -p "${AI_FLOW_INPUT:-'Review this MR and implement the requested changes'}"92 -p "${AI_FLOW_INPUT:-'Review this MR and implement the requested changes'}"

89 --permission-mode acceptEdits93 --permission-mode acceptEdits

90 --allowedTools "Bash(*) Read(*) Edit(*) Write(*) mcp__gitlab"94 --allowedTools "Bash Read Edit Write mcp__gitlab"

91 --debug95 --debug

92```96```

93 97 


255 before_script:259 before_script:

256 - apk update260 - apk update

257 - apk add --no-cache git curl bash261 - apk add --no-cache git curl bash

258 - npm install -g @anthropic-ai/claude-code262 - curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.sh | bash

259 script:263 script:

260 - /bin/gitlab-mcp-server || true264 - /bin/gitlab-mcp-server || true

261 - >265 - >

262 claude266 claude

263 -p "${AI_FLOW_INPUT:-'Summarize recent changes and suggest improvements'}"267 -p "${AI_FLOW_INPUT:-'Summarize recent changes and suggest improvements'}"

264 --permission-mode acceptEdits268 --permission-mode acceptEdits

265 --allowedTools "Bash(*) Read(*) Edit(*) Write(*) mcp__gitlab"269 --allowedTools "Bash Read Edit Write mcp__gitlab"

266 --debug270 --debug

267 # Claude Code will use ANTHROPIC_API_KEY from CI/CD variables271 # Claude Code will use ANTHROPIC_API_KEY from CI/CD variables

268```272```


289 before_script:293 before_script:

290 - apk add --no-cache bash curl jq git python3 py3-pip294 - apk add --no-cache bash curl jq git python3 py3-pip

291 - pip install --no-cache-dir awscli295 - pip install --no-cache-dir awscli

292 - npm install -g @anthropic-ai/claude-code296 - curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.sh | bash

293 # Exchange GitLab OIDC token for AWS credentials297 # Exchange GitLab OIDC token for AWS credentials

294 - export AWS_WEB_IDENTITY_TOKEN_FILE="${CI_JOB_JWT_FILE:-/tmp/oidc_token}"298 - export AWS_WEB_IDENTITY_TOKEN_FILE="${CI_JOB_JWT_FILE:-/tmp/oidc_token}"

295 - if [ -n "${CI_JOB_JWT_V2}" ]; then printf "%s" "$CI_JOB_JWT_V2" > "$AWS_WEB_IDENTITY_TOKEN_FILE"; fi299 - if [ -n "${CI_JOB_JWT_V2}" ]; then printf "%s" "$CI_JOB_JWT_V2" > "$AWS_WEB_IDENTITY_TOKEN_FILE"; fi


308 claude312 claude

309 -p "${AI_FLOW_INPUT:-'Implement the requested changes and open an MR'}"313 -p "${AI_FLOW_INPUT:-'Implement the requested changes and open an MR'}"

310 --permission-mode acceptEdits314 --permission-mode acceptEdits

311 --allowedTools "Bash(*) Read(*) Edit(*) Write(*) mcp__gitlab"315 --allowedTools "Bash Read Edit Write mcp__gitlab"

312 --debug316 --debug

313 variables:317 variables:

314 AWS_REGION: "us-west-2"318 AWS_REGION: "us-west-2"

315```319```

316 320 

317<Note>321<Note>

318 Model IDs for Bedrock include region-specific prefixes and version suffixes (for example, `us.anthropic.claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929-v1:0`). Pass the desired model via your job configuration or prompt if your workflow supports it.322 Model IDs for Bedrock include region-specific prefixes (for example, `us.anthropic.claude-sonnet-4-6`). Pass the desired model via your job configuration or prompt if your workflow supports it.

319</Note>323</Note>

320 324 

321### Google Vertex AI job example (Workload Identity Federation)325### Google Vertex AI job example (Workload Identity Federation)


339 rules:343 rules:

340 - if: '$CI_PIPELINE_SOURCE == "web"'344 - if: '$CI_PIPELINE_SOURCE == "web"'

341 before_script:345 before_script:

342 - apt-get update && apt-get install -y git nodejs npm && apt-get clean346 - apt-get update && apt-get install -y git && apt-get clean

343 - npm install -g @anthropic-ai/claude-code347 - curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.sh | bash

344 # Authenticate to Google Cloud via WIF (no downloaded keys)348 # Authenticate to Google Cloud via WIF (no downloaded keys)

345 - >349 - >

346 gcloud auth login --cred-file=<(cat <<EOF350 gcloud auth login --cred-file=<(cat <<EOF


361 claude365 claude

362 -p "${AI_FLOW_INPUT:-'Review and update code as requested'}"366 -p "${AI_FLOW_INPUT:-'Review and update code as requested'}"

363 --permission-mode acceptEdits367 --permission-mode acceptEdits

364 --allowedTools "Bash(*) Read(*) Edit(*) Write(*) mcp__gitlab"368 --allowedTools "Bash Read Edit Write mcp__gitlab"

365 --debug369 --debug

366 variables:370 variables:

367 CLOUD_ML_REGION: "us-east5"371 CLOUD_ML_REGION: "us-east5"


404* **API costs**:408* **API costs**:

405 * Each Claude interaction consumes tokens based on prompt and response size409 * Each Claude interaction consumes tokens based on prompt and response size

406 * Token usage varies by task complexity and codebase size410 * Token usage varies by task complexity and codebase size

407 * See [Anthropic pricing](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/about-claude/pricing) for details411 * See [Anthropic pricing](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/about-claude/pricing) for details

408 412 

409* **Cost optimization tips**:413* **Cost optimization tips**:

410 * Use specific `@claude` commands to reduce unnecessary turns414 * Use specific `@claude` commands to reduce unnecessary turns


460 464 

4611. **CLAUDE.md**: Define coding standards, security requirements, and project conventions. Claude reads this during runs and follows your rules.4651. **CLAUDE.md**: Define coding standards, security requirements, and project conventions. Claude reads this during runs and follows your rules.

4622. **Custom prompts**: Pass task-specific instructions via `prompt`/`prompt_file` in the job. Use different prompts for different jobs (for example, review, implement, refactor).4662. **Custom prompts**: Pass task-specific instructions via `prompt`/`prompt_file` in the job. Use different prompts for different jobs (for example, review, implement, refactor).

463 

464 

465 

466> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Claude Code on Google Vertex AI5# Claude Code on Google Vertex AI

2 6 

3> Learn about configuring Claude Code through Google Vertex AI, including setup, IAM configuration, and troubleshooting.7> Learn about configuring Claude Code through Google Vertex AI, including setup, IAM configuration, and troubleshooting.


8 12 

9* A Google Cloud Platform (GCP) account with billing enabled13* A Google Cloud Platform (GCP) account with billing enabled

10* A GCP project with Vertex AI API enabled14* A GCP project with Vertex AI API enabled

11* Access to desired Claude models (for example, Claude Sonnet 4.5)15* Access to desired Claude models (for example, Claude Sonnet 4.6)

12* Google Cloud SDK (`gcloud`) installed and configured16* Google Cloud SDK (`gcloud`) installed and configured

13* Quota allocated in desired GCP region17* Quota allocated in desired GCP region

14 18 

19<Note>

20 If you are deploying Claude Code to multiple users, [pin your model versions](#5-pin-model-versions) to prevent breakage when Anthropic releases new models.

21</Note>

22 

15## Region Configuration23## Region Configuration

16 24 

17Claude Code can be used with both Vertex AI [global](https://cloud.google.com/blog/products/ai-machine-learning/global-endpoint-for-claude-models-generally-available-on-vertex-ai) and regional endpoints.25Claude Code can be used with both Vertex AI [global](https://cloud.google.com/blog/products/ai-machine-learning/global-endpoint-for-claude-models-generally-available-on-vertex-ai) and regional endpoints.

18 26 

19<Note>27<Note>

20 Vertex AI may not support the Claude Code default models on all regions. You may need to switch to a [supported region or model](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/learn/locations#genai-partner-models).28 Vertex AI may not support the Claude Code default models in all [regions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/learn/locations#genai-partner-models) or on [global endpoints](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/partner-models/use-partner-models#supported_models). You may need to switch to a supported region, use a regional endpoint, or specify a supported model.

21</Note>

22 

23<Note>

24 Vertex AI may not support the Claude Code default models on global endpoints. You may need to switch to a regional endpoint or [supported model](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/partner-models/use-partner-models#supported_models).

25</Note>29</Note>

26 30 

27## Setup31## Setup


44 48 

451. Navigate to the [Vertex AI Model Garden](https://console.cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/model-garden)491. Navigate to the [Vertex AI Model Garden](https://console.cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/model-garden)

462. Search for "Claude" models502. Search for "Claude" models

473. Request access to desired Claude models (for example, Claude Sonnet 4.5)513. Request access to desired Claude models (for example, Claude Sonnet 4.6)

484. Wait for approval (may take 24-48 hours)524. Wait for approval (may take 24-48 hours)

49 53 

50### 3. Configure GCP credentials54### 3. Configure GCP credentials


81export VERTEX_REGION_CLAUDE_4_1_OPUS=europe-west185export VERTEX_REGION_CLAUDE_4_1_OPUS=europe-west1

82```86```

83 87 

84<Note>88[Prompt caching](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/build-with-claude/prompt-caching) is automatically supported when you specify the `cache_control` ephemeral flag. To disable it, set `DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING=1`. For heightened rate limits, contact Google Cloud support. When using Vertex AI, the `/login` and `/logout` commands are disabled since authentication is handled through Google Cloud credentials.

85 [Prompt caching](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/build-with-claude/prompt-caching) is automatically supported when you specify the `cache_control` ephemeral flag. To disable it, set `DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING=1`. For heightened rate limits, contact Google Cloud support.

86</Note>

87 89 

88<Note>90### 5. Pin model versions

89 When using Vertex AI, the `/login` and `/logout` commands are disabled since authentication is handled through Google Cloud credentials.

90</Note>

91 91 

92### 5. Model configuration92<Warning>

93 Pin specific model versions for every deployment. If you use model aliases (`sonnet`, `opus`, `haiku`) without pinning, Claude Code may attempt to use a newer model version that isn't enabled in your Vertex AI project, breaking existing users when Anthropic releases updates.

94</Warning>

93 95 

94Claude Code uses these default models for Vertex AI:96Set these environment variables to specific Vertex AI model IDs:

97 

98```bash theme={null}

99export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL='claude-opus-4-6'

100export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_SONNET_MODEL='claude-sonnet-4-6'

101export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL='claude-haiku-4-5@20251001'

102```

103 

104For current and legacy model IDs, see [Models overview](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/about-claude/models/overview). See [Model configuration](/en/model-config#pin-models-for-third-party-deployments) for the full list of environment variables.

105 

106Claude Code uses these default models when no pinning variables are set:

95 107 

96| Model type | Default value |108| Model type | Default value |

97| :--------------- | :--------------------------- |109| :--------------- | :-------------------------- |

98| Primary model | `claude-sonnet-4-5@20250929` |110| Primary model | `claude-sonnet-4-6` |

99| Small/fast model | `claude-haiku-4-5@20251001` |111| Small/fast model | `claude-haiku-4-5@20251001` |

100 112 

101<Note>113To customize models further:

102 For Vertex AI users, Claude Code will not automatically upgrade from Haiku 3.5 to Haiku 4.5. To manually switch to a newer Haiku model, set the `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL` environment variable to the full model name (for example, `claude-haiku-4-5@20251001`).

103</Note>

104 

105To customize models:

106 114 

107```bash theme={null}115```bash theme={null}

108export ANTHROPIC_MODEL='claude-opus-4-1@20250805'116export ANTHROPIC_MODEL='claude-opus-4-6'

109export ANTHROPIC_SMALL_FAST_MODEL='claude-haiku-4-5@20251001'117export ANTHROPIC_SMALL_FAST_MODEL='claude-haiku-4-5@20251001'

110```118```

111 119 


122For details, see [Vertex IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control).130For details, see [Vertex IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control).

123 131 

124<Note>132<Note>

125 We recommend creating a dedicated GCP project for Claude Code to simplify cost tracking and access control.133 Create a dedicated GCP project for Claude Code to simplify cost tracking and access control.

126</Note>134</Note>

127 135 

128## 1M token context window136## 1M token context window

129 137 

130Claude Sonnet 4 and Sonnet 4.5 support the [1M token context window](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/build-with-claude/context-windows#1m-token-context-window) on Vertex AI.138Claude Sonnet 4 and Sonnet 4.6 support the [1M token context window](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/build-with-claude/context-windows#1m-token-context-window) on Vertex AI.

131 139 

132<Note>140<Note>

133 The 1M token context window is currently in beta. To use the extended context window, include the `context-1m-2025-08-07` beta header in your Vertex AI requests.141 The 1M token context window is currently in beta. To use the extended context window, include the `context-1m-2025-08-07` beta header in your Vertex AI requests.


157* [Vertex AI documentation](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs)165* [Vertex AI documentation](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs)

158* [Vertex AI pricing](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/pricing)166* [Vertex AI pricing](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/pricing)

159* [Vertex AI quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/quotas)167* [Vertex AI quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/quotas)

160 

161 

162 

163> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

headless.md +25 −6

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Run Claude Code programmatically5# Run Claude Code programmatically

2 6 

3> Use the Agent SDK to run Claude Code programmatically from the CLI, Python, or TypeScript.7> Use the Agent SDK to run Claude Code programmatically from the CLI, Python, or TypeScript.


73 ```77 ```

74</Tip>78</Tip>

75 79 

80### Stream responses

81 

82Use `--output-format stream-json` with `--verbose` and `--include-partial-messages` to receive tokens as they're generated. Each line is a JSON object representing an event:

83 

84```bash theme={null}

85claude -p "Explain recursion" --output-format stream-json --verbose --include-partial-messages

86```

87 

88The following example uses [jq](https://jqlang.github.io/jq/) to filter for text deltas and display just the streaming text. The `-r` flag outputs raw strings (no quotes) and `-j` joins without newlines so tokens stream continuously:

89 

90```bash theme={null}

91claude -p "Write a poem" --output-format stream-json --verbose --include-partial-messages | \

92 jq -rj 'select(.type == "stream_event" and .event.delta.type? == "text_delta") | .event.delta.text'

93```

94 

95For programmatic streaming with callbacks and message objects, see [Stream responses in real-time](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/agent-sdk/streaming-output) in the Agent SDK documentation.

96 

76### Auto-approve tools97### Auto-approve tools

77 98 

78Use `--allowedTools` to let Claude use certain tools without prompting. This example runs a test suite and fixes failures, allowing Claude to execute Bash commands and read/edit files without asking for permission:99Use `--allowedTools` to let Claude use certain tools without prompting. This example runs a test suite and fixes failures, allowing Claude to execute Bash commands and read/edit files without asking for permission:


88 109 

89```bash theme={null}110```bash theme={null}

90claude -p "Look at my staged changes and create an appropriate commit" \111claude -p "Look at my staged changes and create an appropriate commit" \

91 --allowedTools "Bash(git diff:*),Bash(git log:*),Bash(git status:*),Bash(git commit:*)"112 --allowedTools "Bash(git diff *),Bash(git log *),Bash(git status *),Bash(git commit *)"

92```113```

93 114 

115The `--allowedTools` flag uses [permission rule syntax](/en/settings#permission-rule-syntax). The trailing ` *` enables prefix matching, so `Bash(git diff *)` allows any command starting with `git diff`. The space before `*` is important: without it, `Bash(git diff*)` would also match `git diff-index`.

116 

94<Note>117<Note>

95 [Slash commands](/en/slash-commands) like `/commit` are only available in interactive mode. In `-p` mode, describe the task you want to accomplish instead.118 User-invoked [skills](/en/skills) like `/commit` and [built-in commands](/en/interactive-mode#built-in-commands) are only available in interactive mode. In `-p` mode, describe the task you want to accomplish instead.

96</Note>119</Note>

97 120 

98### Customize the system prompt121### Customize the system prompt


146 Use the Agent SDK in GitLab pipelines169 Use the Agent SDK in GitLab pipelines

147 </Card>170 </Card>

148</CardGroup>171</CardGroup>

149 

150 

151 

152> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

hooks.md +1299 −691

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Hooks reference5# Hooks reference

2 6 

3> This page provides reference documentation for implementing hooks in Claude Code.7> Reference for Claude Code hook events, configuration schema, JSON input/output formats, exit codes, async hooks, prompt hooks, and MCP tool hooks.

4 8 

5<Tip>9<Tip>

6 For a quickstart guide with examples, see [Get started with Claude Code hooks](/en/hooks-guide).10 For a quickstart guide with examples, see [Automate workflows with hooks](/en/hooks-guide).

7</Tip>11</Tip>

8 12 

9## Configuration13Hooks are user-defined shell commands or LLM prompts that execute automatically at specific points in Claude Code's lifecycle. Use this reference to look up event schemas, configuration options, JSON input/output formats, and advanced features like async hooks and MCP tool hooks. If you're setting up hooks for the first time, start with the [guide](/en/hooks-guide) instead.

10 14 

11Claude Code hooks are configured in your [settings files](/en/settings):15## Hook lifecycle

12 16 

13* `~/.claude/settings.json` - User settings17Hooks fire at specific points during a Claude Code session. When an event fires and a matcher matches, Claude Code passes JSON context about the event to your hook handler. For command hooks, this arrives on stdin. Your handler can then inspect the input, take action, and optionally return a decision. Some events fire once per session, while others fire repeatedly inside the agentic loop:

14* `.claude/settings.json` - Project settings

15* `.claude/settings.local.json` - Local project settings (not committed)

16* Enterprise managed policy settings

17 18 

18<Note>19<div style={{maxWidth: "500px", margin: "0 auto"}}>

19 Enterprise administrators can use `allowManagedHooksOnly` to block user, project, and plugin hooks. See [Hook configuration](/en/settings#hook-configuration).20 <Frame>

20</Note>21 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/rsuu-ovdPNos9Dnn/images/hooks-lifecycle.svg?fit=max&auto=format&n=rsuu-ovdPNos9Dnn&q=85&s=ce5f1225339bbccdfbb52e99205db912" alt="Hook lifecycle diagram showing the sequence of hooks from SessionStart through the agentic loop to SessionEnd, with WorktreeCreate and WorktreeRemove as standalone setup and teardown events" data-og-width="520" width="520" data-og-height="1020" height="1020" data-path="images/hooks-lifecycle.svg" data-optimize="true" data-opv="3" srcset="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/rsuu-ovdPNos9Dnn/images/hooks-lifecycle.svg?w=280&fit=max&auto=format&n=rsuu-ovdPNos9Dnn&q=85&s=7c7143c65492c1beb6bc66f5d206ba15 280w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/rsuu-ovdPNos9Dnn/images/hooks-lifecycle.svg?w=560&fit=max&auto=format&n=rsuu-ovdPNos9Dnn&q=85&s=dafaebf8f789f94edbf6bd66853c69df 560w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/rsuu-ovdPNos9Dnn/images/hooks-lifecycle.svg?w=840&fit=max&auto=format&n=rsuu-ovdPNos9Dnn&q=85&s=2caa51d2d95596f1f80b92e3f5f534fa 840w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/rsuu-ovdPNos9Dnn/images/hooks-lifecycle.svg?w=1100&fit=max&auto=format&n=rsuu-ovdPNos9Dnn&q=85&s=614def559f34f9b0c1dec93739d96b64 1100w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/rsuu-ovdPNos9Dnn/images/hooks-lifecycle.svg?w=1650&fit=max&auto=format&n=rsuu-ovdPNos9Dnn&q=85&s=ca45b85fdd8b2da81c69d12c453230cb 1650w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/rsuu-ovdPNos9Dnn/images/hooks-lifecycle.svg?w=2500&fit=max&auto=format&n=rsuu-ovdPNos9Dnn&q=85&s=7fd92d6b9713493f59962c9f295c9d2f 2500w" />

22 </Frame>

23</div>

21 24 

22### Structure25The table below summarizes when each event fires. The [Hook events](#hook-events) section documents the full input schema and decision control options for each one.

23 26 

24Hooks are organized by matchers, where each matcher can have multiple hooks:27| Event | When it fires |

28| :------------------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

29| `SessionStart` | When a session begins or resumes |

30| `UserPromptSubmit` | When you submit a prompt, before Claude processes it |

31| `PreToolUse` | Before a tool call executes. Can block it |

32| `PermissionRequest` | When a permission dialog appears |

33| `PostToolUse` | After a tool call succeeds |

34| `PostToolUseFailure` | After a tool call fails |

35| `Notification` | When Claude Code sends a notification |

36| `SubagentStart` | When a subagent is spawned |

37| `SubagentStop` | When a subagent finishes |

38| `Stop` | When Claude finishes responding |

39| `TeammateIdle` | When an [agent team](/en/agent-teams) teammate is about to go idle |

40| `TaskCompleted` | When a task is being marked as completed |

41| `ConfigChange` | When a configuration file changes during a session |

42| `WorktreeCreate` | When a worktree is being created via `--worktree` or `isolation: "worktree"`. Replaces default git behavior |

43| `WorktreeRemove` | When a worktree is being removed, either at session exit or when a subagent finishes |

44| `PreCompact` | Before context compaction |

45| `SessionEnd` | When a session terminates |

46 

47### How a hook resolves

48 

49To see how these pieces fit together, consider this `PreToolUse` hook that blocks destructive shell commands. The hook runs `block-rm.sh` before every Bash tool call:

25 50 

26```json theme={null}51```json theme={null}

27{52{

28 "hooks": {53 "hooks": {

29 "EventName": [54 "PreToolUse": [

30 {55 {

31 "matcher": "ToolPattern",56 "matcher": "Bash",

32 "hooks": [57 "hooks": [

33 {58 {

34 "type": "command",59 "type": "command",

35 "command": "your-command-here"60 "command": ".claude/hooks/block-rm.sh"

36 }61 }

37 ]62 ]

38 }63 }


41}66}

42```67```

43 68 

44* **matcher**: Pattern to match tool names, case-sensitive (only applicable for69The script reads the JSON input from stdin, extracts the command, and returns a `permissionDecision` of `"deny"` if it contains `rm -rf`:

45 `PreToolUse`, `PermissionRequest`, and `PostToolUse`)

46 * Simple strings match exactly: `Write` matches only the Write tool

47 * Supports regex: `Edit|Write` or `Notebook.*`

48 * Use `*` to match all tools. You can also use empty string (`""`) or leave

49 `matcher` blank.

50* **hooks**: Array of hooks to execute when the pattern matches

51 * `type`: Hook execution type - `"command"` for bash commands or `"prompt"` for LLM-based evaluation

52 * `command`: (For `type: "command"`) The bash command to execute (can use `$CLAUDE_PROJECT_DIR` environment variable)

53 * `prompt`: (For `type: "prompt"`) The prompt to send to the LLM for evaluation

54 * `timeout`: (Optional) How long a hook should run, in seconds, before canceling that specific hook

55 

56For events like `UserPromptSubmit`, `Stop`, and `SubagentStop`

57that don't use matchers, you can omit the matcher field:

58 70 

59```json theme={null}71```bash theme={null}

60{72#!/bin/bash

61 "hooks": {73# .claude/hooks/block-rm.sh

62 "UserPromptSubmit": [74COMMAND=$(jq -r '.tool_input.command')

63 {75 

64 "hooks": [76if echo "$COMMAND" | grep -q 'rm -rf'; then

65 {77 jq -n '{

66 "type": "command",78 hookSpecificOutput: {

67 "command": "/path/to/prompt-validator.py"79 hookEventName: "PreToolUse",

68 }80 permissionDecision: "deny",

69 ]81 permissionDecisionReason: "Destructive command blocked by hook"

70 }

71 ]

72 }82 }

73}83 }'

84else

85 exit 0 # allow the command

86fi

74```87```

75 88 

76### Project-Specific Hook Scripts89Now suppose Claude Code decides to run `Bash "rm -rf /tmp/build"`. Here's what happens:

77 90 

78You can use the environment variable `CLAUDE_PROJECT_DIR` (only available when91<Frame>

79Claude Code spawns the hook command) to reference scripts stored in your project,92 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/hook-resolution.svg?fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=5bb890134390ecd0581477cf41ef730b" alt="Hook resolution flow: PreToolUse event fires, matcher checks for Bash match, hook handler runs, result returns to Claude Code" data-og-width="780" width="780" data-og-height="290" height="290" data-path="images/hook-resolution.svg" data-optimize="true" data-opv="3" srcset="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/hook-resolution.svg?w=280&fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=5dcaecd24c260b8a90365d74e2c1fcda 280w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/hook-resolution.svg?w=560&fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=c03d91c279f01d92e58ddd70fdbe66f2 560w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/hook-resolution.svg?w=840&fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=1be57a4819cbb949a5ea9d08a05c9ecd 840w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/hook-resolution.svg?w=1100&fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=0e9dd1807dc7a5c56011d0889b0d5208 1100w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/hook-resolution.svg?w=1650&fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=69496ac02e70fabfece087ba31a1dcfc 1650w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/hook-resolution.svg?w=2500&fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=a012346cb46a33b86580348802055267 2500w" />

80ensuring they work regardless of Claude's current directory:93</Frame>

81 94 

82```json theme={null}95<Steps>

83{96 <Step title="Event fires">

84 "hooks": {97 The `PreToolUse` event fires. Claude Code sends the tool input as JSON on stdin to the hook:

85 "PostToolUse": [98 

86 {99 ```json theme={null}

87 "matcher": "Write|Edit",100 { "tool_name": "Bash", "tool_input": { "command": "rm -rf /tmp/build" }, ... }

88 "hooks": [101 ```

102 </Step>

103 

104 <Step title="Matcher checks">

105 The matcher `"Bash"` matches the tool name, so `block-rm.sh` runs. If you omit the matcher or use `"*"`, the hook runs on every occurrence of the event. Hooks only skip when a matcher is defined and doesn't match.

106 </Step>

107 

108 <Step title="Hook handler runs">

109 The script extracts `"rm -rf /tmp/build"` from the input and finds `rm -rf`, so it prints a decision to stdout:

110 

111 ```json theme={null}

89 {112 {

90 "type": "command",113 "hookSpecificOutput": {

91 "command": "\"$CLAUDE_PROJECT_DIR\"/.claude/hooks/check-style.sh"114 "hookEventName": "PreToolUse",

92 }115 "permissionDecision": "deny",

93 ]116 "permissionDecisionReason": "Destructive command blocked by hook"

94 }117 }

95 ]

96 }118 }

97}119 ```

98```120 

121 If the command had been safe (like `npm test`), the script would hit `exit 0` instead, which tells Claude Code to allow the tool call with no further action.

122 </Step>

123 

124 <Step title="Claude Code acts on the result">

125 Claude Code reads the JSON decision, blocks the tool call, and shows Claude the reason.

126 </Step>

127</Steps>

128 

129The [Configuration](#configuration) section below documents the full schema, and each [hook event](#hook-events) section documents what input your command receives and what output it can return.

130 

131## Configuration

132 

133Hooks are defined in JSON settings files. The configuration has three levels of nesting:

99 134 

100### Plugin hooks1351. Choose a [hook event](#hook-events) to respond to, like `PreToolUse` or `Stop`

1362. Add a [matcher group](#matcher-patterns) to filter when it fires, like "only for the Bash tool"

1373. Define one or more [hook handlers](#hook-handler-fields) to run when matched

101 138 

102[Plugins](/en/plugins) can provide hooks that integrate seamlessly with your user and project hooks. Plugin hooks are automatically merged with your configuration when plugins are enabled.139See [How a hook resolves](#how-a-hook-resolves) above for a complete walkthrough with an annotated example.

103 140 

104**How plugin hooks work**:141<Note>

142 This page uses specific terms for each level: **hook event** for the lifecycle point, **matcher group** for the filter, and **hook handler** for the shell command, prompt, or agent that runs. "Hook" on its own refers to the general feature.

143</Note>

144 

145### Hook locations

146 

147Where you define a hook determines its scope:

148 

149| Location | Scope | Shareable |

150| :--------------------------------------------------------- | :---------------------------- | :--------------------------------- |

151| `~/.claude/settings.json` | All your projects | No, local to your machine |

152| `.claude/settings.json` | Single project | Yes, can be committed to the repo |

153| `.claude/settings.local.json` | Single project | No, gitignored |

154| Managed policy settings | Organization-wide | Yes, admin-controlled |

155| [Plugin](/en/plugins) `hooks/hooks.json` | When plugin is enabled | Yes, bundled with the plugin |

156| [Skill](/en/skills) or [agent](/en/sub-agents) frontmatter | While the component is active | Yes, defined in the component file |

157 

158For details on settings file resolution, see [settings](/en/settings). Enterprise administrators can use `allowManagedHooksOnly` to block user, project, and plugin hooks. See [Hook configuration](/en/settings#hook-configuration).

159 

160### Matcher patterns

161 

162The `matcher` field is a regex string that filters when hooks fire. Use `"*"`, `""`, or omit `matcher` entirely to match all occurrences. Each event type matches on a different field:

105 163 

106* Plugin hooks are defined in the plugin's `hooks/hooks.json` file or in a file given by a custom path to the `hooks` field.164| Event | What the matcher filters | Example matcher values |

107* When a plugin is enabled, its hooks are merged with user and project hooks165| :---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------------ | :--------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

108* Multiple hooks from different sources can respond to the same event166| `PreToolUse`, `PostToolUse`, `PostToolUseFailure`, `PermissionRequest` | tool name | `Bash`, `Edit\|Write`, `mcp__.*` |

109* Plugin hooks use the `${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_ROOT}` environment variable to reference plugin files167| `SessionStart` | how the session started | `startup`, `resume`, `clear`, `compact` |

168| `SessionEnd` | why the session ended | `clear`, `logout`, `prompt_input_exit`, `bypass_permissions_disabled`, `other` |

169| `Notification` | notification type | `permission_prompt`, `idle_prompt`, `auth_success`, `elicitation_dialog` |

170| `SubagentStart` | agent type | `Bash`, `Explore`, `Plan`, or custom agent names |

171| `PreCompact` | what triggered compaction | `manual`, `auto` |

172| `SubagentStop` | agent type | same values as `SubagentStart` |

173| `ConfigChange` | configuration source | `user_settings`, `project_settings`, `local_settings`, `policy_settings`, `skills` |

174| `UserPromptSubmit`, `Stop`, `TeammateIdle`, `TaskCompleted`, `WorktreeCreate`, `WorktreeRemove` | no matcher support | always fires on every occurrence |

110 175 

111**Example plugin hook configuration**:176The matcher is a regex, so `Edit|Write` matches either tool and `Notebook.*` matches any tool starting with Notebook. The matcher runs against a field from the [JSON input](#hook-input-and-output) that Claude Code sends to your hook on stdin. For tool events, that field is `tool_name`. Each [hook event](#hook-events) section lists the full set of matcher values and the input schema for that event.

177 

178This example runs a linting script only when Claude writes or edits a file:

112 179 

113```json theme={null}180```json theme={null}

114{181{

115 "description": "Automatic code formatting",

116 "hooks": {182 "hooks": {

117 "PostToolUse": [183 "PostToolUse": [

118 {184 {

119 "matcher": "Write|Edit",185 "matcher": "Edit|Write",

120 "hooks": [186 "hooks": [

121 {187 {

122 "type": "command",188 "type": "command",

123 "command": "${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_ROOT}/scripts/format.sh",189 "command": "/path/to/lint-check.sh"

124 "timeout": 30

125 }190 }

126 ]191 ]

127 }192 }


130}195}

131```196```

132 197 

133<Note>198`UserPromptSubmit`, `Stop`, `TeammateIdle`, `TaskCompleted`, `WorktreeCreate`, and `WorktreeRemove` don't support matchers and always fire on every occurrence. If you add a `matcher` field to these events, it is silently ignored.

134 Plugin hooks use the same format as regular hooks with an optional `description` field to explain the hook's purpose.

135</Note>

136 

137<Note>

138 Plugin hooks run alongside your custom hooks. If multiple hooks match an event, they all execute in parallel.

139</Note>

140 

141**Environment variables for plugins**:

142 

143* `${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_ROOT}`: Absolute path to the plugin directory

144* `${CLAUDE_PROJECT_DIR}`: Project root directory (same as for project hooks)

145* All standard environment variables are available

146 199 

147See the [plugin components reference](/en/plugins-reference#hooks) for details on creating plugin hooks.200#### Match MCP tools

148 201 

149## Prompt-Based Hooks202[MCP](/en/mcp) server tools appear as regular tools in tool events (`PreToolUse`, `PostToolUse`, `PostToolUseFailure`, `PermissionRequest`), so you can match them the same way you match any other tool name.

150 203 

151In addition to bash command hooks (`type: "command"`), Claude Code supports prompt-based hooks (`type: "prompt"`) that use an LLM to evaluate whether to allow or block an action. Prompt-based hooks are currently only supported for `Stop` and `SubagentStop` hooks, where they enable intelligent, context-aware decisions.204MCP tools follow the naming pattern `mcp__<server>__<tool>`, for example:

152 205 

153### How prompt-based hooks work206* `mcp__memory__create_entities`: Memory server's create entities tool

207* `mcp__filesystem__read_file`: Filesystem server's read file tool

208* `mcp__github__search_repositories`: GitHub server's search tool

154 209 

155Instead of executing a bash command, prompt-based hooks:210Use regex patterns to target specific MCP tools or groups of tools:

156 211 

1571. Send the hook input and your prompt to a fast LLM (Haiku)212* `mcp__memory__.*` matches all tools from the `memory` server

1582. The LLM responds with structured JSON containing a decision213* `mcp__.*__write.*` matches any tool containing "write" from any server

1593. Claude Code processes the decision automatically

160 214 

161### Configuration215This example logs all memory server operations and validates write operations from any MCP server:

162 216 

163```json theme={null}217```json theme={null}

164{218{

165 "hooks": {219 "hooks": {

166 "Stop": [220 "PreToolUse": [

167 {221 {

222 "matcher": "mcp__memory__.*",

168 "hooks": [223 "hooks": [

169 {224 {

170 "type": "prompt",225 "type": "command",

171 "prompt": "Evaluate if Claude should stop: $ARGUMENTS. Check if all tasks are complete."226 "command": "echo 'Memory operation initiated' >> ~/mcp-operations.log"

227 }

228 ]

229 },

230 {

231 "matcher": "mcp__.*__write.*",

232 "hooks": [

233 {

234 "type": "command",

235 "command": "/home/user/scripts/validate-mcp-write.py"

172 }236 }

173 ]237 ]

174 }238 }


177}241}

178```242```

179 243 

180**Fields:**244### Hook handler fields

181 245 

182* `type`: Must be `"prompt"`246Each object in the inner `hooks` array is a hook handler: the shell command, LLM prompt, or agent that runs when the matcher matches. There are three types:

183* `prompt`: The prompt text to send to the LLM

184 * Use `$ARGUMENTS` as a placeholder for the hook input JSON

185 * If `$ARGUMENTS` is not present, input JSON is appended to the prompt

186* `timeout`: (Optional) Timeout in seconds (default: 30 seconds)

187 247 

188### Response schema248* **[Command hooks](#command-hook-fields)** (`type: "command"`): run a shell command. Your script receives the event's [JSON input](#hook-input-and-output) on stdin and communicates results back through exit codes and stdout.

249* **[Prompt hooks](#prompt-and-agent-hook-fields)** (`type: "prompt"`): send a prompt to a Claude model for single-turn evaluation. The model returns a yes/no decision as JSON. See [Prompt-based hooks](#prompt-based-hooks).

250* **[Agent hooks](#prompt-and-agent-hook-fields)** (`type: "agent"`): spawn a subagent that can use tools like Read, Grep, and Glob to verify conditions before returning a decision. See [Agent-based hooks](#agent-based-hooks).

189 251 

190The LLM must respond with JSON containing:252#### Common fields

191 253 

192```json theme={null}254These fields apply to all hook types:

193{

194 "decision": "approve" | "block",

195 "reason": "Explanation for the decision",

196 "continue": false, // Optional: stops Claude entirely

197 "stopReason": "Message shown to user", // Optional: custom stop message

198 "systemMessage": "Warning or context" // Optional: shown to user

199}

200```

201 255 

202**Response fields:**256| Field | Required | Description |

257| :-------------- | :------- | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

258| `type` | yes | `"command"`, `"prompt"`, or `"agent"` |

259| `timeout` | no | Seconds before canceling. Defaults: 600 for command, 30 for prompt, 60 for agent |

260| `statusMessage` | no | Custom spinner message displayed while the hook runs |

261| `once` | no | If `true`, runs only once per session then is removed. Skills only, not agents. See [Hooks in skills and agents](#hooks-in-skills-and-agents) |

203 262 

204* `decision`: `"approve"` allows the action, `"block"` prevents it263#### Command hook fields

205* `reason`: Explanation shown to Claude when decision is `"block"`

206* `continue`: (Optional) If `false`, stops Claude's execution entirely

207* `stopReason`: (Optional) Message shown when `continue` is false

208* `systemMessage`: (Optional) Additional message shown to the user

209 264 

210### Supported hook events265In addition to the [common fields](#common-fields), command hooks accept these fields:

211 266 

212Prompt-based hooks work with any hook event, but are most useful for:267| Field | Required | Description |

268| :-------- | :------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

269| `command` | yes | Shell command to execute |

270| `async` | no | If `true`, runs in the background without blocking. See [Run hooks in the background](#run-hooks-in-the-background) |

213 271 

214* **Stop**: Intelligently decide if Claude should continue working272#### Prompt and agent hook fields

215* **SubagentStop**: Evaluate if a subagent has completed its task

216* **UserPromptSubmit**: Validate user prompts with LLM assistance

217* **PreToolUse**: Make context-aware permission decisions

218* **PermissionRequest**: Intelligently allow or deny permission dialogs

219 273 

220### Example: Intelligent Stop hook274In addition to the [common fields](#common-fields), prompt and agent hooks accept these fields:

221 275 

222```json theme={null}276| Field | Required | Description |

223{277| :------- | :------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

278| `prompt` | yes | Prompt text to send to the model. Use `$ARGUMENTS` as a placeholder for the hook input JSON |

279| `model` | no | Model to use for evaluation. Defaults to a fast model |

280 

281All matching hooks run in parallel, and identical handlers are deduplicated automatically. Handlers run in the current directory with Claude Code's environment. The `$CLAUDE_CODE_REMOTE` environment variable is set to `"true"` in remote web environments and not set in the local CLI.

282 

283### Reference scripts by path

284 

285Use environment variables to reference hook scripts relative to the project or plugin root, regardless of the working directory when the hook runs:

286 

287* `$CLAUDE_PROJECT_DIR`: the project root. Wrap in quotes to handle paths with spaces.

288* `${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_ROOT}`: the plugin's root directory, for scripts bundled with a [plugin](/en/plugins).

289 

290<Tabs>

291 <Tab title="Project scripts">

292 This example uses `$CLAUDE_PROJECT_DIR` to run a style checker from the project's `.claude/hooks/` directory after any `Write` or `Edit` tool call:

293 

294 ```json theme={null}

295 {

224 "hooks": {296 "hooks": {

225 "Stop": [297 "PostToolUse": [

226 {298 {

299 "matcher": "Write|Edit",

227 "hooks": [300 "hooks": [

228 {301 {

229 "type": "prompt",302 "type": "command",

230 "prompt": "You are evaluating whether Claude should stop working. Context: $ARGUMENTS\n\nAnalyze the conversation and determine if:\n1. All user-requested tasks are complete\n2. Any errors need to be addressed\n3. Follow-up work is needed\n\nRespond with JSON: {\"decision\": \"approve\" or \"block\", \"reason\": \"your explanation\"}",303 "command": "\"$CLAUDE_PROJECT_DIR\"/.claude/hooks/check-style.sh"

231 "timeout": 30

232 }304 }

233 ]305 ]

234 }306 }

235 ]307 ]

236 }308 }

237}309 }

238```310 ```

311 </Tab>

239 312 

240### Example: SubagentStop with custom logic313 <Tab title="Plugin scripts">

314 Define plugin hooks in `hooks/hooks.json` with an optional top-level `description` field. When a plugin is enabled, its hooks merge with your user and project hooks.

241 315 

242```json theme={null}316 This example runs a formatting script bundled with the plugin:

243{317 

318 ```json theme={null}

319 {

320 "description": "Automatic code formatting",

244 "hooks": {321 "hooks": {

245 "SubagentStop": [322 "PostToolUse": [

246 {323 {

324 "matcher": "Write|Edit",

247 "hooks": [325 "hooks": [

248 {326 {

249 "type": "prompt",327 "type": "command",

250 "prompt": "Evaluate if this subagent should stop. Input: $ARGUMENTS\n\nCheck if:\n- The subagent completed its assigned task\n- Any errors occurred that need fixing\n- Additional context gathering is needed\n\nReturn: {\"decision\": \"approve\" or \"block\", \"reason\": \"explanation\"}"328 "command": "${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_ROOT}/scripts/format.sh",

329 "timeout": 30

251 }330 }

252 ]331 ]

253 }332 }

254 ]333 ]

255 }334 }

256}335 }

257```336 ```

258 337 

259### Comparison with bash command hooks338 See the [plugin components reference](/en/plugins-reference#hooks) for details on creating plugin hooks.

339 </Tab>

340</Tabs>

260 341 

261| Feature | Bash Command Hooks | Prompt-Based Hooks |342### Hooks in skills and agents

262| --------------------- | ----------------------- | ------------------------------ |

263| **Execution** | Runs bash script | Queries LLM |

264| **Decision logic** | You implement in code | LLM evaluates context |

265| **Setup complexity** | Requires script file | Configure prompt |

266| **Context awareness** | Limited to script logic | Natural language understanding |

267| **Performance** | Fast (local execution) | Slower (API call) |

268| **Use case** | Deterministic rules | Context-aware decisions |

269 343 

270### Best practices344In addition to settings files and plugins, hooks can be defined directly in [skills](/en/skills) and [subagents](/en/sub-agents) using frontmatter. These hooks are scoped to the component's lifecycle and only run when that component is active.

271 345 

272* **Be specific in prompts**: Clearly state what you want the LLM to evaluate346All hook events are supported. For subagents, `Stop` hooks are automatically converted to `SubagentStop` since that is the event that fires when a subagent completes.

273* **Include decision criteria**: List the factors the LLM should consider

274* **Test your prompts**: Verify the LLM makes correct decisions for your use cases

275* **Set appropriate timeouts**: Default is 30 seconds, adjust if needed

276* **Use for complex decisions**: Bash hooks are better for simple, deterministic rules

277 347 

278See the [plugin components reference](/en/plugins-reference#hooks) for details on creating plugin hooks.348Hooks use the same configuration format as settings-based hooks but are scoped to the component's lifetime and cleaned up when it finishes.

279 349 

280## Hook Events350This skill defines a `PreToolUse` hook that runs a security validation script before each `Bash` command:

281 351 

282### PreToolUse352```yaml theme={null}

353---

354name: secure-operations

355description: Perform operations with security checks

356hooks:

357 PreToolUse:

358 - matcher: "Bash"

359 hooks:

360 - type: command

361 command: "./scripts/security-check.sh"

362---

363```

283 364 

284Runs after Claude creates tool parameters and before processing the tool call.365Agents use the same format in their YAML frontmatter.

285 366 

286**Common matchers:**367### The `/hooks` menu

287 368 

288* `Task` - Subagent tasks (see [subagents documentation](/en/sub-agents))369Type `/hooks` in Claude Code to open the interactive hooks manager, where you can view, add, and delete hooks without editing settings files directly. For a step-by-step walkthrough, see [Set up your first hook](/en/hooks-guide#set-up-your-first-hook) in the guide.

289* `Bash` - Shell commands

290* `Glob` - File pattern matching

291* `Grep` - Content search

292* `Read` - File reading

293* `Edit` - File editing

294* `Write` - File writing

295* `WebFetch`, `WebSearch` - Web operations

296 370 

297Use [PreToolUse decision control](#pretooluse-decision-control) to allow, deny, or ask for permission to use the tool.371Each hook in the menu is labeled with a bracket prefix indicating its source:

298 372 

299### PermissionRequest373* `[User]`: from `~/.claude/settings.json`

374* `[Project]`: from `.claude/settings.json`

375* `[Local]`: from `.claude/settings.local.json`

376* `[Plugin]`: from a plugin's `hooks/hooks.json`, read-only

300 377 

301Runs when the user is shown a permission dialog.378### Disable or remove hooks

302Use [PermissionRequest decision control](#permissionrequest-decision-control) to allow or deny on behalf of the user.

303 379 

304Recognizes the same matcher values as PreToolUse.380To remove a hook, delete its entry from the settings JSON file, or use the `/hooks` menu and select the hook to delete it.

305 381 

306### PostToolUse382To temporarily disable all hooks without removing them, set `"disableAllHooks": true` in your settings file or use the toggle in the `/hooks` menu. There is no way to disable an individual hook while keeping it in the configuration.

307 383 

308Runs immediately after a tool completes successfully.384The `disableAllHooks` setting respects the managed settings hierarchy. If an administrator has configured hooks through managed policy settings, `disableAllHooks` set in user, project, or local settings cannot disable those managed hooks. Only `disableAllHooks` set at the managed settings level can disable managed hooks.

309 385 

310Recognizes the same matcher values as PreToolUse.386Direct edits to hooks in settings files don't take effect immediately. Claude Code captures a snapshot of hooks at startup and uses it throughout the session. This prevents malicious or accidental hook modifications from taking effect mid-session without your review. If hooks are modified externally, Claude Code warns you and requires review in the `/hooks` menu before changes apply.

311 387 

312### Notification388## Hook input and output

313 389 

314Runs when Claude Code sends notifications. Supports matchers to filter by notification type.390Hooks receive JSON data via stdin and communicate results through exit codes, stdout, and stderr. This section covers fields and behavior common to all events. Each event's section under [Hook events](#hook-events) includes its specific input schema and decision control options.

315 391 

316**Common matchers:**392### Common input fields

317 393 

318* `permission_prompt` - Permission requests from Claude Code394All hook events receive these fields via stdin as JSON, in addition to event-specific fields documented in each [hook event](#hook-events) section:

319* `idle_prompt` - When Claude is waiting for user input (after 60+ seconds of idle time)

320* `auth_success` - Authentication success notifications

321* `elicitation_dialog` - When Claude Code needs input for MCP tool elicitation

322 395 

323You can use matchers to run different hooks for different notification types, or omit the matcher to run hooks for all notifications.396| Field | Description |

397| :---------------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

398| `session_id` | Current session identifier |

399| `transcript_path` | Path to conversation JSON |

400| `cwd` | Current working directory when the hook is invoked |

401| `permission_mode` | Current [permission mode](/en/permissions#permission-modes): `"default"`, `"plan"`, `"acceptEdits"`, `"dontAsk"`, or `"bypassPermissions"` |

402| `hook_event_name` | Name of the event that fired |

324 403 

325**Example: Different notifications for different types**404For example, a `PreToolUse` hook for a Bash command receives this on stdin:

326 405 

327```json theme={null}406```json theme={null}

328{407{

329 "hooks": {408 "session_id": "abc123",

330 "Notification": [409 "transcript_path": "/home/user/.claude/projects/.../transcript.jsonl",

331 {410 "cwd": "/home/user/my-project",

332 "matcher": "permission_prompt",411 "permission_mode": "default",

333 "hooks": [412 "hook_event_name": "PreToolUse",

413 "tool_name": "Bash",

414 "tool_input": {

415 "command": "npm test"

416 }

417}

418```

419 

420The `tool_name` and `tool_input` fields are event-specific. Each [hook event](#hook-events) section documents the additional fields for that event.

421 

422### Exit code output

423 

424The exit code from your hook command tells Claude Code whether the action should proceed, be blocked, or be ignored.

425 

426**Exit 0** means success. Claude Code parses stdout for [JSON output fields](#json-output). JSON output is only processed on exit 0. For most events, stdout is only shown in verbose mode (`Ctrl+O`). The exceptions are `UserPromptSubmit` and `SessionStart`, where stdout is added as context that Claude can see and act on.

427 

428**Exit 2** means a blocking error. Claude Code ignores stdout and any JSON in it. Instead, stderr text is fed back to Claude as an error message. The effect depends on the event: `PreToolUse` blocks the tool call, `UserPromptSubmit` rejects the prompt, and so on. See [exit code 2 behavior](#exit-code-2-behavior-per-event) for the full list.

429 

430**Any other exit code** is a non-blocking error. stderr is shown in verbose mode (`Ctrl+O`) and execution continues.

431 

432For example, a hook command script that blocks dangerous Bash commands:

433 

434```bash theme={null}

435#!/bin/bash

436# Reads JSON input from stdin, checks the command

437command=$(jq -r '.tool_input.command' < /dev/stdin)

438 

439if [[ "$command" == rm* ]]; then

440 echo "Blocked: rm commands are not allowed" >&2

441 exit 2 # Blocking error: tool call is prevented

442fi

443 

444exit 0 # Success: tool call proceeds

445```

446 

447#### Exit code 2 behavior per event

448 

449Exit code 2 is the way a hook signals "stop, don't do this." The effect depends on the event, because some events represent actions that can be blocked (like a tool call that hasn't happened yet) and others represent things that already happened or can't be prevented.

450 

451| Hook event | Can block? | What happens on exit 2 |

452| :------------------- | :--------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

453| `PreToolUse` | Yes | Blocks the tool call |

454| `PermissionRequest` | Yes | Denies the permission |

455| `UserPromptSubmit` | Yes | Blocks prompt processing and erases the prompt |

456| `Stop` | Yes | Prevents Claude from stopping, continues the conversation |

457| `SubagentStop` | Yes | Prevents the subagent from stopping |

458| `TeammateIdle` | Yes | Prevents the teammate from going idle (teammate continues working) |

459| `TaskCompleted` | Yes | Prevents the task from being marked as completed |

460| `ConfigChange` | Yes | Blocks the configuration change from taking effect (except `policy_settings`) |

461| `PostToolUse` | No | Shows stderr to Claude (tool already ran) |

462| `PostToolUseFailure` | No | Shows stderr to Claude (tool already failed) |

463| `Notification` | No | Shows stderr to user only |

464| `SubagentStart` | No | Shows stderr to user only |

465| `SessionStart` | No | Shows stderr to user only |

466| `SessionEnd` | No | Shows stderr to user only |

467| `PreCompact` | No | Shows stderr to user only |

468| `WorktreeCreate` | Yes | Any non-zero exit code causes worktree creation to fail |

469| `WorktreeRemove` | No | Failures are logged in debug mode only |

470 

471### JSON output

472 

473Exit codes let you allow or block, but JSON output gives you finer-grained control. Instead of exiting with code 2 to block, exit 0 and print a JSON object to stdout. Claude Code reads specific fields from that JSON to control behavior, including [decision control](#decision-control) for blocking, allowing, or escalating to the user.

474 

475<Note>

476 You must choose one approach per hook, not both: either use exit codes alone for signaling, or exit 0 and print JSON for structured control. Claude Code only processes JSON on exit 0. If you exit 2, any JSON is ignored.

477</Note>

478 

479Your hook's stdout must contain only the JSON object. If your shell profile prints text on startup, it can interfere with JSON parsing. See [JSON validation failed](/en/hooks-guide#json-validation-failed) in the troubleshooting guide.

480 

481The JSON object supports three kinds of fields:

482 

483* **Universal fields** like `continue` work across all events. These are listed in the table below.

484* **Top-level `decision` and `reason`** are used by some events to block or provide feedback.

485* **`hookSpecificOutput`** is a nested object for events that need richer control. It requires a `hookEventName` field set to the event name.

486 

487| Field | Default | Description |

488| :--------------- | :------ | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

489| `continue` | `true` | If `false`, Claude stops processing entirely after the hook runs. Takes precedence over any event-specific decision fields |

490| `stopReason` | none | Message shown to the user when `continue` is `false`. Not shown to Claude |

491| `suppressOutput` | `false` | If `true`, hides stdout from verbose mode output |

492| `systemMessage` | none | Warning message shown to the user |

493 

494To stop Claude entirely regardless of event type:

495 

496```json theme={null}

497{ "continue": false, "stopReason": "Build failed, fix errors before continuing" }

498```

499 

500#### Decision control

501 

502Not every event supports blocking or controlling behavior through JSON. The events that do each use a different set of fields to express that decision. Use this table as a quick reference before writing a hook:

503 

504| Events | Decision pattern | Key fields |

505| :---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------- | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

506| UserPromptSubmit, PostToolUse, PostToolUseFailure, Stop, SubagentStop, ConfigChange | Top-level `decision` | `decision: "block"`, `reason` |

507| TeammateIdle, TaskCompleted | Exit code only | Exit code 2 blocks the action, stderr is fed back as feedback |

508| PreToolUse | `hookSpecificOutput` | `permissionDecision` (allow/deny/ask), `permissionDecisionReason` |

509| PermissionRequest | `hookSpecificOutput` | `decision.behavior` (allow/deny) |

510| WorktreeCreate | stdout path | Hook prints absolute path to created worktree. Non-zero exit fails creation |

511| WorktreeRemove, Notification, SessionEnd, PreCompact | None | No decision control. Used for side effects like logging or cleanup |

512 

513Here are examples of each pattern in action:

514 

515<Tabs>

516 <Tab title="Top-level decision">

517 Used by `UserPromptSubmit`, `PostToolUse`, `PostToolUseFailure`, `Stop`, `SubagentStop`, and `ConfigChange`. The only value is `"block"`. To allow the action to proceed, omit `decision` from your JSON, or exit 0 without any JSON at all:

518 

519 ```json theme={null}

334 {520 {

335 "type": "command",521 "decision": "block",

336 "command": "/path/to/permission-alert.sh"522 "reason": "Test suite must pass before proceeding"

337 }523 }

338 ]524 ```

339 },525 </Tab>

526 

527 <Tab title="PreToolUse">

528 Uses `hookSpecificOutput` for richer control: allow, deny, or escalate to the user. You can also modify tool input before it runs or inject additional context for Claude. See [PreToolUse decision control](#pretooluse-decision-control) for the full set of options.

529 

530 ```json theme={null}

340 {531 {

341 "matcher": "idle_prompt",532 "hookSpecificOutput": {

342 "hooks": [533 "hookEventName": "PreToolUse",

534 "permissionDecision": "deny",

535 "permissionDecisionReason": "Database writes are not allowed"

536 }

537 }

538 ```

539 </Tab>

540 

541 <Tab title="PermissionRequest">

542 Uses `hookSpecificOutput` to allow or deny a permission request on behalf of the user. When allowing, you can also modify the tool's input or apply permission rules so the user isn't prompted again. See [PermissionRequest decision control](#permissionrequest-decision-control) for the full set of options.

543 

544 ```json theme={null}

343 {545 {

344 "type": "command",546 "hookSpecificOutput": {

345 "command": "/path/to/idle-notification.sh"547 "hookEventName": "PermissionRequest",

548 "decision": {

549 "behavior": "allow",

550 "updatedInput": {

551 "command": "npm run lint"

346 }552 }

347 ]

348 }553 }

349 ]

350 }554 }

351}555 }

352```556 ```

557 </Tab>

558</Tabs>

353 559 

354### UserPromptSubmit560For extended examples including Bash command validation, prompt filtering, and auto-approval scripts, see [What you can automate](/en/hooks-guide#what-you-can-automate) in the guide and the [Bash command validator reference implementation](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code/blob/main/examples/hooks/bash_command_validator_example.py).

355 561 

356Runs when the user submits a prompt, before Claude processes it. This allows you562## Hook events

357to add additional context based on the prompt/conversation, validate prompts, or

358block certain types of prompts.

359 563 

360### Stop564Each event corresponds to a point in Claude Code's lifecycle where hooks can run. The sections below are ordered to match the lifecycle: from session setup through the agentic loop to session end. Each section describes when the event fires, what matchers it supports, the JSON input it receives, and how to control behavior through output.

361 565 

362Runs when the main Claude Code agent has finished responding. Does not run if566### SessionStart

363the stoppage occurred due to a user interrupt.

364 567 

365### SubagentStop568Runs when Claude Code starts a new session or resumes an existing session. Useful for loading development context like existing issues or recent changes to your codebase, or setting up environment variables. For static context that does not require a script, use [CLAUDE.md](/en/memory) instead.

366 569 

367Runs when a Claude Code subagent (Task tool call) has finished responding.570SessionStart runs on every session, so keep these hooks fast.

368 571 

369### PreCompact572The matcher value corresponds to how the session was initiated:

370 573 

371Runs before Claude Code is about to run a compact operation.574| Matcher | When it fires |

575| :-------- | :------------------------------------- |

576| `startup` | New session |

577| `resume` | `--resume`, `--continue`, or `/resume` |

578| `clear` | `/clear` |

579| `compact` | Auto or manual compaction |

372 580 

373**Matchers:**581#### SessionStart input

374 582 

375* `manual` - Invoked from `/compact`583In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), SessionStart hooks receive `source`, `model`, and optionally `agent_type`. The `source` field indicates how the session started: `"startup"` for new sessions, `"resume"` for resumed sessions, `"clear"` after `/clear`, or `"compact"` after compaction. The `model` field contains the model identifier. If you start Claude Code with `claude --agent <name>`, an `agent_type` field contains the agent name.

376* `auto` - Invoked from auto-compact (due to full context window)

377 584 

378### SessionStart585```json theme={null}

586{

587 "session_id": "abc123",

588 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

589 "cwd": "/Users/...",

590 "permission_mode": "default",

591 "hook_event_name": "SessionStart",

592 "source": "startup",

593 "model": "claude-sonnet-4-6"

594}

595```

379 596 

380Runs when Claude Code starts a new session or resumes an existing session (which597#### SessionStart decision control

381currently does start a new session under the hood). Useful for loading in

382development context like existing issues or recent changes to your codebase, installing dependencies, or setting up environment variables.

383 598 

384**Matchers:**599Any text your hook script prints to stdout is added as context for Claude. In addition to the [JSON output fields](#json-output) available to all hooks, you can return these event-specific fields:

385 600 

386* `startup` - Invoked from startup601| Field | Description |

387* `resume` - Invoked from `--resume`, `--continue`, or `/resume`602| :------------------ | :------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

388* `clear` - Invoked from `/clear`603| `additionalContext` | String added to Claude's context. Multiple hooks' values are concatenated |

389* `compact` - Invoked from auto or manual compact.604 

605```json theme={null}

606{

607 "hookSpecificOutput": {

608 "hookEventName": "SessionStart",

609 "additionalContext": "My additional context here"

610 }

611}

612```

390 613 

391#### Persisting environment variables614#### Persist environment variables

392 615 

393SessionStart hooks have access to the `CLAUDE_ENV_FILE` environment variable, which provides a file path where you can persist environment variables for subsequent bash commands.616SessionStart hooks have access to the `CLAUDE_ENV_FILE` environment variable, which provides a file path where you can persist environment variables for subsequent Bash commands.

394 617 

395**Example: Setting individual environment variables**618To set individual environment variables, write `export` statements to `CLAUDE_ENV_FILE`. Use append (`>>`) to preserve variables set by other hooks:

396 619 

397```bash theme={null}620```bash theme={null}

398#!/bin/bash621#!/bin/bash

399 622 

400if [ -n "$CLAUDE_ENV_FILE" ]; then623if [ -n "$CLAUDE_ENV_FILE" ]; then

401 echo 'export NODE_ENV=production' >> "$CLAUDE_ENV_FILE"624 echo 'export NODE_ENV=production' >> "$CLAUDE_ENV_FILE"

402 echo 'export API_KEY=your-api-key' >> "$CLAUDE_ENV_FILE"625 echo 'export DEBUG_LOG=true' >> "$CLAUDE_ENV_FILE"

403 echo 'export PATH="$PATH:./node_modules/.bin"' >> "$CLAUDE_ENV_FILE"626 echo 'export PATH="$PATH:./node_modules/.bin"' >> "$CLAUDE_ENV_FILE"

404fi627fi

405 628 

406exit 0629exit 0

407```630```

408 631 

409**Example: Persisting all environment changes from the hook**632To capture all environment changes from setup commands, compare the exported variables before and after:

410 

411When your setup modifies the environment (for example, `nvm use`), capture and persist all changes by diffing the environment:

412 633 

413```bash theme={null}634```bash theme={null}

414#!/bin/bash635#!/bin/bash


427exit 0648exit 0

428```649```

429 650 

430Any variables written to this file will be available in all subsequent bash commands that Claude Code executes during the session.651Any variables written to this file will be available in all subsequent Bash commands that Claude Code executes during the session.

431 652 

432<Note>653<Note>

433 `CLAUDE_ENV_FILE` is only available for SessionStart hooks. Other hook types do not have access to this variable.654 `CLAUDE_ENV_FILE` is available for SessionStart hooks. Other hook types do not have access to this variable.

434</Note>655</Note>

435 656 

436### SessionEnd657### UserPromptSubmit

437 

438Runs when a Claude Code session ends. Useful for cleanup tasks, logging session

439statistics, or saving session state.

440 

441The `reason` field in the hook input will be one of:

442 

443* `clear` - Session cleared with /clear command

444* `logout` - User logged out

445* `prompt_input_exit` - User exited while prompt input was visible

446* `other` - Other exit reasons

447 

448## Hook Input

449 

450Hooks receive JSON data via stdin containing session information and

451event-specific data:

452 658 

453```typescript theme={null}659Runs when the user submits a prompt, before Claude processes it. This allows you

454{660to add additional context based on the prompt/conversation, validate prompts, or

455 // Common fields661block certain types of prompts.

456 session_id: string

457 transcript_path: string // Path to conversation JSON

458 cwd: string // The current working directory when the hook is invoked

459 permission_mode: string // Current permission mode: "default", "plan", "acceptEdits", "dontAsk", or "bypassPermissions"

460 

461 // Event-specific fields

462 hook_event_name: string

463 ...

464}

465```

466 662 

467### PreToolUse Input663#### UserPromptSubmit input

468 664 

469The exact schema for `tool_input` depends on the tool.665In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), UserPromptSubmit hooks receive the `prompt` field containing the text the user submitted.

470 666 

471```json theme={null}667```json theme={null}

472{668{


474 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",670 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

475 "cwd": "/Users/...",671 "cwd": "/Users/...",

476 "permission_mode": "default",672 "permission_mode": "default",

477 "hook_event_name": "PreToolUse",673 "hook_event_name": "UserPromptSubmit",

478 "tool_name": "Write",674 "prompt": "Write a function to calculate the factorial of a number"

675}

676```

677 

678#### UserPromptSubmit decision control

679 

680`UserPromptSubmit` hooks can control whether a user prompt is processed and add context. All [JSON output fields](#json-output) are available.

681 

682There are two ways to add context to the conversation on exit code 0:

683 

684* **Plain text stdout**: any non-JSON text written to stdout is added as context

685* **JSON with `additionalContext`**: use the JSON format below for more control. The `additionalContext` field is added as context

686 

687Plain stdout is shown as hook output in the transcript. The `additionalContext` field is added more discretely.

688 

689To block a prompt, return a JSON object with `decision` set to `"block"`:

690 

691| Field | Description |

692| :------------------ | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

693| `decision` | `"block"` prevents the prompt from being processed and erases it from context. Omit to allow the prompt to proceed |

694| `reason` | Shown to the user when `decision` is `"block"`. Not added to context |

695| `additionalContext` | String added to Claude's context |

696 

697```json theme={null}

698{

699 "decision": "block",

700 "reason": "Explanation for decision",

701 "hookSpecificOutput": {

702 "hookEventName": "UserPromptSubmit",

703 "additionalContext": "My additional context here"

704 }

705}

706```

707 

708<Note>

709 The JSON format isn't required for simple use cases. To add context, you can print plain text to stdout with exit code 0. Use JSON when you need to

710 block prompts or want more structured control.

711</Note>

712 

713### PreToolUse

714 

715Runs after Claude creates tool parameters and before processing the tool call. Matches on tool name: `Bash`, `Edit`, `Write`, `Read`, `Glob`, `Grep`, `Task`, `WebFetch`, `WebSearch`, and any [MCP tool names](#match-mcp-tools).

716 

717Use [PreToolUse decision control](#pretooluse-decision-control) to allow, deny, or ask for permission to use the tool.

718 

719#### PreToolUse input

720 

721In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), PreToolUse hooks receive `tool_name`, `tool_input`, and `tool_use_id`. The `tool_input` fields depend on the tool:

722 

723##### Bash

724 

725Executes shell commands.

726 

727| Field | Type | Example | Description |

728| :------------------ | :------ | :----------------- | :-------------------------------------------- |

729| `command` | string | `"npm test"` | The shell command to execute |

730| `description` | string | `"Run test suite"` | Optional description of what the command does |

731| `timeout` | number | `120000` | Optional timeout in milliseconds |

732| `run_in_background` | boolean | `false` | Whether to run the command in background |

733 

734##### Write

735 

736Creates or overwrites a file.

737 

738| Field | Type | Example | Description |

739| :---------- | :----- | :-------------------- | :--------------------------------- |

740| `file_path` | string | `"/path/to/file.txt"` | Absolute path to the file to write |

741| `content` | string | `"file content"` | Content to write to the file |

742 

743##### Edit

744 

745Replaces a string in an existing file.

746 

747| Field | Type | Example | Description |

748| :------------ | :------ | :-------------------- | :--------------------------------- |

749| `file_path` | string | `"/path/to/file.txt"` | Absolute path to the file to edit |

750| `old_string` | string | `"original text"` | Text to find and replace |

751| `new_string` | string | `"replacement text"` | Replacement text |

752| `replace_all` | boolean | `false` | Whether to replace all occurrences |

753 

754##### Read

755 

756Reads file contents.

757 

758| Field | Type | Example | Description |

759| :---------- | :----- | :-------------------- | :----------------------------------------- |

760| `file_path` | string | `"/path/to/file.txt"` | Absolute path to the file to read |

761| `offset` | number | `10` | Optional line number to start reading from |

762| `limit` | number | `50` | Optional number of lines to read |

763 

764##### Glob

765 

766Finds files matching a glob pattern.

767 

768| Field | Type | Example | Description |

769| :-------- | :----- | :--------------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------------- |

770| `pattern` | string | `"**/*.ts"` | Glob pattern to match files against |

771| `path` | string | `"/path/to/dir"` | Optional directory to search in. Defaults to current working directory |

772 

773##### Grep

774 

775Searches file contents with regular expressions.

776 

777| Field | Type | Example | Description |

778| :------------ | :------ | :--------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

779| `pattern` | string | `"TODO.*fix"` | Regular expression pattern to search for |

780| `path` | string | `"/path/to/dir"` | Optional file or directory to search in |

781| `glob` | string | `"*.ts"` | Optional glob pattern to filter files |

782| `output_mode` | string | `"content"` | `"content"`, `"files_with_matches"`, or `"count"`. Defaults to `"files_with_matches"` |

783| `-i` | boolean | `true` | Case insensitive search |

784| `multiline` | boolean | `false` | Enable multiline matching |

785 

786##### WebFetch

787 

788Fetches and processes web content.

789 

790| Field | Type | Example | Description |

791| :------- | :----- | :---------------------------- | :----------------------------------- |

792| `url` | string | `"https://example.com/api"` | URL to fetch content from |

793| `prompt` | string | `"Extract the API endpoints"` | Prompt to run on the fetched content |

794 

795##### WebSearch

796 

797Searches the web.

798 

799| Field | Type | Example | Description |

800| :---------------- | :----- | :----------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------ |

801| `query` | string | `"react hooks best practices"` | Search query |

802| `allowed_domains` | array | `["docs.example.com"]` | Optional: only include results from these domains |

803| `blocked_domains` | array | `["spam.example.com"]` | Optional: exclude results from these domains |

804 

805##### Task

806 

807Spawns a [subagent](/en/sub-agents).

808 

809| Field | Type | Example | Description |

810| :-------------- | :----- | :------------------------- | :------------------------------------------- |

811| `prompt` | string | `"Find all API endpoints"` | The task for the agent to perform |

812| `description` | string | `"Find API endpoints"` | Short description of the task |

813| `subagent_type` | string | `"Explore"` | Type of specialized agent to use |

814| `model` | string | `"sonnet"` | Optional model alias to override the default |

815 

816#### PreToolUse decision control

817 

818`PreToolUse` hooks can control whether a tool call proceeds. Unlike other hooks that use a top-level `decision` field, PreToolUse returns its decision inside a `hookSpecificOutput` object. This gives it richer control: three outcomes (allow, deny, or ask) plus the ability to modify tool input before execution.

819 

820| Field | Description |

821| :------------------------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

822| `permissionDecision` | `"allow"` bypasses the permission system, `"deny"` prevents the tool call, `"ask"` prompts the user to confirm |

823| `permissionDecisionReason` | For `"allow"` and `"ask"`, shown to the user but not Claude. For `"deny"`, shown to Claude |

824| `updatedInput` | Modifies the tool's input parameters before execution. Combine with `"allow"` to auto-approve, or `"ask"` to show the modified input to the user |

825| `additionalContext` | String added to Claude's context before the tool executes |

826 

827```json theme={null}

828{

829 "hookSpecificOutput": {

830 "hookEventName": "PreToolUse",

831 "permissionDecision": "allow",

832 "permissionDecisionReason": "My reason here",

833 "updatedInput": {

834 "field_to_modify": "new value"

835 },

836 "additionalContext": "Current environment: production. Proceed with caution."

837 }

838}

839```

840 

841<Note>

842 PreToolUse previously used top-level `decision` and `reason` fields, but these are deprecated for this event. Use `hookSpecificOutput.permissionDecision` and `hookSpecificOutput.permissionDecisionReason` instead. The deprecated values `"approve"` and `"block"` map to `"allow"` and `"deny"` respectively. Other events like PostToolUse and Stop continue to use top-level `decision` and `reason` as their current format.

843</Note>

844 

845### PermissionRequest

846 

847Runs when the user is shown a permission dialog.

848Use [PermissionRequest decision control](#permissionrequest-decision-control) to allow or deny on behalf of the user.

849 

850Matches on tool name, same values as PreToolUse.

851 

852#### PermissionRequest input

853 

854PermissionRequest hooks receive `tool_name` and `tool_input` fields like PreToolUse hooks, but without `tool_use_id`. An optional `permission_suggestions` array contains the "always allow" options the user would normally see in the permission dialog. The difference is when the hook fires: PermissionRequest hooks run when a permission dialog is about to be shown to the user, while PreToolUse hooks run before tool execution regardless of permission status.

855 

856```json theme={null}

857{

858 "session_id": "abc123",

859 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

860 "cwd": "/Users/...",

861 "permission_mode": "default",

862 "hook_event_name": "PermissionRequest",

863 "tool_name": "Bash",

479 "tool_input": {864 "tool_input": {

480 "file_path": "/path/to/file.txt",865 "command": "rm -rf node_modules",

481 "content": "file content"866 "description": "Remove node_modules directory"

482 },867 },

483 "tool_use_id": "toolu_01ABC123..."868 "permission_suggestions": [

869 { "type": "toolAlwaysAllow", "tool": "Bash" }

870 ]

484}871}

485```872```

486 873 

487### PostToolUse Input874#### PermissionRequest decision control

875 

876`PermissionRequest` hooks can allow or deny permission requests. In addition to the [JSON output fields](#json-output) available to all hooks, your hook script can return a `decision` object with these event-specific fields:

488 877 

489The exact schema for `tool_input` and `tool_response` depends on the tool.878| Field | Description |

879| :------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

880| `behavior` | `"allow"` grants the permission, `"deny"` denies it |

881| `updatedInput` | For `"allow"` only: modifies the tool's input parameters before execution |

882| `updatedPermissions` | For `"allow"` only: applies permission rule updates, equivalent to the user selecting an "always allow" option |

883| `message` | For `"deny"` only: tells Claude why the permission was denied |

884| `interrupt` | For `"deny"` only: if `true`, stops Claude |

885 

886```json theme={null}

887{

888 "hookSpecificOutput": {

889 "hookEventName": "PermissionRequest",

890 "decision": {

891 "behavior": "allow",

892 "updatedInput": {

893 "command": "npm run lint"

894 }

895 }

896 }

897}

898```

899 

900### PostToolUse

901 

902Runs immediately after a tool completes successfully.

903 

904Matches on tool name, same values as PreToolUse.

905 

906#### PostToolUse input

907 

908`PostToolUse` hooks fire after a tool has already executed successfully. The input includes both `tool_input`, the arguments sent to the tool, and `tool_response`, the result it returned. The exact schema for both depends on the tool.

490 909 

491```json theme={null}910```json theme={null}

492{911{


508}927}

509```928```

510 929 

511### Notification Input930#### PostToolUse decision control

931 

932`PostToolUse` hooks can provide feedback to Claude after tool execution. In addition to the [JSON output fields](#json-output) available to all hooks, your hook script can return these event-specific fields:

933 

934| Field | Description |

935| :--------------------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

936| `decision` | `"block"` prompts Claude with the `reason`. Omit to allow the action to proceed |

937| `reason` | Explanation shown to Claude when `decision` is `"block"` |

938| `additionalContext` | Additional context for Claude to consider |

939| `updatedMCPToolOutput` | For [MCP tools](#match-mcp-tools) only: replaces the tool's output with the provided value |

940 

941```json theme={null}

942{

943 "decision": "block",

944 "reason": "Explanation for decision",

945 "hookSpecificOutput": {

946 "hookEventName": "PostToolUse",

947 "additionalContext": "Additional information for Claude"

948 }

949}

950```

951 

952### PostToolUseFailure

953 

954Runs when a tool execution fails. This event fires for tool calls that throw errors or return failure results. Use this to log failures, send alerts, or provide corrective feedback to Claude.

955 

956Matches on tool name, same values as PreToolUse.

957 

958#### PostToolUseFailure input

959 

960PostToolUseFailure hooks receive the same `tool_name` and `tool_input` fields as PostToolUse, along with error information as top-level fields:

961 

962```json theme={null}

963{

964 "session_id": "abc123",

965 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

966 "cwd": "/Users/...",

967 "permission_mode": "default",

968 "hook_event_name": "PostToolUseFailure",

969 "tool_name": "Bash",

970 "tool_input": {

971 "command": "npm test",

972 "description": "Run test suite"

973 },

974 "tool_use_id": "toolu_01ABC123...",

975 "error": "Command exited with non-zero status code 1",

976 "is_interrupt": false

977}

978```

979 

980| Field | Description |

981| :------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

982| `error` | String describing what went wrong |

983| `is_interrupt` | Optional boolean indicating whether the failure was caused by user interruption |

984 

985#### PostToolUseFailure decision control

986 

987`PostToolUseFailure` hooks can provide context to Claude after a tool failure. In addition to the [JSON output fields](#json-output) available to all hooks, your hook script can return these event-specific fields:

988 

989| Field | Description |

990| :------------------ | :------------------------------------------------------------ |

991| `additionalContext` | Additional context for Claude to consider alongside the error |

992 

993```json theme={null}

994{

995 "hookSpecificOutput": {

996 "hookEventName": "PostToolUseFailure",

997 "additionalContext": "Additional information about the failure for Claude"

998 }

999}

1000```

1001 

1002### Notification

1003 

1004Runs when Claude Code sends notifications. Matches on notification type: `permission_prompt`, `idle_prompt`, `auth_success`, `elicitation_dialog`. Omit the matcher to run hooks for all notification types.

1005 

1006Use separate matchers to run different handlers depending on the notification type. This configuration triggers a permission-specific alert script when Claude needs permission approval and a different notification when Claude has been idle:

1007 

1008```json theme={null}

1009{

1010 "hooks": {

1011 "Notification": [

1012 {

1013 "matcher": "permission_prompt",

1014 "hooks": [

1015 {

1016 "type": "command",

1017 "command": "/path/to/permission-alert.sh"

1018 }

1019 ]

1020 },

1021 {

1022 "matcher": "idle_prompt",

1023 "hooks": [

1024 {

1025 "type": "command",

1026 "command": "/path/to/idle-notification.sh"

1027 }

1028 ]

1029 }

1030 ]

1031 }

1032}

1033```

1034 

1035#### Notification input

1036 

1037In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), Notification hooks receive `message` with the notification text, an optional `title`, and `notification_type` indicating which type fired.

512 1038 

513```json theme={null}1039```json theme={null}

514{1040{


518 "permission_mode": "default",1044 "permission_mode": "default",

519 "hook_event_name": "Notification",1045 "hook_event_name": "Notification",

520 "message": "Claude needs your permission to use Bash",1046 "message": "Claude needs your permission to use Bash",

1047 "title": "Permission needed",

521 "notification_type": "permission_prompt"1048 "notification_type": "permission_prompt"

522}1049}

523```1050```

524 1051 

525### UserPromptSubmit Input1052Notification hooks cannot block or modify notifications. In addition to the [JSON output fields](#json-output) available to all hooks, you can return `additionalContext` to add context to the conversation:

1053 

1054| Field | Description |

1055| :------------------ | :------------------------------- |

1056| `additionalContext` | String added to Claude's context |

1057 

1058### SubagentStart

1059 

1060Runs when a Claude Code subagent is spawned via the Task tool. Supports matchers to filter by agent type name (built-in agents like `Bash`, `Explore`, `Plan`, or custom agent names from `.claude/agents/`).

1061 

1062#### SubagentStart input

1063 

1064In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), SubagentStart hooks receive `agent_id` with the unique identifier for the subagent and `agent_type` with the agent name (built-in agents like `"Bash"`, `"Explore"`, `"Plan"`, or custom agent names).

526 1065 

527```json theme={null}1066```json theme={null}

528{1067{


530 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",1069 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

531 "cwd": "/Users/...",1070 "cwd": "/Users/...",

532 "permission_mode": "default",1071 "permission_mode": "default",

533 "hook_event_name": "UserPromptSubmit",1072 "hook_event_name": "SubagentStart",

534 "prompt": "Write a function to calculate the factorial of a number"1073 "agent_id": "agent-abc123",

1074 "agent_type": "Explore"

535}1075}

536```1076```

537 1077 

538### Stop and SubagentStop Input1078SubagentStart hooks cannot block subagent creation, but they can inject context into the subagent. In addition to the [JSON output fields](#json-output) available to all hooks, you can return:

539 1079 

540`stop_hook_active` is true when Claude Code is already continuing as a result of1080| Field | Description |

541a stop hook. Check this value or process the transcript to prevent Claude Code1081| :------------------ | :------------------------------------- |

542from running indefinitely.1082| `additionalContext` | String added to the subagent's context |

1083 

1084```json theme={null}

1085{

1086 "hookSpecificOutput": {

1087 "hookEventName": "SubagentStart",

1088 "additionalContext": "Follow security guidelines for this task"

1089 }

1090}

1091```

1092 

1093### SubagentStop

1094 

1095Runs when a Claude Code subagent has finished responding. Matches on agent type, same values as SubagentStart.

1096 

1097#### SubagentStop input

1098 

1099In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), SubagentStop hooks receive `stop_hook_active`, `agent_id`, `agent_type`, `agent_transcript_path`, and `last_assistant_message`. The `agent_type` field is the value used for matcher filtering. The `transcript_path` is the main session's transcript, while `agent_transcript_path` is the subagent's own transcript stored in a nested `subagents/` folder. The `last_assistant_message` field contains the text content of the subagent's final response, so hooks can access it without parsing the transcript file.

543 1100 

544```json theme={null}1101```json theme={null}

545{1102{

546 "session_id": "abc123",1103 "session_id": "abc123",

547 "transcript_path": "~/.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",1104 "transcript_path": "~/.claude/projects/.../abc123.jsonl",

1105 "cwd": "/Users/...",

548 "permission_mode": "default",1106 "permission_mode": "default",

549 "hook_event_name": "Stop",1107 "hook_event_name": "SubagentStop",

550 "stop_hook_active": true1108 "stop_hook_active": false,

1109 "agent_id": "def456",

1110 "agent_type": "Explore",

1111 "agent_transcript_path": "~/.claude/projects/.../abc123/subagents/agent-def456.jsonl",

1112 "last_assistant_message": "Analysis complete. Found 3 potential issues..."

551}1113}

552```1114```

553 1115 

554### PreCompact Input1116SubagentStop hooks use the same decision control format as [Stop hooks](#stop-decision-control).

555 1117 

556For `manual`, `custom_instructions` comes from what the user passes into1118### Stop

557`/compact`. For `auto`, `custom_instructions` is empty.1119 

1120Runs when the main Claude Code agent has finished responding. Does not run if

1121the stoppage occurred due to a user interrupt.

1122 

1123#### Stop input

1124 

1125In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), Stop hooks receive `stop_hook_active` and `last_assistant_message`. The `stop_hook_active` field is `true` when Claude Code is already continuing as a result of a stop hook. Check this value or process the transcript to prevent Claude Code from running indefinitely. The `last_assistant_message` field contains the text content of Claude's final response, so hooks can access it without parsing the transcript file.

558 1126 

559```json theme={null}1127```json theme={null}

560{1128{

561 "session_id": "abc123",1129 "session_id": "abc123",

562 "transcript_path": "~/.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",1130 "transcript_path": "~/.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

1131 "cwd": "/Users/...",

563 "permission_mode": "default",1132 "permission_mode": "default",

564 "hook_event_name": "PreCompact",1133 "hook_event_name": "Stop",

565 "trigger": "manual",1134 "stop_hook_active": true,

566 "custom_instructions": ""1135 "last_assistant_message": "I've completed the refactoring. Here's a summary..."

1136}

1137```

1138 

1139#### Stop decision control

1140 

1141`Stop` and `SubagentStop` hooks can control whether Claude continues. In addition to the [JSON output fields](#json-output) available to all hooks, your hook script can return these event-specific fields:

1142 

1143| Field | Description |

1144| :--------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

1145| `decision` | `"block"` prevents Claude from stopping. Omit to allow Claude to stop |

1146| `reason` | Required when `decision` is `"block"`. Tells Claude why it should continue |

1147 

1148```json theme={null}

1149{

1150 "decision": "block",

1151 "reason": "Must be provided when Claude is blocked from stopping"

567}1152}

568```1153```

569 1154 

570### SessionStart Input1155### TeammateIdle

1156 

1157Runs when an [agent team](/en/agent-teams) teammate is about to go idle after finishing its turn. Use this to enforce quality gates before a teammate stops working, such as requiring passing lint checks or verifying that output files exist.

1158 

1159When a `TeammateIdle` hook exits with code 2, the teammate receives the stderr message as feedback and continues working instead of going idle. TeammateIdle hooks do not support matchers and fire on every occurrence.

1160 

1161#### TeammateIdle input

1162 

1163In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), TeammateIdle hooks receive `teammate_name` and `team_name`.

571 1164 

572```json theme={null}1165```json theme={null}

573{1166{

574 "session_id": "abc123",1167 "session_id": "abc123",

575 "transcript_path": "~/.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",1168 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

1169 "cwd": "/Users/...",

576 "permission_mode": "default",1170 "permission_mode": "default",

577 "hook_event_name": "SessionStart",1171 "hook_event_name": "TeammateIdle",

578 "source": "startup"1172 "teammate_name": "researcher",

1173 "team_name": "my-project"

579}1174}

580```1175```

581 1176 

582### SessionEnd Input1177| Field | Description |

1178| :-------------- | :-------------------------------------------- |

1179| `teammate_name` | Name of the teammate that is about to go idle |

1180| `team_name` | Name of the team |

1181 

1182#### TeammateIdle decision control

1183 

1184TeammateIdle hooks use exit codes only, not JSON decision control. This example checks that a build artifact exists before allowing a teammate to go idle:

1185 

1186```bash theme={null}

1187#!/bin/bash

1188 

1189if [ ! -f "./dist/output.js" ]; then

1190 echo "Build artifact missing. Run the build before stopping." >&2

1191 exit 2

1192fi

1193 

1194exit 0

1195```

1196 

1197### TaskCompleted

1198 

1199Runs when a task is being marked as completed. This fires in two situations: when any agent explicitly marks a task as completed through the TaskUpdate tool, or when an [agent team](/en/agent-teams) teammate finishes its turn with in-progress tasks. Use this to enforce completion criteria like passing tests or lint checks before a task can close.

1200 

1201When a `TaskCompleted` hook exits with code 2, the task is not marked as completed and the stderr message is fed back to the model as feedback. TaskCompleted hooks do not support matchers and fire on every occurrence.

1202 

1203#### TaskCompleted input

1204 

1205In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), TaskCompleted hooks receive `task_id`, `task_subject`, and optionally `task_description`, `teammate_name`, and `team_name`.

583 1206 

584```json theme={null}1207```json theme={null}

585{1208{

586 "session_id": "abc123",1209 "session_id": "abc123",

587 "transcript_path": "~/.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",1210 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

588 "cwd": "/Users/...",1211 "cwd": "/Users/...",

589 "permission_mode": "default",1212 "permission_mode": "default",

590 "hook_event_name": "SessionEnd",1213 "hook_event_name": "TaskCompleted",

591 "reason": "exit"1214 "task_id": "task-001",

1215 "task_subject": "Implement user authentication",

1216 "task_description": "Add login and signup endpoints",

1217 "teammate_name": "implementer",

1218 "team_name": "my-project"

592}1219}

593```1220```

594 1221 

595## Hook Output1222| Field | Description |

596 1223| :----------------- | :------------------------------------------------------ |

597There are two mutually exclusive ways for hooks to return output back to Claude Code. The output1224| `task_id` | Identifier of the task being completed |

598communicates whether to block and any feedback that should be shown to Claude1225| `task_subject` | Title of the task |

599and the user.1226| `task_description` | Detailed description of the task. May be absent |

1227| `teammate_name` | Name of the teammate completing the task. May be absent |

1228| `team_name` | Name of the team. May be absent |

600 1229 

601### Simple: Exit Code1230#### TaskCompleted decision control

602 1231 

603Hooks communicate status through exit codes, stdout, and stderr:1232TaskCompleted hooks use exit codes only, not JSON decision control. This example runs tests and blocks task completion if they fail:

604 1233 

605* **Exit code 0**: Success. `stdout` is shown to the user in verbose mode1234```bash theme={null}

606 (ctrl+o), except for `UserPromptSubmit` and `SessionStart`, where stdout is1235#!/bin/bash

607 added to the context. JSON output in `stdout` is parsed for structured control1236INPUT=$(cat)

608 (see [Advanced: JSON Output](#advanced-json-output)).1237TASK_SUBJECT=$(echo "$INPUT" | jq -r '.task_subject')

609* **Exit code 2**: Blocking error. Only `stderr` is used as the error message

610 and fed back to Claude. The format is `[command]: {stderr}`. JSON in `stdout`

611 is **not** processed for exit code 2. See per-hook-event behavior below.

612* **Other exit codes**: Non-blocking error. `stderr` is shown to the user in verbose mode (ctrl+o) with

613 format `Failed with non-blocking status code: {stderr}`. If `stderr` is empty,

614 it shows `No stderr output`. Execution continues.

615 1238 

616<Warning>1239# Run the test suite

617 Reminder: Claude Code does not see stdout if the exit code is 0, except for1240if ! npm test 2>&1; then

618 the `UserPromptSubmit` hook where stdout is injected as context.1241 echo "Tests not passing. Fix failing tests before completing: $TASK_SUBJECT" >&2

619</Warning>1242 exit 2

1243fi

620 1244 

621#### Exit Code 2 Behavior1245exit 0

1246```

622 1247 

623| Hook Event | Behavior |1248### ConfigChange

624| ------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------ |

625| `PreToolUse` | Blocks the tool call, shows stderr to Claude |

626| `PermissionRequest` | Denies the permission, shows stderr to Claude |

627| `PostToolUse` | Shows stderr to Claude (tool already ran) |

628| `Notification` | N/A, shows stderr to user only |

629| `UserPromptSubmit` | Blocks prompt processing, erases prompt, shows stderr to user only |

630| `Stop` | Blocks stoppage, shows stderr to Claude |

631| `SubagentStop` | Blocks stoppage, shows stderr to Claude subagent |

632| `PreCompact` | N/A, shows stderr to user only |

633| `SessionStart` | N/A, shows stderr to user only |

634| `SessionEnd` | N/A, shows stderr to user only |

635 1249 

636### Advanced: JSON Output1250Runs when a configuration file changes during a session. Use this to audit settings changes, enforce security policies, or block unauthorized modifications to configuration files.

637 1251 

638Hooks can return structured JSON in `stdout` for more sophisticated control.1252ConfigChange hooks fire for changes to settings files, managed policy settings, and skill files. The `source` field in the input tells you which type of configuration changed, and the optional `file_path` field provides the path to the changed file.

639 1253 

640<Warning>1254The matcher filters on the configuration source:

641 JSON output is only processed when the hook exits with code 0. If your hook

642 exits with code 2 (blocking error), `stderr` text is used directly—any JSON in `stdout`

643 is ignored. For other non-zero exit codes, only `stderr` is shown to the user in verbose mode (ctrl+o).

644</Warning>

645 1255 

646#### Common JSON Fields1256| Matcher | When it fires |

1257| :----------------- | :---------------------------------------- |

1258| `user_settings` | `~/.claude/settings.json` changes |

1259| `project_settings` | `.claude/settings.json` changes |

1260| `local_settings` | `.claude/settings.local.json` changes |

1261| `policy_settings` | Managed policy settings change |

1262| `skills` | A skill file in `.claude/skills/` changes |

647 1263 

648All hook types can include these optional fields:1264This example logs all configuration changes for security auditing:

649 1265 

650```json theme={null}1266```json theme={null}

651{1267{

652 "continue": true, // Whether Claude should continue after hook execution (default: true)1268 "hooks": {

653 "stopReason": "string", // Message shown when continue is false1269 "ConfigChange": [

1270 {

1271 "hooks": [

1272 {

1273 "type": "command",

1274 "command": "\"$CLAUDE_PROJECT_DIR\"/.claude/hooks/audit-config-change.sh"

1275 }

1276 ]

1277 }

1278 ]

1279 }

1280}

1281```

1282 

1283#### ConfigChange input

1284 

1285In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), ConfigChange hooks receive `source` and optionally `file_path`. The `source` field indicates which configuration type changed, and `file_path` provides the path to the specific file that was modified.

654 1286 

655 "suppressOutput": true, // Hide stdout from transcript mode (default: false)1287```json theme={null}

656 "systemMessage": "string" // Optional warning message shown to the user1288{

1289 "session_id": "abc123",

1290 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

1291 "cwd": "/Users/...",

1292 "permission_mode": "default",

1293 "hook_event_name": "ConfigChange",

1294 "source": "project_settings",

1295 "file_path": "/Users/.../my-project/.claude/settings.json"

657}1296}

658```1297```

659 1298 

660If `continue` is false, Claude stops processing after the hooks run.1299#### ConfigChange decision control

661 1300 

662* For `PreToolUse`, this is different from `"permissionDecision": "deny"`, which1301ConfigChange hooks can block configuration changes from taking effect. Use exit code 2 or a JSON `decision` to prevent the change. When blocked, the new settings are not applied to the running session.

663 only blocks a specific tool call and provides automatic feedback to Claude.

664* For `PostToolUse`, this is different from `"decision": "block"`, which

665 provides automated feedback to Claude.

666* For `UserPromptSubmit`, this prevents the prompt from being processed.

667* For `Stop` and `SubagentStop`, this takes precedence over any

668 `"decision": "block"` output.

669* In all cases, `"continue" = false` takes precedence over any

670 `"decision": "block"` output.

671 1302 

672`stopReason` accompanies `continue` with a reason shown to the user, not shown1303| Field | Description |

673to Claude.1304| :--------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

1305| `decision` | `"block"` prevents the configuration change from being applied. Omit to allow the change |

1306| `reason` | Explanation shown to the user when `decision` is `"block"` |

674 1307 

675#### `PreToolUse` Decision Control1308```json theme={null}

1309{

1310 "decision": "block",

1311 "reason": "Configuration changes to project settings require admin approval"

1312}

1313```

1314 

1315`policy_settings` changes cannot be blocked. Hooks still fire for `policy_settings` sources, so you can use them for audit logging, but any blocking decision is ignored. This ensures enterprise-managed settings always take effect.

676 1316 

677`PreToolUse` hooks can control whether a tool call proceeds.1317### WorktreeCreate

678 1318 

679* `"allow"` bypasses the permission system. `permissionDecisionReason` is shown1319When you run `claude --worktree` or a [subagent uses `isolation: "worktree"`](/en/sub-agents#choose-the-subagent-scope), Claude Code creates an isolated working copy using `git worktree`. If you configure a WorktreeCreate hook, it replaces the default git behavior, letting you use a different version control system like SVN, Perforce, or Mercurial.

680 to the user but not to Claude.

681* `"deny"` prevents the tool call from executing. `permissionDecisionReason` is

682 shown to Claude.

683* `"ask"` asks the user to confirm the tool call in the UI.

684 `permissionDecisionReason` is shown to the user but not to Claude.

685 1320 

686Additionally, hooks can modify tool inputs before execution using `updatedInput`:1321The hook must print the absolute path to the created worktree directory on stdout. Claude Code uses this path as the working directory for the isolated session.

687 1322 

688* `updatedInput` allows you to modify the tool's input parameters before the tool executes.1323This example creates an SVN working copy and prints the path for Claude Code to use. Replace the repository URL with your own:

689* This is most useful with `"permissionDecision": "allow"` to modify and approve tool calls.

690 1324 

691```json theme={null}1325```json theme={null}

692{1326{

693 "hookSpecificOutput": {1327 "hooks": {

694 "hookEventName": "PreToolUse",1328 "WorktreeCreate": [

695 "permissionDecision": "allow"1329 {

696 "permissionDecisionReason": "My reason here",1330 "hooks": [

697 "updatedInput": {1331 {

698 "field_to_modify": "new value"1332 "type": "command",

1333 "command": "bash -c 'NAME=$(jq -r .name); DIR=\"$HOME/.claude/worktrees/$NAME\"; svn checkout https://svn.example.com/repo/trunk \"$DIR\" >&2 && echo \"$DIR\"'"

699 }1334 }

1335 ]

1336 }

1337 ]

700 }1338 }

701}1339}

702```1340```

703 1341 

704<Note>1342The hook reads the worktree `name` from the JSON input on stdin, checks out a fresh copy into a new directory, and prints the directory path. The `echo` on the last line is what Claude Code reads as the worktree path. Redirect any other output to stderr so it doesn't interfere with the path.

705 The `decision` and `reason` fields are deprecated for PreToolUse hooks.1343 

706 Use `hookSpecificOutput.permissionDecision` and1344#### WorktreeCreate input

707 `hookSpecificOutput.permissionDecisionReason` instead. The deprecated fields1345 

708 `"approve"` and `"block"` map to `"allow"` and `"deny"` respectively.1346In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), WorktreeCreate hooks receive the `name` field. This is a slug identifier for the new worktree, either specified by the user or auto-generated (for example, `bold-oak-a3f2`).

709</Note>1347 

1348```json theme={null}

1349{

1350 "session_id": "abc123",

1351 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

1352 "cwd": "/Users/...",

1353 "hook_event_name": "WorktreeCreate",

1354 "name": "feature-auth"

1355}

1356```

1357 

1358#### WorktreeCreate output

1359 

1360The hook must print the absolute path to the created worktree directory on stdout. If the hook fails or produces no output, worktree creation fails with an error.

710 1361 

711#### `PermissionRequest` Decision Control1362WorktreeCreate hooks do not use the standard allow/block decision model. Instead, the hook's success or failure determines the outcome. Only `type: "command"` hooks are supported.

712 1363 

713`PermissionRequest` hooks can allow or deny permission requests shown to the user.1364### WorktreeRemove

714 1365 

715* For `"behavior": "allow"` you can also optionally pass in an `"updatedInput"` that modifies the tool's input parameters before the tool executes.1366The cleanup counterpart to [WorktreeCreate](#worktreecreate). This hook fires when a worktree is being removed, either when you exit a `--worktree` session and choose to remove it, or when a subagent with `isolation: "worktree"` finishes. For git-based worktrees, Claude handles cleanup automatically with `git worktree remove`. If you configured a WorktreeCreate hook for a non-git version control system, pair it with a WorktreeRemove hook to handle cleanup. Without one, the worktree directory is left on disk.

716* For `"behavior": "deny"` you can also optionally pass in a `"message"` string that tells the model why the permission was denied, and a boolean `"interrupt"` which will stop Claude.1367 

1368Claude Code passes the path that WorktreeCreate printed on stdout as `worktree_path` in the hook input. This example reads that path and removes the directory:

717 1369 

718```json theme={null}1370```json theme={null}

719{1371{

720 "hookSpecificOutput": {1372 "hooks": {

721 "hookEventName": "PermissionRequest",1373 "WorktreeRemove": [

722 "decision": {1374 {

723 "behavior": "allow",1375 "hooks": [

724 "updatedInput": {1376 {

725 "command": "npm run lint"1377 "type": "command",

1378 "command": "bash -c 'jq -r .worktree_path | xargs rm -rf'"

726 }1379 }

1380 ]

727 }1381 }

1382 ]

728 }1383 }

729}1384}

730```1385```

731 1386 

732#### `PostToolUse` Decision Control1387#### WorktreeRemove input

733 

734`PostToolUse` hooks can provide feedback to Claude after tool execution.

735 1388 

736* `"block"` automatically prompts Claude with `reason`.1389In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), WorktreeRemove hooks receive the `worktree_path` field, which is the absolute path to the worktree being removed.

737* `undefined` does nothing. `reason` is ignored.

738* `"hookSpecificOutput.additionalContext"` adds context for Claude to consider.

739 1390 

740```json theme={null}1391```json theme={null}

741{1392{

742 "decision": "block" | undefined,1393 "session_id": "abc123",

743 "reason": "Explanation for decision",1394 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

744 "hookSpecificOutput": {1395 "cwd": "/Users/...",

745 "hookEventName": "PostToolUse",1396 "hook_event_name": "WorktreeRemove",

746 "additionalContext": "Additional information for Claude"1397 "worktree_path": "/Users/.../my-project/.claude/worktrees/feature-auth"

747 }

748}1398}

749```1399```

750 1400 

751#### `UserPromptSubmit` Decision Control1401WorktreeRemove hooks have no decision control. They cannot block worktree removal but can perform cleanup tasks like removing version control state or archiving changes. Hook failures are logged in debug mode only. Only `type: "command"` hooks are supported.

752 1402 

753`UserPromptSubmit` hooks can control whether a user prompt is processed and add context.1403### PreCompact

754 

755**Adding context (exit code 0):**

756There are two ways to add context to the conversation:

757 1404 

7581. **Plain text stdout** (simpler): Any non-JSON text written to stdout is added1405Runs before Claude Code is about to run a compact operation.

759 as context. This is the easiest way to inject information.

760 1406 

7612. **JSON with `additionalContext`** (structured): Use the JSON format below for1407The matcher value indicates whether compaction was triggered manually or automatically:

762 more control. The `additionalContext` field is added as context.

763 1408 

764Both methods work with exit code 0. Plain stdout is shown as hook output in1409| Matcher | When it fires |

765the transcript; `additionalContext` is added more discretely.1410| :------- | :------------------------------------------- |

1411| `manual` | `/compact` |

1412| `auto` | Auto-compact when the context window is full |

766 1413 

767**Blocking prompts:**1414#### PreCompact input

768 1415 

769* `"decision": "block"` prevents the prompt from being processed. The submitted1416In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), PreCompact hooks receive `trigger` and `custom_instructions`. For `manual`, `custom_instructions` contains what the user passes into `/compact`. For `auto`, `custom_instructions` is empty.

770 prompt is erased from context. `"reason"` is shown to the user but not added

771 to context.

772* `"decision": undefined` (or omitted) allows the prompt to proceed normally.

773 1417 

774```json theme={null}1418```json theme={null}

775{1419{

776 "decision": "block" | undefined,1420 "session_id": "abc123",

777 "reason": "Explanation for decision",1421 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

778 "hookSpecificOutput": {1422 "cwd": "/Users/...",

779 "hookEventName": "UserPromptSubmit",1423 "permission_mode": "default",

780 "additionalContext": "My additional context here"1424 "hook_event_name": "PreCompact",

781 }1425 "trigger": "manual",

1426 "custom_instructions": ""

782}1427}

783```1428```

784 1429 

785<Note>1430### SessionEnd

786 The JSON format isn't required for simple use cases. To add context, you can print plain text to stdout with exit code 0. Use JSON when you need to1431 

787 block prompts or want more structured control.1432Runs when a Claude Code session ends. Useful for cleanup tasks, logging session

788</Note>1433statistics, or saving session state. Supports matchers to filter by exit reason.

789 1434 

790#### `Stop`/`SubagentStop` Decision Control1435The `reason` field in the hook input indicates why the session ended:

791 1436 

792`Stop` and `SubagentStop` hooks can control whether Claude must continue.1437| Reason | Description |

1438| :---------------------------- | :----------------------------------------- |

1439| `clear` | Session cleared with `/clear` command |

1440| `logout` | User logged out |

1441| `prompt_input_exit` | User exited while prompt input was visible |

1442| `bypass_permissions_disabled` | Bypass permissions mode was disabled |

1443| `other` | Other exit reasons |

793 1444 

794* `"block"` prevents Claude from stopping. You must populate `reason` for Claude1445#### SessionEnd input

795 to know how to proceed.1446 

796* `undefined` allows Claude to stop. `reason` is ignored.1447In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), SessionEnd hooks receive a `reason` field indicating why the session ended. See the [reason table](#sessionend) above for all values.

797 1448 

798```json theme={null}1449```json theme={null}

799{1450{

800 "decision": "block" | undefined,1451 "session_id": "abc123",

801 "reason": "Must be provided when Claude is blocked from stopping"1452 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

1453 "cwd": "/Users/...",

1454 "permission_mode": "default",

1455 "hook_event_name": "SessionEnd",

1456 "reason": "other"

802}1457}

803```1458```

804 1459 

805#### `SessionStart` Decision Control1460SessionEnd hooks have no decision control. They cannot block session termination but can perform cleanup tasks.

1461 

1462## Prompt-based hooks

806 1463 

807`SessionStart` hooks allow you to load in context at the start of a session.1464In addition to Bash command hooks (`type: "command"`), Claude Code supports prompt-based hooks (`type: "prompt"`) that use an LLM to evaluate whether to allow or block an action, and agent hooks (`type: "agent"`) that spawn an agentic verifier with tool access. Not all events support every hook type.

808 1465 

809* `"hookSpecificOutput.additionalContext"` adds the string to the context.1466Events that support all three hook types (`command`, `prompt`, and `agent`):

810* Multiple hooks' `additionalContext` values are concatenated.1467 

1468* `PermissionRequest`

1469* `PostToolUse`

1470* `PostToolUseFailure`

1471* `PreToolUse`

1472* `Stop`

1473* `SubagentStop`

1474* `TaskCompleted`

1475* `UserPromptSubmit`

1476 

1477Events that only support `type: "command"` hooks:

1478 

1479* `ConfigChange`

1480* `Notification`

1481* `PreCompact`

1482* `SessionEnd`

1483* `SessionStart`

1484* `SubagentStart`

1485* `TeammateIdle`

1486* `WorktreeCreate`

1487* `WorktreeRemove`

1488 

1489### How prompt-based hooks work

1490 

1491Instead of executing a Bash command, prompt-based hooks:

1492 

14931. Send the hook input and your prompt to a Claude model, Haiku by default

14942. The LLM responds with structured JSON containing a decision

14953. Claude Code processes the decision automatically

1496 

1497### Prompt hook configuration

1498 

1499Set `type` to `"prompt"` and provide a `prompt` string instead of a `command`. Use the `$ARGUMENTS` placeholder to inject the hook's JSON input data into your prompt text. Claude Code sends the combined prompt and input to a fast Claude model, which returns a JSON decision.

1500 

1501This `Stop` hook asks the LLM to evaluate whether all tasks are complete before allowing Claude to finish:

811 1502 

812```json theme={null}1503```json theme={null}

813{1504{

814 "hookSpecificOutput": {1505 "hooks": {

815 "hookEventName": "SessionStart",1506 "Stop": [

816 "additionalContext": "My additional context here"1507 {

1508 "hooks": [

1509 {

1510 "type": "prompt",

1511 "prompt": "Evaluate if Claude should stop: $ARGUMENTS. Check if all tasks are complete."

1512 }

1513 ]

1514 }

1515 ]

817 }1516 }

818}1517}

819```1518```

820 1519 

821#### `SessionEnd` Decision Control1520| Field | Required | Description |

822 1521| :-------- | :------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

823`SessionEnd` hooks run when a session ends. They cannot block session termination1522| `type` | yes | Must be `"prompt"` |

824but can perform cleanup tasks.1523| `prompt` | yes | The prompt text to send to the LLM. Use `$ARGUMENTS` as a placeholder for the hook input JSON. If `$ARGUMENTS` is not present, input JSON is appended to the prompt |

825 1524| `model` | no | Model to use for evaluation. Defaults to a fast model |

826#### Exit Code Example: Bash Command Validation1525| `timeout` | no | Timeout in seconds. Default: 30 |

827 

828```python theme={null}

829#!/usr/bin/env python3

830import json

831import re

832import sys

833 

834# Define validation rules as a list of (regex pattern, message) tuples

835VALIDATION_RULES = [

836 (

837 r"\bgrep\b(?!.*\|)",

838 "Use 'rg' (ripgrep) instead of 'grep' for better performance and features",

839 ),

840 (

841 r"\bfind\s+\S+\s+-name\b",

842 "Use 'rg --files | rg pattern' or 'rg --files -g pattern' instead of 'find -name' for better performance",

843 ),

844]

845 

846 

847def validate_command(command: str) -> list[str]:

848 issues = []

849 for pattern, message in VALIDATION_RULES:

850 if re.search(pattern, command):

851 issues.append(message)

852 return issues

853 

854 

855try:

856 input_data = json.load(sys.stdin)

857except json.JSONDecodeError as e:

858 print(f"Error: Invalid JSON input: {e}", file=sys.stderr)

859 sys.exit(1)

860 

861tool_name = input_data.get("tool_name", "")

862tool_input = input_data.get("tool_input", {})

863command = tool_input.get("command", "")

864 

865if tool_name != "Bash" or not command:

866 sys.exit(1)

867 

868# Validate the command

869issues = validate_command(command)

870 

871if issues:

872 for message in issues:

873 print(f"• {message}", file=sys.stderr)

874 # Exit code 2 blocks tool call and shows stderr to Claude

875 sys.exit(2)

876```

877 1526 

878#### JSON Output Example: UserPromptSubmit to Add Context and Validation1527### Response schema

879 1528 

880<Note>1529The LLM must respond with JSON containing:

881 For `UserPromptSubmit` hooks, you can inject context using either method:1530 

1531```json theme={null}

1532{

1533 "ok": true | false,

1534 "reason": "Explanation for the decision"

1535}

1536```

882 1537 

883 * **Plain text stdout** with exit code 0: Simplest approach, prints text1538| Field | Description |

884 * **JSON output** with exit code 0: Use `"decision": "block"` to reject prompts,1539| :------- | :--------------------------------------------------------- |

885 or `additionalContext` for structured context injection1540| `ok` | `true` allows the action, `false` prevents it |

1541| `reason` | Required when `ok` is `false`. Explanation shown to Claude |

886 1542 

887 Remember: Exit code 2 only uses `stderr` for the error message. To block using1543### Example: Multi-criteria Stop hook

888 JSON (with a custom reason), use `"decision": "block"` with exit code 0.

889</Note>

890 1544 

891```python theme={null}1545This `Stop` hook uses a detailed prompt to check three conditions before allowing Claude to stop. If `"ok"` is `false`, Claude continues working with the provided reason as its next instruction. `SubagentStop` hooks use the same format to evaluate whether a [subagent](/en/sub-agents) should stop:

892#!/usr/bin/env python31546 

893import json1547```json theme={null}

894import sys1548{

895import re1549 "hooks": {

896import datetime1550 "Stop": [

897 1551 {

898# Load input from stdin1552 "hooks": [

899try:1553 {

900 input_data = json.load(sys.stdin)1554 "type": "prompt",

901except json.JSONDecodeError as e:1555 "prompt": "You are evaluating whether Claude should stop working. Context: $ARGUMENTS\n\nAnalyze the conversation and determine if:\n1. All user-requested tasks are complete\n2. Any errors need to be addressed\n3. Follow-up work is needed\n\nRespond with JSON: {\"ok\": true} to allow stopping, or {\"ok\": false, \"reason\": \"your explanation\"} to continue working.",

902 print(f"Error: Invalid JSON input: {e}", file=sys.stderr)1556 "timeout": 30

903 sys.exit(1)

904 

905prompt = input_data.get("prompt", "")

906 

907# Check for sensitive patterns

908sensitive_patterns = [

909 (r"(?i)\b(password|secret|key|token)\s*[:=]", "Prompt contains potential secrets"),

910]

911 

912for pattern, message in sensitive_patterns:

913 if re.search(pattern, prompt):

914 # Use JSON output to block with a specific reason

915 output = {

916 "decision": "block",

917 "reason": f"Security policy violation: {message}. Please rephrase your request without sensitive information."

918 }1557 }

919 print(json.dumps(output))1558 ]

920 sys.exit(0)1559 }

1560 ]

1561 }

1562}

1563```

921 1564 

922# Add current time to context1565## Agent-based hooks

923context = f"Current time: {datetime.datetime.now()}"

924print(context)

925 1566 

926"""1567Agent-based hooks (`type: "agent"`) are like prompt-based hooks but with multi-turn tool access. Instead of a single LLM call, an agent hook spawns a subagent that can read files, search code, and inspect the codebase to verify conditions. Agent hooks support the same events as prompt-based hooks.

927The following is also equivalent:

928print(json.dumps({

929 "hookSpecificOutput": {

930 "hookEventName": "UserPromptSubmit",

931 "additionalContext": context,

932 },

933}))

934"""

935 1568 

936# Allow the prompt to proceed with the additional context1569### How agent hooks work

937sys.exit(0)

938```

939 1570 

940#### JSON Output Example: PreToolUse with Approval1571When an agent hook fires:

941 

942```python theme={null}

943#!/usr/bin/env python3

944import json

945import sys

946 

947# Load input from stdin

948try:

949 input_data = json.load(sys.stdin)

950except json.JSONDecodeError as e:

951 print(f"Error: Invalid JSON input: {e}", file=sys.stderr)

952 sys.exit(1)

953 

954tool_name = input_data.get("tool_name", "")

955tool_input = input_data.get("tool_input", {})

956 

957# Example: Auto-approve file reads for documentation files

958if tool_name == "Read":

959 file_path = tool_input.get("file_path", "")

960 if file_path.endswith((".md", ".mdx", ".txt", ".json")):

961 # Use JSON output to auto-approve the tool call

962 output = {

963 "decision": "approve",

964 "reason": "Documentation file auto-approved",

965 "suppressOutput": True # Don't show in verbose mode

966 }

967 print(json.dumps(output))

968 sys.exit(0)

969 

970# For other cases, let the normal permission flow proceed

971sys.exit(0)

972```

973 1572 

974## Working with MCP Tools15731. Claude Code spawns a subagent with your prompt and the hook's JSON input

15742. The subagent can use tools like Read, Grep, and Glob to investigate

15753. After up to 50 turns, the subagent returns a structured `{ "ok": true/false }` decision

15764. Claude Code processes the decision the same way as a prompt hook

975 1577 

976Claude Code hooks work seamlessly with1578Agent hooks are useful when verification requires inspecting actual files or test output, not just evaluating the hook input data alone.

977[Model Context Protocol (MCP) tools](/en/mcp). When MCP servers

978provide tools, they appear with a special naming pattern that you can match in

979your hooks.

980 1579 

981### MCP Tool Naming1580### Agent hook configuration

982 1581 

983MCP tools follow the pattern `mcp__<server>__<tool>`, for example:1582Set `type` to `"agent"` and provide a `prompt` string. The configuration fields are the same as [prompt hooks](#prompt-hook-configuration), with a longer default timeout:

984 1583 

985* `mcp__memory__create_entities` - Memory server's create entities tool1584| Field | Required | Description |

986* `mcp__filesystem__read_file` - Filesystem server's read file tool1585| :-------- | :------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

987* `mcp__github__search_repositories` - GitHub server's search tool1586| `type` | yes | Must be `"agent"` |

1587| `prompt` | yes | Prompt describing what to verify. Use `$ARGUMENTS` as a placeholder for the hook input JSON |

1588| `model` | no | Model to use. Defaults to a fast model |

1589| `timeout` | no | Timeout in seconds. Default: 60 |

988 1590 

989### Configuring Hooks for MCP Tools1591The response schema is the same as prompt hooks: `{ "ok": true }` to allow or `{ "ok": false, "reason": "..." }` to block.

990 1592 

991You can target specific MCP tools or entire MCP servers:1593This `Stop` hook verifies that all unit tests pass before allowing Claude to finish:

992 1594 

993```json theme={null}1595```json theme={null}

994{1596{

995 "hooks": {1597 "hooks": {

996 "PreToolUse": [1598 "Stop": [

997 {1599 {

998 "matcher": "mcp__memory__.*",

999 "hooks": [1600 "hooks": [

1000 {1601 {

1001 "type": "command",1602 "type": "agent",

1002 "command": "echo 'Memory operation initiated' >> ~/mcp-operations.log"1603 "prompt": "Verify that all unit tests pass. Run the test suite and check the results. $ARGUMENTS",

1604 "timeout": 120

1003 }1605 }

1004 ]1606 ]

1005 },1607 }

1608 ]

1609 }

1610}

1611```

1612 

1613## Run hooks in the background

1614 

1615By default, hooks block Claude's execution until they complete. For long-running tasks like deployments, test suites, or external API calls, set `"async": true` to run the hook in the background while Claude continues working. Async hooks cannot block or control Claude's behavior: response fields like `decision`, `permissionDecision`, and `continue` have no effect, because the action they would have controlled has already completed.

1616 

1617### Configure an async hook

1618 

1619Add `"async": true` to a command hook's configuration to run it in the background without blocking Claude. This field is only available on `type: "command"` hooks.

1620 

1621This hook runs a test script after every `Write` tool call. Claude continues working immediately while `run-tests.sh` executes for up to 120 seconds. When the script finishes, its output is delivered on the next conversation turn:

1622 

1623```json theme={null}

1624{

1625 "hooks": {

1626 "PostToolUse": [

1006 {1627 {

1007 "matcher": "mcp__.*__write.*",1628 "matcher": "Write",

1008 "hooks": [1629 "hooks": [

1009 {1630 {

1010 "type": "command",1631 "type": "command",

1011 "command": "/home/user/scripts/validate-mcp-write.py"1632 "command": "/path/to/run-tests.sh",

1633 "async": true,

1634 "timeout": 120

1012 }1635 }

1013 ]1636 ]

1014 }1637 }


1017}1640}

1018```1641```

1019 1642 

1020## Examples1643The `timeout` field sets the maximum time in seconds for the background process. If not specified, async hooks use the same 10-minute default as sync hooks.

1021 1644 

1022<Tip>1645### How async hooks execute

1023 For practical examples including code formatting, notifications, and file protection, see [More Examples](/en/hooks-guide#more-examples) in the get started guide.

1024</Tip>

1025 

1026## Security Considerations

1027 1646 

1028### Disclaimer1647When an async hook fires, Claude Code starts the hook process and immediately continues without waiting for it to finish. The hook receives the same JSON input via stdin as a synchronous hook.

1029 1648 

1030**USE AT YOUR OWN RISK**: Claude Code hooks execute arbitrary shell commands on1649After the background process exits, if the hook produced a JSON response with a `systemMessage` or `additionalContext` field, that content is delivered to Claude as context on the next conversation turn.

1031your system automatically. By using hooks, you acknowledge that:

1032 1650 

1033* You are solely responsible for the commands you configure1651### Example: run tests after file changes

1034* Hooks can modify, delete, or access any files your user account can access

1035* Malicious or poorly written hooks can cause data loss or system damage

1036* Anthropic provides no warranty and assumes no liability for any damages

1037 resulting from hook usage

1038* You should thoroughly test hooks in a safe environment before production use

1039 1652 

1040Always review and understand any hook commands before adding them to your1653This hook starts a test suite in the background whenever Claude writes a file, then reports the results back to Claude when the tests finish. Save this script to `.claude/hooks/run-tests-async.sh` in your project and make it executable with `chmod +x`:

1041configuration.

1042 1654 

1043### Security Best Practices1655```bash theme={null}

1044 1656#!/bin/bash

1045Here are some key practices for writing more secure hooks:1657# run-tests-async.sh

1046 1658 

10471. **Validate and sanitize inputs** - Never trust input data blindly1659# Read hook input from stdin

10482. **Always quote shell variables** - Use `"$VAR"` not `$VAR`1660INPUT=$(cat)

10493. **Block path traversal** - Check for `..` in file paths1661FILE_PATH=$(echo "$INPUT" | jq -r '.tool_input.file_path // empty')

10504. **Use absolute paths** - Specify full paths for scripts (use

1051 "\$CLAUDE\_PROJECT\_DIR" for the project path)

10525. **Skip sensitive files** - Avoid `.env`, `.git/`, keys, etc.

1053 1662 

1054### Configuration Safety1663# Only run tests for source files

1664if [[ "$FILE_PATH" != *.ts && "$FILE_PATH" != *.js ]]; then

1665 exit 0

1666fi

1055 1667 

1056Direct edits to hooks in settings files don't take effect immediately. Claude1668# Run tests and report results via systemMessage

1057Code:1669RESULT=$(npm test 2>&1)

1670EXIT_CODE=$?

1058 1671 

10591. Captures a snapshot of hooks at startup1672if [ $EXIT_CODE -eq 0 ]; then

10602. Uses this snapshot throughout the session1673 echo "{\"systemMessage\": \"Tests passed after editing $FILE_PATH\"}"

10613. Warns if hooks are modified externally1674else

10624. Requires review in `/hooks` menu for changes to apply1675 echo "{\"systemMessage\": \"Tests failed after editing $FILE_PATH: $RESULT\"}"

1676fi

1677```

1063 1678 

1064This prevents malicious hook modifications from affecting your current session.1679Then add this configuration to `.claude/settings.json` in your project root. The `async: true` flag lets Claude keep working while tests run:

1065 1680 

1066## Hook Execution Details1681```json theme={null}

1682{

1683 "hooks": {

1684 "PostToolUse": [

1685 {

1686 "matcher": "Write|Edit",

1687 "hooks": [

1688 {

1689 "type": "command",

1690 "command": "\"$CLAUDE_PROJECT_DIR\"/.claude/hooks/run-tests-async.sh",

1691 "async": true,

1692 "timeout": 300

1693 }

1694 ]

1695 }

1696 ]

1697 }

1698}

1699```

1067 1700 

1068* **Timeout**: 60-second execution limit by default, configurable per command.1701### Limitations

1069 * A timeout for an individual command does not affect the other commands.

1070* **Parallelization**: All matching hooks run in parallel

1071* **Deduplication**: Multiple identical hook commands are deduplicated automatically

1072* **Environment**: Runs in current directory with Claude Code's environment

1073 * The `CLAUDE_PROJECT_DIR` environment variable is available and contains the

1074 absolute path to the project root directory (where Claude Code was started)

1075 * The `CLAUDE_CODE_REMOTE` environment variable indicates whether the hook is running in a remote (web) environment (`"true"`) or local CLI environment (not set or empty). Use this to run different logic based on execution context.

1076* **Input**: JSON via stdin

1077* **Output**:

1078 * PreToolUse/PermissionRequest/PostToolUse/Stop/SubagentStop: Progress shown in verbose mode (ctrl+o)

1079 * Notification/SessionEnd: Logged to debug only (`--debug`)

1080 * UserPromptSubmit/SessionStart: stdout added as context for Claude

1081 1702 

1082## Debugging1703Async hooks have several constraints compared to synchronous hooks:

1083 1704 

1084### Basic Troubleshooting1705* Only `type: "command"` hooks support `async`. Prompt-based hooks cannot run asynchronously.

1706* Async hooks cannot block tool calls or return decisions. By the time the hook completes, the triggering action has already proceeded.

1707* Hook output is delivered on the next conversation turn. If the session is idle, the response waits until the next user interaction.

1708* Each execution creates a separate background process. There is no deduplication across multiple firings of the same async hook.

1085 1709 

1086If your hooks aren't working:1710## Security considerations

1087 1711 

10881. **Check configuration** - Run `/hooks` to see if your hook is registered1712### Disclaimer

10892. **Verify syntax** - Ensure your JSON settings are valid

10903. **Test commands** - Run hook commands manually first

10914. **Check permissions** - Make sure scripts are executable

10925. **Review logs** - Use `claude --debug` to see hook execution details

1093 1713 

1094Common issues:1714Hooks run with your system user's full permissions.

1095 1715 

1096* **Quotes not escaped** - Use `\"` inside JSON strings1716<Warning>

1097* **Wrong matcher** - Check tool names match exactly (case-sensitive)1717 Hooks execute shell commands with your full user permissions. They can modify, delete, or access any files your user account can access. Review and test all hook commands before adding them to your configuration.

1098* **Command not found** - Use full paths for scripts1718</Warning>

1099 1719 

1100### Advanced Debugging1720### Security best practices

1101 1721 

1102For complex hook issues:1722Keep these practices in mind when writing hooks:

1103 1723 

11041. **Inspect hook execution** - Use `claude --debug` to see detailed hook1724* **Validate and sanitize inputs**: never trust input data blindly

1105 execution1725* **Always quote shell variables**: use `"$VAR"` not `$VAR`

11062. **Validate JSON schemas** - Test hook input/output with external tools1726* **Block path traversal**: check for `..` in file paths

11073. **Check environment variables** - Verify Claude Code's environment is correct1727* **Use absolute paths**: specify full paths for scripts, using `"$CLAUDE_PROJECT_DIR"` for the project root

11084. **Test edge cases** - Try hooks with unusual file paths or inputs1728* **Skip sensitive files**: avoid `.env`, `.git/`, keys, etc.

11095. **Monitor system resources** - Check for resource exhaustion during hook

1110 execution

11116. **Use structured logging** - Implement logging in your hook scripts

1112 1729 

1113### Debug Output Example1730## Debug hooks

1114 1731 

1115Use `claude --debug` to see hook execution details:1732Run `claude --debug` to see hook execution details, including which hooks matched, their exit codes, and output. Toggle verbose mode with `Ctrl+O` to see hook progress in the transcript.

1116 1733 

1117```1734```

1118[DEBUG] Executing hooks for PostToolUse:Write1735[DEBUG] Executing hooks for PostToolUse:Write


1120[DEBUG] Found 1 hook matchers in settings1737[DEBUG] Found 1 hook matchers in settings

1121[DEBUG] Matched 1 hooks for query "Write"1738[DEBUG] Matched 1 hooks for query "Write"

1122[DEBUG] Found 1 hook commands to execute1739[DEBUG] Found 1 hook commands to execute

1123[DEBUG] Executing hook command: <Your command> with timeout 60000ms1740[DEBUG] Executing hook command: <Your command> with timeout 600000ms

1124[DEBUG] Hook command completed with status 0: <Your stdout>1741[DEBUG] Hook command completed with status 0: <Your stdout>

1125```1742```

1126 1743 

1127Progress messages appear in verbose mode (ctrl+o) showing:1744For troubleshooting common issues like hooks not firing, infinite Stop hook loops, or configuration errors, see [Limitations and troubleshooting](/en/hooks-guide#limitations-and-troubleshooting) in the guide.

1128 

1129* Which hook is running

1130* Command being executed

1131* Success/failure status

1132* Output or error messages

1133 

1134 

1135 

1136> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

hooks-guide.md +532 −205

Details

1# Get started with Claude Code hooks1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

2 4 

3> Learn how to customize and extend Claude Code's behavior by registering shell commands5# Automate workflows with hooks

4 6 

5Claude Code hooks are user-defined shell commands that execute at various points7> Run shell commands automatically when Claude Code edits files, finishes tasks, or needs input. Format code, send notifications, validate commands, and enforce project rules.

6in Claude Code's lifecycle. Hooks provide deterministic control over Claude8 

7Code's behavior, ensuring certain actions always happen rather than relying on9Hooks are user-defined shell commands that execute at specific points in Claude Code's lifecycle. They provide deterministic control over Claude Code's behavior, ensuring certain actions always happen rather than relying on the LLM to choose to run them. Use hooks to enforce project rules, automate repetitive tasks, and integrate Claude Code with your existing tools.

8the LLM to choose to run them.10 

11For decisions that require judgment rather than deterministic rules, you can also use [prompt-based hooks](#prompt-based-hooks) or [agent-based hooks](#agent-based-hooks) that use a Claude model to evaluate conditions.

12 

13For other ways to extend Claude Code, see [skills](/en/skills) for giving Claude additional instructions and executable commands, [subagents](/en/sub-agents) for running tasks in isolated contexts, and [plugins](/en/plugins) for packaging extensions to share across projects.

9 14 

10<Tip>15<Tip>

11 For reference documentation on hooks, see [Hooks reference](/en/hooks).16 This guide covers common use cases and how to get started. For full event schemas, JSON input/output formats, and advanced features like async hooks and MCP tool hooks, see the [Hooks reference](/en/hooks).

12</Tip>17</Tip>

13 18 

14Example use cases for hooks include:19## Set up your first hook

20 

21The fastest way to create a hook is through the `/hooks` interactive menu in Claude Code. This walkthrough creates a desktop notification hook, so you get alerted whenever Claude is waiting for your input instead of watching the terminal.

15 22 

16* **Notifications**: Customize how you get notified when Claude Code is awaiting23<Steps>

17 your input or permission to run something.24 <Step title="Open the hooks menu">

18* **Automatic formatting**: Run `prettier` on .ts files, `gofmt` on .go files,25 Type `/hooks` in the Claude Code CLI. You'll see a list of all available hook events, plus an option to disable all hooks. Each event corresponds to a point in Claude's lifecycle where you can run custom code. Select `Notification` to create a hook that fires when Claude needs your attention.

19 etc. after every file edit.26 </Step>

20* **Logging**: Track and count all executed commands for compliance or

21 debugging.

22* **Feedback**: Provide automated feedback when Claude Code produces code that

23 does not follow your codebase conventions.

24* **Custom permissions**: Block modifications to production files or sensitive

25 directories.

26 27 

27By encoding these rules as hooks rather than prompting instructions, you turn28 <Step title="Configure the matcher">

28suggestions into app-level code that executes every time it is expected to run.29 The menu shows a list of matchers, which filter when the hook fires. Set the matcher to `*` to fire on all notification types. You can narrow it later by changing the matcher to a specific value like `permission_prompt` or `idle_prompt`.

30 </Step>

29 31 

30<Warning>32 <Step title="Add your command">

31 You must consider the security implication of hooks as you add them, because hooks run automatically during the agent loop with your current environment's credentials.33 Select `+ Add new hook…`. The menu prompts you for a shell command to run when the event fires. Hooks run any shell command you provide, so you can use your platform's built-in notification tool. Copy the command for your OS:

32 For example, malicious hooks code can exfiltrate your data. Always review your hooks implementation before registering them.

33 34 

34 For full security best practices, see [Security Considerations](/en/hooks#security-considerations) in the hooks reference documentation.35 <Tabs>

35</Warning>36 <Tab title="macOS">

37 Uses [`osascript`](https://ss64.com/mac/osascript.html) to trigger a native macOS notification through AppleScript:

36 38 

37## Hook Events Overview39 ```

40 osascript -e 'display notification "Claude Code needs your attention" with title "Claude Code"'

41 ```

42 </Tab>

38 43 

39Claude Code provides several hook events that run at different points in the44 <Tab title="Linux">

40workflow:45 Uses `notify-send`, which is pre-installed on most Linux desktops with a notification daemon:

41 46 

42* **PreToolUse**: Runs before tool calls (can block them)47 ```

43* **PermissionRequest**: Runs when a permission dialog is shown (can allow or deny)48 notify-send 'Claude Code' 'Claude Code needs your attention'

44* **PostToolUse**: Runs after tool calls complete49 ```

45* **UserPromptSubmit**: Runs when the user submits a prompt, before Claude processes it50 </Tab>

46* **Notification**: Runs when Claude Code sends notifications

47* **Stop**: Runs when Claude Code finishes responding

48* **SubagentStop**: Runs when subagent tasks complete

49* **PreCompact**: Runs before Claude Code is about to run a compact operation

50* **SessionStart**: Runs when Claude Code starts a new session or resumes an existing session

51* **SessionEnd**: Runs when Claude Code session ends

52 51 

53Each event receives different data and can control Claude's behavior in52 <Tab title="Windows (PowerShell)">

54different ways.53 Uses PowerShell to show a native message box through .NET's Windows Forms:

55 54 

56## Quickstart55 ```

56 powershell.exe -Command "[System.Reflection.Assembly]::LoadWithPartialName('System.Windows.Forms'); [System.Windows.Forms.MessageBox]::Show('Claude Code needs your attention', 'Claude Code')"

57 ```

58 </Tab>

59 </Tabs>

60 </Step>

57 61 

58In this quickstart, you'll add a hook that logs the shell commands that Claude62 <Step title="Choose a storage location">

59Code runs.63 The menu asks where to save the hook configuration. Select `User settings` to store it in `~/.claude/settings.json`, which applies the hook to all your projects. You could also choose `Project settings` to scope it to the current project. See [Configure hook location](#configure-hook-location) for all available scopes.

64 </Step>

60 65 

61### Prerequisites66 <Step title="Test the hook">

67 Press `Esc` to return to the CLI. Ask Claude to do something that requires permission, then switch away from the terminal. You should receive a desktop notification.

68 </Step>

69</Steps>

62 70 

63Install `jq` for JSON processing in the command line.71## What you can automate

64 72 

65### Step 1: Open hooks configuration73Hooks let you run code at key points in Claude Code's lifecycle: format files after edits, block commands before they execute, send notifications when Claude needs input, inject context at session start, and more. For the full list of hook events, see the [Hooks reference](/en/hooks#hook-lifecycle).

66 74 

67Run the `/hooks` [slash command](/en/slash-commands) and select75Each example includes a ready-to-use configuration block that you add to a [settings file](#configure-hook-location). The most common patterns:

68the `PreToolUse` hook event.

69 76 

70`PreToolUse` hooks run before tool calls and can block them while providing77* [Get notified when Claude needs input](#get-notified-when-claude-needs-input)

71Claude feedback on what to do differently.78* [Auto-format code after edits](#auto-format-code-after-edits)

79* [Block edits to protected files](#block-edits-to-protected-files)

80* [Re-inject context after compaction](#re-inject-context-after-compaction)

81* [Audit configuration changes](#audit-configuration-changes)

72 82 

73### Step 2: Add a matcher83### Get notified when Claude needs input

84 

85Get a desktop notification whenever Claude finishes working and needs your input, so you can switch to other tasks without checking the terminal.

86 

87This hook uses the `Notification` event, which fires when Claude is waiting for input or permission. Each tab below uses the platform's native notification command. Add this to `~/.claude/settings.json`, or use the [interactive walkthrough](#set-up-your-first-hook) above to configure it with `/hooks`:

88 

89<Tabs>

90 <Tab title="macOS">

91 ```json theme={null}

92 {

93 "hooks": {

94 "Notification": [

95 {

96 "matcher": "",

97 "hooks": [

98 {

99 "type": "command",

100 "command": "osascript -e 'display notification \"Claude Code needs your attention\" with title \"Claude Code\"'"

101 }

102 ]

103 }

104 ]

105 }

106 }

107 ```

108 </Tab>

74 109 

75Select `+ Add new matcher…` to run your hook only on Bash tool calls.110 <Tab title="Linux">

111 ```json theme={null}

112 {

113 "hooks": {

114 "Notification": [

115 {

116 "matcher": "",

117 "hooks": [

118 {

119 "type": "command",

120 "command": "notify-send 'Claude Code' 'Claude Code needs your attention'"

121 }

122 ]

123 }

124 ]

125 }

126 }

127 ```

128 </Tab>

76 129 

77Type `Bash` for the matcher.130 <Tab title="Windows (PowerShell)">

131 ```json theme={null}

132 {

133 "hooks": {

134 "Notification": [

135 {

136 "matcher": "",

137 "hooks": [

138 {

139 "type": "command",

140 "command": "powershell.exe -Command \"[System.Reflection.Assembly]::LoadWithPartialName('System.Windows.Forms'); [System.Windows.Forms.MessageBox]::Show('Claude Code needs your attention', 'Claude Code')\""

141 }

142 ]

143 }

144 ]

145 }

146 }

147 ```

148 </Tab>

149</Tabs>

78 150 

79<Note>You can use `*` to match all tools.</Note>151### Auto-format code after edits

80 152 

81### Step 3: Add the hook153Automatically run [Prettier](https://prettier.io/) on every file Claude edits, so formatting stays consistent without manual intervention.

82 154 

83Select `+ Add new hook…` and enter this command:155This hook uses the `PostToolUse` event with an `Edit|Write` matcher, so it runs only after file-editing tools. The command extracts the edited file path with [`jq`](https://jqlang.github.io/jq/) and passes it to Prettier. Add this to `.claude/settings.json` in your project root:

84 156 

85```bash theme={null}157```json theme={null}

86jq -r '"\(.tool_input.command) - \(.tool_input.description // "No description")"' >> ~/.claude/bash-command-log.txt158{

159 "hooks": {

160 "PostToolUse": [

161 {

162 "matcher": "Edit|Write",

163 "hooks": [

164 {

165 "type": "command",

166 "command": "jq -r '.tool_input.file_path' | xargs npx prettier --write"

167 }

168 ]

169 }

170 ]

171 }

172}

87```173```

88 174 

89### Step 4: Save your configuration175<Note>

176 The Bash examples on this page use `jq` for JSON parsing. Install it with `brew install jq` (macOS), `apt-get install jq` (Debian/Ubuntu), or see [`jq` downloads](https://jqlang.github.io/jq/download/).

177</Note>

178 

179### Block edits to protected files

180 

181Prevent Claude from modifying sensitive files like `.env`, `package-lock.json`, or anything in `.git/`. Claude receives feedback explaining why the edit was blocked, so it can adjust its approach.

182 

183This example uses a separate script file that the hook calls. The script checks the target file path against a list of protected patterns and exits with code 2 to block the edit.

184 

185<Steps>

186 <Step title="Create the hook script">

187 Save this to `.claude/hooks/protect-files.sh`:

188 

189 ```bash theme={null}

190 #!/bin/bash

191 # protect-files.sh

192 

193 INPUT=$(cat)

194 FILE_PATH=$(echo "$INPUT" | jq -r '.tool_input.file_path // empty')

195 

196 PROTECTED_PATTERNS=(".env" "package-lock.json" ".git/")

197 

198 for pattern in "${PROTECTED_PATTERNS[@]}"; do

199 if [[ "$FILE_PATH" == *"$pattern"* ]]; then

200 echo "Blocked: $FILE_PATH matches protected pattern '$pattern'" >&2

201 exit 2

202 fi

203 done

90 204 

91For storage location, select `User settings` since you're logging to your home205 exit 0

92directory. This hook will then apply to all projects, not just your current206 ```

93project.207 </Step>

94 208 

95Then press `Esc` until you return to the REPL. Your hook is now registered.209 <Step title="Make the script executable (macOS/Linux)">

210 Hook scripts must be executable for Claude Code to run them:

96 211 

97### Step 5: Verify your hook212 ```bash theme={null}

213 chmod +x .claude/hooks/protect-files.sh

214 ```

215 </Step>

98 216 

99Run `/hooks` again or check `~/.claude/settings.json` to see your configuration:217 <Step title="Register the hook">

218 Add a `PreToolUse` hook to `.claude/settings.json` that runs the script before any `Edit` or `Write` tool call:

219 

220 ```json theme={null}

221 {

222 "hooks": {

223 "PreToolUse": [

224 {

225 "matcher": "Edit|Write",

226 "hooks": [

227 {

228 "type": "command",

229 "command": "\"$CLAUDE_PROJECT_DIR\"/.claude/hooks/protect-files.sh"

230 }

231 ]

232 }

233 ]

234 }

235 }

236 ```

237 </Step>

238</Steps>

239 

240### Re-inject context after compaction

241 

242When Claude's context window fills up, compaction summarizes the conversation to free space. This can lose important details. Use a `SessionStart` hook with a `compact` matcher to re-inject critical context after every compaction.

243 

244Any text your command writes to stdout is added to Claude's context. This example reminds Claude of project conventions and recent work. Add this to `.claude/settings.json` in your project root:

100 245 

101```json theme={null}246```json theme={null}

102{247{

103 "hooks": {248 "hooks": {

104 "PreToolUse": [249 "SessionStart": [

105 {250 {

106 "matcher": "Bash",251 "matcher": "compact",

107 "hooks": [252 "hooks": [

108 {253 {

109 "type": "command",254 "type": "command",

110 "command": "jq -r '\"\\(.tool_input.command) - \\(.tool_input.description // \"No description\")\"' >> ~/.claude/bash-command-log.txt"255 "command": "echo 'Reminder: use Bun, not npm. Run bun test before committing. Current sprint: auth refactor.'"

111 }256 }

112 ]257 ]

113 }258 }


116}261}

117```262```

118 263 

119### Step 6: Test your hook264You can replace the `echo` with any command that produces dynamic output, like `git log --oneline -5` to show recent commits. For injecting context on every session start, consider using [CLAUDE.md](/en/memory) instead. For environment variables, see [`CLAUDE_ENV_FILE`](/en/hooks#persist-environment-variables) in the reference.

120 265 

121Ask Claude to run a simple command like `ls` and check your log file:266### Audit configuration changes

122 267 

123```bash theme={null}268Track when settings or skills files change during a session. The `ConfigChange` event fires when an external process or editor modifies a configuration file, so you can log changes for compliance or block unauthorized modifications.

124cat ~/.claude/bash-command-log.txt269 

270This example appends each change to an audit log. Add this to `~/.claude/settings.json`:

271 

272```json theme={null}

273{

274 "hooks": {

275 "ConfigChange": [

276 {

277 "matcher": "",

278 "hooks": [

279 {

280 "type": "command",

281 "command": "jq -c '{timestamp: now | todate, source: .source, file: .file_path}' >> ~/claude-config-audit.log"

282 }

283 ]

284 }

285 ]

286 }

287}

125```288```

126 289 

127You should see entries like:290The matcher filters by configuration type: `user_settings`, `project_settings`, `local_settings`, `policy_settings`, or `skills`. To block a change from taking effect, exit with code 2 or return `{"decision": "block"}`. See the [ConfigChange reference](/en/hooks#configchange) for the full input schema.

291 

292## How hooks work

293 

294Hook events fire at specific lifecycle points in Claude Code. When an event fires, all matching hooks run in parallel, and identical hook commands are automatically deduplicated. The table below shows each event and when it triggers:

295 

296| Event | When it fires |

297| :------------------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

298| `SessionStart` | When a session begins or resumes |

299| `UserPromptSubmit` | When you submit a prompt, before Claude processes it |

300| `PreToolUse` | Before a tool call executes. Can block it |

301| `PermissionRequest` | When a permission dialog appears |

302| `PostToolUse` | After a tool call succeeds |

303| `PostToolUseFailure` | After a tool call fails |

304| `Notification` | When Claude Code sends a notification |

305| `SubagentStart` | When a subagent is spawned |

306| `SubagentStop` | When a subagent finishes |

307| `Stop` | When Claude finishes responding |

308| `TeammateIdle` | When an [agent team](/en/agent-teams) teammate is about to go idle |

309| `TaskCompleted` | When a task is being marked as completed |

310| `ConfigChange` | When a configuration file changes during a session |

311| `WorktreeCreate` | When a worktree is being created via `--worktree` or `isolation: "worktree"`. Replaces default git behavior |

312| `WorktreeRemove` | When a worktree is being removed, either at session exit or when a subagent finishes |

313| `PreCompact` | Before context compaction |

314| `SessionEnd` | When a session terminates |

315 

316Each hook has a `type` that determines how it runs. Most hooks use `"type": "command"`, which runs a shell command. Two other options use a Claude model to make decisions: `"type": "prompt"` for single-turn evaluation and `"type": "agent"` for multi-turn verification with tool access. See [Prompt-based hooks](#prompt-based-hooks) and [Agent-based hooks](#agent-based-hooks) for details.

317 

318### Read input and return output

319 

320Hooks communicate with Claude Code through stdin, stdout, stderr, and exit codes. When an event fires, Claude Code passes event-specific data as JSON to your script's stdin. Your script reads that data, does its work, and tells Claude Code what to do next via the exit code.

321 

322#### Hook input

128 323 

324Every event includes common fields like `session_id` and `cwd`, but each event type adds different data. For example, when Claude runs a Bash command, a `PreToolUse` hook receives something like this on stdin:

325 

326```json theme={null}

327{

328 "session_id": "abc123", // unique ID for this session

329 "cwd": "/Users/sarah/myproject", // working directory when the event fired

330 "hook_event_name": "PreToolUse", // which event triggered this hook

331 "tool_name": "Bash", // the tool Claude is about to use

332 "tool_input": { // the arguments Claude passed to the tool

333 "command": "npm test" // for Bash, this is the shell command

334 }

335}

129```336```

130ls - Lists files and directories337 

338Your script can parse that JSON and act on any of those fields. `UserPromptSubmit` hooks get the `prompt` text instead, `SessionStart` hooks get the `source` (startup, resume, clear, compact), and so on. See [Common input fields](/en/hooks#common-input-fields) in the reference for shared fields, and each event's section for event-specific schemas.

339 

340#### Hook output

341 

342Your script tells Claude Code what to do next by writing to stdout or stderr and exiting with a specific code. For example, a `PreToolUse` hook that wants to block a command:

343 

344```bash theme={null}

345#!/bin/bash

346INPUT=$(cat)

347COMMAND=$(echo "$INPUT" | jq -r '.tool_input.command')

348 

349if echo "$COMMAND" | grep -q "drop table"; then

350 echo "Blocked: dropping tables is not allowed" >&2 # stderr becomes Claude's feedback

351 exit 2 # exit 2 = block the action

352fi

353 

354exit 0 # exit 0 = let it proceed

131```355```

132 356 

133## More Examples357The exit code determines what happens next:

358 

359* **Exit 0**: the action proceeds. For `UserPromptSubmit` and `SessionStart` hooks, anything you write to stdout is added to Claude's context.

360* **Exit 2**: the action is blocked. Write a reason to stderr, and Claude receives it as feedback so it can adjust.

361* **Any other exit code**: the action proceeds. Stderr is logged but not shown to Claude. Toggle verbose mode with `Ctrl+O` to see these messages in the transcript.

362 

363#### Structured JSON output

364 

365Exit codes give you two options: allow or block. For more control, exit 0 and print a JSON object to stdout instead.

134 366 

135<Note>367<Note>

136 For a complete example implementation, see the [bash command validator example](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code/blob/main/examples/hooks/bash_command_validator_example.py) in our public codebase.368 Use exit 2 to block with a stderr message, or exit 0 with JSON for structured control. Don't mix them: Claude Code ignores JSON when you exit 2.

137</Note>369</Note>

138 370 

139### Code Formatting Hook371For example, a `PreToolUse` hook can deny a tool call and tell Claude why, or escalate it to the user for approval:

140 372 

141Automatically format TypeScript files after editing:373```json theme={null}

374{

375 "hookSpecificOutput": {

376 "hookEventName": "PreToolUse",

377 "permissionDecision": "deny",

378 "permissionDecisionReason": "Use rg instead of grep for better performance"

379 }

380}

381```

382 

383Claude Code reads `permissionDecision` and cancels the tool call, then feeds `permissionDecisionReason` back to Claude as feedback. These three options are specific to `PreToolUse`:

384 

385* `"allow"`: proceed without showing a permission prompt

386* `"deny"`: cancel the tool call and send the reason to Claude

387* `"ask"`: show the permission prompt to the user as normal

388 

389Other events use different decision patterns. For example, `PostToolUse` and `Stop` hooks use a top-level `decision: "block"` field, while `PermissionRequest` uses `hookSpecificOutput.decision.behavior`. See the [summary table](/en/hooks#decision-control) in the reference for a full breakdown by event.

390 

391For `UserPromptSubmit` hooks, use `additionalContext` instead to inject text into Claude's context. Prompt-based hooks (`type: "prompt"`) handle output differently: see [Prompt-based hooks](#prompt-based-hooks).

392 

393### Filter hooks with matchers

394 

395Without a matcher, a hook fires on every occurrence of its event. Matchers let you narrow that down. For example, if you want to run a formatter only after file edits (not after every tool call), add a matcher to your `PostToolUse` hook:

142 396 

143```json theme={null}397```json theme={null}

144{398{


147 {401 {

148 "matcher": "Edit|Write",402 "matcher": "Edit|Write",

149 "hooks": [403 "hooks": [

150 {404 { "type": "command", "command": "prettier --write ..." }

151 "type": "command",

152 "command": "jq -r '.tool_input.file_path' | { read file_path; if echo \"$file_path\" | grep -q '\\.ts$'; then npx prettier --write \"$file_path\"; fi; }"

153 }

154 ]405 ]

155 }406 }

156 ]407 ]


158}409}

159```410```

160 411 

161### Markdown Formatting Hook412The `"Edit|Write"` matcher is a regex pattern that matches the tool name. The hook only fires when Claude uses the `Edit` or `Write` tool, not when it uses `Bash`, `Read`, or any other tool.

162 413 

163Automatically fix missing language tags and formatting issues in markdown files:414Each event type matches on a specific field. Matchers support exact strings and regex patterns:

164 415 

165```json theme={null}416| Event | What the matcher filters | Example matcher values |

166{417| :---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------------ | :--------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

418| `PreToolUse`, `PostToolUse`, `PostToolUseFailure`, `PermissionRequest` | tool name | `Bash`, `Edit\|Write`, `mcp__.*` |

419| `SessionStart` | how the session started | `startup`, `resume`, `clear`, `compact` |

420| `SessionEnd` | why the session ended | `clear`, `logout`, `prompt_input_exit`, `bypass_permissions_disabled`, `other` |

421| `Notification` | notification type | `permission_prompt`, `idle_prompt`, `auth_success`, `elicitation_dialog` |

422| `SubagentStart` | agent type | `Bash`, `Explore`, `Plan`, or custom agent names |

423| `PreCompact` | what triggered compaction | `manual`, `auto` |

424| `SubagentStop` | agent type | same values as `SubagentStart` |

425| `ConfigChange` | configuration source | `user_settings`, `project_settings`, `local_settings`, `policy_settings`, `skills` |

426| `UserPromptSubmit`, `Stop`, `TeammateIdle`, `TaskCompleted`, `WorktreeCreate`, `WorktreeRemove` | no matcher support | always fires on every occurrence |

427 

428A few more examples showing matchers on different event types:

429 

430<Tabs>

431 <Tab title="Log every Bash command">

432 Match only `Bash` tool calls and log each command to a file. The `PostToolUse` event fires after the command completes, so `tool_input.command` contains what ran. The hook receives the event data as JSON on stdin, and `jq -r '.tool_input.command'` extracts just the command string, which `>>` appends to the log file:

433 

434 ```json theme={null}

435 {

167 "hooks": {436 "hooks": {

168 "PostToolUse": [437 "PostToolUse": [

169 {438 {

170 "matcher": "Edit|Write",439 "matcher": "Bash",

171 "hooks": [440 "hooks": [

172 {441 {

173 "type": "command",442 "type": "command",

174 "command": "\"$CLAUDE_PROJECT_DIR\"/.claude/hooks/markdown_formatter.py"443 "command": "jq -r '.tool_input.command' >> ~/.claude/command-log.txt"

175 }444 }

176 ]445 ]

177 }446 }

178 ]447 ]

179 }448 }

180}449 }

181```450 ```

451 </Tab>

182 452 

183Create `.claude/hooks/markdown_formatter.py` with this content:453 <Tab title="Match MCP tools">

184 454 MCP tools use a different naming convention than built-in tools: `mcp__<server>__<tool>`, where `<server>` is the MCP server name and `<tool>` is the tool it provides. For example, `mcp__github__search_repositories` or `mcp__filesystem__read_file`. Use a regex matcher to target all tools from a specific server, or match across servers with a pattern like `mcp__.*__write.*`. See [Match MCP tools](/en/hooks#match-mcp-tools) in the reference for the full list of examples.

185````python theme={null}

186#!/usr/bin/env python3

187"""

188Markdown formatter for Claude Code output.

189Fixes missing language tags and spacing issues while preserving code content.

190"""

191import json

192import sys

193import re

194import os

195 

196def detect_language(code):

197 """Best-effort language detection from code content."""

198 s = code.strip()

199

200 # JSON detection

201 if re.search(r'^\s*[{\[]', s):

202 try:

203 json.loads(s)

204 return 'json'

205 except:

206 pass

207

208 # Python detection

209 if re.search(r'^\s*def\s+\w+\s*\(', s, re.M) or \

210 re.search(r'^\s*(import|from)\s+\w+', s, re.M):

211 return 'python'

212

213 # JavaScript detection

214 if re.search(r'\b(function\s+\w+\s*\(|const\s+\w+\s*=)', s) or \

215 re.search(r'=>|console\.(log|error)', s):

216 return 'javascript'

217

218 # Bash detection

219 if re.search(r'^#!.*\b(bash|sh)\b', s, re.M) or \

220 re.search(r'\b(if|then|fi|for|in|do|done)\b', s):

221 return 'bash'

222

223 # SQL detection

224 if re.search(r'\b(SELECT|INSERT|UPDATE|DELETE|CREATE)\s+', s, re.I):

225 return 'sql'

226

227 return 'text'

228 

229def format_markdown(content):

230 """Format markdown content with language detection."""

231 # Fix unlabeled code fences

232 def add_lang_to_fence(match):

233 indent, info, body, closing = match.groups()

234 if not info.strip():

235 lang = detect_language(body)

236 return f"{indent}```{lang}\n{body}{closing}\n"

237 return match.group(0)

238

239 fence_pattern = r'(?ms)^([ \t]{0,3})```([^\n]*)\n(.*?)(\n\1```)\s*$'

240 content = re.sub(fence_pattern, add_lang_to_fence, content)

241

242 # Fix excessive blank lines (only outside code fences)

243 content = re.sub(r'\n{3,}', '\n\n', content)

244

245 return content.rstrip() + '\n'

246 

247# Main execution

248try:

249 input_data = json.load(sys.stdin)

250 file_path = input_data.get('tool_input', {}).get('file_path', '')

251

252 if not file_path.endswith(('.md', '.mdx')):

253 sys.exit(0) # Not a markdown file

254

255 if os.path.exists(file_path):

256 with open(file_path, 'r', encoding='utf-8') as f:

257 content = f.read()

258

259 formatted = format_markdown(content)

260

261 if formatted != content:

262 with open(file_path, 'w', encoding='utf-8') as f:

263 f.write(formatted)

264 print(f"✓ Fixed markdown formatting in {file_path}")

265

266except Exception as e:

267 print(f"Error formatting markdown: {e}", file=sys.stderr)

268 sys.exit(1)

269````

270 

271Make the script executable:

272 455 

273```bash theme={null}456 The command below extracts the tool name from the hook's JSON input with `jq` and writes it to stderr, where it shows up in verbose mode (`Ctrl+O`):

274chmod +x .claude/hooks/markdown_formatter.py457 

275```458 ```json theme={null}

459 {

460 "hooks": {

461 "PreToolUse": [

462 {

463 "matcher": "mcp__github__.*",

464 "hooks": [

465 {

466 "type": "command",

467 "command": "echo \"GitHub tool called: $(jq -r '.tool_name')\" >&2"

468 }

469 ]

470 }

471 ]

472 }

473 }

474 ```

475 </Tab>

476 

477 <Tab title="Clean up on session end">

478 The `SessionEnd` event supports matchers on the reason the session ended. This hook only fires on `clear` (when you run `/clear`), not on normal exits:

479 

480 ```json theme={null}

481 {

482 "hooks": {

483 "SessionEnd": [

484 {

485 "matcher": "clear",

486 "hooks": [

487 {

488 "type": "command",

489 "command": "rm -f /tmp/claude-scratch-*.txt"

490 }

491 ]

492 }

493 ]

494 }

495 }

496 ```

497 </Tab>

498</Tabs>

499 

500For full matcher syntax, see the [Hooks reference](/en/hooks#configuration).

501 

502### Configure hook location

503 

504Where you add a hook determines its scope:

505 

506| Location | Scope | Shareable |

507| :--------------------------------------------------------- | :--------------------------------- | :--------------------------------- |

508| `~/.claude/settings.json` | All your projects | No, local to your machine |

509| `.claude/settings.json` | Single project | Yes, can be committed to the repo |

510| `.claude/settings.local.json` | Single project | No, gitignored |

511| Managed policy settings | Organization-wide | Yes, admin-controlled |

512| [Plugin](/en/plugins) `hooks/hooks.json` | When plugin is enabled | Yes, bundled with the plugin |

513| [Skill](/en/skills) or [agent](/en/sub-agents) frontmatter | While the skill or agent is active | Yes, defined in the component file |

276 514 

277This hook automatically:515You can also use the [`/hooks` menu](/en/hooks#the-hooks-menu) in Claude Code to add, delete, and view hooks interactively. To disable all hooks at once, use the toggle at the bottom of the `/hooks` menu or set `"disableAllHooks": true` in your settings file.

278 516 

279* Detects programming languages in unlabeled code blocks517Hooks added through the `/hooks` menu take effect immediately. If you edit settings files directly while Claude Code is running, the changes won't take effect until you review them in the `/hooks` menu or restart your session.

280* Adds appropriate language tags for syntax highlighting

281* Fixes excessive blank lines while preserving code content

282* Only processes markdown files (`.md`, `.mdx`)

283 518 

284### Custom Notification Hook519## Prompt-based hooks

285 520 

286Get desktop notifications when Claude needs input:521For decisions that require judgment rather than deterministic rules, use `type: "prompt"` hooks. Instead of running a shell command, Claude Code sends your prompt and the hook's input data to a Claude model (Haiku by default) to make the decision. You can specify a different model with the `model` field if you need more capability.

522 

523The model's only job is to return a yes/no decision as JSON:

524 

525* `"ok": true`: the action proceeds

526* `"ok": false`: the action is blocked. The model's `"reason"` is fed back to Claude so it can adjust.

527 

528This example uses a `Stop` hook to ask the model whether all requested tasks are complete. If the model returns `"ok": false`, Claude keeps working and uses the `reason` as its next instruction:

287 529 

288```json theme={null}530```json theme={null}

289{531{

290 "hooks": {532 "hooks": {

291 "Notification": [533 "Stop": [

292 {534 {

293 "matcher": "",

294 "hooks": [535 "hooks": [

295 {536 {

296 "type": "command",537 "type": "prompt",

297 "command": "notify-send 'Claude Code' 'Awaiting your input'"538 "prompt": "Check if all tasks are complete. If not, respond with {\"ok\": false, \"reason\": \"what remains to be done\"}."

298 }539 }

299 ]540 ]

300 }541 }


303}544}

304```545```

305 546 

306### File Protection Hook547For full configuration options, see [Prompt-based hooks](/en/hooks#prompt-based-hooks) in the reference.

548 

549## Agent-based hooks

550 

551When verification requires inspecting files or running commands, use `type: "agent"` hooks. Unlike prompt hooks which make a single LLM call, agent hooks spawn a subagent that can read files, search code, and use other tools to verify conditions before returning a decision.

307 552 

308Block edits to sensitive files:553Agent hooks use the same `"ok"` / `"reason"` response format as prompt hooks, but with a longer default timeout of 60 seconds and up to 50 tool-use turns.

554 

555This example verifies that tests pass before allowing Claude to stop:

309 556 

310```json theme={null}557```json theme={null}

311{558{

312 "hooks": {559 "hooks": {

313 "PreToolUse": [560 "Stop": [

314 {561 {

315 "matcher": "Edit|Write",

316 "hooks": [562 "hooks": [

317 {563 {

318 "type": "command",564 "type": "agent",

319 "command": "python3 -c \"import json, sys; data=json.load(sys.stdin); path=data.get('tool_input',{}).get('file_path',''); sys.exit(2 if any(p in path for p in ['.env', 'package-lock.json', '.git/']) else 0)\""565 "prompt": "Verify that all unit tests pass. Run the test suite and check the results. $ARGUMENTS",

566 "timeout": 120

320 }567 }

321 ]568 ]

322 }569 }


325}572}

326```573```

327 574 

328## Learn more575Use prompt hooks when the hook input data alone is enough to make a decision. Use agent hooks when you need to verify something against the actual state of the codebase.

576 

577For full configuration options, see [Agent-based hooks](/en/hooks#agent-based-hooks) in the reference.

578 

579## Limitations and troubleshooting

329 580 

330* For reference documentation on hooks, see [Hooks reference](/en/hooks).581### Limitations

331* For comprehensive security best practices and safety guidelines, see [Security Considerations](/en/hooks#security-considerations) in the hooks reference documentation.

332* For troubleshooting steps and debugging techniques, see [Debugging](/en/hooks#debugging) in the hooks reference

333 documentation.

334 582 

583* Hooks communicate through stdout, stderr, and exit codes only. They cannot trigger slash commands or tool calls directly.

584* Hook timeout is 10 minutes by default, configurable per hook with the `timeout` field (in seconds).

585* `PostToolUse` hooks cannot undo actions since the tool has already executed.

586* `PermissionRequest` hooks do not fire in [non-interactive mode](/en/headless) (`-p`). Use `PreToolUse` hooks for automated permission decisions.

587* `Stop` hooks fire whenever Claude finishes responding, not only at task completion. They do not fire on user interrupts.

335 588 

589### Hook not firing

590 

591The hook is configured but never executes.

592 

593* Run `/hooks` and confirm the hook appears under the correct event

594* Check that the matcher pattern matches the tool name exactly (matchers are case-sensitive)

595* Verify you're triggering the right event type (e.g., `PreToolUse` fires before tool execution, `PostToolUse` fires after)

596* If using `PermissionRequest` hooks in non-interactive mode (`-p`), switch to `PreToolUse` instead

597 

598### Hook error in output

599 

600You see a message like "PreToolUse hook error: ..." in the transcript.

601 

602* Your script exited with a non-zero code unexpectedly. Test it manually by piping sample JSON:

603 ```bash theme={null}

604 echo '{"tool_name":"Bash","tool_input":{"command":"ls"}}' | ./my-hook.sh

605 echo $? # Check the exit code

606 ```

607* If you see "command not found", use absolute paths or `$CLAUDE_PROJECT_DIR` to reference scripts

608* If you see "jq: command not found", install `jq` or use Python/Node.js for JSON parsing

609* If the script isn't running at all, make it executable: `chmod +x ./my-hook.sh`

610 

611### `/hooks` shows no hooks configured

612 

613You edited a settings file but the hooks don't appear in the menu.

614 

615* Restart your session or open `/hooks` to reload. Hooks added through the `/hooks` menu take effect immediately, but manual file edits require a reload.

616* Verify your JSON is valid (trailing commas and comments are not allowed)

617* Confirm the settings file is in the correct location: `.claude/settings.json` for project hooks, `~/.claude/settings.json` for global hooks

618 

619### Stop hook runs forever

620 

621Claude keeps working in an infinite loop instead of stopping.

622 

623Your Stop hook script needs to check whether it already triggered a continuation. Parse the `stop_hook_active` field from the JSON input and exit early if it's `true`:

624 

625```bash theme={null}

626#!/bin/bash

627INPUT=$(cat)

628if [ "$(echo "$INPUT" | jq -r '.stop_hook_active')" = "true" ]; then

629 exit 0 # Allow Claude to stop

630fi

631# ... rest of your hook logic

632```

633 

634### JSON validation failed

635 

636Claude Code shows a JSON parsing error even though your hook script outputs valid JSON.

637 

638When Claude Code runs a hook, it spawns a shell that sources your profile (`~/.zshrc` or `~/.bashrc`). If your profile contains unconditional `echo` statements, that output gets prepended to your hook's JSON:

639 

640```

641Shell ready on arm64

642{"decision": "block", "reason": "Not allowed"}

643```

644 

645Claude Code tries to parse this as JSON and fails. To fix this, wrap echo statements in your shell profile so they only run in interactive shells:

646 

647```bash theme={null}

648# In ~/.zshrc or ~/.bashrc

649if [[ $- == *i* ]]; then

650 echo "Shell ready"

651fi

652```

653 

654The `$-` variable contains shell flags, and `i` means interactive. Hooks run in non-interactive shells, so the echo is skipped.

655 

656### Debug techniques

657 

658Toggle verbose mode with `Ctrl+O` to see hook output in the transcript, or run `claude --debug` for full execution details including which hooks matched and their exit codes.

659 

660## Learn more

336 661 

337> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt662* [Hooks reference](/en/hooks): full event schemas, JSON output format, async hooks, and MCP tool hooks

663* [Security considerations](/en/hooks#security-considerations): review before deploying hooks in shared or production environments

664* [Bash command validator example](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code/blob/main/examples/hooks/bash_command_validator_example.py): complete reference implementation

how-claude-code-works.md +239 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# How Claude Code works

6 

7> Understand the agentic loop, built-in tools, and how Claude Code interacts with your project.

8 

9Claude Code is an agentic assistant that runs in your terminal. While it excels at coding, it can help with anything you can do from the command line: writing docs, running builds, searching files, researching topics, and more.

10 

11This guide covers the core architecture, built-in capabilities, and [tips for working effectively](#work-effectively-with-claude-code). For step-by-step walkthroughs, see [Common workflows](/en/common-workflows). For extensibility features like skills, MCP, and hooks, see [Extend Claude Code](/en/features-overview).

12 

13## The agentic loop

14 

15When you give Claude a task, it works through three phases: **gather context**, **take action**, and **verify results**. These phases blend together. Claude uses tools throughout, whether searching files to understand your code, editing to make changes, or running tests to check its work.

16 

17<img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/agentic-loop.svg?fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=9d9cdb2102f397a0f57450ca5ca2a969" alt="The agentic loop: Your prompt leads to Claude gathering context, taking action, verifying results, and repeating until task complete. You can interrupt at any point." data-og-width="720" width="720" data-og-height="280" height="280" data-path="images/agentic-loop.svg" data-optimize="true" data-opv="3" srcset="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/agentic-loop.svg?w=280&fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=9c6a590754c1c1b281d40fc9f10fed0d 280w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/agentic-loop.svg?w=560&fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=9fb2f2fc174e285797cad25a9ca2a326 560w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/agentic-loop.svg?w=840&fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=3a1b68dd7b861e8ff25391773d8ab60c 840w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/agentic-loop.svg?w=1100&fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=e64edf9f5cbc62464617945cf08ef134 1100w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/agentic-loop.svg?w=1650&fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=3bf3319e76669f11513c6bcc5bf86feb 1650w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/agentic-loop.svg?w=2500&fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=9413880a191409ff3c81bafc8f7ab977 2500w" />

18 

19The loop adapts to what you ask. A question about your codebase might only need context gathering. A bug fix cycles through all three phases repeatedly. A refactor might involve extensive verification. Claude decides what each step requires based on what it learned from the previous step, chaining dozens of actions together and course-correcting along the way.

20 

21You're part of this loop too. You can interrupt at any point to steer Claude in a different direction, provide additional context, or ask it to try a different approach. Claude works autonomously but stays responsive to your input.

22 

23The agentic loop is powered by two components: [models](#models) that reason and [tools](#tools) that act. Claude Code serves as the **agentic harness** around Claude: it provides the tools, context management, and execution environment that turn a language model into a capable coding agent.

24 

25### Models

26 

27Claude Code uses Claude models to understand your code and reason about tasks. Claude can read code in any language, understand how components connect, and figure out what needs to change to accomplish your goal. For complex tasks, it breaks work into steps, executes them, and adjusts based on what it learns.

28 

29[Multiple models](/en/model-config) are available with different tradeoffs. Sonnet handles most coding tasks well. Opus provides stronger reasoning for complex architectural decisions. Switch with `/model` during a session or start with `claude --model <name>`.

30 

31When this guide says "Claude chooses" or "Claude decides," it's the model doing the reasoning.

32 

33### Tools

34 

35Tools are what make Claude Code agentic. Without tools, Claude can only respond with text. With tools, Claude can act: read your code, edit files, run commands, search the web, and interact with external services. Each tool use returns information that feeds back into the loop, informing Claude's next decision.

36 

37The built-in tools generally fall into four categories, each representing a different kind of agency.

38 

39| Category | What Claude can do |

40| --------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

41| **File operations** | Read files, edit code, create new files, rename and reorganize |

42| **Search** | Find files by pattern, search content with regex, explore codebases |

43| **Execution** | Run shell commands, start servers, run tests, use git |

44| **Web** | Search the web, fetch documentation, look up error messages |

45| **Code intelligence** | See type errors and warnings after edits, jump to definitions, find references (requires [code intelligence plugins](/en/discover-plugins#code-intelligence)) |

46 

47These are the primary capabilities. Claude also has tools for spawning subagents, asking you questions, and other orchestration tasks. See [Tools available to Claude](/en/settings#tools-available-to-claude) for the complete list.

48 

49Claude chooses which tools to use based on your prompt and what it learns along the way. When you say "fix the failing tests," Claude might:

50 

511. Run the test suite to see what's failing

522. Read the error output

533. Search for the relevant source files

544. Read those files to understand the code

555. Edit the files to fix the issue

566. Run the tests again to verify

57 

58Each tool use gives Claude new information that informs the next step. This is the agentic loop in action.

59 

60**Extending the base capabilities:** The built-in tools are the foundation. You can extend what Claude knows with [skills](/en/skills), connect to external services with [MCP](/en/mcp), automate workflows with [hooks](/en/hooks), and offload tasks to [subagents](/en/sub-agents). These extensions form a layer on top of the core agentic loop. See [Extend Claude Code](/en/features-overview) for guidance on choosing the right extension for your needs.

61 

62## What Claude can access

63 

64This guide focuses on the terminal. Claude Code also runs in [VS Code, JetBrains IDEs, and other environments](/en/ide-integrations).

65 

66When you run `claude` in a directory, Claude Code gains access to:

67 

68* **Your project.** Files in your directory and subdirectories, plus files elsewhere with your permission.

69* **Your terminal.** Any command you could run: build tools, git, package managers, system utilities, scripts. If you can do it from the command line, Claude can too.

70* **Your git state.** Current branch, uncommitted changes, and recent commit history.

71* **Your [CLAUDE.md](/en/memory).** A markdown file where you store project-specific instructions, conventions, and context that Claude should know every session.

72* **Extensions you configure.** [MCP servers](/en/mcp) for external services, [skills](/en/skills) for workflows, [subagents](/en/sub-agents) for delegated work, and [Claude in Chrome](/en/chrome) for browser interaction.

73 

74Because Claude sees your whole project, it can work across it. When you ask Claude to "fix the authentication bug," it searches for relevant files, reads multiple files to understand context, makes coordinated edits across them, runs tests to verify the fix, and commits the changes if you ask. This is different from inline code assistants that only see the current file.

75 

76## Work with sessions

77 

78Claude Code saves your conversation locally as you work. Each message, tool use, and result is stored, which enables [rewinding](#undo-changes-with-checkpoints), [resuming, and forking](#resume-or-fork-sessions) sessions. Before Claude makes code changes, it also snapshots the affected files so you can revert if needed.

79 

80**Sessions are independent.** Each new session starts with a fresh context window, without the conversation history from previous sessions. Claude can persist learnings across sessions using [auto memory](/en/memory#auto-memory), and you can add your own persistent instructions in [CLAUDE.md](/en/memory).

81 

82### Work across branches

83 

84Each Claude Code conversation is a session tied to your current directory. When you resume, you only see sessions from that directory.

85 

86Claude sees your current branch's files. When you switch branches, Claude sees the new branch's files, but your conversation history stays the same. Claude remembers what you discussed even after switching.

87 

88Since sessions are tied to directories, you can run parallel Claude sessions by using [git worktrees](/en/common-workflows#run-parallel-claude-code-sessions-with-git-worktrees), which create separate directories for individual branches.

89 

90### Resume or fork sessions

91 

92When you resume a session with `claude --continue` or `claude --resume`, you pick up where you left off using the same session ID. New messages append to the existing conversation. Your full conversation history is restored, but session-scoped permissions are not. You'll need to re-approve those.

93 

94<img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/session-continuity.svg?fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=808da1b213c731bf98874c75981d688b" alt="Session continuity: resume continues the same session, fork creates a new branch with a new ID." data-og-width="560" width="560" data-og-height="280" height="280" data-path="images/session-continuity.svg" data-optimize="true" data-opv="3" srcset="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/session-continuity.svg?w=280&fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=ba75f64bc571f3ef84a3237ef795bf22 280w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/session-continuity.svg?w=560&fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=343ad422a171a2b909c87ed01c768745 560w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/session-continuity.svg?w=840&fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=afce54d5e3b08cdb54d506332462b74c 840w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/session-continuity.svg?w=1100&fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=28648c0a04cf7aef2de02d1c98491965 1100w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/session-continuity.svg?w=1650&fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=a5287882beedaea54af606f682e4818d 1650w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi/images/session-continuity.svg?w=2500&fit=max&auto=format&n=TBPmHzr19mDCuhZi&q=85&s=f392dbe67b63eead4a2aae67adfbfdbe 2500w" />

95 

96To branch off and try a different approach without affecting the original session, use the `--fork-session` flag:

97 

98```bash theme={null}

99claude --continue --fork-session

100```

101 

102This creates a new session ID while preserving the conversation history up to that point. The original session remains unchanged. Like resume, forked sessions don't inherit session-scoped permissions.

103 

104**Same session in multiple terminals**: If you resume the same session in multiple terminals, both terminals write to the same session file. Messages from both get interleaved, like two people writing in the same notebook. Nothing corrupts, but the conversation becomes jumbled. Each terminal only sees its own messages during the session, but if you resume that session later, you'll see everything interleaved. For parallel work from the same starting point, use `--fork-session` to give each terminal its own clean session.

105 

106### The context window

107 

108Claude's context window holds your conversation history, file contents, command outputs, [CLAUDE.md](/en/memory), loaded skills, and system instructions. As you work, context fills up. Claude compacts automatically, but instructions from early in the conversation can get lost. Put persistent rules in CLAUDE.md, and run `/context` to see what's using space.

109 

110#### When context fills up

111 

112Claude Code manages context automatically as you approach the limit. It clears older tool outputs first, then summarizes the conversation if needed. Your requests and key code snippets are preserved; detailed instructions from early in the conversation may be lost. Put persistent rules in CLAUDE.md rather than relying on conversation history.

113 

114To control what's preserved during compaction, add a "Compact Instructions" section to CLAUDE.md or run `/compact` with a focus (like `/compact focus on the API changes`).

115 

116Run `/context` to see what's using space. MCP servers add tool definitions to every request, so a few servers can consume significant context before you start working. Run `/mcp` to check per-server costs.

117 

118#### Manage context with skills and subagents

119 

120Beyond compaction, you can use other features to control what loads into context.

121 

122[Skills](/en/skills) load on demand. Claude sees skill descriptions at session start, but the full content only loads when a skill is used. For skills you invoke manually, set `disable-model-invocation: true` to keep descriptions out of context until you need them.

123 

124[Subagents](/en/sub-agents) get their own fresh context, completely separate from your main conversation. Their work doesn't bloat your context. When done, they return a summary. This isolation is why subagents help with long sessions.

125 

126See [context costs](/en/features-overview#understand-context-costs) for what each feature costs, and [reduce token usage](/en/costs#reduce-token-usage) for tips on managing context.

127 

128## Stay safe with checkpoints and permissions

129 

130Claude has two safety mechanisms: checkpoints let you undo file changes, and permissions control what Claude can do without asking.

131 

132### Undo changes with checkpoints

133 

134**Every file edit is reversible.** Before Claude edits any file, it snapshots the current contents. If something goes wrong, press `Esc` twice to rewind to a previous state, or ask Claude to undo.

135 

136Checkpoints are local to your session, separate from git. They only cover file changes. Actions that affect remote systems (databases, APIs, deployments) can't be checkpointed, which is why Claude asks before running commands with external side effects.

137 

138### Control what Claude can do

139 

140Press `Shift+Tab` to cycle through permission modes:

141 

142* **Default**: Claude asks before file edits and shell commands

143* **Auto-accept edits**: Claude edits files without asking, still asks for commands

144* **Plan mode**: Claude uses read-only tools only, creating a plan you can approve before execution

145 

146You can also allow specific commands in `.claude/settings.json` so Claude doesn't ask each time. This is useful for trusted commands like `npm test` or `git status`. Settings can be scoped from organization-wide policies down to personal preferences. See [Permissions](/en/permissions) for details.

147 

148***

149 

150## Work effectively with Claude Code

151 

152These tips help you get better results from Claude Code.

153 

154### Ask Claude Code for help

155 

156Claude Code can teach you how to use it. Ask questions like "how do I set up hooks?" or "what's the best way to structure my CLAUDE.md?" and Claude will explain.

157 

158Built-in commands also guide you through setup:

159 

160* `/init` walks you through creating a CLAUDE.md for your project

161* `/agents` helps you configure custom subagents

162* `/doctor` diagnoses common issues with your installation

163 

164### It's a conversation

165 

166Claude Code is conversational. You don't need perfect prompts. Start with what you want, then refine:

167 

168```

169> Fix the login bug

170 

171[Claude investigates, tries something]

172 

173> That's not quite right. The issue is in the session handling.

174 

175[Claude adjusts approach]

176```

177 

178When the first attempt isn't right, you don't start over. You iterate.

179 

180#### Interrupt and steer

181 

182You can interrupt Claude at any point. If it's going down the wrong path, just type your correction and press Enter. Claude will stop what it's doing and adjust its approach based on your input. You don't have to wait for it to finish or start over.

183 

184### Be specific upfront

185 

186The more precise your initial prompt, the fewer corrections you'll need. Reference specific files, mention constraints, and point to example patterns.

187 

188```

189> The checkout flow is broken for users with expired cards.

190> Check src/payments/ for the issue, especially token refresh.

191> Write a failing test first, then fix it.

192```

193 

194Vague prompts like "fix the login bug" work, but you'll spend more time steering. Specific prompts like the above often succeed on the first attempt.

195 

196### Give Claude something to verify against

197 

198Claude performs better when it can check its own work. Include test cases, paste screenshots of expected UI, or define the output you want.

199 

200```

201> Implement validateEmail. Test cases: 'user@example.com' → true,

202> 'invalid' → false, 'user@.com' → false. Run the tests after.

203```

204 

205For visual work, paste a screenshot of the design and ask Claude to compare its implementation against it.

206 

207### Explore before implementing

208 

209For complex problems, separate research from coding. Use plan mode (`Shift+Tab` twice) to analyze the codebase first:

210 

211```

212> Read src/auth/ and understand how we handle sessions.

213> Then create a plan for adding OAuth support.

214```

215 

216Review the plan, refine it through conversation, then let Claude implement. This two-phase approach produces better results than jumping straight to code.

217 

218### Delegate, don't dictate

219 

220Think of delegating to a capable colleague. Give context and direction, then trust Claude to figure out the details:

221 

222```

223> The checkout flow is broken for users with expired cards.

224> The relevant code is in src/payments/. Can you investigate and fix it?

225```

226 

227You don't need to specify which files to read or what commands to run. Claude figures that out.

228 

229## What's next

230 

231<CardGroup cols={2}>

232 <Card title="Extend with features" icon="puzzle-piece" href="/en/features-overview">

233 Add Skills, MCP connections, and custom commands

234 </Card>

235 

236 <Card title="Common workflows" icon="graduation-cap" href="/en/common-workflows">

237 Step-by-step guides for typical tasks

238 </Card>

239</CardGroup>

iam.md +0 −188 deleted

File DeletedView Diff

1# Identity and Access Management

2 

3> Learn how to configure user authentication, authorization, and access controls for Claude Code in your organization.

4 

5## Authentication methods

6 

7Setting up Claude Code requires access to Anthropic models. For teams, you can set up Claude Code access in one of four ways:

8 

9* Claude API via the Claude Console

10* Amazon Bedrock

11* Microsoft Foundry

12* Google Vertex AI

13 

14### Claude API authentication

15 

16**To set up Claude Code access for your team via Claude API:**

17 

181. Use your existing Claude Console account or create a new Claude Console account

192. You can add users through either method below:

20 * Bulk invite users from within the Console (Console -> Settings -> Members -> Invite)

21 * [Set up SSO](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/10280258-setting-up-single-sign-on-on-the-api-console)

223. When inviting users, they need one of the following roles:

23 * "Claude Code" role means users can only create Claude Code API keys

24 * "Developer" role means users can create any kind of API key

254. Each invited user needs to complete these steps:

26 * Accept the Console invite

27 * [Check system requirements](/en/setup#system-requirements)

28 * [Install Claude Code](/en/setup#installation)

29 * Login with Console account credentials

30 

31### Cloud provider authentication

32 

33**To set up Claude Code access for your team via Bedrock, Vertex, or Azure:**

34 

351. Follow the [Bedrock docs](/en/amazon-bedrock), [Vertex docs](/en/google-vertex-ai), or [Microsoft Foundry docs](/en/microsoft-foundry)

362. Distribute the environment variables and instructions for generating cloud credentials to your users. Read more about how to [manage configuration here](/en/settings).

373. Users can [install Claude Code](/en/setup#installation)

38 

39## Access control and permissions

40 

41We support fine-grained permissions so that you're able to specify exactly what the agent is allowed to do (e.g. run tests, run linter) and what it is not allowed to do (e.g. update cloud infrastructure). These permission settings can be checked into version control and distributed to all developers in your organization, as well as customized by individual developers.

42 

43### Permission system

44 

45Claude Code uses a tiered permission system to balance power and safety:

46 

47| Tool Type | Example | Approval Required | "Yes, don't ask again" Behavior |

48| :---------------- | :------------------- | :---------------- | :-------------------------------------------- |

49| Read-only | File reads, LS, Grep | No | N/A |

50| Bash Commands | Shell execution | Yes | Permanently per project directory and command |

51| File Modification | Edit/write files | Yes | Until session end |

52 

53### Configuring permissions

54 

55You can view & manage Claude Code's tool permissions with `/permissions`. This UI lists all permission rules and the settings.json file they are sourced from.

56 

57* **Allow** rules will allow Claude Code to use the specified tool without further manual approval.

58* **Ask** rules will ask the user for confirmation whenever Claude Code tries to use the specified tool. Ask rules take precedence over allow rules.

59* **Deny** rules will prevent Claude Code from using the specified tool. Deny rules take precedence over allow and ask rules.

60* **Additional directories** extend Claude's file access to directories beyond the initial working directory.

61* **Default mode** controls Claude's permission behavior when encountering new requests.

62 

63Permission rules use the format: `Tool` or `Tool(optional-specifier)`

64 

65A rule that is just the tool name matches any use of that tool. For example, adding `Bash` to the list of allow rules would allow Claude Code to use the Bash tool without requiring user approval.

66 

67#### Permission modes

68 

69Claude Code supports several permission modes that can be set as the `defaultMode` in [settings files](/en/settings#settings-files):

70 

71| Mode | Description |

72| :------------------ | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

73| `default` | Standard behavior - prompts for permission on first use of each tool |

74| `acceptEdits` | Automatically accepts file edit permissions for the session |

75| `plan` | Plan Mode - Claude can analyze but not modify files or execute commands |

76| `dontAsk` | Auto-denies tools unless pre-approved via `/permissions` or [`permissions.allow`](/en/settings#permission-settings) rules |

77| `bypassPermissions` | Skips all permission prompts (requires safe environment - see warning below) |

78 

79#### Working directories

80 

81By default, Claude has access to files in the directory where it was launched. You can extend this access:

82 

83* **During startup**: Use `--add-dir <path>` CLI argument

84* **During session**: Use `/add-dir` slash command

85* **Persistent configuration**: Add to `additionalDirectories` in [settings files](/en/settings#settings-files)

86 

87Files in additional directories follow the same permission rules as the original working directory - they become readable without prompts, and file editing permissions follow the current permission mode.

88 

89#### Tool-specific permission rules

90 

91Some tools support more fine-grained permission controls:

92 

93**Bash**

94 

95* `Bash(npm run build)` Matches the exact Bash command `npm run build`

96* `Bash(npm run test:*)` Matches Bash commands starting with `npm run test`

97* `Bash(curl http://site.com/:*)` Matches curl commands that start with exactly `curl http://site.com/`

98 

99<Tip>

100 Claude Code is aware of shell operators (like `&&`) so a prefix match rule like `Bash(safe-cmd:*)` won't give it permission to run the command `safe-cmd && other-cmd`

101</Tip>

102 

103<Warning>

104 Important limitations of Bash permission patterns:

105 

106 1. This tool uses **prefix matches**, not regex or glob patterns

107 2. The wildcard `:*` only works at the end of a pattern to match any continuation

108 3. Patterns like `Bash(curl http://github.com/:*)` can be bypassed in many ways:

109 * Options before URL: `curl -X GET http://github.com/...` won't match

110 * Different protocol: `curl https://github.com/...` won't match

111 * Redirects: `curl -L http://bit.ly/xyz` (redirects to github)

112 * Variables: `URL=http://github.com && curl $URL` won't match

113 * Extra spaces: `curl http://github.com` won't match

114 

115 For more reliable URL filtering, consider:

116 

117 * Using the WebFetch tool with `WebFetch(domain:github.com)` permission

118 * Instructing Claude Code about your allowed curl patterns via CLAUDE.md

119 * Using hooks for custom permission validation

120</Warning>

121 

122**Read & Edit**

123 

124`Edit` rules apply to all built-in tools that edit files. Claude will make a best-effort attempt to apply `Read` rules to all built-in tools that read files like Grep, Glob, and LS.

125 

126Read & Edit rules both follow the [gitignore](https://git-scm.com/docs/gitignore) specification with four distinct pattern types:

127 

128| Pattern | Meaning | Example | Matches |

129| ------------------ | -------------------------------------- | -------------------------------- | ---------------------------------- |

130| `//path` | **Absolute** path from filesystem root | `Read(//Users/alice/secrets/**)` | `/Users/alice/secrets/**` |

131| `~/path` | Path from **home** directory | `Read(~/Documents/*.pdf)` | `/Users/alice/Documents/*.pdf` |

132| `/path` | Path **relative to settings file** | `Edit(/src/**/*.ts)` | `<settings file path>/src/**/*.ts` |

133| `path` or `./path` | Path **relative to current directory** | `Read(*.env)` | `<cwd>/*.env` |

134 

135<Warning>

136 A pattern like `/Users/alice/file` is NOT an absolute path - it's relative to your settings file! Use `//Users/alice/file` for absolute paths.

137</Warning>

138 

139* `Edit(/docs/**)` - Edits in `<project>/docs/` (NOT `/docs/`!)

140* `Read(~/.zshrc)` - Reads your home directory's `.zshrc`

141* `Edit(//tmp/scratch.txt)` - Edits the absolute path `/tmp/scratch.txt`

142* `Read(src/**)` - Reads from `<current-directory>/src/`

143 

144**WebFetch**

145 

146* `WebFetch(domain:example.com)` Matches fetch requests to example.com

147 

148**MCP**

149 

150* `mcp__puppeteer` Matches any tool provided by the `puppeteer` server (name configured in Claude Code)

151* `mcp__puppeteer__*` Wildcard syntax that also matches all tools from the `puppeteer` server

152* `mcp__puppeteer__puppeteer_navigate` Matches the `puppeteer_navigate` tool provided by the `puppeteer` server

153 

154### Additional permission control with hooks

155 

156[Claude Code hooks](/en/hooks-guide) provide a way to register custom shell commands to perform permission evaluation at runtime. When Claude Code makes a tool call, PreToolUse hooks run before the permission system runs, and the hook output can determine whether to approve or deny the tool call in place of the permission system.

157 

158### Enterprise managed settings

159 

160For enterprise deployments of Claude Code, administrators can configure and distribute settings to their organization through the [Claude.ai admin console](https://claude.ai/admin-settings/claude-code). These settings are fetched automatically when users authenticate and cannot be overridden locally. This feature is available to Claude for Enterprise customers. If you don't see this option in your admin console, contact your Anthropic account team to have the feature enabled.

161 

162For organizations that prefer file-based policy distribution, Claude Code also supports `managed-settings.json` files that can be deployed to [system directories](/en/settings#settings-files). These policy files follow the same format as regular settings files and cannot be overridden by user or project settings.

163 

164### Settings precedence

165 

166When multiple settings sources exist, they are applied in the following order (highest to lowest precedence):

167 

1681. Managed settings (via Claude.ai admin console)

1692. File-based managed settings (`managed-settings.json`)

1703. Command line arguments

1714. Local project settings (`.claude/settings.local.json`)

1725. Shared project settings (`.claude/settings.json`)

1736. User settings (`~/.claude/settings.json`)

174 

175This hierarchy ensures that organizational policies are always enforced while still allowing flexibility at the project and user levels where appropriate.

176 

177## Credential management

178 

179Claude Code securely manages your authentication credentials:

180 

181* **Storage location**: On macOS, API keys, OAuth tokens, and other credentials are stored in the encrypted macOS Keychain.

182* **Supported authentication types**: Claude.ai credentials, Claude API credentials, Azure Auth, Bedrock Auth, and Vertex Auth.

183* **Custom credential scripts**: The [`apiKeyHelper`](/en/settings#available-settings) setting can be configured to run a shell script that returns an API key.

184* **Refresh intervals**: By default, `apiKeyHelper` is called after 5 minutes or on HTTP 401 response. Set `CLAUDE_CODE_API_KEY_HELPER_TTL_MS` environment variable for custom refresh intervals.

185 

186 

187 

188> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

interactive-mode.md +173 −17

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Interactive mode5# Interactive mode

2 6 

3> Complete reference for keyboard shortcuts, input modes, and interactive features in Claude Code sessions.7> Complete reference for keyboard shortcuts, input modes, and interactive features in Claude Code sessions.


5## Keyboard shortcuts9## Keyboard shortcuts

6 10 

7<Note>11<Note>

8 Keyboard shortcuts may vary by platform and terminal. Press `?` to see available shortcuts for your environment. For example, Option key combinations on macOS may require configuring your terminal to use Option as a meta/escape key.12 Keyboard shortcuts may vary by platform and terminal. Press `?` to see available shortcuts for your environment.

13 

14 **macOS users**: Option/Alt key shortcuts (`Alt+B`, `Alt+F`, `Alt+Y`, `Alt+M`, `Alt+P`) require configuring Option as Meta in your terminal:

15 

16 * **iTerm2**: Settings → Profiles → Keys → Set Left/Right Option key to "Esc+"

17 * **Terminal.app**: Settings → Profiles → Keyboard → Check "Use Option as Meta Key"

18 * **VS Code**: Settings → Profiles → Keys → Set Left/Right Option key to "Esc+"

19 

20 See [Terminal configuration](/en/terminal-config) for details.

9</Note>21</Note>

10 22 

11### General controls23### General controls

12 24 

13| Shortcut | Description | Context |25| Shortcut | Description | Context |

14| :-------------------------------------------- | :--------------------------------- | :---------------------------------------------------------- |26| :------------------------------------------------ | :------------------------------------------------------------------ | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

15| `Ctrl+C` | Cancel current input or generation | Standard interrupt |27| `Ctrl+C` | Cancel current input or generation | Standard interrupt |

28| `Ctrl+F` | Kill all background agents. Press twice within 3 seconds to confirm | Background agent control |

16| `Ctrl+D` | Exit Claude Code session | EOF signal |29| `Ctrl+D` | Exit Claude Code session | EOF signal |

30| `Ctrl+G` | Open in default text editor | Edit your prompt or custom response in your default text editor |

17| `Ctrl+L` | Clear terminal screen | Keeps conversation history |31| `Ctrl+L` | Clear terminal screen | Keeps conversation history |

18| `Ctrl+O` | Toggle verbose output | Shows detailed tool usage and execution |32| `Ctrl+O` | Toggle verbose output | Shows detailed tool usage and execution |

19| `Ctrl+R` | Reverse search command history | Search through previous commands interactively |33| `Ctrl+R` | Reverse search command history | Search through previous commands interactively |

20| `Ctrl+V` (macOS/Linux) or `Alt+V` (Windows) | Paste image from clipboard | Pastes an image or path to an image file |34| `Ctrl+V` or `Cmd+V` (iTerm2) or `Alt+V` (Windows) | Paste image from clipboard | Pastes an image or path to an image file |

35| `Ctrl+B` | Background running tasks | Backgrounds bash commands and agents. Tmux users press twice |

36| `Ctrl+T` | Toggle task list | Show or hide the [task list](#task-list) in the terminal status area |

37| `Left/Right arrows` | Cycle through dialog tabs | Navigate between tabs in permission dialogs and menus |

21| `Up/Down arrows` | Navigate command history | Recall previous inputs |38| `Up/Down arrows` | Navigate command history | Recall previous inputs |

22| `Esc` + `Esc` | Rewind the code/conversation | Restore the code and/or conversation to a previous point |39| `Esc` + `Esc` | Rewind or summarize | Restore code and/or conversation to a previous point, or summarize from a selected message |

23| `Shift+Tab` or `Alt+M` (some configurations) | Toggle permission modes | Switch between Auto-Accept Mode, Plan Mode, and normal mode |40| `Shift+Tab` or `Alt+M` (some configurations) | Toggle permission modes | Switch between Auto-Accept Mode, Plan Mode, and normal mode. |

24| `Option+P` (macOS) or `Alt+P` (Windows/Linux) | Switch model | Switch models without clearing your prompt |41| `Option+P` (macOS) or `Alt+P` (Windows/Linux) | Switch model | Switch models without clearing your prompt |

42| `Option+T` (macOS) or `Alt+T` (Windows/Linux) | Toggle extended thinking | Enable or disable extended thinking mode. Run `/terminal-setup` first to enable this shortcut |

43 

44### Text editing

45 

46| Shortcut | Description | Context |

47| :----------------------- | :--------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

48| `Ctrl+K` | Delete to end of line | Stores deleted text for pasting |

49| `Ctrl+U` | Delete entire line | Stores deleted text for pasting |

50| `Ctrl+Y` | Paste deleted text | Paste text deleted with `Ctrl+K` or `Ctrl+U` |

51| `Alt+Y` (after `Ctrl+Y`) | Cycle paste history | After pasting, cycle through previously deleted text. Requires [Option as Meta](#keyboard-shortcuts) on macOS |

52| `Alt+B` | Move cursor back one word | Word navigation. Requires [Option as Meta](#keyboard-shortcuts) on macOS |

53| `Alt+F` | Move cursor forward one word | Word navigation. Requires [Option as Meta](#keyboard-shortcuts) on macOS |

54 

55### Theme and display

56 

57| Shortcut | Description | Context |

58| :------- | :----------------------------------------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

59| `Ctrl+T` | Toggle syntax highlighting for code blocks | Only works inside the `/theme` picker menu. Controls whether code in Claude's responses uses syntax coloring |

60 

61<Note>

62 Syntax highlighting is only available in the native build of Claude Code.

63</Note>

25 64 

26### Multiline input65### Multiline input

27 66 

28| Method | Shortcut | Context |67| Method | Shortcut | Context |

29| :--------------- | :------------- | :-------------------------------- |68| :--------------- | :------------- | :------------------------------------------------------ |

30| Quick escape | `\` + `Enter` | Works in all terminals |69| Quick escape | `\` + `Enter` | Works in all terminals |

31| macOS default | `Option+Enter` | Default on macOS |70| macOS default | `Option+Enter` | Default on macOS |

32| Terminal setup | `Shift+Enter` | After `/terminal-setup` |71| Shift+Enter | `Shift+Enter` | Works out of the box in iTerm2, WezTerm, Ghostty, Kitty |

33| Control sequence | `Ctrl+J` | Line feed character for multiline |72| Control sequence | `Ctrl+J` | Line feed character for multiline |

34| Paste mode | Paste directly | For code blocks, logs |73| Paste mode | Paste directly | For code blocks, logs |

35 74 

36<Tip>75<Tip>

37 Configure your preferred line break behavior in terminal settings. Run `/terminal-setup` to install Shift+Enter binding for iTerm2 and VS Code terminals.76 Shift+Enter works without configuration in iTerm2, WezTerm, Ghostty, and Kitty. For other terminals (VS Code, Alacritty, Zed, Warp), run `/terminal-setup` to install the binding.

38</Tip>77</Tip>

39 78 

40### Quick commands79### Quick commands

41 80 

42| Shortcut | Description | Notes |81| Shortcut | Description | Notes |

43| :----------- | :---------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------ |82| :----------- | :---------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------- |

44| `/` at start | Slash command | See [slash commands](/en/slash-commands) |83| `/` at start | Command or skill | See [built-in commands](#built-in-commands) and [skills](/en/skills) |

45| `!` at start | Bash mode | Run commands directly and add execution output to the session |84| `!` at start | Bash mode | Run commands directly and add execution output to the session |

46| `@` | File path mention | Trigger file path autocomplete |85| `@` | File path mention | Trigger file path autocomplete |

47 86 

87## Built-in commands

88 

89Built-in commands are shortcuts for common actions. The table below covers commonly used commands but not all available options. Type `/` in Claude Code to see the full list, or type `/` followed by any letters to filter.

90 

91To create your own commands you can invoke with `/`, see [skills](/en/skills).

92 

93| Command | Purpose |

94| :------------------------ | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

95| `/clear` | Clear conversation history |

96| `/compact [instructions]` | Compact conversation with optional focus instructions |

97| `/config` | Open the Settings interface (Config tab) |

98| `/context` | Visualize current context usage as a colored grid |

99| `/cost` | Show token usage statistics. See [cost tracking guide](/en/costs#using-the-cost-command) for subscription-specific details. |

100| `/debug [description]` | Troubleshoot the current session by reading the session debug log. Optionally describe the issue |

101| `/doctor` | Checks the health of your Claude Code installation |

102| `/exit` | Exit the REPL |

103| `/export [filename]` | Export the current conversation to a file or clipboard |

104| `/help` | Get usage help |

105| `/init` | Initialize project with `CLAUDE.md` guide |

106| `/mcp` | Manage MCP server connections and OAuth authentication |

107| `/memory` | Edit `CLAUDE.md` memory files |

108| `/model` | Select or change the AI model. With Opus 4.6, use left/right arrows to [adjust effort level](/en/model-config#adjust-effort-level). The change takes effect immediately without waiting for the current response to finish |

109| `/permissions` | View or update [permissions](/en/permissions#manage-permissions) |

110| `/plan` | Enter plan mode directly from the prompt |

111| `/rename <name>` | Rename the current session for easier identification |

112| `/resume [session]` | Resume a conversation by ID or name, or open the session picker |

113| `/rewind` | Rewind the conversation and/or code, or summarize from a selected message |

114| `/stats` | Visualize daily usage, session history, streaks, and model preferences |

115| `/status` | Open the Settings interface (Status tab) showing version, model, account, and connectivity |

116| `/statusline` | Set up Claude Code's status line UI |

117| `/copy` | Copy the last assistant response to clipboard |

118| `/tasks` | List and manage background tasks |

119| `/teleport` | Resume a remote session from claude.ai (subscribers only) |

120| `/desktop` | Hand off the current CLI session to the Claude Code Desktop app (macOS and Windows only) |

121| `/theme` | Change the color theme |

122| `/todos` | List current TODO items |

123| `/usage` | For subscription plans only: show plan usage limits and rate limit status |

124 

125### MCP prompts

126 

127MCP servers can expose prompts that appear as commands. These use the format `/mcp__<server>__<prompt>` and are dynamically discovered from connected servers. See [MCP prompts](/en/mcp#use-mcp-prompts-as-commands) for details.

128 

48## Vim editor mode129## Vim editor mode

49 130 

50Enable vim-style editing with `/vim` command or configure permanently via `/config`.131Enable vim-style editing with `/vim` command or configure permanently via `/config`.


64### Navigation (NORMAL mode)145### Navigation (NORMAL mode)

65 146 

66| Command | Action |147| Command | Action |

67| :-------------- | :------------------------ |148| :-------------- | :-------------------------------------------------- |

68| `h`/`j`/`k`/`l` | Move left/down/up/right |149| `h`/`j`/`k`/`l` | Move left/down/up/right |

69| `w` | Next word |150| `w` | Next word |

70| `e` | End of word |151| `e` | End of word |


74| `^` | First non-blank character |155| `^` | First non-blank character |

75| `gg` | Beginning of input |156| `gg` | Beginning of input |

76| `G` | End of input |157| `G` | End of input |

158| `f{char}` | Jump to next occurrence of character |

159| `F{char}` | Jump to previous occurrence of character |

160| `t{char}` | Jump to just before next occurrence of character |

161| `T{char}` | Jump to just after previous occurrence of character |

162| `;` | Repeat last f/F/t/T motion |

163| `,` | Repeat last f/F/t/T motion in reverse |

164 

165<Note>

166 In vim normal mode, if the cursor is at the beginning or end of input and cannot move further, the arrow keys navigate command history instead.

167</Note>

77 168 

78### Editing (NORMAL mode)169### Editing (NORMAL mode)

79 170 


86| `cc` | Change line |177| `cc` | Change line |

87| `C` | Change to end of line |178| `C` | Change to end of line |

88| `cw`/`ce`/`cb` | Change word/to end/back |179| `cw`/`ce`/`cb` | Change word/to end/back |

180| `yy`/`Y` | Yank (copy) line |

181| `yw`/`ye`/`yb` | Yank word/to end/back |

182| `p` | Paste after cursor |

183| `P` | Paste before cursor |

184| `>>` | Indent line |

185| `<<` | Dedent line |

186| `J` | Join lines |

89| `.` | Repeat last change |187| `.` | Repeat last change |

90 188 

189### Text objects (NORMAL mode)

190 

191Text objects work with operators like `d`, `c`, and `y`:

192 

193| Command | Action |

194| :-------- | :--------------------------------------- |

195| `iw`/`aw` | Inner/around word |

196| `iW`/`aW` | Inner/around WORD (whitespace-delimited) |

197| `i"`/`a"` | Inner/around double quotes |

198| `i'`/`a'` | Inner/around single quotes |

199| `i(`/`a(` | Inner/around parentheses |

200| `i[`/`a[` | Inner/around brackets |

201| `i{`/`a{` | Inner/around braces |

202 

91## Command history203## Command history

92 204 

93Claude Code maintains command history for the current session:205Claude Code maintains command history for the current session:


128 240 

129**Key features:**241**Key features:**

130 242 

131* Output is buffered and Claude can retrieve it using the BashOutput tool243* Output is buffered and Claude can retrieve it using the TaskOutput tool

132* Background tasks have unique IDs for tracking and output retrieval244* Background tasks have unique IDs for tracking and output retrieval

133* Background tasks are automatically cleaned up when Claude Code exits245* Background tasks are automatically cleaned up when Claude Code exits

134 246 

247To disable all background task functionality, set the `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_BACKGROUND_TASKS` environment variable to `1`. See [Environment variables](/en/settings#environment-variables) for details.

248 

135**Common backgrounded commands:**249**Common backgrounded commands:**

136 250 

137* Build tools (webpack, vite, make)251* Build tools (webpack, vite, make)


156* Shows real-time progress and output270* Shows real-time progress and output

157* Supports the same `Ctrl+B` backgrounding for long-running commands271* Supports the same `Ctrl+B` backgrounding for long-running commands

158* Does not require Claude to interpret or approve the command272* Does not require Claude to interpret or approve the command

273* Supports history-based autocomplete: type a partial command and press **Tab** to complete from previous `!` commands in the current project

159 274 

160This is useful for quick shell operations while maintaining conversation context.275This is useful for quick shell operations while maintaining conversation context.

161 276 

277## Prompt suggestions

278 

279When you first open a session, a grayed-out example command appears in the prompt input to help you get started. Claude Code picks this from your project's git history, so it reflects files you've been working on recently.

280 

281After Claude responds, suggestions continue to appear based on your conversation history, such as a follow-up step from a multi-part request or a natural continuation of your workflow.

282 

283* Press **Tab** to accept the suggestion, or press **Enter** to accept and submit

284* Start typing to dismiss it

285 

286The suggestion runs as a background request that reuses the parent conversation's prompt cache, so the additional cost is minimal. Claude Code skips suggestion generation when the cache is cold to avoid unnecessary cost.

287 

288Suggestions are automatically skipped after the first turn of a conversation, in non-interactive mode, and in plan mode.

289 

290To disable prompt suggestions entirely, set the environment variable or toggle the setting in `/config`:

291 

292```bash theme={null}

293export CLAUDE_CODE_ENABLE_PROMPT_SUGGESTION=false

294```

295 

296## Task list

297 

298When working on complex, multi-step work, Claude creates a task list to track progress. Tasks appear in the status area of your terminal with indicators showing what's pending, in progress, or complete.

299 

300* Press `Ctrl+T` to toggle the task list view. The display shows up to 10 tasks at a time

301* To see all tasks or clear them, ask Claude directly: "show me all tasks" or "clear all tasks"

302* Tasks persist across context compactions, helping Claude stay organized on larger projects

303* To share a task list across sessions, set `CLAUDE_CODE_TASK_LIST_ID` to use a named directory in `~/.claude/tasks/`: `CLAUDE_CODE_TASK_LIST_ID=my-project claude`

304* To revert to the previous TODO list, set `CLAUDE_CODE_ENABLE_TASKS=false`.

305 

306## PR review status

307 

308When working on a branch with an open pull request, Claude Code displays a clickable PR link in the footer (for example, "PR #446"). The link has a colored underline indicating the review state:

309 

310* Green: approved

311* Yellow: pending review

312* Red: changes requested

313* Gray: draft

314* Purple: merged

315 

316`Cmd+click` (Mac) or `Ctrl+click` (Windows/Linux) the link to open the pull request in your browser. The status updates automatically every 60 seconds.

317 

318<Note>

319 PR status requires the `gh` CLI to be installed and authenticated (`gh auth login`).

320</Note>

321 

162## See also322## See also

163 323 

164* [Slash commands](/en/slash-commands) - Interactive session commands324* [Skills](/en/skills) - Custom prompts and workflows

165* [Checkpointing](/en/checkpointing) - Rewind Claude's edits and restore previous states325* [Checkpointing](/en/checkpointing) - Rewind Claude's edits and restore previous states

166* [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference) - Command-line flags and options326* [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference) - Command-line flags and options

167* [Settings](/en/settings) - Configuration options327* [Settings](/en/settings) - Configuration options

168* [Memory management](/en/memory) - Managing CLAUDE.md files328* [Memory management](/en/memory) - Managing CLAUDE.md files

169 

170 

171 

172> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

jetbrains.md +4 −4

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# JetBrains IDEs5# JetBrains IDEs

2 6 

3> Use Claude Code with JetBrains IDEs including IntelliJ, PyCharm, WebStorm, and more7> Use Claude Code with JetBrains IDEs including IntelliJ, PyCharm, WebStorm, and more


146* Being aware of which files Claude Code has access to modify150* Being aware of which files Claude Code has access to modify

147 151 

148For additional help, see our [troubleshooting guide](/en/troubleshooting).152For additional help, see our [troubleshooting guide](/en/troubleshooting).

149 

150 

151 

152> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

keybindings.md +381 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Customize keyboard shortcuts

6 

7> Customize keyboard shortcuts in Claude Code with a keybindings configuration file.

8 

9Claude Code supports customizable keyboard shortcuts. Run `/keybindings` to create or open your configuration file at `~/.claude/keybindings.json`.

10 

11## Configuration file

12 

13The keybindings configuration file is an object with a `bindings` array. Each block specifies a context and a map of keystrokes to actions.

14 

15<Note>Changes to the keybindings file are automatically detected and applied without restarting Claude Code.</Note>

16 

17| Field | Description |

18| :--------- | :------------------------------------------------- |

19| `$schema` | Optional JSON Schema URL for editor autocompletion |

20| `$docs` | Optional documentation URL |

21| `bindings` | Array of binding blocks by context |

22 

23This example binds `Ctrl+E` to open an external editor in the chat context, and unbinds `Ctrl+U`:

24 

25```json theme={null}

26{

27 "$schema": "https://www.schemastore.org/claude-code-keybindings.json",

28 "$docs": "https://code.claude.com/docs/en/keybindings",

29 "bindings": [

30 {

31 "context": "Chat",

32 "bindings": {

33 "ctrl+e": "chat:externalEditor",

34 "ctrl+u": null

35 }

36 }

37 ]

38}

39```

40 

41## Contexts

42 

43Each binding block specifies a **context** where the bindings apply:

44 

45| Context | Description |

46| :---------------- | :----------------------------------------------- |

47| `Global` | Applies everywhere in the app |

48| `Chat` | Main chat input area |

49| `Autocomplete` | Autocomplete menu is open |

50| `Settings` | Settings menu (escape-only dismiss) |

51| `Confirmation` | Permission and confirmation dialogs |

52| `Tabs` | Tab navigation components |

53| `Help` | Help menu is visible |

54| `Transcript` | Transcript viewer |

55| `HistorySearch` | History search mode (Ctrl+R) |

56| `Task` | Background task is running |

57| `ThemePicker` | Theme picker dialog |

58| `Attachments` | Image/attachment bar navigation |

59| `Footer` | Footer indicator navigation (tasks, teams, diff) |

60| `MessageSelector` | Rewind and summarize dialog message selection |

61| `DiffDialog` | Diff viewer navigation |

62| `ModelPicker` | Model picker effort level |

63| `Select` | Generic select/list components |

64| `Plugin` | Plugin dialog (browse, discover, manage) |

65 

66## Available actions

67 

68Actions follow a `namespace:action` format, such as `chat:submit` to send a message or `app:toggleTodos` to show the task list. Each context has specific actions available.

69 

70### App actions

71 

72Actions available in the `Global` context:

73 

74| Action | Default | Description |

75| :--------------------- | :------ | :-------------------------- |

76| `app:interrupt` | Ctrl+C | Cancel current operation |

77| `app:exit` | Ctrl+D | Exit Claude Code |

78| `app:toggleTodos` | Ctrl+T | Toggle task list visibility |

79| `app:toggleTranscript` | Ctrl+O | Toggle verbose transcript |

80 

81### History actions

82 

83Actions for navigating command history:

84 

85| Action | Default | Description |

86| :----------------- | :------ | :-------------------- |

87| `history:search` | Ctrl+R | Open history search |

88| `history:previous` | Up | Previous history item |

89| `history:next` | Down | Next history item |

90 

91### Chat actions

92 

93Actions available in the `Chat` context:

94 

95| Action | Default | Description |

96| :-------------------- | :------------------------ | :----------------------- |

97| `chat:cancel` | Escape | Cancel current input |

98| `chat:cycleMode` | Shift+Tab\* | Cycle permission modes |

99| `chat:modelPicker` | Cmd+P / Meta+P | Open model picker |

100| `chat:thinkingToggle` | Cmd+T / Meta+T | Toggle extended thinking |

101| `chat:submit` | Enter | Submit message |

102| `chat:undo` | Ctrl+\_ | Undo last action |

103| `chat:externalEditor` | Ctrl+G | Open in external editor |

104| `chat:stash` | Ctrl+S | Stash current prompt |

105| `chat:imagePaste` | Ctrl+V (Alt+V on Windows) | Paste image |

106 

107\*On Windows without VT mode (Node \<24.2.0/\<22.17.0, Bun \<1.2.23), defaults to Meta+M.

108 

109### Autocomplete actions

110 

111Actions available in the `Autocomplete` context:

112 

113| Action | Default | Description |

114| :---------------------- | :------ | :------------------ |

115| `autocomplete:accept` | Tab | Accept suggestion |

116| `autocomplete:dismiss` | Escape | Dismiss menu |

117| `autocomplete:previous` | Up | Previous suggestion |

118| `autocomplete:next` | Down | Next suggestion |

119 

120### Confirmation actions

121 

122Actions available in the `Confirmation` context:

123 

124| Action | Default | Description |

125| :-------------------------- | :-------- | :---------------------------- |

126| `confirm:yes` | Y, Enter | Confirm action |

127| `confirm:no` | N, Escape | Decline action |

128| `confirm:previous` | Up | Previous option |

129| `confirm:next` | Down | Next option |

130| `confirm:nextField` | Tab | Next field |

131| `confirm:previousField` | (unbound) | Previous field |

132| `confirm:cycleMode` | Shift+Tab | Cycle permission modes |

133| `confirm:toggleExplanation` | Ctrl+E | Toggle permission explanation |

134 

135### Permission actions

136 

137Actions available in the `Confirmation` context for permission dialogs:

138 

139| Action | Default | Description |

140| :----------------------- | :------ | :--------------------------- |

141| `permission:toggleDebug` | Ctrl+D | Toggle permission debug info |

142 

143### Transcript actions

144 

145Actions available in the `Transcript` context:

146 

147| Action | Default | Description |

148| :------------------------- | :------------- | :---------------------- |

149| `transcript:toggleShowAll` | Ctrl+E | Toggle show all content |

150| `transcript:exit` | Ctrl+C, Escape | Exit transcript view |

151 

152### History search actions

153 

154Actions available in the `HistorySearch` context:

155 

156| Action | Default | Description |

157| :---------------------- | :---------- | :----------------------- |

158| `historySearch:next` | Ctrl+R | Next match |

159| `historySearch:accept` | Escape, Tab | Accept selection |

160| `historySearch:cancel` | Ctrl+C | Cancel search |

161| `historySearch:execute` | Enter | Execute selected command |

162 

163### Task actions

164 

165Actions available in the `Task` context:

166 

167| Action | Default | Description |

168| :---------------- | :------ | :---------------------- |

169| `task:background` | Ctrl+B | Background current task |

170 

171### Theme actions

172 

173Actions available in the `ThemePicker` context:

174 

175| Action | Default | Description |

176| :------------------------------- | :------ | :------------------------- |

177| `theme:toggleSyntaxHighlighting` | Ctrl+T | Toggle syntax highlighting |

178 

179### Help actions

180 

181Actions available in the `Help` context:

182 

183| Action | Default | Description |

184| :------------- | :------ | :-------------- |

185| `help:dismiss` | Escape | Close help menu |

186 

187### Tabs actions

188 

189Actions available in the `Tabs` context:

190 

191| Action | Default | Description |

192| :-------------- | :-------------- | :----------- |

193| `tabs:next` | Tab, Right | Next tab |

194| `tabs:previous` | Shift+Tab, Left | Previous tab |

195 

196### Attachments actions

197 

198Actions available in the `Attachments` context:

199 

200| Action | Default | Description |

201| :--------------------- | :---------------- | :------------------------- |

202| `attachments:next` | Right | Next attachment |

203| `attachments:previous` | Left | Previous attachment |

204| `attachments:remove` | Backspace, Delete | Remove selected attachment |

205| `attachments:exit` | Down, Escape | Exit attachment bar |

206 

207### Footer actions

208 

209Actions available in the `Footer` context:

210 

211| Action | Default | Description |

212| :---------------------- | :------ | :------------------------ |

213| `footer:next` | Right | Next footer item |

214| `footer:previous` | Left | Previous footer item |

215| `footer:openSelected` | Enter | Open selected footer item |

216| `footer:clearSelection` | Escape | Clear footer selection |

217 

218### Message selector actions

219 

220Actions available in the `MessageSelector` context:

221 

222| Action | Default | Description |

223| :----------------------- | :---------------------------------------- | :---------------- |

224| `messageSelector:up` | Up, K | Move up in list |

225| `messageSelector:down` | Down, J | Move down in list |

226| `messageSelector:top` | Ctrl+Up, Shift+Up, Meta+Up, Shift+K | Jump to top |

227| `messageSelector:bottom` | Ctrl+Down, Shift+Down, Meta+Down, Shift+J | Jump to bottom |

228| `messageSelector:select` | Enter | Select message |

229 

230### Diff actions

231 

232Actions available in the `DiffDialog` context:

233 

234| Action | Default | Description |

235| :-------------------- | :----------------- | :--------------------- |

236| `diff:dismiss` | Escape | Close diff viewer |

237| `diff:previousSource` | Left | Previous diff source |

238| `diff:nextSource` | Right | Next diff source |

239| `diff:previousFile` | Up | Previous file in diff |

240| `diff:nextFile` | Down | Next file in diff |

241| `diff:viewDetails` | Enter | View diff details |

242| `diff:back` | (context-specific) | Go back in diff viewer |

243 

244### Model picker actions

245 

246Actions available in the `ModelPicker` context:

247 

248| Action | Default | Description |

249| :--------------------------- | :------ | :-------------------- |

250| `modelPicker:decreaseEffort` | Left | Decrease effort level |

251| `modelPicker:increaseEffort` | Right | Increase effort level |

252 

253### Select actions

254 

255Actions available in the `Select` context:

256 

257| Action | Default | Description |

258| :---------------- | :-------------- | :--------------- |

259| `select:next` | Down, J, Ctrl+N | Next option |

260| `select:previous` | Up, K, Ctrl+P | Previous option |

261| `select:accept` | Enter | Accept selection |

262| `select:cancel` | Escape | Cancel selection |

263 

264### Plugin actions

265 

266Actions available in the `Plugin` context:

267 

268| Action | Default | Description |

269| :--------------- | :------ | :----------------------- |

270| `plugin:toggle` | Space | Toggle plugin selection |

271| `plugin:install` | I | Install selected plugins |

272 

273### Settings actions

274 

275Actions available in the `Settings` context:

276 

277| Action | Default | Description |

278| :---------------- | :------ | :---------------------------------- |

279| `settings:search` | / | Enter search mode |

280| `settings:retry` | R | Retry loading usage data (on error) |

281 

282## Keystroke syntax

283 

284### Modifiers

285 

286Use modifier keys with the `+` separator:

287 

288* `ctrl` or `control` - Control key

289* `alt`, `opt`, or `option` - Alt/Option key

290* `shift` - Shift key

291* `meta`, `cmd`, or `command` - Meta/Command key

292 

293For example:

294 

295```

296ctrl+k Single key with modifier

297shift+tab Shift + Tab

298meta+p Command/Meta + P

299ctrl+shift+c Multiple modifiers

300```

301 

302### Uppercase letters

303 

304A standalone uppercase letter implies Shift. For example, `K` is equivalent to `shift+k`. This is useful for vim-style bindings where uppercase and lowercase keys have different meanings.

305 

306Uppercase letters with modifiers (e.g., `ctrl+K`) are treated as stylistic and do **not** imply Shift — `ctrl+K` is the same as `ctrl+k`.

307 

308### Chords

309 

310Chords are sequences of keystrokes separated by spaces:

311 

312```

313ctrl+k ctrl+s Press Ctrl+K, release, then Ctrl+S

314```

315 

316### Special keys

317 

318* `escape` or `esc` - Escape key

319* `enter` or `return` - Enter key

320* `tab` - Tab key

321* `space` - Space bar

322* `up`, `down`, `left`, `right` - Arrow keys

323* `backspace`, `delete` - Delete keys

324 

325## Unbind default shortcuts

326 

327Set an action to `null` to unbind a default shortcut:

328 

329```json theme={null}

330{

331 "bindings": [

332 {

333 "context": "Chat",

334 "bindings": {

335 "ctrl+s": null

336 }

337 }

338 ]

339}

340```

341 

342## Reserved shortcuts

343 

344These shortcuts cannot be rebound:

345 

346| Shortcut | Reason |

347| :------- | :------------------------- |

348| Ctrl+C | Hardcoded interrupt/cancel |

349| Ctrl+D | Hardcoded exit |

350 

351## Terminal conflicts

352 

353Some shortcuts may conflict with terminal multiplexers:

354 

355| Shortcut | Conflict |

356| :------- | :-------------------------------- |

357| Ctrl+B | tmux prefix (press twice to send) |

358| Ctrl+A | GNU screen prefix |

359| Ctrl+Z | Unix process suspend (SIGTSTP) |

360 

361## Vim mode interaction

362 

363When vim mode is enabled (`/vim`), keybindings and vim mode operate independently:

364 

365* **Vim mode** handles input at the text input level (cursor movement, modes, motions)

366* **Keybindings** handle actions at the component level (toggle todos, submit, etc.)

367* The Escape key in vim mode switches INSERT to NORMAL mode; it does not trigger `chat:cancel`

368* Most Ctrl+key shortcuts pass through vim mode to the keybinding system

369* In vim NORMAL mode, `?` shows the help menu (vim behavior)

370 

371## Validation

372 

373Claude Code validates your keybindings and shows warnings for:

374 

375* Parse errors (invalid JSON or structure)

376* Invalid context names

377* Reserved shortcut conflicts

378* Terminal multiplexer conflicts

379* Duplicate bindings in the same context

380 

381Run `/doctor` to see any keybinding warnings.

llm-gateway.md +4 −4

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# LLM gateway configuration5# LLM gateway configuration

2 6 

3> Learn how to configure Claude Code to work with LLM gateway solutions. Covers gateway requirements, authentication configuration, model selection, and provider-specific endpoint setup.7> Learn how to configure Claude Code to work with LLM gateway solutions. Covers gateway requirements, authentication configuration, model selection, and provider-specific endpoint setup.


168* [Claude Code settings](/en/settings)172* [Claude Code settings](/en/settings)

169* [Enterprise network configuration](/en/network-config)173* [Enterprise network configuration](/en/network-config)

170* [Third-party integrations overview](/en/third-party-integrations)174* [Third-party integrations overview](/en/third-party-integrations)

171 

172 

173 

174> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

mcp.md +164 −11

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Connect Claude Code to tools via MCP5# Connect Claude Code to tools via MCP

2 6 

3> Learn how to connect Claude Code to your tools with the Model Context Protocol.7> Learn how to connect Claude Code to your tools with the Model Context Protocol.


115/mcp119/mcp

116```120```

117 121 

122### Dynamic tool updates

123 

124Claude Code supports MCP `list_changed` notifications, allowing MCP servers to dynamically update their available tools, prompts, and resources without requiring you to disconnect and reconnect. When an MCP server sends a `list_changed` notification, Claude Code automatically refreshes the available capabilities from that server.

125 

118<Tip>126<Tip>

119 Tips:127 Tips:

120 128 


212 220 

213Local-scoped servers represent the default configuration level and are stored in `~/.claude.json` under your project's path. These servers remain private to you and are only accessible when working within the current project directory. This scope is ideal for personal development servers, experimental configurations, or servers containing sensitive credentials that shouldn't be shared.221Local-scoped servers represent the default configuration level and are stored in `~/.claude.json` under your project's path. These servers remain private to you and are only accessible when working within the current project directory. This scope is ideal for personal development servers, experimental configurations, or servers containing sensitive credentials that shouldn't be shared.

214 222 

223<Note>

224 The term "local scope" for MCP servers differs from general local settings. MCP local-scoped servers are stored in `~/.claude.json` (your home directory), while general local settings use `.claude/settings.local.json` (in the project directory). See [Settings](/en/settings#settings-files) for details on settings file locations.

225</Note>

226 

215```bash theme={null}227```bash theme={null}

216# Add a local-scoped server (default)228# Add a local-scoped server (default)

217claude mcp add --transport http stripe https://mcp.stripe.com229claude mcp add --transport http stripe https://mcp.stripe.com


267 279 

268 * **User and local scope**: `~/.claude.json` (in the `mcpServers` field or under project paths)280 * **User and local scope**: `~/.claude.json` (in the `mcpServers` field or under project paths)

269 * **Project scope**: `.mcp.json` in your project root (checked into source control)281 * **Project scope**: `.mcp.json` in your project root (checked into source control)

270 * **Enterprise managed**: `managed-mcp.json` in system directories (see [Enterprise MCP configuration](#enterprise-mcp-configuration))282 * **Managed**: `managed-mcp.json` in system directories (see [Managed MCP configuration](#managed-mcp-configuration))

271</Note>283</Note>

272 284 

273### Scope hierarchy and precedence285### Scope hierarchy and precedence


401 * OAuth authentication works with HTTP servers413 * OAuth authentication works with HTTP servers

402</Tip>414</Tip>

403 415 

416### Use pre-configured OAuth credentials

417 

418Some MCP servers don't support automatic OAuth setup. If you see an error like "Incompatible auth server: does not support dynamic client registration," the server requires pre-configured credentials. Register an OAuth app through the server's developer portal first, then provide the credentials when adding the server.

419 

420<Steps>

421 <Step title="Register an OAuth app with the server">

422 Create an app through the server's developer portal and note your client ID and client secret.

423 

424 Many servers also require a redirect URI. If so, choose a port and register a redirect URI in the format `http://localhost:PORT/callback`. Use that same port with `--callback-port` in the next step.

425 </Step>

426 

427 <Step title="Add the server with your credentials">

428 Choose one of the following methods. The port used for `--callback-port` can be any available port. It just needs to match the redirect URI you registered in the previous step.

429 

430 <Tabs>

431 <Tab title="claude mcp add">

432 Use `--client-id` to pass your app's client ID. The `--client-secret` flag prompts for the secret with masked input:

433 

434 ```bash theme={null}

435 claude mcp add --transport http \

436 --client-id your-client-id --client-secret --callback-port 8080 \

437 my-server https://mcp.example.com/mcp

438 ```

439 </Tab>

440 

441 <Tab title="claude mcp add-json">

442 Include the `oauth` object in the JSON config and pass `--client-secret` as a separate flag:

443 

444 ```bash theme={null}

445 claude mcp add-json my-server \

446 '{"type":"http","url":"https://mcp.example.com/mcp","oauth":{"clientId":"your-client-id","callbackPort":8080}}' \

447 --client-secret

448 ```

449 </Tab>

450 

451 <Tab title="CI / env var">

452 Set the secret via environment variable to skip the interactive prompt:

453 

454 ```bash theme={null}

455 MCP_CLIENT_SECRET=your-secret claude mcp add --transport http \

456 --client-id your-client-id --client-secret --callback-port 8080 \

457 my-server https://mcp.example.com/mcp

458 ```

459 </Tab>

460 </Tabs>

461 </Step>

462 

463 <Step title="Authenticate in Claude Code">

464 Run `/mcp` in Claude Code and follow the browser login flow.

465 </Step>

466</Steps>

467 

468<Tip>

469 Tips:

470 

471 * The client secret is stored securely in your system keychain (macOS) or a credentials file, not in your config

472 * If the server uses a public OAuth client with no secret, use only `--client-id` without `--client-secret`

473 * These flags only apply to HTTP and SSE transports. They have no effect on stdio servers

474 * Use `claude mcp get <name>` to verify that OAuth credentials are configured for a server

475</Tip>

476 

404## Add MCP servers from JSON configuration477## Add MCP servers from JSON configuration

405 478 

406If you have a JSON configuration for an MCP server, you can add it directly:479If you have a JSON configuration for an MCP server, you can add it directly:


416 489 

417 # Example: Adding a stdio server with JSON configuration490 # Example: Adding a stdio server with JSON configuration

418 claude mcp add-json local-weather '{"type":"stdio","command":"/path/to/weather-cli","args":["--api-key","abc123"],"env":{"CACHE_DIR":"/tmp"}}'491 claude mcp add-json local-weather '{"type":"stdio","command":"/path/to/weather-cli","args":["--api-key","abc123"],"env":{"CACHE_DIR":"/tmp"}}'

492 

493 # Example: Adding an HTTP server with pre-configured OAuth credentials

494 claude mcp add-json my-server '{"type":"http","url":"https://mcp.example.com/mcp","oauth":{"clientId":"your-client-id","callbackPort":8080}}' --client-secret

419 ```495 ```

420 </Step>496 </Step>

421 497 


467 * If servers with the same names already exist, they will get a numerical suffix (for example, `server_1`)543 * If servers with the same names already exist, they will get a numerical suffix (for example, `server_1`)

468</Tip>544</Tip>

469 545 

546## Use MCP servers from Claude.ai

547 

548If you've logged into Claude Code with a [Claude.ai](https://claude.ai) account, MCP servers you've added in Claude.ai are automatically available in Claude Code:

549 

550<Steps>

551 <Step title="Configure MCP servers in Claude.ai">

552 Add servers at [claude.ai/settings/connectors](https://claude.ai/settings/connectors). On Team and Enterprise plans, only admins can add servers.

553 </Step>

554 

555 <Step title="Authenticate the MCP server">

556 Complete any required authentication steps in Claude.ai.

557 </Step>

558 

559 <Step title="View and manage servers in Claude Code">

560 In Claude Code, use the command:

561 

562 ```

563 # Within Claude Code, see all MCP servers including Claude.ai ones

564 > /mcp

565 ```

566 

567 Claude.ai servers appear in the list with indicators showing they come from Claude.ai.

568 </Step>

569</Steps>

570 

470## Use Claude Code as an MCP server571## Use Claude Code as an MCP server

471 572 

472You can use Claude Code itself as an MCP server that other applications can connect to:573You can use Claude Code itself as an MCP server that other applications can connect to:


593 * Resources can contain any type of content that the MCP server provides (text, JSON, structured data, etc.)694 * Resources can contain any type of content that the MCP server provides (text, JSON, structured data, etc.)

594</Tip>695</Tip>

595 696 

596## Use MCP prompts as slash commands697## Scale with MCP Tool Search

698 

699When you have many MCP servers configured, tool definitions can consume a significant portion of your context window. MCP Tool Search solves this by dynamically loading tools on-demand instead of preloading all of them.

700 

701### How it works

702 

703Claude Code automatically enables Tool Search when your MCP tool descriptions would consume more than 10% of the context window. You can [adjust this threshold](#configure-tool-search) or disable tool search entirely. When triggered:

704 

7051. MCP tools are deferred rather than loaded into context upfront

7062. Claude uses a search tool to discover relevant MCP tools when needed

7073. Only the tools Claude actually needs are loaded into context

7084. MCP tools continue to work exactly as before from your perspective

709 

710### For MCP server authors

711 

712If you're building an MCP server, the server instructions field becomes more useful with Tool Search enabled. Server instructions help Claude understand when to search for your tools, similar to how [skills](/en/skills) work.

713 

714Add clear, descriptive server instructions that explain:

715 

716* What category of tasks your tools handle

717* When Claude should search for your tools

718* Key capabilities your server provides

719 

720### Configure tool search

597 721 

598MCP servers can expose prompts that become available as slash commands in Claude Code.722Tool search runs in auto mode by default, meaning it activates only when your MCP tool definitions exceed the context threshold. If you have few tools, they load normally without tool search. This feature requires models that support `tool_reference` blocks: Sonnet 4 and later, or Opus 4 and later. Haiku models do not support tool search.

723 

724Control tool search behavior with the `ENABLE_TOOL_SEARCH` environment variable:

725 

726| Value | Behavior |

727| :--------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

728| `auto` | Activates when MCP tools exceed 10% of context (default) |

729| `auto:<N>` | Activates at custom threshold, where `<N>` is a percentage (e.g., `auto:5` for 5%) |

730| `true` | Always enabled |

731| `false` | Disabled, all MCP tools loaded upfront |

732 

733```bash theme={null}

734# Use a custom 5% threshold

735ENABLE_TOOL_SEARCH=auto:5 claude

736 

737# Disable tool search entirely

738ENABLE_TOOL_SEARCH=false claude

739```

740 

741Or set the value in your [settings.json `env` field](/en/settings#available-settings).

742 

743You can also disable the MCPSearch tool specifically using the `disallowedTools` setting:

744 

745```json theme={null}

746{

747 "permissions": {

748 "deny": ["MCPSearch"]

749 }

750}

751```

752 

753## Use MCP prompts as commands

754 

755MCP servers can expose prompts that become available as commands in Claude Code.

599 756 

600### Execute MCP prompts757### Execute MCP prompts

601 758 


632 * Server and prompt names are normalized (spaces become underscores)789 * Server and prompt names are normalized (spaces become underscores)

633</Tip>790</Tip>

634 791 

635## Enterprise MCP configuration792## Managed MCP configuration

636 793 

637For organizations that need centralized control over MCP servers, Claude Code supports two enterprise configuration options:794For organizations that need centralized control over MCP servers, Claude Code supports two configuration options:

638 795 

6391. **Exclusive control with `managed-mcp.json`**: Deploy a fixed set of MCP servers that users cannot modify or extend7961. **Exclusive control with `managed-mcp.json`**: Deploy a fixed set of MCP servers that users cannot modify or extend

6402. **Policy-based control with allowlists/denylists**: Allow users to add their own servers, but restrict which ones are permitted7972. **Policy-based control with allowlists/denylists**: Allow users to add their own servers, but restrict which ones are permitted


852 1009 

853#### Important notes1010#### Important notes

854 1011 

855* **Option 1 and Option 2 can be combined**: If `managed-mcp.json` exists, it has exclusive control and users cannot add servers. Allowlists/denylists still apply to the enterprise servers themselves.1012* **Option 1 and Option 2 can be combined**: If `managed-mcp.json` exists, it has exclusive control and users cannot add servers. Allowlists/denylists still apply to the managed servers themselves.

856* **Denylist takes absolute precedence**: If a server matches a denylist entry (by name, command, or URL), it will be blocked even if it's on the allowlist1013* **Denylist takes absolute precedence**: If a server matches a denylist entry (by name, command, or URL), it will be blocked even if it's on the allowlist

857* Name-based, command-based, and URL-based restrictions work together: a server passes if it matches **either** a name entry, a command entry, or a URL pattern (unless blocked by denylist)1014* Name-based, command-based, and URL-based restrictions work together: a server passes if it matches **either** a name entry, a command entry, or a URL pattern (unless blocked by denylist)

858 1015 

859<Note>1016<Note>

860 **When using `managed-mcp.json`**: Users cannot add MCP servers through `claude mcp add` or configuration files. The `allowedMcpServers` and `deniedMcpServers` settings still apply to filter which enterprise servers are actually loaded.1017 **When using `managed-mcp.json`**: Users cannot add MCP servers through `claude mcp add` or configuration files. The `allowedMcpServers` and `deniedMcpServers` settings still apply to filter which managed servers are actually loaded.

861</Note>1018</Note>

862 

863 

864 

865> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

memory.md +101 −19

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Manage Claude's memory5# Manage Claude's memory

2 6 

3> Learn how to manage Claude Code's memory across sessions with different memory locations and best practices.7> Learn how to manage Claude Code's memory across sessions with different memory locations and best practices.

4 8 

5Claude Code can remember your preferences across sessions, like style guidelines and common commands in your workflow.9Claude Code has two kinds of memory that persist across sessions:

10 

11* **Auto memory**: Claude automatically saves useful context like project patterns, key commands, and your preferences. This persists across sessions.

12* **CLAUDE.md files**: Markdown files you write and maintain with instructions, rules, and preferences for Claude to follow.

13 

14Both are loaded into Claude's context at the start of every session, though auto memory loads only the first 200 lines of its main file.

6 15 

7## Determine memory type16## Determine memory type

8 17 

9Claude Code offers four memory locations in a hierarchical structure, each serving a different purpose:18Claude Code offers several memory locations in a hierarchical structure, each serving a different purpose:

10 19 

11| Memory Type | Location | Purpose | Use Case Examples | Shared With |20| Memory Type | Location | Purpose | Use Case Examples | Shared With |

12| -------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------- |21| -------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------- |

13| **Enterprise policy** | • macOS: `/Library/Application Support/ClaudeCode/CLAUDE.md`<br />• Linux: `/etc/claude-code/CLAUDE.md`<br />• Windows: `C:\Program Files\ClaudeCode\CLAUDE.md` | Organization-wide instructions managed by IT/DevOps | Company coding standards, security policies, compliance requirements | All users in organization |22| **Managed policy** | • macOS: `/Library/Application Support/ClaudeCode/CLAUDE.md`<br />• Linux: `/etc/claude-code/CLAUDE.md`<br />• Windows: `C:\Program Files\ClaudeCode\CLAUDE.md` | Organization-wide instructions managed by IT/DevOps | Company coding standards, security policies, compliance requirements | All users in organization |

14| **Project memory** | `./CLAUDE.md` or `./.claude/CLAUDE.md` | Team-shared instructions for the project | Project architecture, coding standards, common workflows | Team members via source control |23| **Project memory** | `./CLAUDE.md` or `./.claude/CLAUDE.md` | Team-shared instructions for the project | Project architecture, coding standards, common workflows | Team members via source control |

15| **Project rules** | `./.claude/rules/*.md` | Modular, topic-specific project instructions | Language-specific guidelines, testing conventions, API standards | Team members via source control |24| **Project rules** | `./.claude/rules/*.md` | Modular, topic-specific project instructions | Language-specific guidelines, testing conventions, API standards | Team members via source control |

16| **User memory** | `~/.claude/CLAUDE.md` | Personal preferences for all projects | Code styling preferences, personal tooling shortcuts | Just you (all projects) |25| **User memory** | `~/.claude/CLAUDE.md` | Personal preferences for all projects | Code styling preferences, personal tooling shortcuts | Just you (all projects) |

17| **Project memory (local)** | `./CLAUDE.local.md` | Personal project-specific preferences | Your sandbox URLs, preferred test data | Just you (current project) |26| **Project memory (local)** | `./CLAUDE.local.md` | Personal project-specific preferences | Your sandbox URLs, preferred test data | Just you (current project) |

27| **Auto memory** | `~/.claude/projects/<project>/memory/` | Claude's automatic notes and learnings | Project patterns, debugging insights, architecture notes | Just you (per project) |

18 28 

19All memory files are automatically loaded into Claude Code's context when launched. Files higher in the hierarchy take precedence and are loaded first, providing a foundation that more specific memories build upon.29CLAUDE.md files in the directory hierarchy above the working directory are loaded in full at launch. CLAUDE.md files in child directories load on demand when Claude reads files in those directories. Auto memory loads only the first 200 lines of `MEMORY.md`. More specific instructions take precedence over broader ones.

20 30 

21<Note>31<Note>

22 CLAUDE.local.md files are automatically added to .gitignore, making them ideal for private project-specific preferences that shouldn't be checked into version control.32 CLAUDE.local.md files are automatically added to .gitignore, making them ideal for private project-specific preferences that shouldn't be checked into version control.

23</Note>33</Note>

24 34 

35## Auto memory

36 

37Auto memory is a persistent directory where Claude records learnings, patterns, and insights as it works. Unlike CLAUDE.md files that contain instructions you write for Claude, auto memory contains notes Claude writes for itself based on what it discovers during sessions.

38 

39<Note>

40 Auto memory is being rolled out gradually. If you aren't seeing auto memory, you can opt in by setting `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_AUTO_MEMORY=0` in your environment.

41</Note>

42 

43### What Claude remembers

44 

45As Claude works, it may save things like:

46 

47* Project patterns: build commands, test conventions, code style preferences

48* Debugging insights: solutions to tricky problems, common error causes

49* Architecture notes: key files, module relationships, important abstractions

50* Your preferences: communication style, workflow habits, tool choices

51 

52### Where auto memory is stored

53 

54Each project gets its own memory directory at `~/.claude/projects/<project>/memory/`. The `<project>` path is derived from the git repository root, so all subdirectories within the same repo share one auto memory directory. Git worktrees get separate memory directories. Outside a git repo, the working directory is used instead.

55 

56The directory contains a `MEMORY.md` entrypoint and optional topic files:

57 

58```text theme={null}

59~/.claude/projects/<project>/memory/

60├── MEMORY.md # Concise index, loaded into every session

61├── debugging.md # Detailed notes on debugging patterns

62├── api-conventions.md # API design decisions

63└── ... # Any other topic files Claude creates

64```

65 

66`MEMORY.md` acts as an index of the memory directory. Claude reads and writes files in this directory throughout your session, using `MEMORY.md` to keep track of what's stored where.

67 

68### How it works

69 

70* The first 200 lines of `MEMORY.md` are loaded into Claude's system prompt at the start of every session. Content beyond 200 lines is not loaded automatically, and Claude is instructed to keep it concise by moving detailed notes into separate topic files.

71* Topic files like `debugging.md` or `patterns.md` are not loaded at startup. Claude reads them on demand using its standard file tools when it needs the information.

72* Claude reads and writes memory files during your session, so you'll see memory updates happen as you work.

73 

74### Manage auto memory

75 

76Auto memory files are markdown files you can edit at any time. Use `/memory` to open the file selector, which includes your auto memory entrypoint alongside your CLAUDE.md files.

77 

78To ask Claude to save something specific, tell it directly: "remember that we use pnpm, not npm" or "save to memory that the API tests require a local Redis instance".

79 

80When neither variable is set, auto memory follows the gradual rollout. The variable name uses double-negative logic: `DISABLE=0` means "don't disable" and forces auto memory on.

81 

82```bash theme={null}

83export CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_AUTO_MEMORY=1 # Force off

84export CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_AUTO_MEMORY=0 # Force on

85```

86 

25## CLAUDE.md imports87## CLAUDE.md imports

26 88 

27CLAUDE.md files can import additional files using `@path/to/import` syntax. The following example imports 3 files:89CLAUDE.md files can import additional files using `@path/to/import` syntax. The following example imports 3 files:


33- git workflow @docs/git-instructions.md95- git workflow @docs/git-instructions.md

34```96```

35 97 

36Both relative and absolute paths are allowed. In particular, importing files in user's home dir is a convenient way for your team members to provide individual instructions that are not checked into the repository. Imports are an alternative to CLAUDE.local.md that work better across multiple git worktrees.98Both relative and absolute paths are allowed. Relative paths resolve relative to the file containing the import, not the working directory. For private per-project preferences that shouldn't be checked into version control, prefer `CLAUDE.local.md`: it is automatically loaded and added to `.gitignore`.

99 

100If you work across multiple git worktrees, `CLAUDE.local.md` only exists in one. Use a home-directory import instead so all worktrees share the same personal instructions:

37 101 

38```102```

39# Individual Preferences103# Individual Preferences

40- @~/.claude/my-project-instructions.md104- @~/.claude/my-project-instructions.md

41```105```

42 106 

107<Warning>

108 The first time Claude Code encounters external imports in a project, it shows an approval dialog listing the specific files. Approve to load them; decline to skip them. This is a one-time decision per project: once declined, the dialog does not resurface and the imports remain disabled.

109</Warning>

110 

43To avoid potential collisions, imports are not evaluated inside markdown code spans and code blocks.111To avoid potential collisions, imports are not evaluated inside markdown code spans and code blocks.

44 112 

45```113```


54 122 

55Claude will also discover CLAUDE.md nested in subtrees under your current working directory. Instead of loading them at launch, they are only included when Claude reads files in those subtrees.123Claude will also discover CLAUDE.md nested in subtrees under your current working directory. Instead of loading them at launch, they are only included when Claude reads files in those subtrees.

56 124 

125### Load memory from additional directories

126 

127The `--add-dir` flag gives Claude access to additional directories outside your main working directory. By default, CLAUDE.md files from these directories are not loaded.

128 

129To also load memory files (CLAUDE.md, .claude/CLAUDE.md, and .claude/rules/\*.md) from additional directories, set the `CLAUDE_CODE_ADDITIONAL_DIRECTORIES_CLAUDE_MD` environment variable:

130 

131```bash theme={null}

132CLAUDE_CODE_ADDITIONAL_DIRECTORIES_CLAUDE_MD=1 claude --add-dir ../shared-config

133```

134 

57## Directly edit memories with `/memory`135## Directly edit memories with `/memory`

58 136 

59Use the `/memory` slash command during a session to open any memory file in your system editor for more extensive additions or organization.137Use the `/memory` command during a session to open any memory file in your system editor for more extensive additions or organization.

60 138 

61## Set up project memory139## Set up project memory

62 140 


103 181 

104```markdown theme={null}182```markdown theme={null}

105---183---

106paths: src/api/**/*.ts184paths:

185 - "src/api/**/*.ts"

107---186---

108 187 

109# API Development Rules188# API Development Rules


126| `*.md` | Markdown files in the project root |205| `*.md` | Markdown files in the project root |

127| `src/components/*.tsx` | React components in a specific directory |206| `src/components/*.tsx` | React components in a specific directory |

128 207 

129You can use braces to match multiple patterns efficiently:208You can specify multiple patterns:

130 209 

131```markdown theme={null}210```markdown theme={null}

132---211---

133paths: src/**/*.{ts,tsx}212paths:

213 - "src/**/*.ts"

214 - "lib/**/*.ts"

215 - "tests/**/*.test.ts"

134---216---

135 

136# TypeScript/React Rules

137```217```

138 218 

139This expands to match both `src/**/*.ts` and `src/**/*.tsx`. You can also combine multiple patterns with commas:219Brace expansion is supported for matching multiple extensions or directories:

140 220 

141```markdown theme={null}221```markdown theme={null}

142---222---

143paths: {src,lib}/**/*.ts, tests/**/*.test.ts223paths:

224 - "src/**/*.{ts,tsx}"

225 - "{src,lib}/**/*.ts"

144---226---

227 

228# TypeScript/React Rules

145```229```

146 230 

231This expands `src/**/*.{ts,tsx}` to match both `.ts` and `.tsx` files.

232 

147### Subdirectories233### Subdirectories

148 234 

149Rules can be organized into subdirectories for better structure:235Rules can be organized into subdirectories for better structure:


198 284 

199## Organization-level memory management285## Organization-level memory management

200 286 

201Enterprise organizations can deploy centrally managed CLAUDE.md files that apply to all users.287Organizations can deploy centrally managed CLAUDE.md files that apply to all users.

202 288 

203To set up organization-level memory management:289To set up organization-level memory management:

204 290 

2051. Create the enterprise memory file at the **Enterprise policy** location shown in the [memory types table above](#determine-memory-type).2911. Create the managed memory file at the **Managed policy** location shown in the [memory types table above](#determine-memory-type).

206 292 

2072. Deploy via your configuration management system (MDM, Group Policy, Ansible, etc.) to ensure consistent distribution across all developer machines.2932. Deploy via your configuration management system (MDM, Group Policy, Ansible, etc.) to ensure consistent distribution across all developer machines.

208 294 


211* **Be specific**: "Use 2-space indentation" is better than "Format code properly".297* **Be specific**: "Use 2-space indentation" is better than "Format code properly".

212* **Use structure to organize**: Format each individual memory as a bullet point and group related memories under descriptive markdown headings.298* **Use structure to organize**: Format each individual memory as a bullet point and group related memories under descriptive markdown headings.

213* **Review periodically**: Update memories as your project evolves to ensure Claude is always using the most up to date information and context.299* **Review periodically**: Update memories as your project evolves to ensure Claude is always using the most up to date information and context.

214 

215 

216 

217> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Claude Code on Microsoft Foundry5# Claude Code on Microsoft Foundry

2 6 

3> Learn about configuring Claude Code through Microsoft Foundry, including setup, configuration, and troubleshooting.7> Learn about configuring Claude Code through Microsoft Foundry, including setup, configuration, and troubleshooting.


10* RBAC permissions to create Microsoft Foundry resources and deployments14* RBAC permissions to create Microsoft Foundry resources and deployments

11* Azure CLI installed and configured (optional - only needed if you don't have another mechanism for getting credentials)15* Azure CLI installed and configured (optional - only needed if you don't have another mechanism for getting credentials)

12 16 

17<Note>

18 If you are deploying Claude Code to multiple users, [pin your model versions](#4-pin-model-versions) to prevent breakage when Anthropic releases new models.

19</Note>

20 

13## Setup21## Setup

14 22 

15### 1. Provision Microsoft Foundry resource23### 1. Provision Microsoft Foundry resource


55 63 

56### 3. Configure Claude Code64### 3. Configure Claude Code

57 65 

58Set the following environment variables to enable Microsoft Foundry. Note that your deployments' names are set as the model identifiers in Claude Code (may be optional if using suggested deployment names).66Set the following environment variables to enable Microsoft Foundry:

59 67 

60```bash theme={null}68```bash theme={null}

61# Enable Microsoft Foundry integration69# Enable Microsoft Foundry integration


64# Azure resource name (replace {resource} with your resource name)72# Azure resource name (replace {resource} with your resource name)

65export ANTHROPIC_FOUNDRY_RESOURCE={resource}73export ANTHROPIC_FOUNDRY_RESOURCE={resource}

66# Or provide the full base URL:74# Or provide the full base URL:

67# export ANTHROPIC_FOUNDRY_BASE_URL=https://{resource}.services.ai.azure.com75# export ANTHROPIC_FOUNDRY_BASE_URL=https://{resource}.services.ai.azure.com/anthropic

76```

77 

78### 4. Pin model versions

68 79 

69# Set models to your resource's deployment names80<Warning>

70export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_SONNET_MODEL='claude-sonnet-4-5'81 Pin specific model versions for every deployment. If you use model aliases (`sonnet`, `opus`, `haiku`) without pinning, Claude Code may attempt to use a newer model version that isn't available in your Foundry account, breaking existing users when Anthropic releases updates. When you create Azure deployments, select a specific model version rather than "auto-update to latest."

82</Warning>

83 

84Set the model variables to match the deployment names you created in step 1:

85 

86```bash theme={null}

87export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL='claude-opus-4-6'

88export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_SONNET_MODEL='claude-sonnet-4-6'

71export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL='claude-haiku-4-5'89export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL='claude-haiku-4-5'

72export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL='claude-opus-4-1'

73```90```

74 91 

75For more details on model configuration options, see [Model configuration](/en/model-config).92For current and legacy model IDs, see [Models overview](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/about-claude/models/overview). See [Model configuration](/en/model-config#pin-models-for-third-party-deployments) for the full list of environment variables.

76 93 

77## Azure RBAC configuration94## Azure RBAC configuration

78 95 


105* [Microsoft Foundry documentation](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/ai-foundry/what-is-azure-ai-foundry)122* [Microsoft Foundry documentation](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/ai-foundry/what-is-azure-ai-foundry)

106* [Microsoft Foundry models](https://ai.azure.com/explore/models)123* [Microsoft Foundry models](https://ai.azure.com/explore/models)

107* [Microsoft Foundry pricing](https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/pricing/details/ai-foundry/)124* [Microsoft Foundry pricing](https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/pricing/details/ai-foundry/)

108 

109 

110 

111> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

model-config.md +118 −22

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Model configuration5# Model configuration

2 6 

3> Learn about the Claude Code model configuration, including model aliases like `opusplan`7> Learn about the Claude Code model configuration, including model aliases like `opusplan`


8 12 

9* A **model alias**13* A **model alias**

10* A **model name**14* A **model name**

11 * Anthropic API: A full **[model name](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/about-claude/models/overview#model-names)**15 * Anthropic API: A full **[model name](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/about-claude/models/overview)**

12 * Bedrock: an inference profile ARN16 * Bedrock: an inference profile ARN

13 * Foundry: a deployment name17 * Foundry: a deployment name

14 * Vertex: a version name18 * Vertex: a version name


19remembering exact version numbers:23remembering exact version numbers:

20 24 

21| Model alias | Behavior |25| Model alias | Behavior |

22| ---------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |26| ---------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

23| **`default`** | Recommended model setting, depending on your account type |27| **`default`** | Recommended model setting, depending on your account type |

24| **`sonnet`** | Uses the latest Sonnet model (currently Sonnet 4.5) for daily coding tasks |28| **`sonnet`** | Uses the latest Sonnet model (currently Sonnet 4.6) for daily coding tasks |

25| **`opus`** | Uses Opus model (currently Opus 4.5) for specialized complex reasoning tasks |29| **`opus`** | Uses the latest Opus model (currently Opus 4.6) for complex reasoning tasks |

26| **`haiku`** | Uses the fast and efficient Haiku model for simple tasks |30| **`haiku`** | Uses the fast and efficient Haiku model for simple tasks |

27| **`sonnet[1m]`** | Uses Sonnet with a [1 million token context window](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/build-with-claude/context-windows#1m-token-context-window) window for long sessions |31| **`sonnet[1m]`** | Uses Sonnet with a [1 million token context window](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/build-with-claude/context-windows#1m-token-context-window) for long sessions |

28| **`opusplan`** | Special mode that uses `opus` during plan mode, then switches to `sonnet` for execution |32| **`opusplan`** | Special mode that uses `opus` during plan mode, then switches to `sonnet` for execution |

29 33 

34Aliases always point to the latest version. To pin to a specific version, use the full model name (for example, `claude-opus-4-6`) or set the corresponding environment variable like `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL`.

35 

30### Setting your model36### Setting your model

31 37 

32You can configure your model in several ways, listed in order of priority:38You can configure your model in several ways, listed in order of priority:


58}64}

59```65```

60 66 

67## Restrict model selection

68 

69Enterprise administrators can use `availableModels` in [managed or policy settings](/en/settings#settings-files) to restrict which models users can select.

70 

71When `availableModels` is set, users cannot switch to models not in the list via `/model`, `--model` flag, Config tool, or `ANTHROPIC_MODEL` environment variable.

72 

73```json theme={null}

74{

75 "availableModels": ["sonnet", "haiku"]

76}

77```

78 

79### Default model behavior

80 

81The Default option in the model picker is not affected by `availableModels`. It always remains available and represents the system's runtime default [based on the user's subscription tier](#default-model-setting).

82 

83Even with `availableModels: []`, users can still use Claude Code with the Default model for their tier.

84 

85### Control the model users run on

86 

87To fully control the model experience, use `availableModels` together with the `model` setting:

88 

89* **availableModels**: restricts what users can switch to

90* **model**: sets the explicit model override, taking precedence over the Default

91 

92This example ensures all users run Sonnet 4.6 and can only choose between Sonnet and Haiku:

93 

94```json theme={null}

95{

96 "model": "sonnet",

97 "availableModels": ["sonnet", "haiku"]

98}

99```

100 

101### Merge behavior

102 

103When `availableModels` is set at multiple levels, such as user settings and project settings, arrays are merged and deduplicated. To enforce a strict allowlist, set `availableModels` in managed or policy settings which take highest priority.

104 

61## Special model behavior105## Special model behavior

62 106 

63### `default` model setting107### `default` model setting

64 108 

65The behavior of `default` depends on your account type.109The behavior of `default` depends on your account type:

66 110 

67For certain Max users, Claude Code will automatically fall back to Sonnet if you111* **Max and Team Premium**: defaults to Opus 4.6

68hit a usage threshold with Opus.112* **Pro and Team Standard**: defaults to Sonnet 4.6

113* **Enterprise**: Opus 4.6 is available but not the default

114 

115Claude Code may automatically fall back to Sonnet if you hit a usage threshold with Opus.

69 116 

70### `opusplan` model setting117### `opusplan` model setting

71 118 


79This gives you the best of both worlds: Opus's superior reasoning for planning,126This gives you the best of both worlds: Opus's superior reasoning for planning,

80and Sonnet's efficiency for execution.127and Sonnet's efficiency for execution.

81 128 

82### Extended context with \[1m]129### Adjust effort level

130 

131[Effort levels](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/build-with-claude/effort) control Opus 4.6's adaptive reasoning, which dynamically allocates thinking based on task complexity. Lower effort is faster and cheaper for straightforward tasks, while higher effort provides deeper reasoning for complex problems.

132 

133Three levels are available: **low**, **medium**, and **high** (default).

83 134 

84For Console/API users, the `[1m]` suffix can be added to full model names to135**Setting effort:**

85enable a136 

86[1 million token context window](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/build-with-claude/context-windows#1m-token-context-window).137* **In `/model`**: use left/right arrow keys to adjust the effort slider when selecting a model

138* **Environment variable**: set `CLAUDE_CODE_EFFORT_LEVEL=low|medium|high`

139* **Settings**: set `effortLevel` in your settings file

140 

141Effort is currently supported on Opus 4.6. The effort slider appears in `/model` when a supported model is selected.

142 

143### Extended context

144 

145Opus 4.6 and Sonnet 4.6 support a [1 million token context window](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/build-with-claude/context-windows#1m-token-context-window) for long sessions with large codebases.

146 

147<Note>

148 The 1M context window is currently in beta. Features, pricing, and availability may change.

149</Note>

150 

151Extended context is available for:

152 

153* **API and pay-as-you-go users**: full access to 1M context

154* **Pro, Max, Teams, and Enterprise subscribers**: available with [extra usage](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/12429409-extra-usage-for-paid-claude-plans) enabled

155 

156To disable 1M context entirely, set `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_1M_CONTEXT=1`. This removes 1M model variants from the model picker. See [environment variables](/en/settings#environment-variables).

157 

158Selecting a 1M model does not immediately change billing. Your session uses standard rates until it exceeds 200K tokens of context. Beyond 200K tokens, requests are charged at [long-context pricing](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/about-claude/pricing#long-context-pricing) with dedicated [rate limits](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/api/rate-limits#long-context-rate-limits). For subscribers, tokens beyond 200K are billed as extra usage rather than through the subscription.

159 

160If your account supports 1M context, the option appears in the model picker (`/model`) in the latest versions of Claude Code. If you don't see it, try restarting your session.

161 

162You can also use the `[1m]` suffix with model aliases or full model names:

87 163 

88```bash theme={null}164```bash theme={null}

89# Example of using a full model name with the [1m] suffix165# Use the sonnet[1m] alias

90/model anthropic.claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929-v1:0[1m]166/model sonnet[1m]

91```

92 167 

93Note: Extended context models have168# Or append [1m] to a full model name

94[different pricing](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/about-claude/pricing#long-context-pricing).169/model claude-sonnet-4-6[1m]

170```

95 171 

96## Checking your current model172## Checking your current model

97 173 


115Note: `ANTHROPIC_SMALL_FAST_MODEL` is deprecated in favor of191Note: `ANTHROPIC_SMALL_FAST_MODEL` is deprecated in favor of

116`ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL`.192`ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL`.

117 193 

194### Pin models for third-party deployments

195 

196When deploying Claude Code through [Bedrock](/en/amazon-bedrock), [Vertex AI](/en/google-vertex-ai), or [Foundry](/en/microsoft-foundry), pin model versions before rolling out to users.

197 

198Without pinning, Claude Code uses model aliases (`sonnet`, `opus`, `haiku`) that resolve to the latest version. When Anthropic releases a new model, users whose accounts don't have the new version enabled will break silently.

199 

200<Warning>

201 Set all three model environment variables to specific version IDs as part of your initial setup. Skipping this step means a Claude Code update can break your users without any action on your part.

202</Warning>

203 

204Use the following environment variables with version-specific model IDs for your provider:

205 

206| Provider | Example |

207| :-------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------------- |

208| Bedrock | `export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL='us.anthropic.claude-opus-4-6-v1'` |

209| Vertex AI | `export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL='claude-opus-4-6'` |

210| Foundry | `export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL='claude-opus-4-6'` |

211 

212Apply the same pattern for `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_SONNET_MODEL` and `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL`. For current and legacy model IDs across all providers, see [Models overview](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/about-claude/models/overview). To upgrade users to a new model version, update these environment variables and redeploy.

213 

214<Note>

215 The `settings.availableModels` allowlist still applies when using third-party providers. Filtering matches on the model alias (`opus`, `sonnet`, `haiku`), not the provider-specific model ID.

216</Note>

217 

118### Prompt caching configuration218### Prompt caching configuration

119 219 

120Claude Code automatically uses [prompt caching](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/build-with-claude/prompt-caching) to optimize performance and reduce costs. You can disable prompt caching globally or for specific model tiers:220Claude Code automatically uses [prompt caching](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/build-with-claude/prompt-caching) to optimize performance and reduce costs. You can disable prompt caching globally or for specific model tiers:

121 221 

122| Environment variable | Description |222| Environment variable | Description |

123| ------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |223| ------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |


127| `DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING_OPUS` | Set to `1` to disable prompt caching for Opus models only |227| `DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING_OPUS` | Set to `1` to disable prompt caching for Opus models only |

128 228 

129These environment variables give you fine-grained control over prompt caching behavior. The global `DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING` setting takes precedence over the model-specific settings, allowing you to quickly disable all caching when needed. The per-model settings are useful for selective control, such as when debugging specific models or working with cloud providers that may have different caching implementations.229These environment variables give you fine-grained control over prompt caching behavior. The global `DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING` setting takes precedence over the model-specific settings, allowing you to quickly disable all caching when needed. The per-model settings are useful for selective control, such as when debugging specific models or working with cloud providers that may have different caching implementations.

130 

131 

132 

133> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Monitoring5# Monitoring

2 6 

3> Learn how to enable and configure OpenTelemetry for Claude Code.7> Learn how to enable and configure OpenTelemetry for Claude Code.

4 8 

5Claude Code supports OpenTelemetry (OTel) metrics and events for monitoring and observability.9Track Claude Code usage, costs, and tool activity across your organization by exporting telemetry data through OpenTelemetry (OTel). Claude Code exports metrics as time series data via the standard metrics protocol, and events via the logs/events protocol. Configure your metrics and logs backends to match your monitoring requirements.

6 

7All metrics are time series data exported via OpenTelemetry's standard metrics protocol, and events are exported via OpenTelemetry's logs/events protocol. It is the user's responsibility to ensure their metrics and logs backends are properly configured and that the aggregation granularity meets their monitoring requirements.

8 10 

9## Quick start11## Quick start

10 12 


52 "OTEL_METRICS_EXPORTER": "otlp",54 "OTEL_METRICS_EXPORTER": "otlp",

53 "OTEL_LOGS_EXPORTER": "otlp",55 "OTEL_LOGS_EXPORTER": "otlp",

54 "OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_PROTOCOL": "grpc",56 "OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_PROTOCOL": "grpc",

55 "OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_ENDPOINT": "http://collector.company.com:4317",57 "OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_ENDPOINT": "http://collector.example.com:4317",

56 "OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_HEADERS": "Authorization=Bearer company-token"58 "OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_HEADERS": "Authorization=Bearer example-token"

57 }59 }

58}60}

59```61```


67### Common configuration variables69### Common configuration variables

68 70 

69| Environment Variable | Description | Example Values |71| Environment Variable | Description | Example Values |

70| ----------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------ |72| --------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------ |

71| `CLAUDE_CODE_ENABLE_TELEMETRY` | Enables telemetry collection (required) | `1` |73| `CLAUDE_CODE_ENABLE_TELEMETRY` | Enables telemetry collection (required) | `1` |

72| `OTEL_METRICS_EXPORTER` | Metrics exporter type(s) (comma-separated) | `console`, `otlp`, `prometheus` |74| `OTEL_METRICS_EXPORTER` | Metrics exporter types, comma-separated | `console`, `otlp`, `prometheus` |

73| `OTEL_LOGS_EXPORTER` | Logs/events exporter type(s) (comma-separated) | `console`, `otlp` |75| `OTEL_LOGS_EXPORTER` | Logs/events exporter types, comma-separated | `console`, `otlp` |

74| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_PROTOCOL` | Protocol for OTLP exporter (all signals) | `grpc`, `http/json`, `http/protobuf` |76| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_PROTOCOL` | Protocol for OTLP exporter, applies to all signals | `grpc`, `http/json`, `http/protobuf` |

75| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_ENDPOINT` | OTLP collector endpoint (all signals) | `http://localhost:4317` |77| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_ENDPOINT` | OTLP collector endpoint for all signals | `http://localhost:4317` |

76| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_PROTOCOL` | Protocol for metrics (overrides general) | `grpc`, `http/json`, `http/protobuf` |78| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_PROTOCOL` | Protocol for metrics, overrides general setting | `grpc`, `http/json`, `http/protobuf` |

77| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_ENDPOINT` | OTLP metrics endpoint (overrides general) | `http://localhost:4318/v1/metrics` |79| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_ENDPOINT` | OTLP metrics endpoint, overrides general setting | `http://localhost:4318/v1/metrics` |

78| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_LOGS_PROTOCOL` | Protocol for logs (overrides general) | `grpc`, `http/json`, `http/protobuf` |80| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_LOGS_PROTOCOL` | Protocol for logs, overrides general setting | `grpc`, `http/json`, `http/protobuf` |

79| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_LOGS_ENDPOINT` | OTLP logs endpoint (overrides general) | `http://localhost:4318/v1/logs` |81| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_LOGS_ENDPOINT` | OTLP logs endpoint, overrides general setting | `http://localhost:4318/v1/logs` |

80| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_HEADERS` | Authentication headers for OTLP | `Authorization=Bearer token` |82| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_HEADERS` | Authentication headers for OTLP | `Authorization=Bearer token` |

81| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_CLIENT_KEY` | Client key for mTLS authentication | Path to client key file |83| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_CLIENT_KEY` | Client key for mTLS authentication | Path to client key file |

82| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE` | Client certificate for mTLS authentication | Path to client cert file |84| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE` | Client certificate for mTLS authentication | Path to client cert file |

83| `OTEL_METRIC_EXPORT_INTERVAL` | Export interval in milliseconds (default: 60000) | `5000`, `60000` |85| `OTEL_METRIC_EXPORT_INTERVAL` | Export interval in milliseconds (default: 60000) | `5000`, `60000` |

84| `OTEL_LOGS_EXPORT_INTERVAL` | Logs export interval in milliseconds (default: 5000) | `1000`, `10000` |86| `OTEL_LOGS_EXPORT_INTERVAL` | Logs export interval in milliseconds (default: 5000) | `1000`, `10000` |

85| `OTEL_LOG_USER_PROMPTS` | Enable logging of user prompt content (default: disabled) | `1` to enable |87| `OTEL_LOG_USER_PROMPTS` | Enable logging of user prompt content (default: disabled) | `1` to enable |

88| `OTEL_LOG_TOOL_DETAILS` | Enable logging of MCP server/tool names and skill names in tool events (default: disabled) | `1` to enable |

89| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_TEMPORALITY_PREFERENCE` | Metrics temporality preference (default: `delta`). Set to `cumulative` if your backend expects cumulative temporality | `delta`, `cumulative` |

86| `CLAUDE_CODE_OTEL_HEADERS_HELPER_DEBOUNCE_MS` | Interval for refreshing dynamic headers (default: 1740000ms / 29 minutes) | `900000` |90| `CLAUDE_CODE_OTEL_HEADERS_HELPER_DEBOUNCE_MS` | Interval for refreshing dynamic headers (default: 1740000ms / 29 minutes) | `900000` |

87 91 

88### Metrics cardinality control92### Metrics cardinality control


144<Warning>148<Warning>

145 **Important formatting requirements for OTEL\_RESOURCE\_ATTRIBUTES:**149 **Important formatting requirements for OTEL\_RESOURCE\_ATTRIBUTES:**

146 150 

147 The `OTEL_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTES` environment variable follows the [W3C Baggage specification](https://www.w3.org/TR/baggage/), which has strict formatting requirements:151 The `OTEL_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTES` environment variable uses comma-separated key=value pairs with strict formatting requirements:

148 152 

149 * **No spaces allowed**: Values cannot contain spaces. For example, `user.organizationName=My Company` is invalid153 * **No spaces allowed**: Values cannot contain spaces. For example, `user.organizationName=My Company` is invalid

150 * **Format**: Must be comma-separated key=value pairs: `key1=value1,key2=value2`154 * **Format**: Must be comma-separated key=value pairs: `key1=value1,key2=value2`


170 174 

171### Example configurations175### Example configurations

172 176 

177Set these environment variables before running `claude`. Each block shows a complete configuration for a different exporter or deployment scenario:

178 

173```bash theme={null}179```bash theme={null}

174# Console debugging (1-second intervals)180# Console debugging (1-second intervals)

175export CLAUDE_CODE_ENABLE_TELEMETRY=1181export CLAUDE_CODE_ENABLE_TELEMETRY=1


196export OTEL_METRICS_EXPORTER=otlp202export OTEL_METRICS_EXPORTER=otlp

197export OTEL_LOGS_EXPORTER=otlp203export OTEL_LOGS_EXPORTER=otlp

198export OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_PROTOCOL=http/protobuf204export OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_PROTOCOL=http/protobuf

199export OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_ENDPOINT=http://metrics.company.com:4318205export OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_ENDPOINT=http://metrics.example.com:4318

200export OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_LOGS_PROTOCOL=grpc206export OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_LOGS_PROTOCOL=grpc

201export OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_LOGS_ENDPOINT=http://logs.company.com:4317207export OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_LOGS_ENDPOINT=http://logs.example.com:4317

202 208 

203# Metrics only (no events/logs)209# Metrics only (no events/logs)

204export CLAUDE_CODE_ENABLE_TELEMETRY=1210export CLAUDE_CODE_ENABLE_TELEMETRY=1


220All metrics and events share these standard attributes:226All metrics and events share these standard attributes:

221 227 

222| Attribute | Description | Controlled By |228| Attribute | Description | Controlled By |

223| ------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------- |229| ------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------- |

224| `session.id` | Unique session identifier | `OTEL_METRICS_INCLUDE_SESSION_ID` (default: true) |230| `session.id` | Unique session identifier | `OTEL_METRICS_INCLUDE_SESSION_ID` (default: true) |

225| `app.version` | Current Claude Code version | `OTEL_METRICS_INCLUDE_VERSION` (default: false) |231| `app.version` | Current Claude Code version | `OTEL_METRICS_INCLUDE_VERSION` (default: false) |

226| `organization.id` | Organization UUID (when authenticated) | Always included when available |232| `organization.id` | Organization UUID (when authenticated) | Always included when available |

227| `user.account_uuid` | Account UUID (when authenticated) | `OTEL_METRICS_INCLUDE_ACCOUNT_UUID` (default: true) |233| `user.account_uuid` | Account UUID (when authenticated) | `OTEL_METRICS_INCLUDE_ACCOUNT_UUID` (default: true) |

228| `terminal.type` | Terminal type (for example, `iTerm.app`, `vscode`, `cursor`, `tmux`) | Always included when detected |234| `user.id` | Anonymous device/installation identifier, generated per Claude Code installation | Always included |

235| `user.email` | User email address (when authenticated via OAuth) | Always included when available |

236| `terminal.type` | Terminal type, such as `iTerm.app`, `vscode`, `cursor`, or `tmux` | Always included when detected |

229 237 

230### Metrics238### Metrics

231 239 


244 252 

245### Metric details253### Metric details

246 254 

255Each metric includes the standard attributes listed above. Metrics with additional context-specific attributes are noted below.

256 

247#### Session counter257#### Session counter

248 258 

249Incremented at the start of each session.259Incremented at the start of each session.


284**Attributes**:294**Attributes**:

285 295 

286* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)296* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)

287* `model`: Model identifier (for example, "claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929")297* `model`: Model identifier (for example, "claude-sonnet-4-6")

288 298 

289#### Token counter299#### Token counter

290 300 


294 304 

295* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)305* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)

296* `type`: (`"input"`, `"output"`, `"cacheRead"`, `"cacheCreation"`)306* `type`: (`"input"`, `"output"`, `"cacheRead"`, `"cacheCreation"`)

297* `model`: Model identifier (for example, "claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929")307* `model`: Model identifier (for example, "claude-sonnet-4-6")

298 308 

299#### Code edit tool decision counter309#### Code edit tool decision counter

300 310 


303**Attributes**:313**Attributes**:

304 314 

305* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)315* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)

306* `tool`: Tool name (`"Edit"`, `"Write"`, `"NotebookEdit"`)316* `tool_name`: Tool name (`"Edit"`, `"Write"`, `"NotebookEdit"`)

307* `decision`: User decision (`"accept"`, `"reject"`)317* `decision`: User decision (`"accept"`, `"reject"`)

308* `language`: Programming language of the edited file (for example, `"TypeScript"`, `"Python"`, `"JavaScript"`, `"Markdown"`). Returns `"unknown"` for unrecognized file extensions.318* `source`: Decision source - `"config"`, `"hook"`, `"user_permanent"`, `"user_temporary"`, `"user_abort"`, or `"user_reject"`

319* `language`: Programming language of the edited file, such as `"TypeScript"`, `"Python"`, `"JavaScript"`, or `"Markdown"`. Returns `"unknown"` for unrecognized file extensions.

309 320 

310#### Active time counter321#### Active time counter

311 322 

312Tracks actual time spent actively using Claude Code (not idle time). This metric is incremented during user interactions such as typing prompts or receiving responses.323Tracks actual time spent actively using Claude Code, excluding idle time. This metric is incremented during user interactions (typing, reading responses) and during CLI processing (tool execution, AI response generation).

313 324 

314**Attributes**:325**Attributes**:

315 326 

316* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)327* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)

328* `type`: `"user"` for keyboard interactions, `"cli"` for tool execution and AI responses

317 329 

318### Events330### Events

319 331 

320Claude Code exports the following events via OpenTelemetry logs/events (when `OTEL_LOGS_EXPORTER` is configured):332Claude Code exports the following events via OpenTelemetry logs/events (when `OTEL_LOGS_EXPORTER` is configured):

321 333 

334#### Event correlation attributes

335 

336When a user submits a prompt, Claude Code may make multiple API calls and run several tools. The `prompt.id` attribute lets you tie all of those events back to the single prompt that triggered them.

337 

338| Attribute | Description |

339| ----------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

340| `prompt.id` | UUID v4 identifier linking all events produced while processing a single user prompt |

341 

342To trace all activity triggered by a single prompt, filter your events by a specific `prompt.id` value. This returns the user\_prompt event, any api\_request events, and any tool\_result events that occurred while processing that prompt.

343 

344<Note>

345 `prompt.id` is intentionally excluded from metrics because each prompt generates a unique ID, which would create an ever-growing number of time series. Use it for event-level analysis and audit trails only.

346</Note>

347 

322#### User prompt event348#### User prompt event

323 349 

324Logged when a user submits a prompt.350Logged when a user submits a prompt.


330* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)356* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)

331* `event.name`: `"user_prompt"`357* `event.name`: `"user_prompt"`

332* `event.timestamp`: ISO 8601 timestamp358* `event.timestamp`: ISO 8601 timestamp

359* `event.sequence`: monotonically increasing counter for ordering events within a session

333* `prompt_length`: Length of the prompt360* `prompt_length`: Length of the prompt

334* `prompt`: Prompt content (redacted by default, enable with `OTEL_LOG_USER_PROMPTS=1`)361* `prompt`: Prompt content (redacted by default, enable with `OTEL_LOG_USER_PROMPTS=1`)

335 362 


344* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)371* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)

345* `event.name`: `"tool_result"`372* `event.name`: `"tool_result"`

346* `event.timestamp`: ISO 8601 timestamp373* `event.timestamp`: ISO 8601 timestamp

374* `event.sequence`: monotonically increasing counter for ordering events within a session

347* `tool_name`: Name of the tool375* `tool_name`: Name of the tool

348* `success`: `"true"` or `"false"`376* `success`: `"true"` or `"false"`

349* `duration_ms`: Execution time in milliseconds377* `duration_ms`: Execution time in milliseconds

350* `error`: Error message (if failed)378* `error`: Error message (if failed)

351* `decision`: Either `"accept"` or `"reject"`379* `decision_type`: Either `"accept"` or `"reject"`

352* `source`: Decision source - `"config"`, `"user_permanent"`, `"user_temporary"`, `"user_abort"`, or `"user_reject"`380* `decision_source`: Decision source - `"config"`, `"hook"`, `"user_permanent"`, `"user_temporary"`, `"user_abort"`, or `"user_reject"`

381* `tool_result_size_bytes`: Size of the tool result in bytes

382* `mcp_server_scope`: MCP server scope identifier (for MCP tools)

353* `tool_parameters`: JSON string containing tool-specific parameters (when available)383* `tool_parameters`: JSON string containing tool-specific parameters (when available)

354 * For Bash tool: includes `bash_command`, `full_command`, `timeout`, `description`, `sandbox`384 * For Bash tool: includes `bash_command`, `full_command`, `timeout`, `description`, `dangerouslyDisableSandbox`, and `git_commit_id` (the commit SHA, when a `git commit` command succeeds)

385 * For MCP tools (when `OTEL_LOG_TOOL_DETAILS=1`): includes `mcp_server_name`, `mcp_tool_name`

386 * For Skill tool (when `OTEL_LOG_TOOL_DETAILS=1`): includes `skill_name`

355 387 

356#### API request event388#### API request event

357 389 


364* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)396* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)

365* `event.name`: `"api_request"`397* `event.name`: `"api_request"`

366* `event.timestamp`: ISO 8601 timestamp398* `event.timestamp`: ISO 8601 timestamp

367* `model`: Model used (for example, "claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929")399* `event.sequence`: monotonically increasing counter for ordering events within a session

400* `model`: Model used (for example, "claude-sonnet-4-6")

368* `cost_usd`: Estimated cost in USD401* `cost_usd`: Estimated cost in USD

369* `duration_ms`: Request duration in milliseconds402* `duration_ms`: Request duration in milliseconds

370* `input_tokens`: Number of input tokens403* `input_tokens`: Number of input tokens

371* `output_tokens`: Number of output tokens404* `output_tokens`: Number of output tokens

372* `cache_read_tokens`: Number of tokens read from cache405* `cache_read_tokens`: Number of tokens read from cache

373* `cache_creation_tokens`: Number of tokens used for cache creation406* `cache_creation_tokens`: Number of tokens used for cache creation

407* `speed`: `"fast"` or `"normal"`, indicating whether fast mode was active

374 408 

375#### API error event409#### API error event

376 410 


383* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)417* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)

384* `event.name`: `"api_error"`418* `event.name`: `"api_error"`

385* `event.timestamp`: ISO 8601 timestamp419* `event.timestamp`: ISO 8601 timestamp

386* `model`: Model used (for example, "claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929")420* `event.sequence`: monotonically increasing counter for ordering events within a session

421* `model`: Model used (for example, "claude-sonnet-4-6")

387* `error`: Error message422* `error`: Error message

388* `status_code`: HTTP status code (if applicable)423* `status_code`: HTTP status code as a string, or `"undefined"` for non-HTTP errors

389* `duration_ms`: Request duration in milliseconds424* `duration_ms`: Request duration in milliseconds

390* `attempt`: Attempt number (for retried requests)425* `attempt`: Attempt number (for retried requests)

426* `speed`: `"fast"` or `"normal"`, indicating whether fast mode was active

391 427 

392#### Tool decision event428#### Tool decision event

393 429 


400* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)436* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)

401* `event.name`: `"tool_decision"`437* `event.name`: `"tool_decision"`

402* `event.timestamp`: ISO 8601 timestamp438* `event.timestamp`: ISO 8601 timestamp

439* `event.sequence`: monotonically increasing counter for ordering events within a session

403* `tool_name`: Name of the tool (for example, "Read", "Edit", "Write", "NotebookEdit")440* `tool_name`: Name of the tool (for example, "Read", "Edit", "Write", "NotebookEdit")

404* `decision`: Either `"accept"` or `"reject"`441* `decision`: Either `"accept"` or `"reject"`

405* `source`: Decision source - `"config"`, `"user_permanent"`, `"user_temporary"`, `"user_abort"`, or `"user_reject"`442* `source`: Decision source - `"config"`, `"hook"`, `"user_permanent"`, `"user_temporary"`, `"user_abort"`, or `"user_reject"`

406 443 

407## Interpreting metrics and events data444## Interpret metrics and events data

408 445 

409The metrics exported by Claude Code provide valuable insights into usage patterns and productivity. Here are some common visualizations and analyses you can create:446The exported metrics and events support a range of analyses:

410 447 

411### Usage monitoring448### Usage monitoring

412 449 


485 522 

486For a comprehensive guide on measuring return on investment for Claude Code, including telemetry setup, cost analysis, productivity metrics, and automated reporting, see the [Claude Code ROI Measurement Guide](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code-monitoring-guide). This repository provides ready-to-use Docker Compose configurations, Prometheus and OpenTelemetry setups, and templates for generating productivity reports integrated with tools like Linear.523For a comprehensive guide on measuring return on investment for Claude Code, including telemetry setup, cost analysis, productivity metrics, and automated reporting, see the [Claude Code ROI Measurement Guide](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code-monitoring-guide). This repository provides ready-to-use Docker Compose configurations, Prometheus and OpenTelemetry setups, and templates for generating productivity reports integrated with tools like Linear.

487 524 

488## Security/privacy considerations525## Security and privacy

489 526 

490* Telemetry is opt-in and requires explicit configuration527* Telemetry is opt-in and requires explicit configuration

491* Sensitive information like API keys or file contents are never included in metrics or events528* Raw file contents and code snippets are not included in metrics or events. Tool execution events include bash commands and file paths in the `tool_parameters` field, which may contain sensitive values. If your commands may include secrets, configure your telemetry backend to filter or redact `tool_parameters`

492* User prompt content is redacted by default - only prompt length is recorded. To enable user prompt logging, set `OTEL_LOG_USER_PROMPTS=1`529* When authenticated via OAuth, `user.email` is included in telemetry attributes. If this is a concern for your organization, work with your telemetry backend to filter or redact this field

530* User prompt content is not collected by default. Only prompt length is recorded. To include prompt content, set `OTEL_LOG_USER_PROMPTS=1`

531* MCP server/tool names and skill names are not logged by default because they can reveal user-specific configurations. To include them, set `OTEL_LOG_TOOL_DETAILS=1`

493 532 

494## Monitoring Claude Code on Amazon Bedrock533## Monitor Claude Code on Amazon Bedrock

495 534 

496For detailed Claude Code usage monitoring guidance for Amazon Bedrock, see [Claude Code Monitoring Implementation (Bedrock)](https://github.com/aws-solutions-library-samples/guidance-for-claude-code-with-amazon-bedrock/blob/main/assets/docs/MONITORING.md).535For detailed Claude Code usage monitoring guidance for Amazon Bedrock, see [Claude Code Monitoring Implementation (Bedrock)](https://github.com/aws-solutions-library-samples/guidance-for-claude-code-with-amazon-bedrock/blob/main/assets/docs/MONITORING.md).

497 

498 

499 

500> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Enterprise network configuration5# Enterprise network configuration

2 6 

3> Configure Claude Code for enterprise environments with proxy servers, custom Certificate Authorities (CA), and mutual Transport Layer Security (mTLS) authentication.7> Configure Claude Code for enterprise environments with proxy servers, custom Certificate Authorities (CA), and mutual Transport Layer Security (mTLS) authentication.


76 80 

77Claude Code requires access to the following URLs:81Claude Code requires access to the following URLs:

78 82 

79* `api.anthropic.com` - Claude API endpoints83* `api.anthropic.com`: Claude API endpoints

80* `claude.ai` - WebFetch safeguards84* `claude.ai`: authentication for claude.ai accounts

81* `statsig.anthropic.com` - Telemetry and metrics85* `platform.claude.com`: authentication for Anthropic Console accounts

82* `sentry.io` - Error reporting

83 86 

84Ensure these URLs are allowlisted in your proxy configuration and firewall rules. This is especially important when using Claude Code in containerized or restricted network environments.87Ensure these URLs are allowlisted in your proxy configuration and firewall rules. This is especially important when using Claude Code in containerized or restricted network environments.

85 88 


88* [Claude Code settings](/en/settings)91* [Claude Code settings](/en/settings)

89* [Environment variables reference](/en/settings#environment-variables)92* [Environment variables reference](/en/settings#environment-variables)

90* [Troubleshooting guide](/en/troubleshooting)93* [Troubleshooting guide](/en/troubleshooting)

91 

92 

93 

94> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Output styles5# Output styles

2 6 

3> Adapt Claude Code for uses beyond software engineering7> Adapt Claude Code for uses beyond software engineering


103settings like the model to use, the tools they have available, and some context107settings like the model to use, the tools they have available, and some context

104about when to use the agent.108about when to use the agent.

105 109 

106### Output Styles vs. [Custom Slash Commands](/en/slash-commands)110### Output Styles vs. [Skills](/en/skills)

107 

108You can think of output styles as "stored system prompts" and custom slash

109commands as "stored prompts".

110 

111 

112 111 

113> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt112Output styles modify how Claude responds (formatting, tone, structure) and are always active once selected. Skills are task-specific prompts that you invoke with `/skill-name` or that Claude loads automatically when relevant. Use output styles for consistent formatting preferences; use skills for reusable workflows and tasks.

overview.md +155 −73

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Claude Code overview5# Claude Code overview

2 6 

3> Learn about Claude Code, Anthropic's agentic coding tool that lives in your terminal and helps you turn ideas into code faster than ever before.7> Claude Code is an agentic coding tool that reads your codebase, edits files, runs commands, and integrates with your development tools. Available in your terminal, IDE, desktop app, and browser.

4 8 

5## Get started in 30 seconds9Claude Code is an AI-powered coding assistant that helps you build features, fix bugs, and automate development tasks. It understands your entire codebase and can work across multiple files and tools to get things done.

6 10 

7Prerequisites:11## Get started

8 12 

9* A [Claude.ai](https://claude.ai) (recommended) or [Claude Console](https://console.anthropic.com/) account13Choose your environment to get started. Most surfaces require a [Claude subscription](https://claude.com/pricing) or [Anthropic Console](https://console.anthropic.com/) account. The Terminal CLI and VS Code also support [third-party providers](/en/third-party-integrations).

10 14 

11**Install Claude Code:**15<Tabs>

16 <Tab title="Terminal">

17 The full-featured CLI for working with Claude Code directly in your terminal. Edit files, run commands, and manage your entire project from the command line.

12 18 

13To install Claude Code, use one of the following methods:19 To install Claude Code, use one of the following methods:

14 20 

15<Tabs>21 <Tabs>

16 <Tab title="Native Install (Recommended)">22 <Tab title="Native Install (Recommended)">

17 **macOS, Linux, WSL:**23 **macOS, Linux, WSL:**

18 24 


31 ```batch theme={null}37 ```batch theme={null}

32 curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.cmd -o install.cmd && install.cmd && del install.cmd38 curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.cmd -o install.cmd && install.cmd && del install.cmd

33 ```39 ```

40 

41 <Info>

42 Native installations automatically update in the background to keep you on the latest version.

43 </Info>

34 </Tab>44 </Tab>

35 45 

36 <Tab title="Homebrew">46 <Tab title="Homebrew">

37 ```sh theme={null}47 ```sh theme={null}

38 brew install --cask claude-code48 brew install --cask claude-code

39 ```49 ```

50 

51 <Info>

52 Homebrew installations do not auto-update. Run `brew upgrade claude-code` periodically to get the latest features and security fixes.

53 </Info>

54 </Tab>

55 

56 <Tab title="WinGet">

57 ```powershell theme={null}

58 winget install Anthropic.ClaudeCode

59 ```

60 

61 <Info>

62 WinGet installations do not auto-update. Run `winget upgrade Anthropic.ClaudeCode` periodically to get the latest features and security fixes.

63 </Info>

40 </Tab>64 </Tab>

65 </Tabs>

41 66 

42 <Tab title="NPM">67 Then start Claude Code in any project:

43 If you have [Node.js 18 or newer installed](https://nodejs.org/en/download/):

44 68 

45 ```sh theme={null}69 ```bash theme={null}

46 npm install -g @anthropic-ai/claude-code70 cd your-project

71 claude

47 ```72 ```

73 

74 You'll be prompted to log in on first use. That's it! [Continue with the Quickstart →](/en/quickstart)

75 

76 <Tip>

77 See [advanced setup](/en/setup) for installation options, manual updates, or uninstallation instructions. Visit [troubleshooting](/en/troubleshooting) if you hit issues.

78 </Tip>

79 </Tab>

80 

81 <Tab title="VS Code">

82 The VS Code extension provides inline diffs, @-mentions, plan review, and conversation history directly in your editor.

83 

84 * [Install for VS Code](vscode:extension/anthropic.claude-code)

85 * [Install for Cursor](cursor:extension/anthropic.claude-code)

86 

87 Or search for "Claude Code" in the Extensions view (`Cmd+Shift+X` on Mac, `Ctrl+Shift+X` on Windows/Linux). After installing, open the Command Palette (`Cmd+Shift+P` / `Ctrl+Shift+P`), type "Claude Code", and select **Open in New Tab**.

88 

89 [Get started with VS Code →](/en/vs-code#get-started)

90 </Tab>

91 

92 <Tab title="Desktop app">

93 A standalone app for running Claude Code outside your IDE or terminal. Review diffs visually, run multiple sessions side by side, and kick off cloud sessions.

94 

95 Download and install:

96 

97 * [macOS](https://claude.ai/api/desktop/darwin/universal/dmg/latest/redirect?utm_source=claude_code\&utm_medium=docs) (Intel and Apple Silicon)

98 * [Windows](https://claude.ai/api/desktop/win32/x64/exe/latest/redirect?utm_source=claude_code\&utm_medium=docs) (x64)

99 * [Windows ARM64](https://claude.ai/api/desktop/win32/arm64/exe/latest/redirect?utm_source=claude_code\&utm_medium=docs) (remote sessions only)

100 

101 After installing, launch Claude, sign in, and click the **Code** tab to start coding. A [paid subscription](https://claude.com/pricing) is required.

102 

103 [Learn more about the desktop app →](/en/desktop-quickstart)

104 </Tab>

105 

106 <Tab title="Web">

107 Run Claude Code in your browser with no local setup. Kick off long-running tasks and check back when they're done, work on repos you don't have locally, or run multiple tasks in parallel. Available on desktop browsers and the Claude iOS app.

108 

109 Start coding at [claude.ai/code](https://claude.ai/code).

110 

111 [Get started on the web →](/en/claude-code-on-the-web#getting-started)

112 </Tab>

113 

114 <Tab title="JetBrains">

115 A plugin for IntelliJ IDEA, PyCharm, WebStorm, and other JetBrains IDEs with interactive diff viewing and selection context sharing.

116 

117 Install the [Claude Code plugin](https://plugins.jetbrains.com/plugin/27310-claude-code-beta-) from the JetBrains Marketplace and restart your IDE.

118 

119 [Get started with JetBrains →](/en/jetbrains)

48 </Tab>120 </Tab>

49</Tabs>121</Tabs>

50 122 

51**Start using Claude Code:**123## What you can do

124 

125Here are some of the ways you can use Claude Code:

52 126 

53```bash theme={null}127<AccordionGroup>

54cd your-project128 <Accordion title="Automate the work you keep putting off" icon="wand-magic-sparkles">

55claude129 Claude Code handles the tedious tasks that eat up your day: writing tests for untested code, fixing lint errors across a project, resolving merge conflicts, updating dependencies, and writing release notes.

56```

57 130 

58You'll be prompted to log in on first use. That's it! [Continue with Quickstart (5 minutes) →](/en/quickstart)131 ```bash theme={null}

132 claude "write tests for the auth module, run them, and fix any failures"

133 ```

134 </Accordion>

59 135 

60<Tip>136 <Accordion title="Build features and fix bugs" icon="hammer">

61 Claude Code automatically keeps itself up to date. See [advanced setup](/en/setup) for installation options, manual updates, or uninstallation instructions. Visit [troubleshooting](/en/troubleshooting) if you hit issues.137 Describe what you want in plain language. Claude Code plans the approach, writes the code across multiple files, and verifies it works.

62</Tip>

63 138 

64## What Claude Code does for you139 For bugs, paste an error message or describe the symptom. Claude Code traces the issue through your codebase, identifies the root cause, and implements a fix. See [common workflows](/en/common-workflows) for more examples.

140 </Accordion>

65 141 

66* **Build features from descriptions**: Tell Claude what you want to build in plain English. It will make a plan, write the code, and ensure it works.142 <Accordion title="Create commits and pull requests" icon="code-branch">

67* **Debug and fix issues**: Describe a bug or paste an error message. Claude Code will analyze your codebase, identify the problem, and implement a fix.143 Claude Code works directly with git. It stages changes, writes commit messages, creates branches, and opens pull requests.

68* **Navigate any codebase**: Ask anything about your team's codebase, and get a thoughtful answer back. Claude Code maintains awareness of your entire project structure, can find up-to-date information from the web, and with [MCP](/en/mcp) can pull from external data sources like Google Drive, Figma, and Slack.

69* **Automate tedious tasks**: Fix fiddly lint issues, resolve merge conflicts, and write release notes. Do all this in a single command from your developer machines, or automatically in CI.

70 144 

71## Why developers love Claude Code145 ```bash theme={null}

146 claude "commit my changes with a descriptive message"

147 ```

72 148 

73* **Works in your terminal**: Not another chat window. Not another IDE. Claude Code meets you where you already work, with the tools you already love.149 In CI, you can automate code review and issue triage with [GitHub Actions](/en/github-actions) or [GitLab CI/CD](/en/gitlab-ci-cd).

74* **Takes action**: Claude Code can directly edit files, run commands, and create commits. Need more? [MCP](/en/mcp) lets Claude read your design docs in Google Drive, update your tickets in Jira, or use *your* custom developer tooling.150 </Accordion>

75* **Unix philosophy**: Claude Code is composable and scriptable. `tail -f app.log | claude -p "Slack me if you see any anomalies appear in this log stream"` *works*. Your CI can run `claude -p "If there are new text strings, translate them into French and raise a PR for @lang-fr-team to review"`.

76* **Enterprise-ready**: Use the Claude API, or host on AWS or GCP. Enterprise-grade [security](/en/security), [privacy](/en/data-usage), and [compliance](https://trust.anthropic.com/) is built-in.

77 151 

78## Next steps152 <Accordion title="Connect your tools with MCP" icon="plug">

153 The [Model Context Protocol (MCP)](/en/mcp) is an open standard for connecting AI tools to external data sources. With MCP, Claude Code can read your design docs in Google Drive, update tickets in Jira, pull data from Slack, or use your own custom tooling.

154 </Accordion>

79 155 

80<CardGroup>156 <Accordion title="Customize with instructions, skills, and hooks" icon="sliders">

81 <Card title="Quickstart" icon="rocket" href="/en/quickstart">157 [`CLAUDE.md`](/en/claude-md) is a markdown file you add to your project root that Claude Code reads at the start of every session. Use it to set coding standards, architecture decisions, preferred libraries, and review checklists.

82 See Claude Code in action with practical examples

83 </Card>

84 158 

85 <Card title="Common workflows" icon="graduation-cap" href="/en/common-workflows">159 Create [custom slash commands](/en/skills) to package repeatable workflows your team can share, like `/review-pr` or `/deploy-staging`.

86 Step-by-step guides for common workflows

87 </Card>

88 160 

89 <Card title="Troubleshooting" icon="wrench" href="/en/troubleshooting">161 [Hooks](/en/hooks) let you run shell commands before or after Claude Code actions, like auto-formatting after every file edit or running lint before a commit.

90 Solutions for common issues with Claude Code162 </Accordion>

91 </Card>

92 163 

93 <Card title="IDE setup" icon="laptop" href="/en/vs-code">164 <Accordion title="Run agent teams and build custom agents" icon="users">

94 Add Claude Code to your IDE165 Spawn [multiple Claude Code agents](/en/sub-agents) that work on different parts of a task simultaneously. A lead agent coordinates the work, assigns subtasks, and merges results.

95 </Card>

96</CardGroup>

97 166 

98## Additional resources167 For fully custom workflows, the [Agent SDK](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/agent-sdk/overview) lets you build your own agents powered by Claude Code's tools and capabilities, with full control over orchestration, tool access, and permissions.

168 </Accordion>

99 169 

100<CardGroup>170 <Accordion title="Pipe, script, and automate with the CLI" icon="terminal">

101 <Card title="About Claude Code" icon="sparkles" href="https://claude.com/product/claude-code">171 Claude Code is composable and follows the Unix philosophy. Pipe logs into it, run it in CI, or chain it with other tools:

102 Learn more about Claude Code on claude.com

103 </Card>

104 172 

105 <Card title="Build with the Agent SDK" icon="code-branch" href="https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/agent-sdk/overview">173 ```bash theme={null}

106 Create custom AI agents with the Claude Agent SDK174 # Monitor logs and get alerted

107 </Card>175 tail -f app.log | claude -p "Slack me if you see any anomalies"

108 176 

109 <Card title="Host on AWS or GCP" icon="cloud" href="/en/third-party-integrations">177 # Automate translations in CI

110 Configure Claude Code with Amazon Bedrock or Google Vertex AI178 claude -p "translate new strings into French and raise a PR for review"

111 </Card>

112 179 

113 <Card title="Settings" icon="gear" href="/en/settings">180 # Bulk operations across files

114 Customize Claude Code for your workflow181 git diff main --name-only | claude -p "review these changed files for security issues"

115 </Card>182 ```

183 

184 See the [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference) for the full set of commands and flags.

185 </Accordion>

186 

187 <Accordion title="Work from anywhere" icon="globe">

188 Sessions aren't tied to a single surface. Move work between environments as your context changes:

116 189 

117 <Card title="Commands" icon="terminal" href="/en/cli-reference">190 * Kick off a long-running task on the [web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web) or [iOS app](https://apps.apple.com/app/claude-by-anthropic/id6473753684), then pull it into your terminal with `/teleport`

118 Learn about CLI commands and controls191 * Hand off a terminal session to the [Desktop app](/en/desktop) with `/desktop` for visual diff review

119 </Card>192 * Route tasks from team chat: mention `@Claude` in [Slack](/en/slack) with a bug report and get a pull request back

193 </Accordion>

194</AccordionGroup>

120 195 

121 <Card title="Reference implementation" icon="code" href="https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code/tree/main/.devcontainer">196## Use Claude Code everywhere

122 Clone our development container reference implementation

123 </Card>

124 197 

125 <Card title="Security" icon="shield" href="/en/security">198Each surface connects to the same underlying Claude Code engine, so your CLAUDE.md files, settings, and MCP servers work across all of them.

126 Discover Claude Code's safeguards and best practices for safe usage

127 </Card>

128 199 

129 <Card title="Privacy and data usage" icon="lock" href="/en/data-usage">200Beyond the [Terminal](/en/quickstart), [VS Code](/en/vs-code), [JetBrains](/en/jetbrains), [Desktop](/en/desktop), and [Web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web) environments above, Claude Code integrates with CI/CD, chat, and browser workflows:

130 Understand how Claude Code handles your data

131 </Card>

132</CardGroup>

133 201 

202| I want to... | Best option |

203| --------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

204| Start a task locally, continue on mobile | [Web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web) or [Claude iOS app](https://apps.apple.com/app/claude-by-anthropic/id6473753684) |

205| Automate PR reviews and issue triage | [GitHub Actions](/en/github-actions) or [GitLab CI/CD](/en/gitlab-ci-cd) |

206| Route bug reports from Slack to pull requests | [Slack](/en/slack) |

207| Debug live web applications | [Chrome](/en/chrome) |

208| Build custom agents for your own workflows | [Agent SDK](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/agent-sdk/overview) |

209 

210## Next steps

134 211 

212Once you've installed Claude Code, these guides help you go deeper.

135 213 

136> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt214* [Quickstart](/en/quickstart): walk through your first real task, from exploring a codebase to committing a fix

215* Level up with [best practices](/en/best-practices) and [common workflows](/en/common-workflows)

216* [Settings](/en/settings): customize Claude Code for your workflow

217* [Troubleshooting](/en/troubleshooting): solutions for common issues

218* [code.claude.com](https://code.claude.com/): demos, pricing, and product details

permissions.md +257 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Configure permissions

6 

7> Control what Claude Code can access and do with fine-grained permission rules, modes, and managed policies.

8 

9Claude Code supports fine-grained permissions so that you can specify exactly what the agent is allowed to do and what it cannot. Permission settings can be checked into version control and distributed to all developers in your organization, as well as customized by individual developers.

10 

11## Permission system

12 

13Claude Code uses a tiered permission system to balance power and safety:

14 

15| Tool type | Example | Approval required | "Yes, don't ask again" behavior |

16| :---------------- | :--------------- | :---------------- | :-------------------------------------------- |

17| Read-only | File reads, Grep | No | N/A |

18| Bash commands | Shell execution | Yes | Permanently per project directory and command |

19| File modification | Edit/write files | Yes | Until session end |

20 

21## Manage permissions

22 

23You can view and manage Claude Code's tool permissions with `/permissions`. This UI lists all permission rules and the settings.json file they are sourced from.

24 

25* **Allow** rules let Claude Code use the specified tool without manual approval.

26* **Ask** rules prompt for confirmation whenever Claude Code tries to use the specified tool.

27* **Deny** rules prevent Claude Code from using the specified tool.

28 

29Rules are evaluated in order: **deny -> ask -> allow**. The first matching rule wins, so deny rules always take precedence.

30 

31## Permission modes

32 

33Claude Code supports several permission modes that control how tools are approved. Set the `defaultMode` in your [settings files](/en/settings#settings-files):

34 

35| Mode | Description |

36| :------------------ | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

37| `default` | Standard behavior: prompts for permission on first use of each tool |

38| `acceptEdits` | Automatically accepts file edit permissions for the session |

39| `plan` | Plan Mode: Claude can analyze but not modify files or execute commands |

40| `dontAsk` | Auto-denies tools unless pre-approved via `/permissions` or `permissions.allow` rules |

41| `bypassPermissions` | Skips all permission prompts (requires safe environment, see warning below) |

42 

43<Warning>

44 `bypassPermissions` mode disables all permission checks. Only use this in isolated environments like containers or VMs where Claude Code cannot cause damage. Administrators can prevent this mode by setting `disableBypassPermissionsMode` to `"disable"` in [managed settings](#managed-settings).

45</Warning>

46 

47## Permission rule syntax

48 

49Permission rules follow the format `Tool` or `Tool(specifier)`.

50 

51### Match all uses of a tool

52 

53To match all uses of a tool, use just the tool name without parentheses:

54 

55| Rule | Effect |

56| :--------- | :----------------------------- |

57| `Bash` | Matches all Bash commands |

58| `WebFetch` | Matches all web fetch requests |

59| `Read` | Matches all file reads |

60 

61`Bash(*)` is equivalent to `Bash` and matches all Bash commands.

62 

63### Use specifiers for fine-grained control

64 

65Add a specifier in parentheses to match specific tool uses:

66 

67| Rule | Effect |

68| :----------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------- |

69| `Bash(npm run build)` | Matches the exact command `npm run build` |

70| `Read(./.env)` | Matches reading the `.env` file in the current directory |

71| `WebFetch(domain:example.com)` | Matches fetch requests to example.com |

72 

73### Wildcard patterns

74 

75Bash rules support glob patterns with `*`. Wildcards can appear at any position in the command. This configuration allows npm and git commit commands while blocking git push:

76 

77```json theme={null}

78{

79 "permissions": {

80 "allow": [

81 "Bash(npm run *)",

82 "Bash(git commit *)",

83 "Bash(git * main)",

84 "Bash(* --version)",

85 "Bash(* --help *)"

86 ],

87 "deny": [

88 "Bash(git push *)"

89 ]

90 }

91}

92```

93 

94The space before `*` matters: `Bash(ls *)` matches `ls -la` but not `lsof`, while `Bash(ls*)` matches both. The legacy `:*` suffix syntax is equivalent to ` *` but is deprecated.

95 

96## Tool-specific permission rules

97 

98### Bash

99 

100Bash permission rules support wildcard matching with `*`. Wildcards can appear at any position in the command, including at the beginning, middle, or end:

101 

102* `Bash(npm run build)` matches the exact Bash command `npm run build`

103* `Bash(npm run test *)` matches Bash commands starting with `npm run test`

104* `Bash(npm *)` matches any command starting with `npm `

105* `Bash(* install)` matches any command ending with ` install`

106* `Bash(git * main)` matches commands like `git checkout main`, `git merge main`

107 

108When `*` appears at the end with a space before it (like `Bash(ls *)`), it enforces a word boundary, requiring the prefix to be followed by a space or end-of-string. For example, `Bash(ls *)` matches `ls -la` but not `lsof`. In contrast, `Bash(ls*)` without a space matches both `ls -la` and `lsof` because there's no word boundary constraint.

109 

110<Tip>

111 Claude Code is aware of shell operators (like `&&`) so a prefix match rule like `Bash(safe-cmd *)` won't give it permission to run the command `safe-cmd && other-cmd`.

112</Tip>

113 

114<Warning>

115 Bash permission patterns that try to constrain command arguments are fragile. For example, `Bash(curl http://github.com/ *)` intends to restrict curl to GitHub URLs, but won't match variations like:

116 

117 * Options before URL: `curl -X GET http://github.com/...`

118 * Different protocol: `curl https://github.com/...`

119 * Redirects: `curl -L http://bit.ly/xyz` (redirects to github)

120 * Variables: `URL=http://github.com && curl $URL`

121 * Extra spaces: `curl http://github.com`

122 

123 For more reliable URL filtering, consider:

124 

125 * **Restrict Bash network tools**: use deny rules to block `curl`, `wget`, and similar commands, then use the WebFetch tool with `WebFetch(domain:github.com)` permission for allowed domains

126 * **Use PreToolUse hooks**: implement a hook that validates URLs in Bash commands and blocks disallowed domains

127 * Instructing Claude Code about your allowed curl patterns via CLAUDE.md

128 

129 Note that using WebFetch alone does not prevent network access. If Bash is allowed, Claude can still use `curl`, `wget`, or other tools to reach any URL.

130</Warning>

131 

132### Read and Edit

133 

134`Edit` rules apply to all built-in tools that edit files. Claude makes a best-effort attempt to apply `Read` rules to all built-in tools that read files like Grep and Glob.

135 

136Read and Edit rules both follow the [gitignore](https://git-scm.com/docs/gitignore) specification with four distinct pattern types:

137 

138| Pattern | Meaning | Example | Matches |

139| ------------------ | -------------------------------------- | -------------------------------- | ---------------------------------- |

140| `//path` | **Absolute** path from filesystem root | `Read(//Users/alice/secrets/**)` | `/Users/alice/secrets/**` |

141| `~/path` | Path from **home** directory | `Read(~/Documents/*.pdf)` | `/Users/alice/Documents/*.pdf` |

142| `/path` | Path **relative to settings file** | `Edit(/src/**/*.ts)` | `<settings file path>/src/**/*.ts` |

143| `path` or `./path` | Path **relative to current directory** | `Read(*.env)` | `<cwd>/*.env` |

144 

145<Warning>

146 A pattern like `/Users/alice/file` is NOT an absolute path. It's relative to your settings file. Use `//Users/alice/file` for absolute paths.

147</Warning>

148 

149Examples:

150 

151* `Edit(/docs/**)`: edits in `<project>/docs/` (NOT `/docs/`)

152* `Read(~/.zshrc)`: reads your home directory's `.zshrc`

153* `Edit(//tmp/scratch.txt)`: edits the absolute path `/tmp/scratch.txt`

154* `Read(src/**)`: reads from `<current-directory>/src/`

155 

156<Note>

157 In gitignore patterns, `*` matches files in a single directory while `**` matches recursively across directories. To allow all file access, use just the tool name without parentheses: `Read`, `Edit`, or `Write`.

158</Note>

159 

160### WebFetch

161 

162* `WebFetch(domain:example.com)` matches fetch requests to example.com

163 

164### MCP

165 

166* `mcp__puppeteer` matches any tool provided by the `puppeteer` server (name configured in Claude Code)

167* `mcp__puppeteer__*` wildcard syntax that also matches all tools from the `puppeteer` server

168* `mcp__puppeteer__puppeteer_navigate` matches the `puppeteer_navigate` tool provided by the `puppeteer` server

169 

170### Task (subagents)

171 

172Use `Task(AgentName)` rules to control which [subagents](/en/sub-agents) Claude can use:

173 

174* `Task(Explore)` matches the Explore subagent

175* `Task(Plan)` matches the Plan subagent

176* `Task(my-custom-agent)` matches a custom subagent named `my-custom-agent`

177 

178Add these rules to the `deny` array in your settings or use the `--disallowedTools` CLI flag to disable specific agents. To disable the Explore agent:

179 

180```json theme={null}

181{

182 "permissions": {

183 "deny": ["Task(Explore)"]

184 }

185}

186```

187 

188## Extend permissions with hooks

189 

190[Claude Code hooks](/en/hooks-guide) provide a way to register custom shell commands to perform permission evaluation at runtime. When Claude Code makes a tool call, PreToolUse hooks run before the permission system, and the hook output can determine whether to approve or deny the tool call in place of the permission system.

191 

192## Working directories

193 

194By default, Claude has access to files in the directory where it was launched. You can extend this access:

195 

196* **During startup**: use `--add-dir <path>` CLI argument

197* **During session**: use `/add-dir` command

198* **Persistent configuration**: add to `additionalDirectories` in [settings files](/en/settings#settings-files)

199 

200Files in additional directories follow the same permission rules as the original working directory: they become readable without prompts, and file editing permissions follow the current permission mode.

201 

202## How permissions interact with sandboxing

203 

204Permissions and [sandboxing](/en/sandboxing) are complementary security layers:

205 

206* **Permissions** control which tools Claude Code can use and which files or domains it can access. They apply to all tools (Bash, Read, Edit, WebFetch, MCP, and others).

207* **Sandboxing** provides OS-level enforcement that restricts the Bash tool's filesystem and network access. It applies only to Bash commands and their child processes.

208 

209Use both for defense-in-depth:

210 

211* Permission deny rules block Claude from even attempting to access restricted resources

212* Sandbox restrictions prevent Bash commands from reaching resources outside defined boundaries, even if a prompt injection bypasses Claude's decision-making

213* Filesystem restrictions in the sandbox use Read and Edit deny rules, not separate sandbox configuration

214* Network restrictions combine WebFetch permission rules with the sandbox's `allowedDomains` list

215 

216## Managed settings

217 

218For organizations that need centralized control over Claude Code configuration, administrators can deploy `managed-settings.json` files to system directories. These policy files follow the same format as regular settings files and cannot be overridden by user or project settings. For organizations without device management infrastructure, [server-managed settings](/en/server-managed-settings) provide an alternative that delivers configurations from Anthropic's servers.

219 

220**Managed settings file locations**:

221 

222* **macOS**: `/Library/Application Support/ClaudeCode/managed-settings.json`

223* **Linux and WSL**: `/etc/claude-code/managed-settings.json`

224* **Windows**: `C:\Program Files\ClaudeCode\managed-settings.json`

225 

226<Note>

227 These are system-wide paths (not user home directories like `~/Library/...`) that require administrator privileges. They are designed to be deployed by IT administrators.

228</Note>

229 

230### Managed-only settings

231 

232Some settings are only effective in managed settings:

233 

234| Setting | Description |

235| :-------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

236| `disableBypassPermissionsMode` | Set to `"disable"` to prevent `bypassPermissions` mode and the `--dangerously-skip-permissions` flag |

237| `allowManagedPermissionRulesOnly` | When `true`, prevents user and project settings from defining `allow`, `ask`, or `deny` permission rules. Only rules in managed settings apply |

238| `allowManagedHooksOnly` | When `true`, prevents loading of user, project, and plugin hooks. Only managed hooks and SDK hooks are allowed |

239| `strictKnownMarketplaces` | Controls which plugin marketplaces users can add. See [managed marketplace restrictions](/en/plugin-marketplaces#managed-marketplace-restrictions) |

240 

241## Settings precedence

242 

243Permission rules follow the same [settings precedence](/en/settings#settings-precedence) as all other Claude Code settings: managed settings have the highest precedence, followed by command line arguments, local project, shared project, and user settings.

244 

245If a permission is allowed in user settings but denied in project settings, the project setting takes precedence and the permission is blocked.

246 

247## Example configurations

248 

249This [repository](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code/tree/main/examples/settings) includes starter settings configurations for common deployment scenarios. Use these as starting points and adjust them to fit your needs.

250 

251## See also

252 

253* [Settings](/en/settings): complete configuration reference including the permission settings table

254* [Sandboxing](/en/sandboxing): OS-level filesystem and network isolation for Bash commands

255* [Authentication](/en/authentication): set up user access to Claude Code

256* [Security](/en/security): security safeguards and best practices

257* [Hooks](/en/hooks-guide): automate workflows and extend permission evaluation

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Create and distribute a plugin marketplace5# Create and distribute a plugin marketplace

2 6 

3> Build and host plugin marketplaces to distribute Claude Code extensions across teams and communities.7> Build and host plugin marketplaces to distribute Claude Code extensions across teams and communities.

4 8 

5A plugin marketplace is a catalog that lets you distribute plugins to others. Marketplaces provide centralized discovery, version tracking, automatic updates, and support for multiple source types (git repositories, local paths, and more). This guide shows you how to create your own marketplace to share plugins with your team or community.9A **plugin marketplace** is a catalog that lets you distribute plugins to others. Marketplaces provide centralized discovery, version tracking, automatic updates, and support for multiple source types (git repositories, local paths, and more). This guide shows you how to create your own marketplace to share plugins with your team or community.

6 10 

7Looking to install plugins from an existing marketplace? See [Discover and install prebuilt plugins](/en/discover-plugins).11Looking to install plugins from an existing marketplace? See [Discover and install prebuilt plugins](/en/discover-plugins).

8 12 


19 23 

20## Walkthrough: create a local marketplace24## Walkthrough: create a local marketplace

21 25 

22This example creates a marketplace with one plugin: a `/review` command for code reviews. You'll create the directory structure, add a slash command, create the plugin manifest and marketplace catalog, then install and test it.26This example creates a marketplace with one plugin: a `/review` skill for code reviews. You'll create the directory structure, add a skill, create the plugin manifest and marketplace catalog, then install and test it.

23 27 

24<Steps>28<Steps>

25 <Step title="Create the directory structure">29 <Step title="Create the directory structure">

26 ```bash theme={null}30 ```bash theme={null}

27 mkdir -p my-marketplace/.claude-plugin31 mkdir -p my-marketplace/.claude-plugin

28 mkdir -p my-marketplace/plugins/review-plugin/.claude-plugin32 mkdir -p my-marketplace/plugins/review-plugin/.claude-plugin

29 mkdir -p my-marketplace/plugins/review-plugin/commands33 mkdir -p my-marketplace/plugins/review-plugin/skills/review

30 ```34 ```

31 </Step>35 </Step>

32 36 

33 <Step title="Create the plugin command">37 <Step title="Create the skill">

34 Create a Markdown file that defines what the `/review` command does.38 Create a `SKILL.md` file that defines what the `/review` skill does.

39 

40 ```markdown my-marketplace/plugins/review-plugin/skills/review/SKILL.md theme={null}

41 ---

42 description: Review code for bugs, security, and performance

43 disable-model-invocation: true

44 ---

35 45 

36 ```markdown my-marketplace/plugins/review-plugin/commands/review.md theme={null}

37 Review the code I've selected or the recent changes for:46 Review the code I've selected or the recent changes for:

38 - Potential bugs or edge cases47 - Potential bugs or edge cases

39 - Security concerns48 - Security concerns


50 ```json my-marketplace/plugins/review-plugin/.claude-plugin/plugin.json theme={null}59 ```json my-marketplace/plugins/review-plugin/.claude-plugin/plugin.json theme={null}

51 {60 {

52 "name": "review-plugin",61 "name": "review-plugin",

53 "description": "Adds a /review command for quick code reviews",62 "description": "Adds a /review skill for quick code reviews",

54 "version": "1.0.0"63 "version": "1.0.0"

55 }64 }

56 ```65 ```


69 {78 {

70 "name": "review-plugin",79 "name": "review-plugin",

71 "source": "./plugins/review-plugin",80 "source": "./plugins/review-plugin",

72 "description": "Adds a /review command for quick code reviews"81 "description": "Adds a /review skill for quick code reviews"

73 }82 }

74 ]83 ]

75 }84 }


99<Note>108<Note>

100 **How plugins are installed**: When users install a plugin, Claude Code copies the plugin directory to a cache location. This means plugins can't reference files outside their directory using paths like `../shared-utils`, because those files won't be copied.109 **How plugins are installed**: When users install a plugin, Claude Code copies the plugin directory to a cache location. This means plugins can't reference files outside their directory using paths like `../shared-utils`, because those files won't be copied.

101 110 

102 If you need to share files across plugins, use symlinks (which are followed during copying) or restructure your marketplace so the shared directory is inside the plugin source path. See [Plugin caching and file resolution](/en/plugins-reference#plugin-caching-and-file-resolution) for details.111 If you need to share files across plugins, use symlinks (which are followed during copying). See [Plugin caching and file resolution](/en/plugins-reference#plugin-caching-and-file-resolution) for details.

103</Note>112</Note>

104 113 

105## Create the marketplace file114## Create the marketplace file


182**Standard metadata fields:**191**Standard metadata fields:**

183 192 

184| Field | Type | Description |193| Field | Type | Description |

185| :------------ | :------ | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |194| :------------ | :------ | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

186| `description` | string | Brief plugin description |195| `description` | string | Brief plugin description |

187| `version` | string | Plugin version |196| `version` | string | Plugin version |

188| `author` | object | Plugin author information (`name` required, `email` optional) |197| `author` | object | Plugin author information (`name` required, `email` optional) |


192| `keywords` | array | Tags for plugin discovery and categorization |201| `keywords` | array | Tags for plugin discovery and categorization |

193| `category` | string | Plugin category for organization |202| `category` | string | Plugin category for organization |

194| `tags` | array | Tags for searchability |203| `tags` | array | Tags for searchability |

195| `strict` | boolean | Controls whether plugins need their own `plugin.json` file. When `true` (default), the plugin source must contain a `plugin.json`, and any fields you add here in the marketplace entry get merged with it. When `false`, the plugin doesn't need its own `plugin.json`; the marketplace entry itself defines everything about the plugin. Use `false` when you want to define simple plugins entirely in your marketplace file. |204| `strict` | boolean | Controls whether `plugin.json` is the authority for component definitions (default: true). See [Strict mode](#strict-mode) below. |

196 205 

197**Component configuration fields:**206**Component configuration fields:**

198 207 


206 215 

207## Plugin sources216## Plugin sources

208 217 

218Plugin sources tell Claude Code where to fetch each individual plugin listed in your marketplace. These are set in the `source` field of each plugin entry in `marketplace.json`.

219 

220Once a plugin is cloned or copied into the local machine, it is copied into the local versioned plugin cache at `~/.claude/plugins/cache`.

221 

222| Source | Type | Fields | Notes |

223| ------------- | ------------------------------- | ------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------- |

224| Relative path | `string` (e.g. `"./my-plugin"`) | — | Local directory within the marketplace repo. Must start with `./` |

225| `github` | object | `repo`, `ref?`, `sha?` | |

226| `url` | object | `url` (must end .git), `ref?`, `sha?` | Git URL source |

227| `npm` | object | `package`, `version?`, `registry?` | Installed via `npm install` |

228| `pip` | object | `package`, `version?`, `registry?` | Installed via pip |

229 

230<Note>

231 **Marketplace sources vs plugin sources**: These are different concepts that control different things.

232 

233 * **Marketplace source** — where to fetch the `marketplace.json` catalog itself. Set when users run `/plugin marketplace add` or in `extraKnownMarketplaces` settings. Supports `ref` (branch/tag) but not `sha`.

234 * **Plugin source** — where to fetch an individual plugin listed in the marketplace. Set in the `source` field of each plugin entry inside `marketplace.json`. Supports both `ref` (branch/tag) and `sha` (exact commit).

235 

236 For example, a marketplace hosted at `acme-corp/plugin-catalog` (marketplace source) can list a plugin fetched from `acme-corp/code-formatter` (plugin source). The marketplace source and plugin source point to different repositories and are pinned independently.

237</Note>

238 

209### Relative paths239### Relative paths

210 240 

211For plugins in the same repository:241For plugins in the same repository:


217}247}

218```248```

219 249 

250<Note>

251 Relative paths only work when users add your marketplace via Git (GitHub, GitLab, or git URL). If users add your marketplace via a direct URL to the `marketplace.json` file, relative paths will not resolve correctly. For URL-based distribution, use GitHub, npm, or git URL sources instead. See [Troubleshooting](#plugins-with-relative-paths-fail-in-url-based-marketplaces) for details.

252</Note>

253 

220### GitHub repositories254### GitHub repositories

221 255 

222```json theme={null}256```json theme={null}


229}263}

230```264```

231 265 

266You can pin to a specific branch, tag, or commit:

267 

268```json theme={null}

269{

270 "name": "github-plugin",

271 "source": {

272 "source": "github",

273 "repo": "owner/plugin-repo",

274 "ref": "v2.0.0",

275 "sha": "a1b2c3d4e5f6a7b8c9d0e1f2a3b4c5d6e7f8a9b0"

276 }

277}

278```

279 

280| Field | Type | Description |

281| :----- | :----- | :-------------------------------------------------------------------- |

282| `repo` | string | Required. GitHub repository in `owner/repo` format |

283| `ref` | string | Optional. Git branch or tag (defaults to repository default branch) |

284| `sha` | string | Optional. Full 40-character git commit SHA to pin to an exact version |

285 

232### Git repositories286### Git repositories

233 287 

234```json theme={null}288```json theme={null}


241}295}

242```296```

243 297 

298You can pin to a specific branch, tag, or commit:

299 

300```json theme={null}

301{

302 "name": "git-plugin",

303 "source": {

304 "source": "url",

305 "url": "https://gitlab.com/team/plugin.git",

306 "ref": "main",

307 "sha": "a1b2c3d4e5f6a7b8c9d0e1f2a3b4c5d6e7f8a9b0"

308 }

309}

310```

311 

312| Field | Type | Description |

313| :---- | :----- | :-------------------------------------------------------------------- |

314| `url` | string | Required. Full git repository URL (must end with `.git`) |

315| `ref` | string | Optional. Git branch or tag (defaults to repository default branch) |

316| `sha` | string | Optional. Full 40-character git commit SHA to pin to an exact version |

317 

244### Advanced plugin entries318### Advanced plugin entries

245 319 

246This example shows a plugin entry using many of the optional fields, including custom paths for commands, agents, hooks, and MCP servers:320This example shows a plugin entry using many of the optional fields, including custom paths for commands, agents, hooks, and MCP servers:


296 370 

297* **`commands` and `agents`**: You can specify multiple directories or individual files. Paths are relative to the plugin root.371* **`commands` and `agents`**: You can specify multiple directories or individual files. Paths are relative to the plugin root.

298* **`${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_ROOT}`**: Use this variable in hooks and MCP server configs to reference files within the plugin's installation directory. This is necessary because plugins are copied to a cache location when installed.372* **`${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_ROOT}`**: Use this variable in hooks and MCP server configs to reference files within the plugin's installation directory. This is necessary because plugins are copied to a cache location when installed.

299* **`strict: false`**: Since this is set to false, the plugin doesn't need its own `plugin.json`. The marketplace entry defines everything.373* **`strict: false`**: Since this is set to false, the plugin doesn't need its own `plugin.json`. The marketplace entry defines everything. See [Strict mode](#strict-mode) below.

374 

375### Strict mode

376 

377The `strict` field controls whether `plugin.json` is the authority for component definitions (commands, agents, hooks, skills, MCP servers, output styles).

378 

379| Value | Behavior |

380| :--------------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

381| `true` (default) | `plugin.json` is the authority. The marketplace entry can supplement it with additional components, and both sources are merged. |

382| `false` | The marketplace entry is the entire definition. If the plugin also has a `plugin.json` that declares components, that's a conflict and the plugin fails to load. |

383 

384**When to use each mode:**

385 

386* **`strict: true`**: the plugin has its own `plugin.json` and manages its own components. The marketplace entry can add extra commands or hooks on top. This is the default and works for most plugins.

387* **`strict: false`**: the marketplace operator wants full control. The plugin repo provides raw files, and the marketplace entry defines which of those files are exposed as commands, agents, hooks, etc. Useful when the marketplace restructures or curates a plugin's components differently than the plugin author intended.

300 388 

301## Host and distribute marketplaces389## Host and distribute marketplaces

302 390 


318/plugin marketplace add https://gitlab.com/company/plugins.git406/plugin marketplace add https://gitlab.com/company/plugins.git

319```407```

320 408 

409### Private repositories

410 

411Claude Code supports installing plugins from private repositories. For manual installation and updates, Claude Code uses your existing git credential helpers. If `git clone` works for a private repository in your terminal, it works in Claude Code too. Common credential helpers include `gh auth login` for GitHub, macOS Keychain, and `git-credential-store`.

412 

413Background auto-updates run at startup without credential helpers, since interactive prompts would block Claude Code from starting. To enable auto-updates for private marketplaces, set the appropriate authentication token in your environment:

414 

415| Provider | Environment variables | Notes |

416| :-------- | :--------------------------- | :---------------------------------------- |

417| GitHub | `GITHUB_TOKEN` or `GH_TOKEN` | Personal access token or GitHub App token |

418| GitLab | `GITLAB_TOKEN` or `GL_TOKEN` | Personal access token or project token |

419| Bitbucket | `BITBUCKET_TOKEN` | App password or repository access token |

420 

421Set the token in your shell configuration (for example, `.bashrc`, `.zshrc`) or pass it when running Claude Code:

422 

423```bash theme={null}

424export GITHUB_TOKEN=ghp_xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

425```

426 

427<Note>

428 For CI/CD environments, configure the token as a secret environment variable. GitHub Actions automatically provides `GITHUB_TOKEN` for repositories in the same organization.

429</Note>

430 

321### Test locally before distribution431### Test locally before distribution

322 432 

323Test your marketplace locally before sharing:433Test your marketplace locally before sharing:


359 469 

360For full configuration options, see [Plugin settings](/en/settings#plugin-settings).470For full configuration options, see [Plugin settings](/en/settings#plugin-settings).

361 471 

362### Enterprise marketplace restrictions472### Managed marketplace restrictions

363 473 

364For organizations requiring strict control over plugin sources, enterprise administrators can restrict which plugin marketplaces users are allowed to add using the [`strictKnownMarketplaces`](/en/settings#strictknownmarketplaces) setting in managed settings.474For organizations requiring strict control over plugin sources, administrators can restrict which plugin marketplaces users are allowed to add using the [`strictKnownMarketplaces`](/en/settings#strictknownmarketplaces) setting in managed settings.

365 475 

366When `strictKnownMarketplaces` is configured in managed settings, the restriction behavior depends on the value:476When `strictKnownMarketplaces` is configured in managed settings, the restriction behavior depends on the value:

367 477 


403}513}

404```514```

405 515 

516Allow all marketplaces from an internal git server using regex pattern matching:

517 

518```json theme={null}

519{

520 "strictKnownMarketplaces": [

521 {

522 "source": "hostPattern",

523 "hostPattern": "^github\\.example\\.com$"

524 }

525 ]

526}

527```

528 

406#### How restrictions work529#### How restrictions work

407 530 

408Restrictions are validated early in the plugin installation process, before any network requests or filesystem operations occur. This prevents unauthorized marketplace access attempts.531Restrictions are validated early in the plugin installation process, before any network requests or filesystem operations occur. This prevents unauthorized marketplace access attempts.

409 532 

410The allowlist uses exact matching. For a marketplace to be allowed, all specified fields must match exactly:533The allowlist uses exact matching for most source types. For a marketplace to be allowed, all specified fields must match exactly:

411 534 

412* For GitHub sources: `repo` is required, and `ref` or `path` must also match if specified in the allowlist535* For GitHub sources: `repo` is required, and `ref` or `path` must also match if specified in the allowlist

413* For URL sources: the full URL must match exactly536* For URL sources: the full URL must match exactly

537* For `hostPattern` sources: the marketplace host is matched against the regex pattern

414 538 

415Because `strictKnownMarketplaces` is set in [managed settings](/en/settings#settings-file-locations), individual users and project configurations cannot override these restrictions.539Because `strictKnownMarketplaces` is set in [managed settings](/en/settings#settings-files), individual users and project configurations cannot override these restrictions.

416 540 

417For complete configuration details including all supported source types and comparison with `extraKnownMarketplaces`, see the [strictKnownMarketplaces reference](/en/settings#strictknownmarketplaces).541For complete configuration details including all supported source types and comparison with `extraKnownMarketplaces`, see the [strictKnownMarketplaces reference](/en/settings#strictknownmarketplaces).

418 542 

543### Version resolution and release channels

544 

545Plugin versions determine cache paths and update detection. You can specify the version in the plugin manifest (`plugin.json`) or in the marketplace entry (`marketplace.json`).

546 

547<Warning>

548 When possible, avoid setting the version in both places. The plugin manifest always wins silently, which can cause the marketplace version to be ignored. For relative-path plugins, set the version in the marketplace entry. For all other plugin sources, set it in the plugin manifest.

549</Warning>

550 

551#### Set up release channels

552 

553To support "stable" and "latest" release channels for your plugins, you can set up two marketplaces that point to different refs or SHAs of the same repo. You can then assign the two marketplaces to different user groups through [managed settings](/en/settings#settings-files).

554 

555<Warning>

556 The plugin's `plugin.json` must declare a different `version` at each pinned ref or commit. If two refs or commits have the same manifest version, Claude Code treats them as identical and skips the update.

557</Warning>

558 

559##### Example

560 

561```json theme={null}

562{

563 "name": "stable-tools",

564 "plugins": [

565 {

566 "name": "code-formatter",

567 "source": {

568 "source": "github",

569 "repo": "acme-corp/code-formatter",

570 "ref": "stable"

571 }

572 }

573 ]

574}

575```

576 

577```json theme={null}

578{

579 "name": "latest-tools",

580 "plugins": [

581 {

582 "name": "code-formatter",

583 "source": {

584 "source": "github",

585 "repo": "acme-corp/code-formatter",

586 "ref": "latest"

587 }

588 }

589 ]

590}

591```

592 

593##### Assign channels to user groups

594 

595Assign each marketplace to the appropriate user group through managed settings. For example, the stable group receives:

596 

597```json theme={null}

598{

599 "extraKnownMarketplaces": {

600 "stable-tools": {

601 "source": {

602 "source": "github",

603 "repo": "acme-corp/stable-tools"

604 }

605 }

606 }

607}

608```

609 

610The early-access group receives `latest-tools` instead:

611 

612```json theme={null}

613{

614 "extraKnownMarketplaces": {

615 "latest-tools": {

616 "source": {

617 "source": "github",

618 "repo": "acme-corp/latest-tools"

619 }

620 }

621 }

622}

623```

624 

419## Validation and testing625## Validation and testing

420 626 

421Test your marketplace before sharing.627Test your marketplace before sharing.


487* For GitHub sources, ensure repositories are public or you have access693* For GitHub sources, ensure repositories are public or you have access

488* Test plugin sources manually by cloning/downloading694* Test plugin sources manually by cloning/downloading

489 695 

696### Private repository authentication fails

697 

698**Symptoms**: Authentication errors when installing plugins from private repositories

699 

700**Solutions**:

701 

702For manual installation and updates:

703 

704* Verify you're authenticated with your git provider (for example, run `gh auth status` for GitHub)

705* Check that your credential helper is configured correctly: `git config --global credential.helper`

706* Try cloning the repository manually to verify your credentials work

707 

708For background auto-updates:

709 

710* Set the appropriate token in your environment: `echo $GITHUB_TOKEN`

711* Check that the token has the required permissions (read access to the repository)

712* For GitHub, ensure the token has the `repo` scope for private repositories

713* For GitLab, ensure the token has at least `read_repository` scope

714* Verify the token hasn't expired

715 

716### Plugins with relative paths fail in URL-based marketplaces

717 

718**Symptoms**: Added a marketplace via URL (such as `https://example.com/marketplace.json`), but plugins with relative path sources like `"./plugins/my-plugin"` fail to install with "path not found" errors.

719 

720**Cause**: URL-based marketplaces only download the `marketplace.json` file itself. They do not download plugin files from the server. Relative paths in the marketplace entry reference files on the remote server that were not downloaded.

721 

722**Solutions**:

723 

724* **Use external sources**: Change plugin entries to use GitHub, npm, or git URL sources instead of relative paths:

725 ```json theme={null}

726 { "name": "my-plugin", "source": { "source": "github", "repo": "owner/repo" } }

727 ```

728* **Use a Git-based marketplace**: Host your marketplace in a Git repository and add it with the git URL. Git-based marketplaces clone the entire repository, making relative paths work correctly.

729 

490### Files not found after installation730### Files not found after installation

491 731 

492**Symptoms**: Plugin installs but references to files fail, especially files outside the plugin directory732**Symptoms**: Plugin installs but references to files fail, especially files outside the plugin directory


503* [Plugins](/en/plugins) - Creating your own plugins743* [Plugins](/en/plugins) - Creating your own plugins

504* [Plugins reference](/en/plugins-reference) - Complete technical specifications and schemas744* [Plugins reference](/en/plugins-reference) - Complete technical specifications and schemas

505* [Plugin settings](/en/settings#plugin-settings) - Plugin configuration options745* [Plugin settings](/en/settings#plugin-settings) - Plugin configuration options

506* [strictKnownMarketplaces reference](/en/settings#strictknownmarketplaces) - Enterprise marketplace restrictions746* [strictKnownMarketplaces reference](/en/settings#strictknownmarketplaces) - Managed marketplace restrictions

507 

508 

509 

510> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

plugins.md +59 −46

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Create plugins5# Create plugins

2 6 

3> Create custom plugins to extend Claude Code with slash commands, agents, hooks, Skills, and MCP servers.7> Create custom plugins to extend Claude Code with skills, agents, hooks, and MCP servers.

4 8 

5Plugins let you extend Claude Code with custom functionality that can be shared across projects and teams. This guide covers creating your own plugins with slash commands, agents, Skills, hooks, and MCP servers.9Plugins let you extend Claude Code with custom functionality that can be shared across projects and teams. This guide covers creating your own plugins with skills, agents, hooks, and MCP servers.

6 10 

7Looking to install existing plugins? See [Discover and install plugins](/en/discover-plugins). For complete technical specifications, see [Plugins reference](/en/plugins-reference).11Looking to install existing plugins? See [Discover and install plugins](/en/discover-plugins). For complete technical specifications, see [Plugins reference](/en/plugins-reference).

8 12 

9## When to use plugins vs standalone configuration13## When to use plugins vs standalone configuration

10 14 

11Claude Code supports two ways to add custom slash commands, agents, and hooks:15Claude Code supports two ways to add custom skills, agents, and hooks:

12 16 

13| Approach | Slash command names | Best for |17| Approach | Skill names | Best for |

14| :---------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |18| :---------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

15| **Standalone** (`.claude/` directory) | `/hello` | Personal workflows, project-specific customizations, quick experiments |19| **Standalone** (`.claude/` directory) | `/hello` | Personal workflows, project-specific customizations, quick experiments |

16| **Plugins** (directories with `.claude-plugin/plugin.json`) | `/plugin-name:hello` | Sharing with teammates, distributing to community, versioned releases, reusable across projects |20| **Plugins** (directories with `.claude-plugin/plugin.json`) | `/plugin-name:hello` | Sharing with teammates, distributing to community, versioned releases, reusable across projects |


19 23 

20* You're customizing Claude Code for a single project24* You're customizing Claude Code for a single project

21* The configuration is personal and doesn't need to be shared25* The configuration is personal and doesn't need to be shared

22* You're experimenting with slash commands or hooks before packaging them26* You're experimenting with skills or hooks before packaging them

23* You want short slash command names like `/hello` or `/review`27* You want short skill names like `/hello` or `/review`

24 28 

25**Use plugins when**:29**Use plugins when**:

26 30 

27* You want to share functionality with your team or community31* You want to share functionality with your team or community

28* You need the same slash commands/agents across multiple projects32* You need the same skills/agents across multiple projects

29* You want version control and easy updates for your extensions33* You want version control and easy updates for your extensions

30* You're distributing through a marketplace34* You're distributing through a marketplace

31* You're okay with namespaced slash commands like `/my-plugin:hello` (namespacing prevents conflicts between plugins)35* You're okay with namespaced skills like `/my-plugin:hello` (namespacing prevents conflicts between plugins)

32 36 

33<Tip>37<Tip>

34 Start with standalone configuration in `.claude/` for quick iteration, then [convert to a plugin](#convert-existing-configurations-to-plugins) when you're ready to share.38 Start with standalone configuration in `.claude/` for quick iteration, then [convert to a plugin](#convert-existing-configurations-to-plugins) when you're ready to share.


36 40 

37## Quickstart41## Quickstart

38 42 

39This quickstart walks you through creating a plugin with a custom slash command. You'll create a manifest (the configuration file that defines your plugin), add a slash command, and test it locally using the `--plugin-dir` flag.43This quickstart walks you through creating a plugin with a custom skill. You'll create a manifest (the configuration file that defines your plugin), add a skill, and test it locally using the `--plugin-dir` flag.

40 44 

41### Prerequisites45### Prerequisites

42 46 


51 55 

52<Steps>56<Steps>

53 <Step title="Create the plugin directory">57 <Step title="Create the plugin directory">

54 Every plugin lives in its own directory containing a manifest and your custom commands, agents, or hooks. Create one now:58 Every plugin lives in its own directory containing a manifest and your skills, agents, or hooks. Create one now:

55 59 

56 ```bash theme={null}60 ```bash theme={null}

57 mkdir my-first-plugin61 mkdir my-first-plugin


81 ```85 ```

82 86 

83 | Field | Purpose |87 | Field | Purpose |

84 | :------------ | :--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |88 | :------------ | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

85 | `name` | Unique identifier and slash command namespace. Slash commands are prefixed with this (e.g., `/my-first-plugin:hello`). |89 | `name` | Unique identifier and skill namespace. Skills are prefixed with this (e.g., `/my-first-plugin:hello`). |

86 | `description` | Shown in the plugin manager when browsing or installing plugins. |90 | `description` | Shown in the plugin manager when browsing or installing plugins. |

87 | `version` | Track releases using [semantic versioning](/en/plugins-reference#version-management). |91 | `version` | Track releases using [semantic versioning](/en/plugins-reference#version-management). |

88 | `author` | Optional. Helpful for attribution. |92 | `author` | Optional. Helpful for attribution. |


90 For additional fields like `homepage`, `repository`, and `license`, see the [full manifest schema](/en/plugins-reference#plugin-manifest-schema).94 For additional fields like `homepage`, `repository`, and `license`, see the [full manifest schema](/en/plugins-reference#plugin-manifest-schema).

91 </Step>95 </Step>

92 96 

93 <Step title="Add a slash command">97 <Step title="Add a skill">

94 Slash commands are Markdown files in the `commands/` directory. The filename becomes the slash command name, prefixed with the plugin's namespace (`hello.md` in a plugin named `my-first-plugin` creates `/my-first-plugin:hello`). The Markdown content tells Claude how to respond when someone runs the slash command.98 Skills live in the `skills/` directory. Each skill is a folder containing a `SKILL.md` file. The folder name becomes the skill name, prefixed with the plugin's namespace (`hello/` in a plugin named `my-first-plugin` creates `/my-first-plugin:hello`).

95 99 

96 Create a `commands` directory in your plugin folder:100 Create a skill directory in your plugin folder:

97 101 

98 ```bash theme={null}102 ```bash theme={null}

99 mkdir my-first-plugin/commands103 mkdir -p my-first-plugin/skills/hello

100 ```104 ```

101 105 

102 Then create `my-first-plugin/commands/hello.md` with this content:106 Then create `my-first-plugin/skills/hello/SKILL.md` with this content:

103 107 

104 ```markdown my-first-plugin/commands/hello.md theme={null}108 ```markdown my-first-plugin/skills/hello/SKILL.md theme={null}

105 ---109 ---

106 description: Greet the user with a friendly message110 description: Greet the user with a friendly message

111 disable-model-invocation: true

107 ---112 ---

108 113 

109 # Hello Command

110 

111 Greet the user warmly and ask how you can help them today.114 Greet the user warmly and ask how you can help them today.

112 ```115 ```

113 </Step>116 </Step>


119 claude --plugin-dir ./my-first-plugin122 claude --plugin-dir ./my-first-plugin

120 ```123 ```

121 124 

122 Once Claude Code starts, try your new command:125 Once Claude Code starts, try your new skill:

123 126 

124 ```shell theme={null}127 ```shell theme={null}

125 /my-first-plugin:hello128 /my-first-plugin:hello

126 ```129 ```

127 130 

128 You'll see Claude respond with a greeting. Run `/help` to see your command listed under the plugin namespace.131 You'll see Claude respond with a greeting. Run `/help` to see your skill listed under the plugin namespace.

129 132 

130 <Note>133 <Note>

131 **Why namespacing?** Plugin slash commands are always namespaced (like `/greet:hello`) to prevent conflicts when multiple plugins have commands with the same name.134 **Why namespacing?** Plugin skills are always namespaced (like `/greet:hello`) to prevent conflicts when multiple plugins have skills with the same name.

132 135 

133 To change the namespace prefix, update the `name` field in `plugin.json`.136 To change the namespace prefix, update the `name` field in `plugin.json`.

134 </Note>137 </Note>

135 </Step>138 </Step>

136 139 

137 <Step title="Add slash command arguments">140 <Step title="Add skill arguments">

138 Make your slash command dynamic by accepting user input. The `$ARGUMENTS` placeholder captures any text the user provides after the slash command.141 Make your skill dynamic by accepting user input. The `$ARGUMENTS` placeholder captures any text the user provides after the skill name.

139 142 

140 Update your `hello.md` file:143 Update your `SKILL.md` file:

141 144 

142 ```markdown my-first-plugin/commands/hello.md theme={null}145 ```markdown my-first-plugin/skills/hello/SKILL.md theme={null}

143 ---146 ---

144 description: Greet the user with a personalized message147 description: Greet the user with a personalized message

145 ---148 ---

146 149 

147 # Hello Command150 # Hello Skill

148 151 

149 Greet the user named "$ARGUMENTS" warmly and ask how you can help them today. Make the greeting personal and encouraging.152 Greet the user named "$ARGUMENTS" warmly and ask how you can help them today. Make the greeting personal and encouraging.

150 ```153 ```

151 154 

152 Restart Claude Code to pick up the changes, then try the command with your name:155 Restart Claude Code to pick up the changes, then try the skill with your name:

153 156 

154 ```shell theme={null}157 ```shell theme={null}

155 /my-first-plugin:hello Alex158 /my-first-plugin:hello Alex

156 ```159 ```

157 160 

158 Claude will greet you by name. For more argument options like `$1`, `$2` for individual parameters, see [Slash commands](/en/slash-commands).161 Claude will greet you by name. For more on passing arguments to skills, see [Skills](/en/skills#pass-arguments-to-skills).

159 </Step>162 </Step>

160</Steps>163</Steps>

161 164 

162You've successfully created and tested a plugin with these key components:165You've successfully created and tested a plugin with these key components:

163 166 

164* **Plugin manifest** (`.claude-plugin/plugin.json`): describes your plugin's metadata167* **Plugin manifest** (`.claude-plugin/plugin.json`): describes your plugin's metadata

165* **Commands directory** (`commands/`): contains your custom slash commands168* **Skills directory** (`skills/`): contains your custom skills

166* **Command arguments** (`$ARGUMENTS`): captures user input for dynamic behavior169* **Skill arguments** (`$ARGUMENTS`): captures user input for dynamic behavior

167 170 

168<Tip>171<Tip>

169 The `--plugin-dir` flag is useful for development and testing. When you're ready to share your plugin with others, see [Create and distribute a plugin marketplace](/en/plugin-marketplaces).172 The `--plugin-dir` flag is useful for development and testing. When you're ready to share your plugin with others, see [Create and distribute a plugin marketplace](/en/plugin-marketplaces).


171 174 

172## Plugin structure overview175## Plugin structure overview

173 176 

174You've created a plugin with a slash command, but plugins can include much more: custom agents, Skills, hooks, MCP servers, and LSP servers.177You've created a plugin with a skill, but plugins can include much more: custom agents, hooks, MCP servers, and LSP servers.

175 178 

176<Warning>179<Warning>

177 **Common mistake**: Don't put `commands/`, `agents/`, `skills/`, or `hooks/` inside the `.claude-plugin/` directory. Only `plugin.json` goes inside `.claude-plugin/`. All other directories must be at the plugin root level.180 **Common mistake**: Don't put `commands/`, `agents/`, `skills/`, or `hooks/` inside the `.claude-plugin/` directory. Only `plugin.json` goes inside `.claude-plugin/`. All other directories must be at the plugin root level.

178</Warning>181</Warning>

179 182 

180| Directory | Location | Purpose |183| Directory | Location | Purpose |

181| :---------------- | :---------- | :---------------------------------------------- |184| :---------------- | :---------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

182| `.claude-plugin/` | Plugin root | Contains only `plugin.json` manifest (required) |185| `.claude-plugin/` | Plugin root | Contains `plugin.json` manifest (optional if components use default locations) |

183| `commands/` | Plugin root | Slash commands as Markdown files |186| `commands/` | Plugin root | Skills as Markdown files |

184| `agents/` | Plugin root | Custom agent definitions |187| `agents/` | Plugin root | Custom agent definitions |

185| `skills/` | Plugin root | Agent Skills with `SKILL.md` files |188| `skills/` | Plugin root | Agent Skills with `SKILL.md` files |

186| `hooks/` | Plugin root | Event handlers in `hooks.json` |189| `hooks/` | Plugin root | Event handlers in `hooks.json` |

187| `.mcp.json` | Plugin root | MCP server configurations |190| `.mcp.json` | Plugin root | MCP server configurations |

188| `.lsp.json` | Plugin root | LSP server configurations for code intelligence |191| `.lsp.json` | Plugin root | LSP server configurations for code intelligence |

192| `settings.json` | Plugin root | Default [settings](/en/settings) applied when the plugin is enabled |

189 193 

190<Note>194<Note>

191 **Next steps**: Ready to add more features? Jump to [Develop more complex plugins](#develop-more-complex-plugins) to add agents, hooks, MCP servers, and LSP servers. For complete technical specifications of all plugin components, see [Plugins reference](/en/plugins-reference).195 **Next steps**: Ready to add more features? Jump to [Develop more complex plugins](#develop-more-complex-plugins) to add agents, hooks, MCP servers, and LSP servers. For complete technical specifications of all plugin components, see [Plugins reference](/en/plugins-reference).


251 255 

252For complete LSP configuration options, see [LSP servers](/en/plugins-reference#lsp-servers).256For complete LSP configuration options, see [LSP servers](/en/plugins-reference#lsp-servers).

253 257 

258### Ship default settings with your plugin

259 

260Plugins can include a `settings.json` file at the plugin root to apply default configuration when the plugin is enabled. Currently, only the `agent` key is supported.

261 

262Setting `agent` activates one of the plugin's [custom agents](/en/sub-agents) as the main thread, applying its system prompt, tool restrictions, and model. This lets a plugin change how Claude Code behaves by default when enabled.

263 

264```json settings.json theme={null}

265{

266 "agent": "security-reviewer"

267}

268```

269 

270This example activates the `security-reviewer` agent defined in the plugin's `agents/` directory. Settings from `settings.json` take priority over `settings` declared in `plugin.json`. Unknown keys are silently ignored.

271 

254### Organize complex plugins272### Organize complex plugins

255 273 

256For plugins with many components, organize your directory structure by functionality. For complete directory layouts and organization patterns, see [Plugin directory structure](/en/plugins-reference#plugin-directory-structure).274For plugins with many components, organize your directory structure by functionality. For complete directory layouts and organization patterns, see [Plugin directory structure](/en/plugins-reference#plugin-directory-structure).


265 283 

266As you make changes to your plugin, restart Claude Code to pick up the updates. Test your plugin components:284As you make changes to your plugin, restart Claude Code to pick up the updates. Test your plugin components:

267 285 

268* Try your commands with `/command-name`286* Try your skills with `/plugin-name:skill-name`

269* Check that agents appear in `/agents`287* Check that agents appear in `/agents`

270* Verify hooks work as expected288* Verify hooks work as expected

271 289 


302 320 

303## Convert existing configurations to plugins321## Convert existing configurations to plugins

304 322 

305If you already have custom commands, Skills, or hooks in your `.claude/` directory, you can convert them into a plugin for easier sharing and distribution.323If you already have skills or hooks in your `.claude/` directory, you can convert them into a plugin for easier sharing and distribution.

306 324 

307### Migration steps325### Migration steps

308 326 


347 mkdir my-plugin/hooks365 mkdir my-plugin/hooks

348 ```366 ```

349 367 

350 Create `my-plugin/hooks/hooks.json` with your hooks configuration. Copy the `hooks` object from your `.claude/settings.json` or `settings.local.json`the format is the same:368 Create `my-plugin/hooks/hooks.json` with your hooks configuration. Copy the `hooks` object from your `.claude/settings.json` or `settings.local.json`, since the format is the same. The command receives hook input as JSON on stdin, so use `jq` to extract the file path:

351 369 

352 ```json my-plugin/hooks/hooks.json theme={null}370 ```json my-plugin/hooks/hooks.json theme={null}

353 {371 {


355 "PostToolUse": [373 "PostToolUse": [

356 {374 {

357 "matcher": "Write|Edit",375 "matcher": "Write|Edit",

358 "hooks": [{ "type": "command", "command": "npm run lint:fix $FILE" }]376 "hooks": [{ "type": "command", "command": "jq -r '.tool_input.file_path' | xargs npm run lint:fix" }]

359 }377 }

360 ]378 ]

361 }379 }


401* [Create and distribute a marketplace](/en/plugin-marketplaces): package and share your plugins419* [Create and distribute a marketplace](/en/plugin-marketplaces): package and share your plugins

402* [Plugins reference](/en/plugins-reference): complete technical specifications420* [Plugins reference](/en/plugins-reference): complete technical specifications

403* Dive deeper into specific plugin components:421* Dive deeper into specific plugin components:

404 * [Slash commands](/en/slash-commands): command development details422 * [Skills](/en/skills): skill development details

405 * [Subagents](/en/sub-agents): agent configuration and capabilities423 * [Subagents](/en/sub-agents): agent configuration and capabilities

406 * [Agent Skills](/en/skills): extend Claude's capabilities

407 * [Hooks](/en/hooks): event handling and automation424 * [Hooks](/en/hooks): event handling and automation

408 * [MCP](/en/mcp): external tool integration425 * [MCP](/en/mcp): external tool integration

409 

410 

411 

412> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Plugins reference5# Plugins reference

2 6 

3> Complete technical reference for Claude Code plugin system, including schemas, CLI commands, and component specifications.7> Complete technical reference for Claude Code plugin system, including schemas, CLI commands, and component specifications.


8 12 

9This reference provides complete technical specifications for the Claude Code plugin system, including component schemas, CLI commands, and development tools.13This reference provides complete technical specifications for the Claude Code plugin system, including component schemas, CLI commands, and development tools.

10 14 

15A **plugin** is a self-contained directory of components that extends Claude Code with custom functionality. Plugin components include skills, agents, hooks, MCP servers, and LSP servers.

16 

11## Plugin components reference17## Plugin components reference

12 18 

13This section documents the five types of components that plugins can provide.19### Skills

14 20 

15### Commands21Plugins add skills to Claude Code, creating `/name` shortcuts that you or Claude can invoke.

16 22 

17Plugins add custom slash commands that integrate seamlessly with Claude Code's command system.23**Location**: `skills/` or `commands/` directory in plugin root

18 24 

19**Location**: `commands/` directory in plugin root25**File format**: Skills are directories with `SKILL.md`; commands are simple markdown files

20 26 

21**File format**: Markdown files with frontmatter27**Skill structure**:

22 28 

23For complete details on plugin command structure, invocation patterns, and features, see [Plugin commands](/en/slash-commands#plugin-commands).29```

30skills/

31├── pdf-processor/

32│ ├── SKILL.md

33│ ├── reference.md (optional)

34│ └── scripts/ (optional)

35└── code-reviewer/

36 └── SKILL.md

37```

38 

39**Integration behavior**:

40 

41* Skills and commands are automatically discovered when the plugin is installed

42* Claude can invoke them automatically based on task context

43* Skills can include supporting files alongside SKILL.md

44 

45For complete details, see [Skills](/en/skills).

24 46 

25### Agents47### Agents

26 48 


34 56 

35```markdown theme={null}57```markdown theme={null}

36---58---

37description: What this agent specializes in59name: agent-name

38capabilities: ["task1", "task2", "task3"]60description: What this agent specializes in and when Claude should invoke it

39---61---

40 62 

41# Agent Name63Detailed system prompt for the agent describing its role, expertise, and behavior.

42 

43Detailed description of the agent's role, expertise, and when Claude should invoke it.

44 

45## Capabilities

46- Specific task the agent excels at

47- Another specialized capability

48- When to use this agent vs others

49 

50## Context and examples

51Provide examples of when this agent should be used and what kinds of problems it solves.

52```64```

53 65 

54**Integration points**:66**Integration points**:


58* Agents can be invoked manually by users70* Agents can be invoked manually by users

59* Plugin agents work alongside built-in Claude agents71* Plugin agents work alongside built-in Claude agents

60 72 

61### Skills73For complete details, see [Subagents](/en/sub-agents).

62 

63Plugins can provide Agent Skills that extend Claude's capabilities. Skills are model-invoked—Claude autonomously decides when to use them based on the task context.

64 

65**Location**: `skills/` directory in plugin root

66 

67**File format**: Directories containing `SKILL.md` files with frontmatter

68 

69**Skill structure**:

70 

71```

72skills/

73├── pdf-processor/

74│ ├── SKILL.md

75│ ├── reference.md (optional)

76│ └── scripts/ (optional)

77└── code-reviewer/

78 └── SKILL.md

79```

80 

81**Integration behavior**:

82 

83* Plugin Skills are automatically discovered when the plugin is installed

84* Claude autonomously invokes Skills based on matching task context

85* Skills can include supporting files alongside SKILL.md

86 

87For SKILL.md format and complete Skill authoring guidance, see:

88 

89* [Use Skills in Claude Code](/en/skills)

90* [Agent Skills overview](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/agents-and-tools/agent-skills/overview#skill-structure)

91 74 

92### Hooks75### Hooks

93 76 


130* `SubagentStop`: When a subagent attempts to stop113* `SubagentStop`: When a subagent attempts to stop

131* `SessionStart`: At the beginning of sessions114* `SessionStart`: At the beginning of sessions

132* `SessionEnd`: At the end of sessions115* `SessionEnd`: At the end of sessions

116* `TeammateIdle`: When an agent team teammate is about to go idle

117* `TaskCompleted`: When a task is being marked as completed

133* `PreCompact`: Before conversation history is compacted118* `PreCompact`: Before conversation history is compacted

134 119 

135**Hook types**:120**Hook types**:


177### LSP servers162### LSP servers

178 163 

179<Tip>164<Tip>

180 Looking to use LSP plugins? Install them from the official marketplacesearch for "lsp" in the `/plugin` Discover tab. This section documents how to create LSP plugins for languages not covered by the official marketplace.165 Looking to use LSP plugins? Install them from the official marketplace: search for "lsp" in the `/plugin` Discover tab. This section documents how to create LSP plugins for languages not covered by the official marketplace.

181</Tip>166</Tip>

182 167 

183Plugins can provide [Language Server Protocol](https://microsoft.github.io/language-server-protocol/) (LSP) servers to give Claude real-time code intelligence while working on your codebase.168Plugins can provide [Language Server Protocol](https://microsoft.github.io/language-server-protocol/) (LSP) servers to give Claude real-time code intelligence while working on your codebase.


244| `shutdownTimeout` | Max time to wait for graceful shutdown (milliseconds) |229| `shutdownTimeout` | Max time to wait for graceful shutdown (milliseconds) |

245| `restartOnCrash` | Whether to automatically restart the server if it crashes |230| `restartOnCrash` | Whether to automatically restart the server if it crashes |

246| `maxRestarts` | Maximum number of restart attempts before giving up |231| `maxRestarts` | Maximum number of restart attempts before giving up |

247| `loggingConfig` | Debug logging configuration (see below) |

248 

249**Debug logging configuration:**

250 

251The `loggingConfig` field enables verbose LSP logging when users pass `--enable-lsp-logging`. This helps debug language server issues without impacting normal operation.

252 

253```json theme={null}

254"loggingConfig": {

255 "args": ["--log-level", "4"],

256 "env": {

257 "TSS_LOG": "-level verbose -file ${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_LSP_LOG_FILE}"

258 }

259}

260```

261 

262| Field | Description |

263| :----- | :----------------------------------------------------------------- |

264| `args` | Additional command-line arguments appended when logging is enabled |

265| `env` | Additional environment variables merged when logging is enabled |

266 

267The `${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_LSP_LOG_FILE}` variable expands to the log file path. Logs are written to `~/.claude/debug/`.

268 232 

269<Warning>233<Warning>

270 **You must install the language server binary separately.** LSP plugins configure how Claude Code connects to a language server, but they don't include the server itself. If you see `Executable not found in $PATH` in the `/plugin` Errors tab, install the required binary for your language.234 **You must install the language server binary separately.** LSP plugins configure how Claude Code connects to a language server, but they don't include the server itself. If you see `Executable not found in $PATH` in the `/plugin` Errors tab, install the required binary for your language.


291| `user` | `~/.claude/settings.json` | Personal plugins available across all projects (default) |255| `user` | `~/.claude/settings.json` | Personal plugins available across all projects (default) |

292| `project` | `.claude/settings.json` | Team plugins shared via version control |256| `project` | `.claude/settings.json` | Team plugins shared via version control |

293| `local` | `.claude/settings.local.json` | Project-specific plugins, gitignored |257| `local` | `.claude/settings.local.json` | Project-specific plugins, gitignored |

294| `managed` | `managed-settings.json` | Enterprise-managed plugins (read-only, update only) |258| `managed` | `managed-settings.json` | Managed plugins (read-only, update only) |

295 259 

296Plugins use the same scope system as other Claude Code configurations. For installation instructions and scope flags, see [Install plugins](/en/discover-plugins#install-plugins). For a complete explanation of scopes, see [Configuration scopes](/en/settings#configuration-scopes).260Plugins use the same scope system as other Claude Code configurations. For installation instructions and scope flags, see [Install plugins](/en/discover-plugins#install-plugins). For a complete explanation of scopes, see [Configuration scopes](/en/settings#configuration-scopes).

297 261 


299 263 

300## Plugin manifest schema264## Plugin manifest schema

301 265 

302The `plugin.json` file defines your plugin's metadata and configuration. This section documents all supported fields and options.266The `.claude-plugin/plugin.json` file defines your plugin's metadata and configuration. This section documents all supported fields and options.

267 

268The manifest is optional. If omitted, Claude Code auto-discovers components in [default locations](#file-locations-reference) and derives the plugin name from the directory name. Use a manifest when you need to provide metadata or custom component paths.

303 269 

304### Complete schema270### Complete schema

305 271 


329 295 

330### Required fields296### Required fields

331 297 

298If you include a manifest, `name` is the only required field.

299 

332| Field | Type | Description | Example |300| Field | Type | Description | Example |

333| :----- | :----- | :---------------------------------------- | :------------------- |301| :----- | :----- | :---------------------------------------- | :------------------- |

334| `name` | string | Unique identifier (kebab-case, no spaces) | `"deployment-tools"` |302| `name` | string | Unique identifier (kebab-case, no spaces) | `"deployment-tools"` |

335 303 

304This name is used for namespacing components. For example, in the UI, the

305agent `agent-creator` for the plugin with name `plugin-dev` will appear as

306`plugin-dev:agent-creator`.

307 

336### Metadata fields308### Metadata fields

337 309 

338| Field | Type | Description | Example |310| Field | Type | Description | Example |

339| :------------ | :----- | :---------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------- |311| :------------ | :----- | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------- |

340| `version` | string | Semantic version | `"2.1.0"` |312| `version` | string | Semantic version. If also set in the marketplace entry, `plugin.json` takes priority. You only need to set it in one place. | `"2.1.0"` |

341| `description` | string | Brief explanation of plugin purpose | `"Deployment automation tools"` |313| `description` | string | Brief explanation of plugin purpose | `"Deployment automation tools"` |

342| `author` | object | Author information | `{"name": "Dev Team", "email": "dev@company.com"}` |314| `author` | object | Author information | `{"name": "Dev Team", "email": "dev@company.com"}` |

343| `homepage` | string | Documentation URL | `"https://docs.example.com"` |315| `homepage` | string | Documentation URL | `"https://docs.example.com"` |


348### Component path fields320### Component path fields

349 321 

350| Field | Type | Description | Example |322| Field | Type | Description | Example |

351| :------------- | :------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------- |323| :------------- | :-------------------- | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------- |

352| `commands` | string\|array | Additional command files/directories | `"./custom/cmd.md"` or `["./cmd1.md"]` |324| `commands` | string\|array | Additional command files/directories | `"./custom/cmd.md"` or `["./cmd1.md"]` |

353| `agents` | string\|array | Additional agent files | `"./custom/agents/"` |325| `agents` | string\|array | Additional agent files | `"./custom/agents/reviewer.md"` |

354| `skills` | string\|array | Additional skill directories | `"./custom/skills/"` |326| `skills` | string\|array | Additional skill directories | `"./custom/skills/"` |

355| `hooks` | string\|object | Hook config path or inline config | `"./hooks.json"` |327| `hooks` | string\|array\|object | Hook config paths or inline config | `"./my-extra-hooks.json"` |

356| `mcpServers` | string\|object | MCP config path or inline config | `"./mcp-config.json"` |328| `mcpServers` | string\|array\|object | MCP config paths or inline config | `"./my-extra-mcp-config.json"` |

357| `outputStyles` | string\|array | Additional output style files/directories | `"./styles/"` |329| `outputStyles` | string\|array | Additional output style files/directories | `"./styles/"` |

358| `lspServers` | string\|object | [Language Server Protocol](https://microsoft.github.io/language-server-protocol/) config for code intelligence (go to definition, find references, etc.) | `"./.lsp.json"` |330| `lspServers` | string\|array\|object | [Language Server Protocol](https://microsoft.github.io/language-server-protocol/) configs for code intelligence (go to definition, find references, etc.) | `"./.lsp.json"` |

359 331 

360### Path behavior rules332### Path behavior rules

361 333 


406 378 

407## Plugin caching and file resolution379## Plugin caching and file resolution

408 380 

409For security and verification purposes, Claude Code copies plugins to a cache directory rather than using them in-place. Understanding this behavior is important when developing plugins that reference external files.381Plugins are specified in one of two ways:

410 382 

411### How plugin caching works383* Through `claude --plugin-dir`, for the duration of a session.

384* Through a marketplace, installed for future sessions.

412 385 

413When you install a plugin, Claude Code copies the plugin files to a cache directory:386For security and verification purposes, Claude Code copies *marketplace* plugins to the user's local **plugin cache** (`~/.claude/plugins/cache`) rather than using them in-place. Understanding this behavior is important when developing plugins that reference external files.

414 

415* **For marketplace plugins with relative paths**: The path specified in the `source` field is copied recursively. For example, if your marketplace entry specifies `"source": "./plugins/my-plugin"`, the entire `./plugins` directory is copied.

416* **For plugins with `.claude-plugin/plugin.json`**: The implicit root directory (the directory containing `.claude-plugin/plugin.json`) is copied recursively.

417 387 

418### Path traversal limitations388### Path traversal limitations

419 389 

420Plugins cannot reference files outside their copied directory structure. Paths that traverse outside the plugin root (such as `../shared-utils`) will not work after installation because those external files are not copied to the cache.390Installed plugins cannot reference files outside their directory. Paths that traverse outside the plugin root (such as `../shared-utils`) will not work after installation because those external files are not copied to the cache.

421 391 

422### Working with external dependencies392### Working with external dependencies

423 393 

424If your plugin needs to access files outside its directory, you have two options:394If your plugin needs to access files outside its directory, you can create symbolic links to external files within your plugin directory. Symlinks are honored during the copy process:

425 

426**Option 1: Use symlinks**

427 

428Create symbolic links to external files within your plugin directory. Symlinks are honored during the copy process:

429 395 

430```bash theme={null}396```bash theme={null}

431# Inside your plugin directory397# Inside your plugin directory

432ln -s /path/to/shared-utils ./shared-utils398ln -s /path/to/shared-utils ./shared-utils

433```399```

434 400 

435The symlinked content will be copied into the plugin cache.401The symlinked content will be copied into the plugin cache. This provides flexibility while maintaining the security benefits of the caching system.

436 

437**Option 2: Restructure your marketplace**

438 

439Set the plugin path to a parent directory that contains all required files, then provide the rest of the plugin manifest directly in the marketplace entry:

440 

441```json theme={null}

442{

443 "name": "my-plugin",

444 "source": "./",

445 "description": "Plugin that needs root-level access",

446 "commands": ["./plugins/my-plugin/commands/"],

447 "agents": ["./plugins/my-plugin/agents/"],

448 "strict": false

449}

450```

451 

452This approach copies the entire marketplace root, giving your plugin access to sibling directories.

453 

454<Note>

455 Symlinks that point to locations outside the plugin's logical root are followed during copying. This provides flexibility while maintaining the security benefits of the caching system.

456</Note>

457 402 

458***403***

459 404 


465 410 

466```411```

467enterprise-plugin/412enterprise-plugin/

468├── .claude-plugin/ # Metadata directory413├── .claude-plugin/ # Metadata directory (optional)

469│ └── plugin.json # Required: plugin manifest414│ └── plugin.json # plugin manifest

470├── commands/ # Default command location415├── commands/ # Default command location

471│ ├── status.md416│ ├── status.md

472│ └── logs.md417│ └── logs.md


483├── hooks/ # Hook configurations428├── hooks/ # Hook configurations

484│ ├── hooks.json # Main hook config429│ ├── hooks.json # Main hook config

485│ └── security-hooks.json # Additional hooks430│ └── security-hooks.json # Additional hooks

431├── settings.json # Default settings for the plugin

486├── .mcp.json # MCP server definitions432├── .mcp.json # MCP server definitions

487├── .lsp.json # LSP server configurations433├── .lsp.json # LSP server configurations

488├── scripts/ # Hook and utility scripts434├── scripts/ # Hook and utility scripts


500### File locations reference446### File locations reference

501 447 

502| Component | Default Location | Purpose |448| Component | Default Location | Purpose |

503| :-------------- | :--------------------------- | :------------------------------- |449| :-------------- | :--------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

504| **Manifest** | `.claude-plugin/plugin.json` | Required metadata file |450| **Manifest** | `.claude-plugin/plugin.json` | Plugin metadata and configuration (optional) |

505| **Commands** | `commands/` | Slash command Markdown files |451| **Commands** | `commands/` | Skill Markdown files (legacy; use `skills/` for new skills) |

506| **Agents** | `agents/` | Subagent Markdown files |452| **Agents** | `agents/` | Subagent Markdown files |

507| **Skills** | `skills/` | Agent Skills with SKILL.md files |453| **Skills** | `skills/` | Skills with `<name>/SKILL.md` structure |

508| **Hooks** | `hooks/hooks.json` | Hook configuration |454| **Hooks** | `hooks/hooks.json` | Hook configuration |

509| **MCP servers** | `.mcp.json` | MCP server definitions |455| **MCP servers** | `.mcp.json` | MCP server definitions |

510| **LSP servers** | `.lsp.json` | Language server configurations |456| **LSP servers** | `.lsp.json` | Language server configurations |

457| **Settings** | `settings.json` | Default configuration applied when the plugin is enabled. Only [`agent`](/en/sub-agents) settings are currently supported |

511 458 

512***459***

513 460 


534| `-s, --scope <scope>` | Installation scope: `user`, `project`, or `local` | `user` |481| `-s, --scope <scope>` | Installation scope: `user`, `project`, or `local` | `user` |

535| `-h, --help` | Display help for command | |482| `-h, --help` | Display help for command | |

536 483 

484Scope determines which settings file the installed plugin is added to. For example, --scope project writes to `enabledPlugins` in .claude/settings.json, making the plugin available to everyone who clones the project repository.

485 

537**Examples:**486**Examples:**

538 487 

539```bash theme={null}488```bash theme={null}


631 580 

632### Debugging commands581### Debugging commands

633 582 

634Use `claude --debug` to see plugin loading details:583Use `claude --debug` (or `/debug` within the TUI) to see plugin loading details:

635 

636```bash theme={null}

637claude --debug

638```

639 584 

640This shows:585This shows:

641 586 


667 612 

668* `Warning: No commands found in plugin my-plugin custom directory: ./cmds. Expected .md files or SKILL.md in subdirectories.`: command path exists but contains no valid command files613* `Warning: No commands found in plugin my-plugin custom directory: ./cmds. Expected .md files or SKILL.md in subdirectories.`: command path exists but contains no valid command files

669* `Plugin directory not found at path: ./plugins/my-plugin. Check that the marketplace entry has the correct path.`: the `source` path in marketplace.json points to a non-existent directory614* `Plugin directory not found at path: ./plugins/my-plugin. Check that the marketplace entry has the correct path.`: the `source` path in marketplace.json points to a non-existent directory

670* `Plugin my-plugin has conflicting manifests: both plugin.json and marketplace entry specify components.`: remove duplicate component definitions or set `strict: true` in marketplace entry615* `Plugin my-plugin has conflicting manifests: both plugin.json and marketplace entry specify components.`: remove duplicate component definitions or remove `strict: false` in marketplace entry

671 616 

672### Hook troubleshooting617### Hook troubleshooting

673 618 


750* Document changes in a `CHANGELOG.md` file695* Document changes in a `CHANGELOG.md` file

751* Use pre-release versions like `2.0.0-beta.1` for testing696* Use pre-release versions like `2.0.0-beta.1` for testing

752 697 

698<Warning>

699 Claude Code uses the version to determine whether to update your plugin. If you change your plugin's code but don't bump the version in `plugin.json`, your plugin's existing users won't see your changes due to caching.

700 

701 If your plugin is within a [marketplace](/en/plugin-marketplaces) directory, you can manage the version through `marketplace.json` instead and omit the `version` field from `plugin.json`.

702</Warning>

703 

753***704***

754 705 

755## See also706## See also

756 707 

757* [Plugins](/en/plugins) - Tutorials and practical usage708* [Plugins](/en/plugins) - Tutorials and practical usage

758* [Plugin marketplaces](/en/plugin-marketplaces) - Creating and managing marketplaces709* [Plugin marketplaces](/en/plugin-marketplaces) - Creating and managing marketplaces

759* [Slash commands](/en/slash-commands) - Command development details710* [Skills](/en/skills) - Skill development details

760* [Subagents](/en/sub-agents) - Agent configuration and capabilities711* [Subagents](/en/sub-agents) - Agent configuration and capabilities

761* [Agent Skills](/en/skills) - Extend Claude's capabilities

762* [Hooks](/en/hooks) - Event handling and automation712* [Hooks](/en/hooks) - Event handling and automation

763* [MCP](/en/mcp) - External tool integration713* [MCP](/en/mcp) - External tool integration

764* [Settings](/en/settings) - Configuration options for plugins714* [Settings](/en/settings) - Configuration options for plugins

765 

766 

767 

768> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

quickstart.md +71 −72

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Quickstart5# Quickstart

2 6 

3> Welcome to Claude Code!7> Welcome to Claude Code!


10 14 

11* A terminal or command prompt open15* A terminal or command prompt open

12* A code project to work with16* A code project to work with

13* A [Claude.ai](https://claude.ai) (recommended) or [Claude Console](https://console.anthropic.com/) account17* A [Claude subscription](https://claude.com/pricing) (Pro, Max, Teams, or Enterprise), [Claude Console](https://console.anthropic.com/) account, or access through a [supported cloud provider](/en/third-party-integrations)

18 

19<Note>

20 This guide covers the terminal CLI. Claude Code is also available on the [web](https://claude.ai/code), as a [desktop app](/en/desktop), in [VS Code](/en/vs-code) and [JetBrains IDEs](/en/jetbrains), in [Slack](/en/slack), and in CI/CD with [GitHub Actions](/en/github-actions) and [GitLab](/en/gitlab-ci-cd). See [all interfaces](/en/overview#use-claude-code-everywhere).

21</Note>

14 22 

15## Step 1: Install Claude Code23## Step 1: Install Claude Code

16 24 


35 ```batch theme={null}43 ```batch theme={null}

36 curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.cmd -o install.cmd && install.cmd && del install.cmd44 curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.cmd -o install.cmd && install.cmd && del install.cmd

37 ```45 ```

46 

47 <Info>

48 Native installations automatically update in the background to keep you on the latest version.

49 </Info>

38 </Tab>50 </Tab>

39 51 

40 <Tab title="Homebrew">52 <Tab title="Homebrew">

41 ```sh theme={null}53 ```sh theme={null}

42 brew install --cask claude-code54 brew install --cask claude-code

43 ```55 ```

44 </Tab>

45 56 

46 <Tab title="NPM">57 <Info>

47 If you have [Node.js 18 or newer installed](https://nodejs.org/en/download/):58 Homebrew installations do not auto-update. Run `brew upgrade claude-code` periodically to get the latest features and security fixes.

59 </Info>

60 </Tab>

48 61 

49 ```sh theme={null}62 <Tab title="WinGet">

50 npm install -g @anthropic-ai/claude-code63 ```powershell theme={null}

64 winget install Anthropic.ClaudeCode

51 ```65 ```

66 

67 <Info>

68 WinGet installations do not auto-update. Run `winget upgrade Anthropic.ClaudeCode` periodically to get the latest features and security fixes.

69 </Info>

52 </Tab>70 </Tab>

53</Tabs>71</Tabs>

54 72 


66# Follow the prompts to log in with your account84# Follow the prompts to log in with your account

67```85```

68 86 

69You can log in using either account type:87You can log in using any of these account types:

70 

71* [Claude.ai](https://claude.ai) (subscription plans - recommended)

72* [Claude Console](https://console.anthropic.com/) (API access with pre-paid credits)

73 

74Once logged in, your credentials are stored and you won't need to log in again.

75 88 

76<Note>89* [Claude Pro, Max, Teams, or Enterprise](https://claude.com/pricing) (recommended)

77 When you first authenticate Claude Code with your Claude Console account, a workspace called "Claude Code" is automatically created for you. This workspace provides centralized cost tracking and management for all Claude Code usage in your organization.90* [Claude Console](https://console.anthropic.com/) (API access with pre-paid credits). On first login, a "Claude Code" workspace is automatically created in the Console for centralized cost tracking.

78</Note>91* [Amazon Bedrock, Google Vertex AI, or Microsoft Foundry](/en/third-party-integrations) (enterprise cloud providers)

79 92 

80<Note>93Once logged in, your credentials are stored and you won't need to log in again. To switch accounts later, use the `/login` command.

81 You can have both account types under the same email address. If you need to log in again or switch accounts, use the `/login` command within Claude Code.

82</Note>

83 94 

84## Step 3: Start your first session95## Step 3: Start your first session

85 96 


93You'll see the Claude Code welcome screen with your session information, recent conversations, and latest updates. Type `/help` for available commands or `/resume` to continue a previous conversation.104You'll see the Claude Code welcome screen with your session information, recent conversations, and latest updates. Type `/help` for available commands or `/resume` to continue a previous conversation.

94 105 

95<Tip>106<Tip>

96 After logging in (Step 2), your credentials are stored on your system. Learn more in [Credential Management](/en/iam#credential-management).107 After logging in (Step 2), your credentials are stored on your system. Learn more in [Credential Management](/en/authentication#credential-management).

97</Tip>108</Tip>

98 109 

99## Step 4: Ask your first question110## Step 4: Ask your first question


101Let's start with understanding your codebase. Try one of these commands:112Let's start with understanding your codebase. Try one of these commands:

102 113 

103```114```

104> what does this project do?115what does this project do?

105```116```

106 117 

107Claude will analyze your files and provide a summary. You can also ask more specific questions:118Claude will analyze your files and provide a summary. You can also ask more specific questions:

108 119 

109```120```

110> what technologies does this project use?121what technologies does this project use?

111```122```

112 123 

113```124```

114> where is the main entry point?125where is the main entry point?

115```126```

116 127 

117```128```

118> explain the folder structure129explain the folder structure

119```130```

120 131 

121You can also ask Claude about its own capabilities:132You can also ask Claude about its own capabilities:

122 133 

123```134```

124> what can Claude Code do?135what can Claude Code do?

125```136```

126 137 

127```138```

128> how do I use slash commands in Claude Code?139how do I create custom skills in Claude Code?

129```140```

130 141 

131```142```

132> can Claude Code work with Docker?143can Claude Code work with Docker?

133```144```

134 145 

135<Note>146<Note>


141Now let's make Claude Code do some actual coding. Try a simple task:152Now let's make Claude Code do some actual coding. Try a simple task:

142 153 

143```154```

144> add a hello world function to the main file155add a hello world function to the main file

145```156```

146 157 

147Claude Code will:158Claude Code will:


160Claude Code makes Git operations conversational:171Claude Code makes Git operations conversational:

161 172 

162```173```

163> what files have I changed?174what files have I changed?

164```175```

165 176 

166```177```

167> commit my changes with a descriptive message178commit my changes with a descriptive message

168```179```

169 180 

170You can also prompt for more complex Git operations:181You can also prompt for more complex Git operations:

171 182 

172```183```

173> create a new branch called feature/quickstart184create a new branch called feature/quickstart

174```185```

175 186 

176```187```

177> show me the last 5 commits188show me the last 5 commits

178```189```

179 190 

180```191```

181> help me resolve merge conflicts192help me resolve merge conflicts

182```193```

183 194 

184## Step 7: Fix a bug or add a feature195## Step 7: Fix a bug or add a feature


188Describe what you want in natural language:199Describe what you want in natural language:

189 200 

190```201```

191> add input validation to the user registration form202add input validation to the user registration form

192```203```

193 204 

194Or fix existing issues:205Or fix existing issues:

195 206 

196```207```

197> there's a bug where users can submit empty forms - fix it208there's a bug where users can submit empty forms - fix it

198```209```

199 210 

200Claude Code will:211Claude Code will:


211**Refactor code**222**Refactor code**

212 223 

213```224```

214> refactor the authentication module to use async/await instead of callbacks225refactor the authentication module to use async/await instead of callbacks

215```226```

216 227 

217**Write tests**228**Write tests**

218 229 

219```230```

220> write unit tests for the calculator functions231write unit tests for the calculator functions

221```232```

222 233 

223**Update documentation**234**Update documentation**

224 235 

225```236```

226> update the README with installation instructions237update the README with installation instructions

227```238```

228 239 

229**Code review**240**Code review**

230 241 

231```242```

232> review my changes and suggest improvements243review my changes and suggest improvements

233```244```

234 245 

235<Tip>246<Tip>


241Here are the most important commands for daily use:252Here are the most important commands for daily use:

242 253 

243| Command | What it does | Example |254| Command | What it does | Example |

244| ------------------- | --------------------------------- | ----------------------------------- |255| ------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------ | ----------------------------------- |

245| `claude` | Start interactive mode | `claude` |256| `claude` | Start interactive mode | `claude` |

246| `claude "task"` | Run a one-time task | `claude "fix the build error"` |257| `claude "task"` | Run a one-time task | `claude "fix the build error"` |

247| `claude -p "query"` | Run one-off query, then exit | `claude -p "explain this function"` |258| `claude -p "query"` | Run one-off query, then exit | `claude -p "explain this function"` |

248| `claude -c` | Continue most recent conversation | `claude -c` |259| `claude -c` | Continue most recent conversation in current directory | `claude -c` |

249| `claude -r` | Resume a previous conversation | `claude -r` |260| `claude -r` | Resume a previous conversation | `claude -r` |

250| `claude commit` | Create a Git commit | `claude commit` |261| `claude commit` | Create a Git commit | `claude commit` |

251| `/clear` | Clear conversation history | `> /clear` |262| `/clear` | Clear conversation history | `/clear` |

252| `/help` | Show available commands | `> /help` |263| `/help` | Show available commands | `/help` |

253| `exit` or Ctrl+C | Exit Claude Code | `> exit` |264| `exit` or Ctrl+C | Exit Claude Code | `exit` |

254 265 

255See the [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference) for a complete list of commands.266See the [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference) for a complete list of commands.

256 267 

257## Pro tips for beginners268## Pro tips for beginners

258 269 

270For more, see [best practices](/en/best-practices) and [common workflows](/en/common-workflows).

271 

259<AccordionGroup>272<AccordionGroup>

260 <Accordion title="Be specific with your requests">273 <Accordion title="Be specific with your requests">

261 Instead of: "fix the bug"274 Instead of: "fix the bug"


267 Break complex tasks into steps:280 Break complex tasks into steps:

268 281 

269 ```282 ```

270 > 1. create a new database table for user profiles283 1. create a new database table for user profiles

271 ```284 2. create an API endpoint to get and update user profiles

272 285 3. build a webpage that allows users to see and edit their information

273 ```

274 > 2. create an API endpoint to get and update user profiles

275 ```

276 

277 ```

278 > 3. build a webpage that allows users to see and edit their information

279 ```286 ```

280 </Accordion>287 </Accordion>

281 288 


283 Before making changes, let Claude understand your code:290 Before making changes, let Claude understand your code:

284 291 

285 ```292 ```

286 > analyze the database schema293 analyze the database schema

287 ```294 ```

288 295 

289 ```296 ```

290 > build a dashboard showing products that are most frequently returned by our UK customers297 build a dashboard showing products that are most frequently returned by our UK customers

291 ```298 ```

292 </Accordion>299 </Accordion>

293 300 


295 * Press `?` to see all available keyboard shortcuts302 * Press `?` to see all available keyboard shortcuts

296 * Use Tab for command completion303 * Use Tab for command completion

297 * Press ↑ for command history304 * Press ↑ for command history

298 * Type `/` to see all slash commands305 * Type `/` to see all commands and skills

299 </Accordion>306 </Accordion>

300</AccordionGroup>307</AccordionGroup>

301 308 


303 310 

304Now that you've learned the basics, explore more advanced features:311Now that you've learned the basics, explore more advanced features:

305 312 

306<CardGroup cols={3}>313<CardGroup cols={2}>

307 <Card title="Common workflows" icon="graduation-cap" href="/en/common-workflows">314 <Card title="How Claude Code works" icon="microchip" href="/en/how-claude-code-works">

308 Step-by-step guides for common tasks315 Understand the agentic loop, built-in tools, and how Claude Code interacts with your project

309 </Card>

310 

311 <Card title="CLI reference" icon="terminal" href="/en/cli-reference">

312 Master all commands and options

313 </Card>316 </Card>

314 317 

315 <Card title="Configuration" icon="gear" href="/en/settings">318 <Card title="Best practices" icon="star" href="/en/best-practices">

316 Customize Claude Code for your workflow319 Get better results with effective prompting and project setup

317 </Card>320 </Card>

318 321 

319 <Card title="Claude Code on the web" icon="cloud" href="/en/claude-code-on-the-web">322 <Card title="Common workflows" icon="graduation-cap" href="/en/common-workflows">

320 Run tasks asynchronously in the cloud323 Step-by-step guides for common tasks

321 </Card>324 </Card>

322 325 

323 <Card title="About Claude Code" icon="sparkles" href="https://claude.com/product/claude-code">326 <Card title="Extend Claude Code" icon="puzzle-piece" href="/en/features-overview">

324 Learn more on claude.com327 Customize with CLAUDE.md, skills, hooks, MCP, and more

325 </Card>328 </Card>

326</CardGroup>329</CardGroup>

327 330 


330* **In Claude Code**: Type `/help` or ask "how do I..."333* **In Claude Code**: Type `/help` or ask "how do I..."

331* **Documentation**: You're here! Browse other guides334* **Documentation**: You're here! Browse other guides

332* **Community**: Join our [Discord](https://www.anthropic.com/discord) for tips and support335* **Community**: Join our [Discord](https://www.anthropic.com/discord) for tips and support

333 

334 

335 

336> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

sandboxing.md +50 −12

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Sandboxing5# Sandboxing

2 6 

3> Learn how Claude Code's sandboxed bash tool provides filesystem and network isolation for safer, more autonomous agent execution.7> Learn how Claude Code's sandboxed bash tool provides filesystem and network isolation for safer, more autonomous agent execution.


51 55 

52The sandboxed bash tool leverages operating system security primitives:56The sandboxed bash tool leverages operating system security primitives:

53 57 

54* **Linux**: Uses [bubblewrap](https://github.com/containers/bubblewrap) for isolation

55* **macOS**: Uses Seatbelt for sandbox enforcement58* **macOS**: Uses Seatbelt for sandbox enforcement

59* **Linux**: Uses [bubblewrap](https://github.com/containers/bubblewrap) for isolation

60* **WSL2**: Uses bubblewrap, same as Linux

61 

62WSL1 is not supported because bubblewrap requires kernel features only available in WSL2.

56 63 

57These OS-level restrictions ensure that all child processes spawned by Claude Code's commands inherit the same security boundaries.64These OS-level restrictions ensure that all child processes spawned by Claude Code's commands inherit the same security boundaries.

58 65 

59## Getting started66## Getting started

60 67 

68### Prerequisites

69 

70On **macOS**, sandboxing works out of the box using the built-in Seatbelt framework.

71 

72On **Linux and WSL2**, install the required packages first:

73 

74<Tabs>

75 <Tab title="Ubuntu/Debian">

76 ```bash theme={null}

77 sudo apt-get install bubblewrap socat

78 ```

79 </Tab>

80 

81 <Tab title="Fedora">

82 ```bash theme={null}

83 sudo dnf install bubblewrap socat

84 ```

85 </Tab>

86</Tabs>

87 

61### Enable sandboxing88### Enable sandboxing

62 89 

63You can enable sandboxing by running the `/sandbox` slash command:90You can enable sandboxing by running the `/sandbox` command:

64 91 

65```92```

66> /sandbox93> /sandbox

67```94```

68 95 

69This opens a menu where you can choose between sandbox modes.96This opens a menu where you can choose between sandbox modes. If required dependencies are missing (such as `bubblewrap` or `socat` on Linux), the menu displays installation instructions for your platform.

70 97 

71### Sandbox modes98### Sandbox modes

72 99 


110 137 

111* Cannot modify critical config files such as `~/.bashrc`138* Cannot modify critical config files such as `~/.bashrc`

112* Cannot modify system-level files in `/bin/`139* Cannot modify system-level files in `/bin/`

113* Cannot read files that are denied in your [Claude permission settings](/en/iam#configuring-permissions)140* Cannot read files that are denied in your [Claude permission settings](/en/permissions#manage-permissions)

114 141 

115**Network protection:**142**Network protection:**

116 143 


157* Filesystem Permission Escalation: Overly broad filesystem write permissions can enable privilege escalation attacks. Allowing writes to directories containing executables in `$PATH`, system configuration directories, or user shell configuration files (`.bashrc`, `.zshrc`) can lead to code execution in different security contexts when other users or system processes access these files.184* Filesystem Permission Escalation: Overly broad filesystem write permissions can enable privilege escalation attacks. Allowing writes to directories containing executables in `$PATH`, system configuration directories, or user shell configuration files (`.bashrc`, `.zshrc`) can lead to code execution in different security contexts when other users or system processes access these files.

158* Linux Sandbox Strength: The Linux implementation provides strong filesystem and network isolation but includes an `enableWeakerNestedSandbox` mode that enables it to work inside of Docker environments without privileged namespaces. This option considerably weakens security and should only be used in cases where additional isolation is otherwise enforced.185* Linux Sandbox Strength: The Linux implementation provides strong filesystem and network isolation but includes an `enableWeakerNestedSandbox` mode that enables it to work inside of Docker environments without privileged namespaces. This option considerably weakens security and should only be used in cases where additional isolation is otherwise enforced.

159 186 

187## How sandboxing relates to permissions

188 

189Sandboxing and [permissions](/en/permissions) are complementary security layers that work together:

190 

191* **Permissions** control which tools Claude Code can use and are evaluated before any tool runs. They apply to all tools: Bash, Read, Edit, WebFetch, MCP, and others.

192* **Sandboxing** provides OS-level enforcement that restricts what Bash commands can access at the filesystem and network level. It applies only to Bash commands and their child processes.

193 

194Filesystem and network restrictions are configured through permission rules, not sandbox settings:

195 

196* Use `Read` and `Edit` deny rules to block access to specific files or directories

197* Use `WebFetch` allow/deny rules to control domain access

198* Use sandbox `allowedDomains` to control which domains Bash commands can reach

199 

200This [repository](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code/tree/main/examples/settings) includes starter settings configurations for common deployment scenarios, including sandbox-specific examples. Use these as starting points and adjust them to fit your needs.

201 

160## Advanced usage202## Advanced usage

161 203 

162### Custom proxy configuration204### Custom proxy configuration


183 225 

184The sandboxed bash tool works alongside:226The sandboxed bash tool works alongside:

185 227 

186* **IAM policies**: Combine with [permission settings](/en/iam) for defense-in-depth228* **Permission rules**: Combine with [permission settings](/en/permissions) for defense-in-depth

187* **Development containers**: Use with [devcontainers](/en/devcontainer) for additional isolation229* **Development containers**: Use with [devcontainers](/en/devcontainer) for additional isolation

188* **Enterprise policies**: Enforce sandbox configurations through [managed settings](/en/settings#settings-precedence)230* **Enterprise policies**: Enforce sandbox configurations through [managed settings](/en/settings#settings-precedence)

189 231 


209 251 

210* **Performance overhead**: Minimal, but some filesystem operations may be slightly slower252* **Performance overhead**: Minimal, but some filesystem operations may be slightly slower

211* **Compatibility**: Some tools that require specific system access patterns may need configuration adjustments, or may even need to be run outside of the sandbox253* **Compatibility**: Some tools that require specific system access patterns may need configuration adjustments, or may even need to be run outside of the sandbox

212* **Platform support**: Currently supports Linux and macOS; Windows support planned254* **Platform support**: Supports macOS, Linux, and WSL2. WSL1 is not supported. Native Windows support is planned.

213 255 

214## See also256## See also

215 257 

216* [Security](/en/security) - Comprehensive security features and best practices258* [Security](/en/security) - Comprehensive security features and best practices

217* [IAM](/en/iam) - Permission configuration and access control259* [Permissions](/en/permissions) - Permission configuration and access control

218* [Settings](/en/settings) - Complete configuration reference260* [Settings](/en/settings) - Complete configuration reference

219* [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference) - Command-line options including `-sb`261* [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference) - Command-line options

220 

221 

222 

223> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

security.md +11 −10

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Security5# Security

2 6 

3> Learn about Claude Code's security safeguards and best practices for safe usage.7> Learn about Claude Code's security safeguards and best practices for safe usage.


14 18 

15We designed Claude Code to be transparent and secure. For example, we require approval for bash commands before executing them, giving you direct control. This approach enables users and organizations to configure permissions directly.19We designed Claude Code to be transparent and secure. For example, we require approval for bash commands before executing them, giving you direct control. This approach enables users and organizations to configure permissions directly.

16 20 

17For detailed permission configuration, see [Identity and Access Management](/en/iam).21For detailed permission configuration, see [Permissions](/en/permissions).

18 22 

19### Built-in protections23### Built-in protections

20 24 


38* **Permission system**: Sensitive operations require explicit approval42* **Permission system**: Sensitive operations require explicit approval

39* **Context-aware analysis**: Detects potentially harmful instructions by analyzing the full request43* **Context-aware analysis**: Detects potentially harmful instructions by analyzing the full request

40* **Input sanitization**: Prevents command injection by processing user inputs44* **Input sanitization**: Prevents command injection by processing user inputs

41* **Command blocklist**: Blocks risky commands that fetch arbitrary content from the web like `curl` and `wget` by default. When explicitly allowed, be aware of [permission pattern limitations](/en/iam#tool-specific-permission-rules)45* **Command blocklist**: Blocks risky commands that fetch arbitrary content from the web like `curl` and `wget` by default. When explicitly allowed, be aware of [permission pattern limitations](/en/permissions#tool-specific-permission-rules)

42 46 

43### Privacy safeguards47### Privacy safeguards

44 48 


59* **Command injection detection**: Suspicious bash commands require manual approval even if previously allowlisted63* **Command injection detection**: Suspicious bash commands require manual approval even if previously allowlisted

60* **Fail-closed matching**: Unmatched commands default to requiring manual approval64* **Fail-closed matching**: Unmatched commands default to requiring manual approval

61* **Natural language descriptions**: Complex bash commands include explanations for user understanding65* **Natural language descriptions**: Complex bash commands include explanations for user understanding

62* **Secure credential storage**: API keys and tokens are encrypted. See [Credential Management](/en/iam#credential-management)66* **Secure credential storage**: API keys and tokens are encrypted. See [Credential Management](/en/authentication#credential-management)

63 67 

64<Warning>68<Warning>

65 **Windows WebDAV security risk**: When running Claude Code on Windows, we recommend against enabling WebDAV or allowing Claude Code to access paths such as `\\*` that may contain WebDAV subdirectories. [WebDAV has been deprecated by Microsoft](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/whats-new/deprecated-features#:~:text=The%20Webclient%20\(WebDAV\)%20service%20is%20deprecated) due to security risks. Enabling WebDAV may allow Claude Code to trigger network requests to remote hosts, bypassing the permission system.69 **Windows WebDAV security risk**: When running Claude Code on Windows, we recommend against enabling WebDAV or allowing Claude Code to access paths such as `\\*` that may contain WebDAV subdirectories. [WebDAV has been deprecated by Microsoft](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/whats-new/deprecated-features#:~:text=The%20Webclient%20\(WebDAV\)%20service%20is%20deprecated) due to security risks. Enabling WebDAV may allow Claude Code to trigger network requests to remote hosts, bypassing the permission system.


87 91 

88## IDE security92## IDE security

89 93 

90See [here](/en/vs-code#security) for more information on the security of running Claude Code in an IDE.94See [VS Code security and privacy](/en/vs-code#security-and-privacy) for more information on running Claude Code in an IDE.

91 95 

92## Cloud execution security96## Cloud execution security

93 97 


113 117 

114### Team security118### Team security

115 119 

116* Use [enterprise managed settings](/en/iam#enterprise-managed-settings) to enforce organizational standards120* Use [managed settings](/en/permissions#managed-settings) to enforce organizational standards

117* Share approved permission configurations through version control121* Share approved permission configurations through version control

118* Train team members on security best practices122* Train team members on security best practices

119* Monitor Claude Code usage through [OpenTelemetry metrics](/en/monitoring-usage)123* Monitor Claude Code usage through [OpenTelemetry metrics](/en/monitoring-usage)

124* Audit or block settings changes during sessions with [`ConfigChange` hooks](/en/hooks#configchange)

120 125 

121### Reporting security issues126### Reporting security issues

122 127 


130## Related resources135## Related resources

131 136 

132* [Sandboxing](/en/sandboxing) - Filesystem and network isolation for bash commands137* [Sandboxing](/en/sandboxing) - Filesystem and network isolation for bash commands

133* [Identity and Access Management](/en/iam) - Configure permissions and access controls138* [Permissions](/en/permissions) - Configure permissions and access controls

134* [Monitoring usage](/en/monitoring-usage) - Track and audit Claude Code activity139* [Monitoring usage](/en/monitoring-usage) - Track and audit Claude Code activity

135* [Development containers](/en/devcontainer) - Secure, isolated environments140* [Development containers](/en/devcontainer) - Secure, isolated environments

136* [Anthropic Trust Center](https://trust.anthropic.com) - Security certifications and compliance141* [Anthropic Trust Center](https://trust.anthropic.com) - Security certifications and compliance

137 

138 

139 

140> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

server-managed-settings.md +164 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Configure server-managed settings (public beta)

6 

7> Centrally configure Claude Code for your organization through server-delivered settings, without requiring device management infrastructure.

8 

9Server-managed settings allow administrators to centrally configure Claude Code through a web-based interface on Claude.ai. Claude Code clients automatically receive these settings when users authenticate with their organization credentials.

10 

11This approach is designed for organizations that do not have device management infrastructure in place, or need to manage settings for users on unmanaged devices.

12 

13<Note>

14 Server-managed settings are in public beta and available for [Claude for Teams](https://claude.com/pricing#team-&-enterprise) and [Claude for Enterprise](https://anthropic.com/contact-sales) customers. Features may evolve before general availability.

15</Note>

16 

17## Requirements

18 

19To use server-managed settings, you need:

20 

21* Claude for Teams or Claude for Enterprise plan

22* Claude Code version 2.1.38 or later for Claude for Teams, or version 2.1.30 or later for Claude for Enterprise

23* Network access to `api.anthropic.com`

24 

25## Choose between server-managed and endpoint-managed settings

26 

27Claude Code supports two approaches for centralized configuration. Server-managed settings deliver configuration from Anthropic's servers. [Endpoint-managed settings](/en/permissions#managed-settings) deploy a `managed-settings.json` file to system directories via MDM (mobile device management).

28 

29| Approach | Best for | Security model |

30| :---------------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------- |

31| **Server-managed settings** | Organizations without MDM, or users on unmanaged devices | Settings delivered from Anthropic's servers at authentication time |

32| **[Endpoint-managed settings](/en/permissions#managed-settings)** | Organizations with MDM or endpoint management | Settings deployed to protected system directories by IT |

33 

34If your devices are enrolled in an MDM or endpoint management solution, endpoint-managed settings provide stronger security guarantees because the settings file can be protected from user modification at the OS level.

35 

36## Configure server-managed settings

37 

38<Steps>

39 <Step title="Open the admin console">

40 In [Claude.ai](https://claude.ai), navigate to **Admin Settings > Claude Code > Managed settings**.

41 </Step>

42 

43 <Step title="Define your settings">

44 Add your configuration as JSON. All [settings available in `settings.json`](/en/settings#available-settings) are supported, including [managed-only settings](/en/permissions#managed-only-settings) like `disableBypassPermissionsMode`.

45 

46 This example enforces a permission deny list and prevents users from bypassing permissions:

47 

48 ```json theme={null}

49 {

50 "permissions": {

51 "deny": [

52 "Bash(curl *)",

53 "Read(./.env)",

54 "Read(./.env.*)",

55 "Read(./secrets/**)"

56 ]

57 },

58 "disableBypassPermissionsMode": "disable"

59 }

60 ```

61 </Step>

62 

63 <Step title="Save and deploy">

64 Save your changes. Claude Code clients receive the updated settings on their next startup or hourly polling cycle.

65 </Step>

66</Steps>

67 

68### Verify settings delivery

69 

70To confirm that settings are being applied, ask a user to restart Claude Code. If the configuration includes settings that trigger the [security approval dialog](#security-approval-dialogs), the user sees a prompt describing the managed settings on startup. You can also verify that managed permission rules are active by having a user run `/permissions` to view their effective permission rules.

71 

72### Access control

73 

74The following roles can manage server-managed settings:

75 

76* **Primary Owner**

77* **Owner**

78 

79Restrict access to trusted personnel, as settings changes apply to all users in the organization.

80 

81### Current limitations

82 

83Server-managed settings have the following limitations during the beta period:

84 

85* Settings apply uniformly to all users in the organization. Per-group configurations are not yet supported.

86* [MCP server configurations](/en/mcp#managed-mcp-configuration) cannot be distributed through server-managed settings.

87 

88## Settings delivery

89 

90### Settings precedence

91 

92Server-managed settings and [endpoint-managed settings](/en/permissions#managed-settings) both occupy the highest tier in the Claude Code [settings hierarchy](/en/settings#settings-precedence), and user or project settings cannot override them. When both are present, server-managed settings take precedence and the local `managed-settings.json` file is not used.

93 

94### Fetch and caching behavior

95 

96Claude Code fetches settings from Anthropic's servers at startup and polls for updates hourly during active sessions.

97 

98**First launch without cached settings:**

99 

100* Claude Code fetches settings asynchronously

101* If the fetch fails, Claude Code continues without managed settings

102* There is a brief window before settings load where restrictions are not yet enforced

103 

104**Subsequent launches with cached settings:**

105 

106* Cached settings apply immediately at startup

107* Claude Code fetches fresh settings in the background

108* Cached settings persist through network failures

109 

110Claude Code applies settings updates automatically without a restart, except for advanced settings like OpenTelemetry configuration, which require a full restart to take effect.

111 

112### Security approval dialogs

113 

114Certain settings that could pose security risks require explicit user approval before being applied:

115 

116* **Shell command settings**: settings that execute shell commands

117* **Custom environment variables**: variables not in the known safe allowlist

118* **Hook configurations**: any hook definition

119 

120When these settings are present, users see a security dialog explaining what is being configured. Users must approve to proceed. If a user rejects the settings, Claude Code exits.

121 

122<Note>

123 In non-interactive mode with the `-p` flag, Claude Code skips security dialogs and applies settings without user approval.

124</Note>

125 

126## Platform availability

127 

128Server-managed settings require a direct connection to `api.anthropic.com` and are not available when using third-party model providers:

129 

130* Amazon Bedrock

131* Google Vertex AI

132* Microsoft Foundry

133* Custom API endpoints via `ANTHROPIC_BASE_URL` or [LLM gateways](/en/llm-gateway)

134 

135## Audit logging

136 

137Audit log events for settings changes are available through the compliance API or audit log export. Contact your Anthropic account team for access.

138 

139Audit events include the type of action performed, the account and device that performed the action, and references to the previous and new values.

140 

141## Security considerations

142 

143Server-managed settings provide centralized policy enforcement, but they operate as a client-side control. On unmanaged devices, users with admin or sudo access can modify the Claude Code binary, filesystem, or network configuration.

144 

145| Scenario | Behavior |

146| :----------------------------------------------- | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

147| User edits the cached settings file | Tampered file applies at startup, but correct settings restore on the next server fetch |

148| User deletes the cached settings file | First-launch behavior occurs: settings fetch asynchronously with a brief unenforced window |

149| API is unavailable | Cached settings apply if available, otherwise managed settings are not enforced until the next successful fetch |

150| User authenticates with a different organization | Settings are not delivered for accounts outside the managed organization |

151| User sets a non-default `ANTHROPIC_BASE_URL` | Server-managed settings are bypassed when using third-party API providers |

152 

153To detect runtime configuration changes, use [`ConfigChange` hooks](/en/hooks#configchange) to log modifications or block unauthorized changes before they take effect.

154 

155For stronger enforcement guarantees, use [endpoint-managed settings](/en/permissions#managed-settings) on devices enrolled in an MDM solution.

156 

157## See also

158 

159Related pages for managing Claude Code configuration:

160 

161* [Settings](/en/settings): complete configuration reference including all available settings

162* [Endpoint-managed settings](/en/permissions#managed-settings): file-based managed settings deployed by IT

163* [Authentication](/en/authentication): set up user access to Claude Code

164* [Security](/en/security): security safeguards and best practices

settings.md +234 −135

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Claude Code settings5# Claude Code settings

2 6 

3> Configure Claude Code with global and project-level settings, and environment variables.7> Configure Claude Code with global and project-level settings, and environment variables.


11### Available scopes15### Available scopes

12 16 

13| Scope | Location | Who it affects | Shared with team? |17| Scope | Location | Who it affects | Shared with team? |

14| :------------- | :----------------------------------- | :----------------------------------- | :--------------------- |18| :---------- | :----------------------------------- | :----------------------------------- | :--------------------- |

15| **Enterprise** | System-level `managed-settings.json` | All users on the machine | Yes (deployed by IT) |19| **Managed** | System-level `managed-settings.json` | All users on the machine | Yes (deployed by IT) |

16| **User** | `~/.claude/` directory | You, across all projects | No |20| **User** | `~/.claude/` directory | You, across all projects | No |

17| **Project** | `.claude/` in repository | All collaborators on this repository | Yes (committed to git) |21| **Project** | `.claude/` in repository | All collaborators on this repository | Yes (committed to git) |

18| **Local** | `.claude/*.local.*` files | You, in this repository only | No (gitignored) |22| **Local** | `.claude/*.local.*` files | You, in this repository only | No (gitignored) |

19 23 

20### When to use each scope24### When to use each scope

21 25 

22**Enterprise scope** is for:26**Managed scope** is for:

23 27 

24* Security policies that must be enforced organization-wide28* Security policies that must be enforced organization-wide

25* Compliance requirements that can't be overridden29* Compliance requirements that can't be overridden


47 51 

48When the same setting is configured in multiple scopes, more specific scopes take precedence:52When the same setting is configured in multiple scopes, more specific scopes take precedence:

49 53 

501. **Enterprise** (highest) - can't be overridden by anything541. **Managed** (highest) - can't be overridden by anything

512. **Command line arguments** - temporary session overrides552. **Command line arguments** - temporary session overrides

523. **Local** - overrides project and user settings563. **Local** - overrides project and user settings

534. **Project** - overrides user settings574. **Project** - overrides user settings


79* **Project settings** are saved in your project directory:83* **Project settings** are saved in your project directory:

80 * `.claude/settings.json` for settings that are checked into source control and shared with your team84 * `.claude/settings.json` for settings that are checked into source control and shared with your team

81 * `.claude/settings.local.json` for settings that are not checked in, useful for personal preferences and experimentation. Claude Code will configure git to ignore `.claude/settings.local.json` when it is created.85 * `.claude/settings.local.json` for settings that are not checked in, useful for personal preferences and experimentation. Claude Code will configure git to ignore `.claude/settings.local.json` when it is created.

82* **Managed settings** (Enterprise): Enterprise administrators can configure and distribute Claude Code settings to their organization through the [Claude.ai admin console](https://claude.ai/admin-settings/claude-code). These settings are fetched automatically when users authenticate, take precedence over user and project settings, and cannot be overridden locally. This feature is available to Claude for Enterprise customers. If you don't see this option in your admin console, contact your Anthropic account team to have the feature enabled.86* **Managed settings**: For organizations that need centralized control, Claude Code supports `managed-settings.json` and `managed-mcp.json` files that can be deployed to system directories:

83 

84 For organizations that prefer file-based policy distribution, Claude Code also supports `managed-settings.json` and `managed-mcp.json` files that can be deployed to system directories:

85 87 

86 * macOS: `/Library/Application Support/ClaudeCode/`88 * macOS: `/Library/Application Support/ClaudeCode/`

87 * Linux and WSL: `/etc/claude-code/`89 * Linux and WSL: `/etc/claude-code/`


91 These are system-wide paths (not user home directories like `~/Library/...`) that require administrator privileges. They are designed to be deployed by IT administrators.93 These are system-wide paths (not user home directories like `~/Library/...`) that require administrator privileges. They are designed to be deployed by IT administrators.

92 </Note>94 </Note>

93 95 

94 See [Enterprise managed settings](/en/iam#enterprise-managed-settings) and [Enterprise MCP configuration](/en/mcp#enterprise-mcp-configuration) for details.96 See [Managed settings](/en/permissions#managed-settings) and [Managed MCP configuration](/en/mcp#managed-mcp-configuration) for details. For organizations without device management infrastructure, see [server-managed settings](/en/server-managed-settings).

95 97 

96 <Note>98 <Note>

97 Enterprise deployments can also restrict **plugin marketplace additions** using99 Managed deployments can also restrict **plugin marketplace additions** using

98 `strictKnownMarketplaces`. For more information, see [Enterprise marketplace restrictions](/en/plugin-marketplaces#enterprise-marketplace-restrictions).100 `strictKnownMarketplaces`. For more information, see [Managed marketplace restrictions](/en/plugin-marketplaces#managed-marketplace-restrictions).

99 </Note>101 </Note>

100* **Other configuration** is stored in `~/.claude.json`. This file contains your preferences (theme, notification settings, editor mode), OAuth session, [MCP server](/en/mcp) configurations for user and local scopes, per-project state (allowed tools, trust settings), and various caches. Project-scoped MCP servers are stored separately in `.mcp.json`.102* **Other configuration** is stored in `~/.claude.json`. This file contains your preferences (theme, notification settings, editor mode), OAuth session, [MCP server](/en/mcp) configurations for user and local scopes, per-project state (allowed tools, trust settings), and various caches. Project-scoped MCP servers are stored separately in `.mcp.json`.

101 103 

104<Note>

105 Claude Code automatically creates timestamped backups of configuration files and retains the five most recent backups to prevent data loss.

106</Note>

107 

102```JSON Example settings.json theme={null}108```JSON Example settings.json theme={null}

103{109{

110 "$schema": "https://json.schemastore.org/claude-code-settings.json",

104 "permissions": {111 "permissions": {

105 "allow": [112 "allow": [

106 "Bash(npm run lint)",113 "Bash(npm run lint)",

107 "Bash(npm run test:*)",114 "Bash(npm run test *)",

108 "Read(~/.zshrc)"115 "Read(~/.zshrc)"

109 ],116 ],

110 "deny": [117 "deny": [

111 "Bash(curl:*)",118 "Bash(curl *)",

112 "Read(./.env)",119 "Read(./.env)",

113 "Read(./.env.*)",120 "Read(./.env.*)",

114 "Read(./secrets/**)"121 "Read(./secrets/**)"


126}133}

127```134```

128 135 

136The `$schema` line in the example above points to the [official JSON schema](https://json.schemastore.org/claude-code-settings.json) for Claude Code settings. Adding it to your `settings.json` enables autocomplete and inline validation in VS Code, Cursor, and any other editor that supports JSON schema validation.

137 

129### Available settings138### Available settings

130 139 

131`settings.json` supports a number of options:140`settings.json` supports a number of options:

132 141 

133| Key | Description | Example |142| Key | Description | Example |

134| :--------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | :---------------------------------------------------------------------- |143| :-------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | :---------------------------------------------------------------------- |

135| `apiKeyHelper` | Custom script, to be executed in `/bin/sh`, to generate an auth value. This value will be sent as `X-Api-Key` and `Authorization: Bearer` headers for model requests | `/bin/generate_temp_api_key.sh` |144| `apiKeyHelper` | Custom script, to be executed in `/bin/sh`, to generate an auth value. This value will be sent as `X-Api-Key` and `Authorization: Bearer` headers for model requests | `/bin/generate_temp_api_key.sh` |

136| `cleanupPeriodDays` | Sessions inactive for longer than this period are deleted at startup. Setting to `0` immediately deletes all sessions. (default: 30 days) | `20` |145| `cleanupPeriodDays` | Sessions inactive for longer than this period are deleted at startup. Setting to `0` immediately deletes all sessions. (default: 30 days) | `20` |

137| `companyAnnouncements` | Announcement to display to users at startup. If multiple announcements are provided, they will be cycled through at random. | `["Welcome to Acme Corp! Review our code guidelines at docs.acme.com"]` |146| `companyAnnouncements` | Announcement to display to users at startup. If multiple announcements are provided, they will be cycled through at random. | `["Welcome to Acme Corp! Review our code guidelines at docs.acme.com"]` |


139| `attribution` | Customize attribution for git commits and pull requests. See [Attribution settings](#attribution-settings) | `{"commit": "🤖 Generated with Claude Code", "pr": ""}` |148| `attribution` | Customize attribution for git commits and pull requests. See [Attribution settings](#attribution-settings) | `{"commit": "🤖 Generated with Claude Code", "pr": ""}` |

140| `includeCoAuthoredBy` | **Deprecated**: Use `attribution` instead. Whether to include the `co-authored-by Claude` byline in git commits and pull requests (default: `true`) | `false` |149| `includeCoAuthoredBy` | **Deprecated**: Use `attribution` instead. Whether to include the `co-authored-by Claude` byline in git commits and pull requests (default: `true`) | `false` |

141| `permissions` | See table below for structure of permissions. | |150| `permissions` | See table below for structure of permissions. | |

142| `hooks` | Configure custom commands to run before or after tool executions. See [hooks documentation](/en/hooks) | `{"PreToolUse": {"Bash": "echo 'Running command...'"}}` |151| `hooks` | Configure custom commands to run at lifecycle events. See [hooks documentation](/en/hooks) for format | See [hooks](/en/hooks) |

143| `disableAllHooks` | Disable all [hooks](/en/hooks) | `true` |152| `disableAllHooks` | Disable all [hooks](/en/hooks) and any custom [status line](/en/statusline) | `true` |

144| `allowManagedHooksOnly` | (Enterprise) Prevent loading of user, project, and plugin hooks. Only allows managed hooks and SDK hooks. See [Hook configuration](#hook-configuration) | `true` |153| `allowManagedHooksOnly` | (Managed settings only) Prevent loading of user, project, and plugin hooks. Only allows managed hooks and SDK hooks. See [Hook configuration](#hook-configuration) | `true` |

145| `model` | Override the default model to use for Claude Code | `"claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929"` |154| `allowManagedPermissionRulesOnly` | (Managed settings only) Prevent user and project settings from defining `allow`, `ask`, or `deny` permission rules. Only rules in managed settings apply. See [Managed-only settings](/en/permissions#managed-only-settings) | `true` |

155| `model` | Override the default model to use for Claude Code | `"claude-sonnet-4-6"` |

156| `availableModels` | Restrict which models users can select via `/model`, `--model`, Config tool, or `ANTHROPIC_MODEL`. Does not affect the Default option. See [Restrict model selection](/en/model-config#restrict-model-selection) | `["sonnet", "haiku"]` |

146| `otelHeadersHelper` | Script to generate dynamic OpenTelemetry headers. Runs at startup and periodically (see [Dynamic headers](/en/monitoring-usage#dynamic-headers)) | `/bin/generate_otel_headers.sh` |157| `otelHeadersHelper` | Script to generate dynamic OpenTelemetry headers. Runs at startup and periodically (see [Dynamic headers](/en/monitoring-usage#dynamic-headers)) | `/bin/generate_otel_headers.sh` |

147| `statusLine` | Configure a custom status line to display context. See [`statusLine` documentation](/en/statusline) | `{"type": "command", "command": "~/.claude/statusline.sh"}` |158| `statusLine` | Configure a custom status line to display context. See [`statusLine` documentation](/en/statusline) | `{"type": "command", "command": "~/.claude/statusline.sh"}` |

148| `fileSuggestion` | Configure a custom script for `@` file autocomplete. See [File suggestion settings](#file-suggestion-settings) | `{"type": "command", "command": "~/.claude/file-suggestion.sh"}` |159| `fileSuggestion` | Configure a custom script for `@` file autocomplete. See [File suggestion settings](#file-suggestion-settings) | `{"type": "command", "command": "~/.claude/file-suggestion.sh"}` |

160| `respectGitignore` | Control whether the `@` file picker respects `.gitignore` patterns. When `true` (default), files matching `.gitignore` patterns are excluded from suggestions | `false` |

149| `outputStyle` | Configure an output style to adjust the system prompt. See [output styles documentation](/en/output-styles) | `"Explanatory"` |161| `outputStyle` | Configure an output style to adjust the system prompt. See [output styles documentation](/en/output-styles) | `"Explanatory"` |

150| `forceLoginMethod` | Use `claudeai` to restrict login to Claude.ai accounts, `console` to restrict login to Claude Console (API usage billing) accounts | `claudeai` |162| `forceLoginMethod` | Use `claudeai` to restrict login to Claude.ai accounts, `console` to restrict login to Claude Console (API usage billing) accounts | `claudeai` |

151| `forceLoginOrgUUID` | Specify the UUID of an organization to automatically select it during login, bypassing the organization selection step. Requires `forceLoginMethod` to be set | `"xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx"` |163| `forceLoginOrgUUID` | Specify the UUID of an organization to automatically select it during login, bypassing the organization selection step. Requires `forceLoginMethod` to be set | `"xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx"` |

152| `enableAllProjectMcpServers` | Automatically approve all MCP servers defined in project `.mcp.json` files | `true` |164| `enableAllProjectMcpServers` | Automatically approve all MCP servers defined in project `.mcp.json` files | `true` |

153| `enabledMcpjsonServers` | List of specific MCP servers from `.mcp.json` files to approve | `["memory", "github"]` |165| `enabledMcpjsonServers` | List of specific MCP servers from `.mcp.json` files to approve | `["memory", "github"]` |

154| `disabledMcpjsonServers` | List of specific MCP servers from `.mcp.json` files to reject | `["filesystem"]` |166| `disabledMcpjsonServers` | List of specific MCP servers from `.mcp.json` files to reject | `["filesystem"]` |

155| `allowedMcpServers` | When set in managed-settings.json, allowlist of MCP servers users can configure. Undefined = no restrictions, empty array = lockdown. Applies to all scopes. Denylist takes precedence. See [Enterprise MCP configuration](/en/mcp#enterprise-mcp-configuration) | `[{ "serverName": "github" }]` |167| `allowedMcpServers` | When set in managed-settings.json, allowlist of MCP servers users can configure. Undefined = no restrictions, empty array = lockdown. Applies to all scopes. Denylist takes precedence. See [Managed MCP configuration](/en/mcp#managed-mcp-configuration) | `[{ "serverName": "github" }]` |

156| `deniedMcpServers` | When set in managed-settings.json, denylist of MCP servers that are explicitly blocked. Applies to all scopes including enterprise servers. Denylist takes precedence over allowlist. See [Enterprise MCP configuration](/en/mcp#enterprise-mcp-configuration) | `[{ "serverName": "filesystem" }]` |168| `deniedMcpServers` | When set in managed-settings.json, denylist of MCP servers that are explicitly blocked. Applies to all scopes including managed servers. Denylist takes precedence over allowlist. See [Managed MCP configuration](/en/mcp#managed-mcp-configuration) | `[{ "serverName": "filesystem" }]` |

157| `strictKnownMarketplaces` | When set in managed-settings.json, allowlist of plugin marketplaces users can add. Undefined = no restrictions, empty array = lockdown. Applies to marketplace additions only. See [Enterprise marketplace restrictions](/en/plugin-marketplaces#enterprise-marketplace-restrictions) | `[{ "source": "github", "repo": "acme-corp/plugins" }]` |169| `strictKnownMarketplaces` | When set in managed-settings.json, allowlist of plugin marketplaces users can add. Undefined = no restrictions, empty array = lockdown. Applies to marketplace additions only. See [Managed marketplace restrictions](/en/plugin-marketplaces#managed-marketplace-restrictions) | `[{ "source": "github", "repo": "acme-corp/plugins" }]` |

158| `awsAuthRefresh` | Custom script that modifies the `.aws` directory (see [advanced credential configuration](/en/amazon-bedrock#advanced-credential-configuration)) | `aws sso login --profile myprofile` |170| `awsAuthRefresh` | Custom script that modifies the `.aws` directory (see [advanced credential configuration](/en/amazon-bedrock#advanced-credential-configuration)) | `aws sso login --profile myprofile` |

159| `awsCredentialExport` | Custom script that outputs JSON with AWS credentials (see [advanced credential configuration](/en/amazon-bedrock#advanced-credential-configuration)) | `/bin/generate_aws_grant.sh` |171| `awsCredentialExport` | Custom script that outputs JSON with AWS credentials (see [advanced credential configuration](/en/amazon-bedrock#advanced-credential-configuration)) | `/bin/generate_aws_grant.sh` |

160| `alwaysThinkingEnabled` | Enable [extended thinking](/en/common-workflows#use-extended-thinking) by default for all sessions. Typically configured via the `/config` command rather than editing directly | `true` |172| `alwaysThinkingEnabled` | Enable [extended thinking](/en/common-workflows#use-extended-thinking-thinking-mode) by default for all sessions. Typically configured via the `/config` command rather than editing directly | `true` |

173| `plansDirectory` | Customize where plan files are stored. Path is relative to project root. Default: `~/.claude/plans` | `"./plans"` |

174| `showTurnDuration` | Show turn duration messages after responses (e.g., "Cooked for 1m 6s"). Set to `false` to hide these messages | `true` |

175| `spinnerVerbs` | Customize the action verbs shown in the spinner and turn duration messages. Set `mode` to `"replace"` to use only your verbs, or `"append"` to add them to the defaults | `{"mode": "append", "verbs": ["Pondering", "Crafting"]}` |

176| `language` | Configure Claude's preferred response language (e.g., `"japanese"`, `"spanish"`, `"french"`). Claude will respond in this language by default | `"japanese"` |

177| `autoUpdatesChannel` | Release channel to follow for updates. Use `"stable"` for a version that is typically about one week old and skips versions with major regressions, or `"latest"` (default) for the most recent release | `"stable"` |

178| `spinnerTipsEnabled` | Show tips in the spinner while Claude is working. Set to `false` to disable tips (default: `true`) | `false` |

179| `spinnerTipsOverride` | Override spinner tips with custom strings. `tips`: array of tip strings. `excludeDefault`: if `true`, only show custom tips; if `false` or absent, custom tips are merged with built-in tips | `{ "excludeDefault": true, "tips": ["Use our internal tool X"] }` |

180| `terminalProgressBarEnabled` | Enable the terminal progress bar that shows progress in supported terminals like Windows Terminal and iTerm2 (default: `true`) | `false` |

181| `prefersReducedMotion` | Reduce or disable UI animations (spinners, shimmer, flash effects) for accessibility | `true` |

182| `teammateMode` | How [agent team](/en/agent-teams) teammates display: `auto` (picks split panes in tmux or iTerm2, in-process otherwise), `in-process`, or `tmux`. See [set up agent teams](/en/agent-teams#set-up-agent-teams) | `"in-process"` |

161 183 

162### Permission settings184### Permission settings

163 185 

164| Keys | Description | Example |186| Keys | Description | Example |

165| :----------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | :--------------------------------------------------------------------- |187| :----------------------------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------------- |

166| `allow` | Array of [permission rules](/en/iam#configuring-permissions) to allow tool use. **Note:** Bash rules use prefix matching, not regex | `[ "Bash(git diff:*)" ]` |188| `allow` | Array of permission rules to allow tool use. See [Permission rule syntax](#permission-rule-syntax) below for pattern matching details | `[ "Bash(git diff *)" ]` |

167| `ask` | Array of [permission rules](/en/iam#configuring-permissions) to ask for confirmation upon tool use. | `[ "Bash(git push:*)" ]` |189| `ask` | Array of permission rules to ask for confirmation upon tool use. See [Permission rule syntax](#permission-rule-syntax) below | `[ "Bash(git push *)" ]` |

168| `deny` | Array of [permission rules](/en/iam#configuring-permissions) to deny tool use. Use this to also exclude sensitive files from Claude Code access. **Note:** Bash patterns are prefix matches and can be bypassed (see [Bash permission limitations](/en/iam#tool-specific-permission-rules)) | `[ "WebFetch", "Bash(curl:*)", "Read(./.env)", "Read(./secrets/**)" ]` |190| `deny` | Array of permission rules to deny tool use. Use this to exclude sensitive files from Claude Code access. See [Permission rule syntax](#permission-rule-syntax) and [Bash permission limitations](/en/permissions#tool-specific-permission-rules) | `[ "WebFetch", "Bash(curl *)", "Read(./.env)", "Read(./secrets/**)" ]` |

169| `additionalDirectories` | Additional [working directories](/en/iam#working-directories) that Claude has access to | `[ "../docs/" ]` |191| `additionalDirectories` | Additional [working directories](/en/permissions#working-directories) that Claude has access to | `[ "../docs/" ]` |

170| `defaultMode` | Default [permission mode](/en/iam#permission-modes) when opening Claude Code | `"acceptEdits"` |192| `defaultMode` | Default [permission mode](/en/permissions#permission-modes) when opening Claude Code | `"acceptEdits"` |

171| `disableBypassPermissionsMode` | Set to `"disable"` to prevent `bypassPermissions` mode from being activated. This disables the `--dangerously-skip-permissions` command-line flag. See [managed settings](/en/iam#enterprise-managed-settings) | `"disable"` |193| `disableBypassPermissionsMode` | Set to `"disable"` to prevent `bypassPermissions` mode from being activated. This disables the `--dangerously-skip-permissions` command-line flag. See [managed settings](/en/permissions#managed-settings) | `"disable"` |

194 

195### Permission rule syntax

196 

197Permission rules follow the format `Tool` or `Tool(specifier)`. Rules are evaluated in order: deny rules first, then ask, then allow. The first matching rule wins.

198 

199Quick examples:

200 

201| Rule | Effect |

202| :----------------------------- | :--------------------------------------- |

203| `Bash` | Matches all Bash commands |

204| `Bash(npm run *)` | Matches commands starting with `npm run` |

205| `Read(./.env)` | Matches reading the `.env` file |

206| `WebFetch(domain:example.com)` | Matches fetch requests to example.com |

207 

208For the complete rule syntax reference, including wildcard behavior, tool-specific patterns for Read, Edit, WebFetch, MCP, and Task rules, and security limitations of Bash patterns, see [Permission rule syntax](/en/permissions#permission-rule-syntax).

172 209 

173### Sandbox settings210### Sandbox settings

174 211 


177**Filesystem and network restrictions** are configured via Read, Edit, and WebFetch permission rules, not via these sandbox settings.214**Filesystem and network restrictions** are configured via Read, Edit, and WebFetch permission rules, not via these sandbox settings.

178 215 

179| Keys | Description | Example |216| Keys | Description | Example |

180| :-------------------------- | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------------ |217| :---------------------------- | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------------------ |

181| `enabled` | Enable bash sandboxing (macOS/Linux only). Default: false | `true` |218| `enabled` | Enable bash sandboxing (macOS, Linux, and WSL2). Default: false | `true` |

182| `autoAllowBashIfSandboxed` | Auto-approve bash commands when sandboxed. Default: true | `true` |219| `autoAllowBashIfSandboxed` | Auto-approve bash commands when sandboxed. Default: true | `true` |

183| `excludedCommands` | Commands that should run outside of the sandbox | `["git", "docker"]` |220| `excludedCommands` | Commands that should run outside of the sandbox | `["git", "docker"]` |

184| `allowUnsandboxedCommands` | Allow commands to run outside the sandbox via the `dangerouslyDisableSandbox` parameter. When set to `false`, the `dangerouslyDisableSandbox` escape hatch is completely disabled and all commands must run sandboxed (or be in `excludedCommands`). Useful for enterprise policies that require strict sandboxing. Default: true | `false` |221| `allowUnsandboxedCommands` | Allow commands to run outside the sandbox via the `dangerouslyDisableSandbox` parameter. When set to `false`, the `dangerouslyDisableSandbox` escape hatch is completely disabled and all commands must run sandboxed (or be in `excludedCommands`). Useful for enterprise policies that require strict sandboxing. Default: true | `false` |

185| `network.allowUnixSockets` | Unix socket paths accessible in sandbox (for SSH agents, etc.) | `["~/.ssh/agent-socket"]` |222| `network.allowUnixSockets` | Unix socket paths accessible in sandbox (for SSH agents, etc.) | `["~/.ssh/agent-socket"]` |

223| `network.allowAllUnixSockets` | Allow all Unix socket connections in sandbox. Default: false | `true` |

186| `network.allowLocalBinding` | Allow binding to localhost ports (macOS only). Default: false | `true` |224| `network.allowLocalBinding` | Allow binding to localhost ports (macOS only). Default: false | `true` |

225| `network.allowedDomains` | Array of domains to allow for outbound network traffic. Supports wildcards (e.g., `*.example.com`). | `["github.com", "*.npmjs.org"]` |

187| `network.httpProxyPort` | HTTP proxy port used if you wish to bring your own proxy. If not specified, Claude will run its own proxy. | `8080` |226| `network.httpProxyPort` | HTTP proxy port used if you wish to bring your own proxy. If not specified, Claude will run its own proxy. | `8080` |

188| `network.socksProxyPort` | SOCKS5 proxy port used if you wish to bring your own proxy. If not specified, Claude will run its own proxy. | `8081` |227| `network.socksProxyPort` | SOCKS5 proxy port used if you wish to bring your own proxy. If not specified, Claude will run its own proxy. | `8081` |

189| `enableWeakerNestedSandbox` | Enable weaker sandbox for unprivileged Docker environments (Linux only). **Reduces security.** Default: false | `true` |228| `enableWeakerNestedSandbox` | Enable weaker sandbox for unprivileged Docker environments (Linux and WSL2 only). **Reduces security.** Default: false | `true` |

190 229 

191**Configuration example:**230**Configuration example:**

192 231 


197 "autoAllowBashIfSandboxed": true,236 "autoAllowBashIfSandboxed": true,

198 "excludedCommands": ["docker"],237 "excludedCommands": ["docker"],

199 "network": {238 "network": {

239 "allowedDomains": ["github.com", "*.npmjs.org", "registry.yarnpkg.com"],

200 "allowUnixSockets": [240 "allowUnixSockets": [

201 "/var/run/docker.sock"241 "/var/run/docker.sock"

202 ],242 ],


236```276```

237🤖 Generated with [Claude Code](https://claude.com/claude-code)277🤖 Generated with [Claude Code](https://claude.com/claude-code)

238 278 

239 Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.5 <noreply@anthropic.com>279 Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>

240```280```

241 281 

242**Default pull request attribution:**282**Default pull request attribution:**


297 337 

298### Hook configuration338### Hook configuration

299 339 

300**Enterprise-only setting**: Controls which hooks are allowed to run. This setting can only be configured in [managed settings](#settings-files) and provides enterprise administrators with strict control over hook execution.340**Managed settings only**: Controls which hooks are allowed to run. This setting can only be configured in [managed settings](#settings-files) and provides administrators with strict control over hook execution.

301 341 

302**Behavior when `allowManagedHooksOnly` is `true`:**342**Behavior when `allowManagedHooksOnly` is `true`:**

303 343 


316 356 

317Settings apply in order of precedence. From highest to lowest:357Settings apply in order of precedence. From highest to lowest:

318 358 

3191. **Managed settings** (Enterprise)3591. **Managed settings** ([`managed-settings.json`](/en/permissions#managed-settings) or [server-managed settings](/en/server-managed-settings))

320 * Remote settings configured via the [Claude.ai admin console](https://claude.ai/admin-settings/claude-code)360 * Policies deployed by IT/DevOps to system directories, or delivered from Anthropic's servers for Claude for Enterprise customers

321 * Fetched automatically when users authenticate

322 * Cannot be overridden

323 

3242. **File-based managed settings** (`managed-settings.json`)

325 * Policies deployed by IT/DevOps to system directories

326 * Cannot be overridden by user or project settings361 * Cannot be overridden by user or project settings

327 * Ignored when remote managed settings are configured

328 362 

3293. **Command line arguments**3632. **Command line arguments**

330 * Temporary overrides for a specific session364 * Temporary overrides for a specific session

331 365 

3324. **Local project settings** (`.claude/settings.local.json`)3663. **Local project settings** (`.claude/settings.local.json`)

333 * Personal project-specific settings367 * Personal project-specific settings

334 368 

3355. **Shared project settings** (`.claude/settings.json`)3694. **Shared project settings** (`.claude/settings.json`)

336 * Team-shared project settings in source control370 * Team-shared project settings in source control

337 371 

3386. **User settings** (`~/.claude/settings.json`)3725. **User settings** (`~/.claude/settings.json`)

339 * Personal global settings373 * Personal global settings

340 374 

341This hierarchy ensures that enterprise security policies are always enforced while still allowing teams and individuals to customize their experience.375This hierarchy ensures that organizational policies are always enforced while still allowing teams and individuals to customize their experience.

342 376 

343For example, if your user settings allow `Bash(npm run:*)` but a project's shared settings deny it, the project setting takes precedence and the command is blocked.377For example, if your user settings allow `Bash(npm run *)` but a project's shared settings deny it, the project setting takes precedence and the command is blocked.

344 378 

345### Key points about the configuration system379### Key points about the configuration system

346 380 

347* **Memory files (`CLAUDE.md`)**: Contain instructions and context that Claude loads at startup381* **Memory files (`CLAUDE.md`)**: Contain instructions and context that Claude loads at startup

348* **Settings files (JSON)**: Configure permissions, environment variables, and tool behavior382* **Settings files (JSON)**: Configure permissions, environment variables, and tool behavior

349* **Slash commands**: Custom commands that can be invoked during a session with `/command-name`383* **Skills**: Custom prompts that can be invoked with `/skill-name` or loaded by Claude automatically

350* **MCP servers**: Extend Claude Code with additional tools and integrations384* **MCP servers**: Extend Claude Code with additional tools and integrations

351* **Precedence**: Higher-level configurations (Enterprise) override lower-level ones (User/Project)385* **Precedence**: Higher-level configurations (Managed) override lower-level ones (User/Project)

352* **Inheritance**: Settings are merged, with more specific settings adding to or overriding broader ones386* **Inheritance**: Settings are merged, with more specific settings adding to or overriding broader ones

353 387 

354### System prompt388### System prompt


373}407}

374```408```

375 409 

376This replaces the deprecated `ignorePatterns` configuration. Files matching these patterns will be completely invisible to Claude Code, preventing any accidental exposure of sensitive data.410This replaces the deprecated `ignorePatterns` configuration. Files matching these patterns are excluded from file discovery and search results, and read operations on these files are denied.

377 411 

378## Subagent configuration412## Subagent configuration

379 413 


386 420 

387## Plugin configuration421## Plugin configuration

388 422 

389Claude Code supports a plugin system that lets you extend functionality with custom commands, agents, hooks, and MCP servers. Plugins are distributed through marketplaces and can be configured at both user and repository levels.423Claude Code supports a plugin system that lets you extend functionality with skills, agents, hooks, and MCP servers. Plugins are distributed through marketplaces and can be configured at both user and repository levels.

390 424 

391### Plugin settings425### Plugin settings

392 426 


467* `github`: GitHub repository (uses `repo`)501* `github`: GitHub repository (uses `repo`)

468* `git`: Any git URL (uses `url`)502* `git`: Any git URL (uses `url`)

469* `directory`: Local filesystem path (uses `path`, for development only)503* `directory`: Local filesystem path (uses `path`, for development only)

504* `hostPattern`: regex pattern to match marketplace hosts (uses `hostPattern`)

470 505 

471#### `strictKnownMarketplaces`506#### `strictKnownMarketplaces`

472 507 

473**Enterprise-only setting**: Controls which plugin marketplaces users are allowed to add. This setting can only be configured in [`managed-settings.json`](/en/iam#enterprise-managed-settings) and provides enterprise administrators with strict control over marketplace sources.508**Managed settings only**: Controls which plugin marketplaces users are allowed to add. This setting can only be configured in [`managed-settings.json`](/en/permissions#managed-settings) and provides administrators with strict control over marketplace sources.

474 509 

475**Managed settings file locations**:510**Managed settings file locations**:

476 511 


480 515 

481**Key characteristics**:516**Key characteristics**:

482 517 

483* Only available in enterprise managed settings (`managed-settings.json`)518* Only available in managed settings (`managed-settings.json`)

484* Cannot be overridden by user or project settings (highest precedence)519* Cannot be overridden by user or project settings (highest precedence)

485* Enforced BEFORE network/filesystem operations (blocked sources never execute)520* Enforced BEFORE network/filesystem operations (blocked sources never execute)

486* Uses exact matching for source specifications (including `ref`, `path` for git sources)521* Uses exact matching for source specifications (including `ref`, `path` for git sources), except `hostPattern`, which uses regex matching

487 522 

488**Allowlist behavior**:523**Allowlist behavior**:

489 524 


493 528 

494**All supported source types**:529**All supported source types**:

495 530 

496The allowlist supports six marketplace source types. Each source must match exactly for a user's marketplace addition to be allowed.531The allowlist supports seven marketplace source types. Most sources use exact matching, while `hostPattern` uses regex matching against the marketplace host.

497 532 

4981. **GitHub repositories**:5331. **GitHub repositories**:

499 534 


524 559 

525Fields: `url` (required), `headers` (optional: HTTP headers for authenticated access)560Fields: `url` (required), `headers` (optional: HTTP headers for authenticated access)

526 561 

562<Note>

563 URL-based marketplaces only download the `marketplace.json` file. They do not download plugin files from the server. Plugins in URL-based marketplaces must use external sources (GitHub, npm, or git URLs) rather than relative paths. For plugins with relative paths, use a Git-based marketplace instead. See [Troubleshooting](/en/plugin-marketplaces#plugins-with-relative-paths-fail-in-url-based-marketplaces) for details.

564</Note>

565 

5274. **NPM packages**:5664. **NPM packages**:

528 567 

529```json theme={null}568```json theme={null}


551 590 

552Fields: `path` (required: absolute path to directory containing `.claude-plugin/marketplace.json`)591Fields: `path` (required: absolute path to directory containing `.claude-plugin/marketplace.json`)

553 592 

5937. **Host pattern matching**:

594 

595```json theme={null}

596{ "source": "hostPattern", "hostPattern": "^github\\.example\\.com$" }

597{ "source": "hostPattern", "hostPattern": "^gitlab\\.internal\\.example\\.com$" }

598```

599 

600Fields: `hostPattern` (required: regex pattern to match against the marketplace host)

601 

602Use host pattern matching when you want to allow all marketplaces from a specific host without enumerating each repository individually. This is useful for organizations with internal GitHub Enterprise or GitLab servers where developers create their own marketplaces.

603 

604Host extraction by source type:

605 

606* `github`: always matches against `github.com`

607* `git`: extracts hostname from the URL (supports both HTTPS and SSH formats)

608* `url`: extracts hostname from the URL

609* `npm`, `file`, `directory`: not supported for host pattern matching

610 

554**Configuration examples**:611**Configuration examples**:

555 612 

556Example - Allow specific marketplaces only:613Example: allow specific marketplaces only:

557 614 

558```json theme={null}615```json theme={null}

559{616{


587}644}

588```645```

589 646 

647Example: allow all marketplaces from an internal git server:

648 

649```json theme={null}

650{

651 "strictKnownMarketplaces": [

652 {

653 "source": "hostPattern",

654 "hostPattern": "^github\\.example\\.com$"

655 }

656 ]

657}

658```

659 

590**Exact matching requirements**:660**Exact matching requirements**:

591 661 

592Marketplace sources must match **exactly** for a user's addition to be allowed. For git-based sources (`github` and `git`), this includes all optional fields:662Marketplace sources must match **exactly** for a user's addition to be allowed. For git-based sources (`github` and `git`), this includes all optional fields:


611 681 

612| Aspect | `strictKnownMarketplaces` | `extraKnownMarketplaces` |682| Aspect | `strictKnownMarketplaces` | `extraKnownMarketplaces` |

613| --------------------- | ------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------ |683| --------------------- | ------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------ |

614| **Purpose** | Enterprise policy enforcement | Team convenience |684| **Purpose** | Organizational policy enforcement | Team convenience |

615| **Settings file** | `managed-settings.json` only | Any settings file |685| **Settings file** | `managed-settings.json` only | Any settings file |

616| **Behavior** | Blocks non-allowlisted additions | Auto-installs missing marketplaces |686| **Behavior** | Blocks non-allowlisted additions | Auto-installs missing marketplaces |

617| **When enforced** | Before network/filesystem operations | After user trust prompt |687| **When enforced** | Before network/filesystem operations | After user trust prompt |


646**Important notes**:716**Important notes**:

647 717 

648* Restrictions are checked BEFORE any network requests or filesystem operations718* Restrictions are checked BEFORE any network requests or filesystem operations

649* When blocked, users see clear error messages indicating the source is blocked by enterprise policy719* When blocked, users see clear error messages indicating the source is blocked by managed policy

650* The restriction applies only to adding NEW marketplaces; previously installed marketplaces remain accessible720* The restriction applies only to adding NEW marketplaces; previously installed marketplaces remain accessible

651* Enterprise managed settings have the highest precedence and cannot be overridden721* Managed settings have the highest precedence and cannot be overridden

652 722 

653See [Enterprise marketplace restrictions](/en/plugin-marketplaces#enterprise-marketplace-restrictions) for user-facing documentation.723See [Managed marketplace restrictions](/en/plugin-marketplaces#managed-marketplace-restrictions) for user-facing documentation.

654 724 

655### Managing plugins725### Managing plugins

656 726 


672 All environment variables can also be configured in [`settings.json`](#available-settings). This is useful as a way to automatically set environment variables for each session, or to roll out a set of environment variables for your whole team or organization.742 All environment variables can also be configured in [`settings.json`](#available-settings). This is useful as a way to automatically set environment variables for each session, or to roll out a set of environment variables for your whole team or organization.

673</Note>743</Note>

674 744 

675| Variable | Purpose |745| Variable | Purpose | |

676| :-------------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |746| :--------------------------------------------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --- |

677| `ANTHROPIC_API_KEY` | API key sent as `X-Api-Key` header, typically for the Claude SDK (for interactive usage, run `/login`) |747| `ANTHROPIC_API_KEY` | API key sent as `X-Api-Key` header, typically for the Claude SDK (for interactive usage, run `/login`) | |

678| `ANTHROPIC_AUTH_TOKEN` | Custom value for the `Authorization` header (the value you set here will be prefixed with `Bearer `) |748| `ANTHROPIC_AUTH_TOKEN` | Custom value for the `Authorization` header (the value you set here will be prefixed with `Bearer `) | |

679| `ANTHROPIC_CUSTOM_HEADERS` | Custom headers you want to add to the request (in `Name: Value` format) |749| `ANTHROPIC_CUSTOM_HEADERS` | Custom headers to add to requests (`Name: Value` format, newline-separated for multiple headers) | |

680| `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL` | See [Model configuration](/en/model-config#environment-variables) |750| `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL` | See [Model configuration](/en/model-config#environment-variables) | |

681| `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL` | See [Model configuration](/en/model-config#environment-variables) |751| `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL` | See [Model configuration](/en/model-config#environment-variables) | |

682| `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_SONNET_MODEL` | See [Model configuration](/en/model-config#environment-variables) |752| `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_SONNET_MODEL` | See [Model configuration](/en/model-config#environment-variables) | |

683| `ANTHROPIC_FOUNDRY_API_KEY` | API key for Microsoft Foundry authentication (see [Microsoft Foundry](/en/microsoft-foundry)) |753| `ANTHROPIC_FOUNDRY_API_KEY` | API key for Microsoft Foundry authentication (see [Microsoft Foundry](/en/microsoft-foundry)) | |

684| `ANTHROPIC_MODEL` | Name of the model setting to use (see [Model Configuration](/en/model-config#environment-variables)) |754| `ANTHROPIC_FOUNDRY_BASE_URL` | Full base URL for the Foundry resource (for example, `https://my-resource.services.ai.azure.com/anthropic`). Alternative to `ANTHROPIC_FOUNDRY_RESOURCE` (see [Microsoft Foundry](/en/microsoft-foundry)) | |

685| `ANTHROPIC_SMALL_FAST_MODEL` | \[DEPRECATED] Name of [Haiku-class model for background tasks](/en/costs) |755| `ANTHROPIC_FOUNDRY_RESOURCE` | Foundry resource name (for example, `my-resource`). Required if `ANTHROPIC_FOUNDRY_BASE_URL` is not set (see [Microsoft Foundry](/en/microsoft-foundry)) | |

686| `ANTHROPIC_SMALL_FAST_MODEL_AWS_REGION` | Override AWS region for the Haiku-class model when using Bedrock |756| `ANTHROPIC_MODEL` | Name of the model setting to use (see [Model Configuration](/en/model-config#environment-variables)) | |

687| `AWS_BEARER_TOKEN_BEDROCK` | Bedrock API key for authentication (see [Bedrock API keys](https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/machine-learning/accelerate-ai-development-with-amazon-bedrock-api-keys/)) |757| `ANTHROPIC_SMALL_FAST_MODEL` | \[DEPRECATED] Name of [Haiku-class model for background tasks](/en/costs) | |

688| `BASH_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT_MS` | Default timeout for long-running bash commands |758| `ANTHROPIC_SMALL_FAST_MODEL_AWS_REGION` | Override AWS region for the Haiku-class model when using Bedrock | |

689| `BASH_MAX_OUTPUT_LENGTH` | Maximum number of characters in bash outputs before they are middle-truncated |759| `AWS_BEARER_TOKEN_BEDROCK` | Bedrock API key for authentication (see [Bedrock API keys](https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/machine-learning/accelerate-ai-development-with-amazon-bedrock-api-keys/)) | |

690| `BASH_MAX_TIMEOUT_MS` | Maximum timeout the model can set for long-running bash commands |760| `BASH_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT_MS` | Default timeout for long-running bash commands | |

691| `CLAUDE_BASH_MAINTAIN_PROJECT_WORKING_DIR` | Return to the original working directory after each Bash command |761| `BASH_MAX_OUTPUT_LENGTH` | Maximum number of characters in bash outputs before they are middle-truncated | |

692| `CLAUDE_CODE_API_KEY_HELPER_TTL_MS` | Interval in milliseconds at which credentials should be refreshed (when using `apiKeyHelper`) |762| `BASH_MAX_TIMEOUT_MS` | Maximum timeout the model can set for long-running bash commands | |

693| `CLAUDE_CODE_CLIENT_CERT` | Path to client certificate file for mTLS authentication |763| `CLAUDE_AUTOCOMPACT_PCT_OVERRIDE` | Set the percentage of context capacity (1-100) at which auto-compaction triggers. By default, auto-compaction triggers at approximately 95% capacity. Use lower values like `50` to compact earlier. Values above the default threshold have no effect. Applies to both main conversations and subagents. This percentage aligns with the `context_window.used_percentage` field available in [status line](/en/statusline) | |

694| `CLAUDE_CODE_CLIENT_KEY_PASSPHRASE` | Passphrase for encrypted CLAUDE\_CODE\_CLIENT\_KEY (optional) |764| `CLAUDE_BASH_MAINTAIN_PROJECT_WORKING_DIR` | Return to the original working directory after each Bash command | |

695| `CLAUDE_CODE_CLIENT_KEY` | Path to client private key file for mTLS authentication |765| `CLAUDE_CODE_ADDITIONAL_DIRECTORIES_CLAUDE_MD` | Set to `1` to load CLAUDE.md files from directories specified with `--add-dir`. By default, additional directories do not load memory files | `1` |

696| `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_EXPERIMENTAL_BETAS` | Set to `1` to disable Anthropic API-specific `anthropic-beta` headers. Use this if experiencing issues like "Unexpected value(s) for the `anthropic-beta` header" when using an LLM gateway with third-party providers |766| `CLAUDE_CODE_API_KEY_HELPER_TTL_MS` | Interval in milliseconds at which credentials should be refreshed (when using `apiKeyHelper`) | |

697| `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_NONESSENTIAL_TRAFFIC` | Equivalent of setting `DISABLE_AUTOUPDATER`, `DISABLE_BUG_COMMAND`, `DISABLE_ERROR_REPORTING`, and `DISABLE_TELEMETRY` |767| `CLAUDE_CODE_CLIENT_CERT` | Path to client certificate file for mTLS authentication | |

698| `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_TERMINAL_TITLE` | Set to `1` to disable automatic terminal title updates based on conversation context |768| `CLAUDE_CODE_CLIENT_KEY` | Path to client private key file for mTLS authentication | |

699| `CLAUDE_CODE_IDE_SKIP_AUTO_INSTALL` | Skip auto-installation of IDE extensions |769| `CLAUDE_CODE_CLIENT_KEY_PASSPHRASE` | Passphrase for encrypted CLAUDE\_CODE\_CLIENT\_KEY (optional) | |

700| `CLAUDE_CODE_MAX_OUTPUT_TOKENS` | Set the maximum number of output tokens for most requests |770| `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_1M_CONTEXT` | Set to `1` to disable [1M context window](/en/model-config#extended-context) support. When set, 1M model variants are unavailable in the model picker. Useful for enterprise environments with compliance requirements | |

701| `CLAUDE_CODE_OTEL_HEADERS_HELPER_DEBOUNCE_MS` | Interval for refreshing dynamic OpenTelemetry headers in milliseconds (default: 1740000 / 29 minutes). See [Dynamic headers](/en/monitoring-usage#dynamic-headers) |771| `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_AUTO_MEMORY` | Set to `1` to disable [auto memory](/en/memory#auto-memory). Set to `0` to force auto memory on during the gradual rollout. When disabled, Claude does not create or load auto memory files | |

702| `CLAUDE_CODE_SHELL_PREFIX` | Command prefix to wrap all bash commands (for example, for logging or auditing). Example: `/path/to/logger.sh` will execute `/path/to/logger.sh <command>` |772| `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_BACKGROUND_TASKS` | Set to `1` to disable all background task functionality, including the `run_in_background` parameter on Bash and subagent tools, auto-backgrounding, and the Ctrl+B shortcut | |

703| `CLAUDE_CODE_SKIP_BEDROCK_AUTH` | Skip AWS authentication for Bedrock (for example, when using an LLM gateway) |773| `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_EXPERIMENTAL_BETAS` | Set to `1` to disable Anthropic API-specific `anthropic-beta` headers. Use this if experiencing issues like "Unexpected value(s) for the `anthropic-beta` header" when using an LLM gateway with third-party providers | |

704| `CLAUDE_CODE_SKIP_FOUNDRY_AUTH` | Skip Azure authentication for Microsoft Foundry (for example, when using an LLM gateway) |774| `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_FEEDBACK_SURVEY` | Set to `1` to disable the "How is Claude doing?" session quality surveys. Also disabled when using third-party providers or when telemetry is disabled. See [Session quality surveys](/en/data-usage#session-quality-surveys) | |

705| `CLAUDE_CODE_SKIP_VERTEX_AUTH` | Skip Google authentication for Vertex (for example, when using an LLM gateway) |775| `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_NONESSENTIAL_TRAFFIC` | Equivalent of setting `DISABLE_AUTOUPDATER`, `DISABLE_BUG_COMMAND`, `DISABLE_ERROR_REPORTING`, and `DISABLE_TELEMETRY` | |

706| `CLAUDE_CODE_SUBAGENT_MODEL` | See [Model configuration](/en/model-config) |776| `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_TERMINAL_TITLE` | Set to `1` to disable automatic terminal title updates based on conversation context | |

707| `CLAUDE_CODE_USE_BEDROCK` | Use [Bedrock](/en/amazon-bedrock) |777| `CLAUDE_CODE_EFFORT_LEVEL` | Set the effort level for supported models. Values: `low`, `medium`, `high` (default). Lower effort is faster and cheaper, higher effort provides deeper reasoning. Currently supported with Opus 4.6 only. See [Adjust effort level](/en/model-config#adjust-effort-level) | |

708| `CLAUDE_CODE_USE_FOUNDRY` | Use [Microsoft Foundry](/en/microsoft-foundry) |778| `CLAUDE_CODE_ENABLE_PROMPT_SUGGESTION` | Set to `false` to disable prompt suggestions (the "Prompt suggestions" toggle in `/config`). These are the grayed-out predictions that appear in your prompt input after Claude responds. See [Prompt suggestions](/en/interactive-mode#prompt-suggestions) | |

709| `CLAUDE_CODE_USE_VERTEX` | Use [Vertex](/en/google-vertex-ai) |779| `CLAUDE_CODE_ENABLE_TASKS` | Set to `false` to temporarily revert to the previous TODO list instead of the task tracking system. Default: `true`. See [Task list](/en/interactive-mode#task-list) | |

710| `CLAUDE_CONFIG_DIR` | Customize where Claude Code stores its configuration and data files |780| `CLAUDE_CODE_ENABLE_TELEMETRY` | Set to `1` to enable OpenTelemetry data collection for metrics and logging. Required before configuring OTel exporters. See [Monitoring](/en/monitoring-usage) | |

711| `DISABLE_AUTOUPDATER` | Set to `1` to disable automatic updates. |781| `CLAUDE_CODE_EXIT_AFTER_STOP_DELAY` | Time in milliseconds to wait after the query loop becomes idle before automatically exiting. Useful for automated workflows and scripts using SDK mode | |

712| `DISABLE_BUG_COMMAND` | Set to `1` to disable the `/bug` command |782| `CLAUDE_CODE_EXPERIMENTAL_AGENT_TEAMS` | Set to `1` to enable [agent teams](/en/agent-teams). Agent teams are experimental and disabled by default | |

713| `DISABLE_COST_WARNINGS` | Set to `1` to disable cost warning messages |783| `CLAUDE_CODE_FILE_READ_MAX_OUTPUT_TOKENS` | Override the default token limit for file reads. Useful when you need to read larger files in full | |

714| `DISABLE_ERROR_REPORTING` | Set to `1` to opt out of Sentry error reporting |784| `CLAUDE_CODE_HIDE_ACCOUNT_INFO` | Set to `1` to hide your email address and organization name from the Claude Code UI. Useful when streaming or recording | |

715| `DISABLE_NON_ESSENTIAL_MODEL_CALLS` | Set to `1` to disable model calls for non-critical paths like flavor text |785| `CLAUDE_CODE_IDE_SKIP_AUTO_INSTALL` | Skip auto-installation of IDE extensions | |

716| `DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING` | Set to `1` to disable prompt caching for all models (takes precedence over per-model settings) |786| `CLAUDE_CODE_MAX_OUTPUT_TOKENS` | Set the maximum number of output tokens for most requests. Default: 32,000. Maximum: 64,000. Increasing this value reduces the effective context window available before [auto-compaction](/en/costs#reduce-token-usage) triggers. | |

717| `DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING_HAIKU` | Set to `1` to disable prompt caching for Haiku models |787| `CLAUDE_CODE_OTEL_HEADERS_HELPER_DEBOUNCE_MS` | Interval for refreshing dynamic OpenTelemetry headers in milliseconds (default: 1740000 / 29 minutes). See [Dynamic headers](/en/monitoring-usage#dynamic-headers) | |

718| `DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING_OPUS` | Set to `1` to disable prompt caching for Opus models |788| `CLAUDE_CODE_PLAN_MODE_REQUIRED` | Auto-set to `true` on [agent team](/en/agent-teams) teammates that require plan approval. Read-only: set by Claude Code when spawning teammates. See [require plan approval](/en/agent-teams#require-plan-approval-for-teammates) | |

719| `DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING_SONNET` | Set to `1` to disable prompt caching for Sonnet models |789| `CLAUDE_CODE_PROXY_RESOLVES_HOSTS` | Set to `true` to allow the proxy to perform DNS resolution instead of the caller. Opt-in for environments where the proxy should handle hostname resolution | |

720| `DISABLE_TELEMETRY` | Set to `1` to opt out of Statsig telemetry (note that Statsig events do not include user data like code, file paths, or bash commands) |790| `CLAUDE_CODE_SHELL` | Override automatic shell detection. Useful when your login shell differs from your preferred working shell (for example, `bash` vs `zsh`) | |

721| `HTTP_PROXY` | Specify HTTP proxy server for network connections |791| `CLAUDE_CODE_SHELL_PREFIX` | Command prefix to wrap all bash commands (for example, for logging or auditing). Example: `/path/to/logger.sh` will execute `/path/to/logger.sh <command>` | |

722| `HTTPS_PROXY` | Specify HTTPS proxy server for network connections |792| `CLAUDE_CODE_SIMPLE` | Set to `1` to run with a minimal system prompt and only the Bash, file read, and file edit tools. Disables MCP tools, attachments, hooks, and CLAUDE.md files | |

723| `MAX_MCP_OUTPUT_TOKENS` | Maximum number of tokens allowed in MCP tool responses. Claude Code displays a warning when output exceeds 10,000 tokens (default: 25000) |793| `CLAUDE_CODE_SKIP_BEDROCK_AUTH` | Skip AWS authentication for Bedrock (for example, when using an LLM gateway) | |

724| `MAX_THINKING_TOKENS` | Enable [extended thinking](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/build-with-claude/extended-thinking) and set the token budget for the thinking process. Extended thinking improves performance on complex reasoning and coding tasks but impacts [prompt caching efficiency](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/build-with-claude/prompt-caching#caching-with-thinking-blocks). Disabled by default. |794| `CLAUDE_CODE_SKIP_FOUNDRY_AUTH` | Skip Azure authentication for Microsoft Foundry (for example, when using an LLM gateway) | |

725| `MCP_TIMEOUT` | Timeout in milliseconds for MCP server startup |795| `CLAUDE_CODE_SKIP_VERTEX_AUTH` | Skip Google authentication for Vertex (for example, when using an LLM gateway) | |

726| `MCP_TOOL_TIMEOUT` | Timeout in milliseconds for MCP tool execution |796| `CLAUDE_CODE_SUBAGENT_MODEL` | See [Model configuration](/en/model-config) | |

727| `NO_PROXY` | List of domains and IPs to which requests will be directly issued, bypassing proxy |797| `CLAUDE_CODE_TASK_LIST_ID` | Share a task list across sessions. Set the same ID in multiple Claude Code instances to coordinate on a shared task list. See [Task list](/en/interactive-mode#task-list) | |

728| `SLASH_COMMAND_TOOL_CHAR_BUDGET` | Maximum number of characters for slash command metadata shown to [SlashCommand tool](/en/slash-commands#slashcommand-tool) (default: 15000) |798| `CLAUDE_CODE_TEAM_NAME` | Name of the agent team this teammate belongs to. Set automatically on [agent team](/en/agent-teams) members | |

729| `USE_BUILTIN_RIPGREP` | Set to `0` to use system-installed `rg` instead of `rg` included with Claude Code |799| `CLAUDE_CODE_TMPDIR` | Override the temp directory used for internal temp files. Claude Code appends `/claude/` to this path. Default: `/tmp` on Unix/macOS, `os.tmpdir()` on Windows | |

730| `VERTEX_REGION_CLAUDE_3_5_HAIKU` | Override region for Claude 3.5 Haiku when using Vertex AI |800| `CLAUDE_CODE_USE_BEDROCK` | Use [Bedrock](/en/amazon-bedrock) | |

731| `VERTEX_REGION_CLAUDE_3_7_SONNET` | Override region for Claude 3.7 Sonnet when using Vertex AI |801| `CLAUDE_CODE_USE_FOUNDRY` | Use [Microsoft Foundry](/en/microsoft-foundry) | |

732| `VERTEX_REGION_CLAUDE_4_0_OPUS` | Override region for Claude 4.0 Opus when using Vertex AI |802| `CLAUDE_CODE_USE_VERTEX` | Use [Vertex](/en/google-vertex-ai) | |

733| `VERTEX_REGION_CLAUDE_4_0_SONNET` | Override region for Claude 4.0 Sonnet when using Vertex AI |803| `CLAUDE_CONFIG_DIR` | Customize where Claude Code stores its configuration and data files | |

734| `VERTEX_REGION_CLAUDE_4_1_OPUS` | Override region for Claude 4.1 Opus when using Vertex AI |804| `DISABLE_AUTOUPDATER` | Set to `1` to disable automatic updates. | |

805| `DISABLE_BUG_COMMAND` | Set to `1` to disable the `/bug` command | |

806| `DISABLE_COST_WARNINGS` | Set to `1` to disable cost warning messages | |

807| `DISABLE_ERROR_REPORTING` | Set to `1` to opt out of Sentry error reporting | |

808| `DISABLE_INSTALLATION_CHECKS` | Set to `1` to disable installation warnings. Use only when manually managing the installation location, as this can mask issues with standard installations | |

809| `DISABLE_NON_ESSENTIAL_MODEL_CALLS` | Set to `1` to disable model calls for non-critical paths like flavor text | |

810| `DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING` | Set to `1` to disable prompt caching for all models (takes precedence over per-model settings) | |

811| `DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING_HAIKU` | Set to `1` to disable prompt caching for Haiku models | |

812| `DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING_OPUS` | Set to `1` to disable prompt caching for Opus models | |

813| `DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING_SONNET` | Set to `1` to disable prompt caching for Sonnet models | |

814| `DISABLE_TELEMETRY` | Set to `1` to opt out of Statsig telemetry (note that Statsig events do not include user data like code, file paths, or bash commands) | |

815| `ENABLE_TOOL_SEARCH` | Controls [MCP tool search](/en/mcp#scale-with-mcp-tool-search). Values: `auto` (default, enables at 10% context), `auto:N` (custom threshold, e.g., `auto:5` for 5%), `true` (always on), `false` (disabled) | |

816| `FORCE_AUTOUPDATE_PLUGINS` | Set to `true` to force plugin auto-updates even when the main auto-updater is disabled via `DISABLE_AUTOUPDATER` | |

817| `HTTP_PROXY` | Specify HTTP proxy server for network connections | |

818| `HTTPS_PROXY` | Specify HTTPS proxy server for network connections | |

819| `IS_DEMO` | Set to `true` to enable demo mode: hides email and organization from the UI, skips onboarding, and hides internal commands. Useful for streaming or recording sessions | |

820| `MAX_MCP_OUTPUT_TOKENS` | Maximum number of tokens allowed in MCP tool responses. Claude Code displays a warning when output exceeds 10,000 tokens (default: 25000) | |

821| `MAX_THINKING_TOKENS` | Override the [extended thinking](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/build-with-claude/extended-thinking) token budget. Thinking is enabled at max budget (31,999 tokens) by default. Use this to limit the budget (for example, `MAX_THINKING_TOKENS=10000`) or disable thinking entirely (`MAX_THINKING_TOKENS=0`). For Opus 4.6, thinking depth is controlled by [effort level](/en/model-config#adjust-effort-level) instead, and this variable is ignored unless set to `0` to disable thinking. | |

822| `MCP_CLIENT_SECRET` | OAuth client secret for MCP servers that require [pre-configured credentials](/en/mcp#use-pre-configured-oauth-credentials). Avoids the interactive prompt when adding a server with `--client-secret` | |

823| `MCP_OAUTH_CALLBACK_PORT` | Fixed port for the OAuth redirect callback, as an alternative to `--callback-port` when adding an MCP server with [pre-configured credentials](/en/mcp#use-pre-configured-oauth-credentials) | |

824| `MCP_TIMEOUT` | Timeout in milliseconds for MCP server startup | |

825| `MCP_TOOL_TIMEOUT` | Timeout in milliseconds for MCP tool execution | |

826| `NO_PROXY` | List of domains and IPs to which requests will be directly issued, bypassing proxy | |

827| `SLASH_COMMAND_TOOL_CHAR_BUDGET` | Override the character budget for skill metadata shown to the [Skill tool](/en/skills#control-who-invokes-a-skill). The budget scales dynamically at 2% of the context window, with a fallback of 16,000 characters. Legacy name kept for backwards compatibility | |

828| `USE_BUILTIN_RIPGREP` | Set to `0` to use system-installed `rg` instead of `rg` included with Claude Code | |

829| `VERTEX_REGION_CLAUDE_3_5_HAIKU` | Override region for Claude 3.5 Haiku when using Vertex AI | |

830| `VERTEX_REGION_CLAUDE_3_7_SONNET` | Override region for Claude 3.7 Sonnet when using Vertex AI | |

831| `VERTEX_REGION_CLAUDE_4_0_OPUS` | Override region for Claude 4.0 Opus when using Vertex AI | |

832| `VERTEX_REGION_CLAUDE_4_0_SONNET` | Override region for Claude 4.0 Sonnet when using Vertex AI | |

833| `VERTEX_REGION_CLAUDE_4_1_OPUS` | Override region for Claude 4.1 Opus when using Vertex AI | |

735 834 

736## Tools available to Claude835## Tools available to Claude

737 836 

738Claude Code has access to a set of powerful tools that help it understand and modify your codebase:837Claude Code has access to a set of powerful tools that help it understand and modify your codebase:

739 838 

740| Tool | Description | Permission Required |839| Tool | Description | Permission Required |

741| :------------------ | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | :------------------ |840| :------------------ | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------ |

742| **AskUserQuestion** | Asks the user multiple choice questions to gather information or clarify ambiguity | No |841| **AskUserQuestion** | Asks multiple-choice questions to gather requirements or clarify ambiguity | No |

743| **Bash** | Executes shell commands in your environment (see [Bash tool behavior](#bash-tool-behavior) below) | Yes |842| **Bash** | Executes shell commands in your environment (see [Bash tool behavior](#bash-tool-behavior) below) | Yes |

744| **BashOutput** | Retrieves output from a background bash shell | No |843| **TaskOutput** | Retrieves output from a background task (bash shell or subagent) | No |

745| **Edit** | Makes targeted edits to specific files | Yes |844| **Edit** | Makes targeted edits to specific files | Yes |

746| **ExitPlanMode** | Prompts the user to exit plan mode and start coding | Yes |845| **ExitPlanMode** | Prompts the user to exit plan mode and start coding | Yes |

747| **Glob** | Finds files based on pattern matching | No |846| **Glob** | Finds files based on pattern matching | No |

748| **Grep** | Searches for patterns in file contents | No |847| **Grep** | Searches for patterns in file contents | No |

749| **KillShell** | Kills a running background bash shell by its ID | No |848| **KillShell** | Kills a running background bash shell by its ID | No |

849| **MCPSearch** | Searches for and loads MCP tools when [tool search](/en/mcp#scale-with-mcp-tool-search) is enabled | No |

750| **NotebookEdit** | Modifies Jupyter notebook cells | Yes |850| **NotebookEdit** | Modifies Jupyter notebook cells | Yes |

751| **Read** | Reads the contents of files | No |851| **Read** | Reads the contents of files | No |

752| **Skill** | Executes a skill within the main conversation | Yes |852| **Skill** | Executes a [skill](/en/skills#control-who-invokes-a-skill) within the main conversation | Yes |

753| **SlashCommand** | Runs a [custom slash command](/en/slash-commands#slashcommand-tool) | Yes |

754| **Task** | Runs a sub-agent to handle complex, multi-step tasks | No |853| **Task** | Runs a sub-agent to handle complex, multi-step tasks | No |

755| **TodoWrite** | Creates and manages structured task lists | No |854| **TaskCreate** | Creates a new task in the task list | No |

855| **TaskGet** | Retrieves full details for a specific task | No |

856| **TaskList** | Lists all tasks with their current status | No |

857| **TaskUpdate** | Updates task status, dependencies, details, or deletes tasks | No |

756| **WebFetch** | Fetches content from a specified URL | Yes |858| **WebFetch** | Fetches content from a specified URL | Yes |

757| **WebSearch** | Performs web searches with domain filtering | Yes |859| **WebSearch** | Performs web searches with domain filtering | Yes |

758| **Write** | Creates or overwrites files | Yes |860| **Write** | Creates or overwrites files | Yes |

861| **LSP** | Code intelligence via language servers. Reports type errors and warnings automatically after file edits. Also supports navigation operations: jump to definitions, find references, get type info, list symbols, find implementations, trace call hierarchies. Requires a [code intelligence plugin](/en/discover-plugins#code-intelligence) and its language server binary | No |

759 862 

760Permission rules can be configured using `/allowed-tools` or in [permission settings](/en/settings#available-settings). Also see [Tool-specific permission rules](/en/iam#tool-specific-permission-rules).863Permission rules can be configured using `/allowed-tools` or in [permission settings](/en/settings#available-settings). Also see [Tool-specific permission rules](/en/permissions#tool-specific-permission-rules).

761 864 

762### Bash tool behavior865### Bash tool behavior

763 866 


819 922 

820The hook writes to `$CLAUDE_ENV_FILE`, which is then sourced before each Bash command. This is ideal for team-shared project configurations.923The hook writes to `$CLAUDE_ENV_FILE`, which is then sourced before each Bash command. This is ideal for team-shared project configurations.

821 924 

822See [SessionStart hooks](/en/hooks#persisting-environment-variables) for more details on Option 3.925See [SessionStart hooks](/en/hooks#persist-environment-variables) for more details on Option 3.

823 926 

824### Extending tools with hooks927### Extending tools with hooks

825 928 


832 935 

833## See also936## See also

834 937 

835* [Identity and Access Management](/en/iam#configuring-permissions) - Learn about Claude Code's permission system938* [Permissions](/en/permissions): permission system, rule syntax, tool-specific patterns, and managed policies

836* [IAM and access control](/en/iam#enterprise-managed-settings) - Enterprise policy management939* [Authentication](/en/authentication): set up user access to Claude Code

837* [Troubleshooting](/en/troubleshooting#auto-updater-issues) - Solutions for common configuration issues940* [Troubleshooting](/en/troubleshooting): solutions for common configuration issues

838 

839 

840 

841> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

setup.md +153 −92

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Set up Claude Code5# Set up Claude Code

2 6 

3> Install, authenticate, and start using Claude Code on your development machine.7> Install, authenticate, and start using Claude Code on your development machine.

4 8 

5## System requirements9## System requirements

6 10 

7* **Operating Systems**: macOS 10.15+, Ubuntu 20.04+/Debian 10+, or Windows 10+ (with WSL 1, WSL 2, or Git for Windows)11* **Operating System**:

12 * macOS 13.0+

13 * Windows 10 1809+ or Windows Server 2019+ ([see setup notes](#platform-specific-setup))

14 * Ubuntu 20.04+

15 * Debian 10+

16 * Alpine Linux 3.19+ ([additional dependencies required](#platform-specific-setup))

8* **Hardware**: 4 GB+ RAM17* **Hardware**: 4 GB+ RAM

9* **Software**: [Node.js 18+](https://nodejs.org/en/download) (only required for npm installation)18* **Network**: Internet connection required (see [network configuration](/en/network-config#network-access-requirements))

10* **Network**: Internet connection required for authentication and AI processing19* **Shell**: Works best in Bash or Zsh

11* **Shell**: Works best in Bash, Zsh or Fish

12* **Location**: [Anthropic supported countries](https://www.anthropic.com/supported-countries)20* **Location**: [Anthropic supported countries](https://www.anthropic.com/supported-countries)

13 21 

14### Additional dependencies22### Additional dependencies

15 23 

16* **ripgrep**: Usually included with Claude Code. If search fails, see [search troubleshooting](/en/troubleshooting#search-and-discovery-issues).24* **ripgrep**: Usually included with Claude Code. If search fails, see [search troubleshooting](/en/troubleshooting#search-and-discovery-issues).

25* **[Node.js 18+](https://nodejs.org/en/download)**: Only required for [deprecated npm installation](#npm-installation-deprecated)

17 26 

18## Standard installation27## Installation

19 28 

20To install Claude Code, use one of the following methods:29To install Claude Code, use one of the following methods:

21 30 


38 ```batch theme={null}47 ```batch theme={null}

39 curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.cmd -o install.cmd && install.cmd && del install.cmd48 curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.cmd -o install.cmd && install.cmd && del install.cmd

40 ```49 ```

50 

51 <Info>

52 Native installations automatically update in the background to keep you on the latest version.

53 </Info>

41 </Tab>54 </Tab>

42 55 

43 <Tab title="Homebrew">56 <Tab title="Homebrew">

44 ```sh theme={null}57 ```sh theme={null}

45 brew install --cask claude-code58 brew install --cask claude-code

46 ```59 ```

47 </Tab>

48 60 

49 <Tab title="NPM">61 <Info>

50 If you have [Node.js 18 or newer installed](https://nodejs.org/en/download/):62 Homebrew installations do not auto-update. Run `brew upgrade claude-code` periodically to get the latest features and security fixes.

63 </Info>

64 </Tab>

51 65 

52 ```sh theme={null}66 <Tab title="WinGet">

53 npm install -g @anthropic-ai/claude-code67 ```powershell theme={null}

68 winget install Anthropic.ClaudeCode

54 ```69 ```

70 

71 <Info>

72 WinGet installations do not auto-update. Run `winget upgrade Anthropic.ClaudeCode` periodically to get the latest features and security fixes.

73 </Info>

55 </Tab>74 </Tab>

56</Tabs>75</Tabs>

57 76 

58<Note>

59 Some users may be automatically migrated to an improved installation method.

60</Note>

61 

62After the installation process completes, navigate to your project and start Claude Code:77After the installation process completes, navigate to your project and start Claude Code:

63 78 

64```bash theme={null}79```bash theme={null}


66claude81claude

67```82```

68 83 

69Claude Code offers the following authentication options:84If you encounter any issues during installation, consult the [troubleshooting guide](/en/troubleshooting).

70 85 

711. **Claude Console**: The default option. Connect through the Claude Console and complete the OAuth process. Requires active billing in the [Anthropic console](https://console.anthropic.com). A "Claude Code" workspace is automatically created for usage tracking and cost management. You can't create API keys for the Claude Code workspace; it's dedicated exclusively for Claude Code usage.86<Tip>

722. **Claude App (with Pro or Max plan)**: Subscribe to Claude's [Pro or Max plan](https://claude.com/pricing) for a unified subscription that includes both Claude Code and the web interface. Get more value at the same price point while managing your account in one place. Log in with your Claude.ai account. During launch, choose the option that matches your subscription type.87 Run `claude doctor` after installation to check your installation type and version.

733. **Enterprise platforms**: Configure Claude Code to use [Amazon Bedrock, Google Vertex AI, or Microsoft Foundry](/en/third-party-integrations) for enterprise deployments with your existing cloud infrastructure.88</Tip>

74 

75<Note>

76 Claude Code securely stores your credentials. See [Credential Management](/en/iam#credential-management) for details.

77</Note>

78 

79## Windows setup

80 

81**Option 1: Claude Code within WSL**

82 

83* Both WSL 1 and WSL 2 are supported

84 89 

85**Option 2: Claude Code on native Windows with Git Bash**90### Platform-specific setup

86 91 

87* Requires [Git for Windows](https://git-scm.com/downloads/win)92**Windows**: Run Claude Code natively (requires [Git Bash](https://git-scm.com/downloads/win)) or inside WSL. Both WSL 1 and WSL 2 are supported, but WSL 1 has limited support and does not support features like Bash tool sandboxing.

88* For portable Git installations, specify the path to your `bash.exe`:

89 ```powershell theme={null}

90 $env:CLAUDE_CODE_GIT_BASH_PATH="C:\Program Files\Git\bin\bash.exe"

91 ```

92 93 

93## Alternative installation methods94**Alpine Linux and other musl/uClibc-based distributions**:

94 95 

95Claude Code offers multiple installation methods to suit different environments.96The native installer on Alpine and other musl/uClibc-based distributions requires `libgcc`, `libstdc++`, and `ripgrep`. Install these using your distribution's package manager, then set `USE_BUILTIN_RIPGREP=0`.

96 97 

97If you encounter any issues during installation, consult the [troubleshooting guide](/en/troubleshooting#linux-permission-issues).98On Alpine:

98 99 

99<Tip>100```bash theme={null}

100 Run `claude doctor` after installation to check your installation type and version.101apk add libgcc libstdc++ ripgrep

101</Tip>102```

102 103 

103### Native installation options104### Authentication

104 105 

105The native installation is the recommended method and offers several benefits:106#### For individuals

106 107 

107* One self-contained executable1081. **Claude Pro or Max plan** (recommended): Subscribe to Claude's [Pro or Max plan](https://claude.ai/pricing) for a unified subscription that includes both Claude Code and Claude on the web. Manage your account in one place and log in with your Claude.ai account.

108* No Node.js dependency1092. **Claude Console**: Connect through the [Claude Console](https://console.anthropic.com) and complete the OAuth process. Requires active billing in the Anthropic Console. A "Claude Code" workspace is automatically created for usage tracking and cost management. You can't create API keys for the Claude Code workspace; it's dedicated exclusively for Claude Code usage.

109* Improved auto-updater stability

110 110 

111If you have an existing installation of Claude Code, use `claude install` to migrate to the native binary installation.111#### For teams and organizations

112 112 

113For advanced installation options with the native installer:1131. **Claude for Teams or Enterprise** (recommended): Subscribe to [Claude for Teams](https://claude.com/pricing#team-&-enterprise) or [Claude for Enterprise](https://anthropic.com/contact-sales) for centralized billing, team management, and access to both Claude Code and Claude on the web. Team members log in with their Claude.ai accounts.

1142. **Claude Console with team billing**: Set up a shared [Claude Console](https://console.anthropic.com) organization with team billing. Invite team members and assign roles for usage tracking.

1153. **Cloud providers**: Configure Claude Code to use [Amazon Bedrock, Google Vertex AI, or Microsoft Foundry](/en/third-party-integrations) for deployments with your existing cloud infrastructure.

114 116 

115**macOS, Linux, WSL:**117### Install a specific version

116 118 

117```bash theme={null}119The native installer accepts either a specific version number or a release channel (`latest` or `stable`). The channel you choose at install time becomes your default for auto-updates. See [Configure release channel](#configure-release-channel) for more information.

118# Install stable version (default)

119curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.sh | bash

120 120 

121# Install latest version121To install the latest version (default):

122curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.sh | bash -s latest

123 122 

124# Install specific version number123<Tabs>

125curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.sh | bash -s 1.0.58124 <Tab title="macOS, Linux, WSL">

126```125 ```bash theme={null}

126 curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.sh | bash

127 ```

128 </Tab>

127 129 

128<Note>130 <Tab title="Windows PowerShell">

129 **Alpine Linux and other musl/uClibc-based distributions**: The native build requires `libgcc`, `libstdc++`, and `ripgrep`. For Alpine: `apk add libgcc libstdc++ ripgrep`. Set `USE_BUILTIN_RIPGREP=0`.131 ```powershell theme={null}

130</Note>132 irm https://claude.ai/install.ps1 | iex

133 ```

134 </Tab>

131 135 

132**Windows PowerShell:**136 <Tab title="Windows CMD">

137 ```batch theme={null}

138 curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.cmd -o install.cmd && install.cmd && del install.cmd

139 ```

140 </Tab>

141</Tabs>

133 142 

134```powershell theme={null}143To install the stable version:

135# Install stable version (default)

136irm https://claude.ai/install.ps1 | iex

137 144 

138# Install latest version145<Tabs>

139& ([scriptblock]::Create((irm https://claude.ai/install.ps1))) latest146 <Tab title="macOS, Linux, WSL">

147 ```bash theme={null}

148 curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.sh | bash -s stable

149 ```

150 </Tab>

140 151 

141# Install specific version number152 <Tab title="Windows PowerShell">

142& ([scriptblock]::Create((irm https://claude.ai/install.ps1))) 1.0.58153 ```powershell theme={null}

143```154 & ([scriptblock]::Create((irm https://claude.ai/install.ps1))) stable

155 ```

156 </Tab>

144 157 

145**Windows CMD:**158 <Tab title="Windows CMD">

159 ```batch theme={null}

160 curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.cmd -o install.cmd && install.cmd stable && del install.cmd

161 ```

162 </Tab>

163</Tabs>

146 164 

147```batch theme={null}165To install a specific version number:

148REM Install stable version (default)

149curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.cmd -o install.cmd && install.cmd && del install.cmd

150 166 

151REM Install latest version167<Tabs>

152curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.cmd -o install.cmd && install.cmd latest && del install.cmd168 <Tab title="macOS, Linux, WSL">

169 ```bash theme={null}

170 curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.sh | bash -s 1.0.58

171 ```

172 </Tab>

153 173 

154REM Install specific version number174 <Tab title="Windows PowerShell">

155curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.cmd -o install.cmd && install.cmd 1.0.58 && del install.cmd175 ```powershell theme={null}

156```176 & ([scriptblock]::Create((irm https://claude.ai/install.ps1))) 1.0.58

177 ```

178 </Tab>

157 179 

158<Tip>180 <Tab title="Windows CMD">

159 Make sure that you remove any outdated aliases or symlinks before installing.181 ```batch theme={null}

160</Tip>182 curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.cmd -o install.cmd && install.cmd 1.0.58 && del install.cmd

183 ```

184 </Tab>

185</Tabs>

161 186 

162**Binary integrity and code signing**187### Binary integrity and code signing

163 188 

164* SHA256 checksums for all platforms are published in the release manifests, currently located at `https://storage.googleapis.com/claude-code-dist-86c565f3-f756-42ad-8dfa-d59b1c096819/claude-code-releases/{VERSION}/manifest.json` (example: replace `{VERSION}` with `2.0.30`)189* SHA256 checksums for all platforms are published in the release manifests, currently located at `https://storage.googleapis.com/claude-code-dist-86c565f3-f756-42ad-8dfa-d59b1c096819/claude-code-releases/{VERSION}/manifest.json` (example: replace `{VERSION}` with `2.0.30`)

165* Signed binaries are distributed for the following platforms:190* Signed binaries are distributed for the following platforms:

166 * macOS: Signed by "Anthropic PBC" and notarized by Apple191 * macOS: Signed by "Anthropic PBC" and notarized by Apple

167 * Windows: Signed by "Anthropic, PBC"192 * Windows: Signed by "Anthropic, PBC"

168 193 

169### NPM installation194## NPM installation (deprecated)

195 

196NPM installation is deprecated. Use the [native installation](#installation) method when possible. To migrate an existing npm installation to native, run `claude install`.

170 197 

171For environments where NPM is preferred or required:198**Global npm installation**

172 199 

173```sh theme={null}200```sh theme={null}

174npm install -g @anthropic-ai/claude-code201npm install -g @anthropic-ai/claude-code


176 203 

177<Warning>204<Warning>

178 Do NOT use `sudo npm install -g` as this can lead to permission issues and security risks.205 Do NOT use `sudo npm install -g` as this can lead to permission issues and security risks.

179 If you encounter permission errors, see [configure Claude Code](/en/troubleshooting#linux-permission-issues) for recommended solutions.206 If you encounter permission errors, see [troubleshooting permission errors](/en/troubleshooting#command-not-found-claude-or-permission-errors) for recommended solutions.

180</Warning>207</Warning>

181 208 

182## Running on AWS or GCP209## Windows setup

210 

211**Option 1: Claude Code within WSL**

183 212 

184By default, Claude Code uses the Claude API.213* Both WSL 1 and WSL 2 are supported

214* WSL 2 supports [sandboxing](/en/sandboxing) for enhanced security. WSL 1 does not support sandboxing.

185 215 

186For details on running Claude Code on AWS or GCP, see [third-party integrations](/en/third-party-integrations).216**Option 2: Claude Code on native Windows with Git Bash**

217 

218* Requires [Git for Windows](https://git-scm.com/downloads/win)

219* For portable Git installations, specify the path to your `bash.exe`:

220 ```powershell theme={null}

221 $env:CLAUDE_CODE_GIT_BASH_PATH="C:\Program Files\Git\bin\bash.exe"

222 ```

187 223 

188## Update Claude Code224## Update Claude Code

189 225 


196* **Notifications**: You'll see a notification when updates are installed232* **Notifications**: You'll see a notification when updates are installed

197* **Applying updates**: Updates take effect the next time you start Claude Code233* **Applying updates**: Updates take effect the next time you start Claude Code

198 234 

199**Disable auto-updates:**235<Note>

236 Homebrew and WinGet installations do not auto-update. Use `brew upgrade claude-code` or `winget upgrade Anthropic.ClaudeCode` to update manually.

237 

238 **Known issue:** Claude Code may notify you of updates before the new version is available in these package managers. If an upgrade fails, wait and try again later.

239</Note>

240 

241### Configure release channel

242 

243Configure which release channel Claude Code follows for both auto-updates and `claude update` with the `autoUpdatesChannel` setting:

244 

245* `"latest"` (default): Receive new features as soon as they're released

246* `"stable"`: Use a version that is typically about one week old, skipping releases with major regressions

247 

248Configure this via `/config` → **Auto-update channel**, or add it to your [settings.json file](/en/settings):

249 

250```json theme={null}

251{

252 "autoUpdatesChannel": "stable"

253}

254```

255 

256For enterprise deployments, you can enforce a consistent release channel across your organization using [managed settings](/en/permissions#managed-settings).

257 

258### Disable auto-updates

200 259 

201Set the `DISABLE_AUTOUPDATER` environment variable in your shell or [settings.json file](/en/settings):260Set the `DISABLE_AUTOUPDATER` environment variable in your shell or [settings.json file](/en/settings):

202 261 


245brew uninstall --cask claude-code304brew uninstall --cask claude-code

246```305```

247 306 

307### WinGet installation

308 

309```powershell theme={null}

310winget uninstall Anthropic.ClaudeCode

311```

312 

248### NPM installation313### NPM installation

249 314 

250```bash theme={null}315```bash theme={null}


294rmdir /s /q ".claude"359rmdir /s /q ".claude"

295del ".mcp.json"360del ".mcp.json"

296```361```

297 

298 

299 

300> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

skills.md +478 −278

Details

1# Agent Skills1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

2 4 

3> Create, manage, and share Skills to extend Claude's capabilities in Claude Code.5# Extend Claude with skills

4 6 

5This guide shows you how to create, use, and manage Agent Skills in Claude Code. For background on how Skills work across Claude products, see [What are Skills?](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/agents-and-tools/agent-skills/overview).7> Create, manage, and share skills to extend Claude's capabilities in Claude Code. Includes custom slash commands.

6 8 

7A Skill is a markdown file that teaches Claude how to do something specific: reviewing PRs using your team's standards, generating commit messages in your preferred format, or querying your company's database schema. When you ask Claude something that matches a Skill's purpose, Claude automatically applies it.9Skills extend what Claude can do. Create a `SKILL.md` file with instructions, and Claude adds it to its toolkit. Claude uses skills when relevant, or you can invoke one directly with `/skill-name`.

8 10 

9## Create your first Skill11<Note>

12 For built-in commands like `/help` and `/compact`, see [interactive mode](/en/interactive-mode#built-in-commands).

10 13 

11This example creates a personal Skill that teaches Claude to explain code using visual diagrams and analogies. Unlike Claude's default explanations, this Skill ensures every explanation includes an ASCII diagram and a real-world analogy.14 **Custom slash commands have been merged into skills.** A file at `.claude/commands/review.md` and a skill at `.claude/skills/review/SKILL.md` both create `/review` and work the same way. Your existing `.claude/commands/` files keep working. Skills add optional features: a directory for supporting files, frontmatter to [control whether you or Claude invokes them](#control-who-invokes-a-skill), and the ability for Claude to load them automatically when relevant.

15</Note>

12 16 

13<Steps>17Claude Code skills follow the [Agent Skills](https://agentskills.io) open standard, which works across multiple AI tools. Claude Code extends the standard with additional features like [invocation control](#control-who-invokes-a-skill), [subagent execution](#run-skills-in-a-subagent), and [dynamic context injection](#inject-dynamic-context).

14 <Step title="Check available Skills">

15 Before creating a Skill, see what Skills Claude already has access to:

16 18 

17 ```19## Getting started

18 What Skills are available?

19 ```

20 20 

21 Claude will list any Skills currently loaded. You may see none, or you may see Skills from plugins or your organization.21### Create your first skill

22 </Step>

23 22 

24 <Step title="Create the Skill directory">23This example creates a skill that teaches Claude to explain code using visual diagrams and analogies. Since it uses default frontmatter, Claude can load it automatically when you ask how something works, or you can invoke it directly with `/explain-code`.

25 Create a directory for the Skill in your personal Skills folder. Personal Skills are available across all your projects. (You can also create [project Skills](#where-skills-live) in `.claude/skills/` to share with your team.)24 

25<Steps>

26 <Step title="Create the skill directory">

27 Create a directory for the skill in your personal skills folder. Personal skills are available across all your projects.

26 28 

27 ```bash theme={null}29 ```bash theme={null}

28 mkdir -p ~/.claude/skills/explaining-code30 mkdir -p ~/.claude/skills/explain-code

29 ```31 ```

30 </Step>32 </Step>

31 33 

32 <Step title="Write SKILL.md">34 <Step title="Write SKILL.md">

33 Every Skill needs a `SKILL.md` file. The file starts with YAML metadata between `---` markers and must include a `name` and `description`, followed by Markdown instructions that Claude follows when the Skill is active.35 Every skill needs a `SKILL.md` file with two parts: YAML frontmatter (between `---` markers) that tells Claude when to use the skill, and markdown content with instructions Claude follows when the skill is invoked. The `name` field becomes the `/slash-command`, and the `description` helps Claude decide when to load it automatically.

34 36 

35 The `description` is especially important, because Claude uses it to decide when to apply the Skill.37 Create `~/.claude/skills/explain-code/SKILL.md`:

36 

37 Create `~/.claude/skills/explaining-code/SKILL.md`:

38 38 

39 ```yaml theme={null}39 ```yaml theme={null}

40 ---40 ---

41 name: explaining-code41 name: explain-code

42 description: Explains code with visual diagrams and analogies. Use when explaining how code works, teaching about a codebase, or when the user asks "how does this work?"42 description: Explains code with visual diagrams and analogies. Use when explaining how code works, teaching about a codebase, or when the user asks "how does this work?"

43 ---43 ---

44 44 


53 ```53 ```

54 </Step>54 </Step>

55 55 

56 <Step title="Load and verify the Skill">56 <Step title="Test the skill">

57 Exit and restart Claude Code to load the new Skill. Then verify it appears in the list:57 You can test it two ways:

58 

59 **Let Claude invoke it automatically** by asking something that matches the description:

58 60 

59 ```61 ```

60 What Skills are available?62 How does this code work?

61 ```63 ```

62 64 

63 You should see `explaining-code` in the list with its description.65 **Or invoke it directly** with the skill name:

64 </Step>

65 

66 <Step title="Test the Skill">

67 Open any file in your project and ask Claude a question that matches the Skill's description:

68 66 

69 ```67 ```

70 How does this code work?68 /explain-code src/auth/login.ts

71 ```69 ```

72 70 

73 Claude should ask to use the `explaining-code` Skill, then include an analogy and ASCII diagram in its explanation. If the Skill doesn't trigger, try rephrasing to include more keywords from the description, like "explain how this works."71 Either way, Claude should include an analogy and ASCII diagram in its explanation.

74 </Step>72 </Step>

75</Steps>73</Steps>

76 74 

77The rest of this guide covers how Skills work, configuration options, and troubleshooting.75### Where skills live

78 

79## How Skills work

80 

81Skills are **model-invoked**: Claude decides which Skills to use based on your request. You don't need to explicitly call a Skill. Claude automatically applies relevant Skills when your request matches their description.

82 76 

83When you send a request, Claude follows these steps to find and use relevant Skills:77Where you store a skill determines who can use it:

84 78 

85<Steps>79| Location | Path | Applies to |

86 <Step title="Discovery">80| :--------- | :------------------------------------------------------- | :----------------------------- |

87 At startup, Claude loads only the name and description of each available Skill. This keeps startup fast while giving Claude enough context to know when each Skill might be relevant.81| Enterprise | See [managed settings](/en/permissions#managed-settings) | All users in your organization |

88 </Step>82| Personal | `~/.claude/skills/<skill-name>/SKILL.md` | All your projects |

89 83| Project | `.claude/skills/<skill-name>/SKILL.md` | This project only |

90 <Step title="Activation">84| Plugin | `<plugin>/skills/<skill-name>/SKILL.md` | Where plugin is enabled |

91 When your request matches a Skill's description, Claude asks to use the Skill. You'll see a confirmation prompt before the full `SKILL.md` is loaded into context. Claude matches requests against descriptions using semantic similarity, so [write descriptions](#skill-not-triggering) that include keywords users would naturally say.

92 </Step>

93 

94 <Step title="Execution">

95 Claude follows the Skill's instructions, loading referenced files or running bundled scripts as needed.

96 </Step>

97</Steps>

98 85 

99### Where Skills live86When skills share the same name across levels, higher-priority locations win: enterprise > personal > project. Plugin skills use a `plugin-name:skill-name` namespace, so they cannot conflict with other levels. If you have files in `.claude/commands/`, those work the same way, but if a skill and a command share the same name, the skill takes precedence.

100 87 

101Where you store a Skill determines who can use it:88#### Automatic discovery from nested directories

102 89 

103| Location | Path | Applies to |90When you work with files in subdirectories, Claude Code automatically discovers skills from nested `.claude/skills/` directories. For example, if you're editing a file in `packages/frontend/`, Claude Code also looks for skills in `packages/frontend/.claude/skills/`. This supports monorepo setups where packages have their own skills.

104| :--------- | :---------------------------------------------------------- | :-------------------------------- |

105| Enterprise | See [managed settings](/en/iam#enterprise-managed-settings) | All users in your organization |

106| Personal | `~/.claude/skills/` | You, across all projects |

107| Project | `.claude/skills/` | Anyone working in this repository |

108| Plugin | Bundled with [plugins](/en/plugins) | Anyone with the plugin installed |

109 91 

110If two Skills have the same name, the higher row wins: enterprise overrides personal, personal overrides project, and project overrides plugin.92Each skill is a directory with `SKILL.md` as the entrypoint:

111 93 

112### When to use Skills versus other options94```

95my-skill/

96├── SKILL.md # Main instructions (required)

97├── template.md # Template for Claude to fill in

98├── examples/

99│ └── sample.md # Example output showing expected format

100└── scripts/

101 └── validate.sh # Script Claude can execute

102```

113 103 

114Claude Code offers several ways to customize behavior. The key difference: **Skills are triggered automatically by Claude** based on your request, while slash commands require you to type `/command` explicitly.104The `SKILL.md` contains the main instructions and is required. Other files are optional and let you build more powerful skills: templates for Claude to fill in, example outputs showing the expected format, scripts Claude can execute, or detailed reference documentation. Reference these files from your `SKILL.md` so Claude knows what they contain and when to load them. See [Add supporting files](#add-supporting-files) for more details.

115 105 

116| Use this | When you want to... | When it runs |106<Note>

117| :--------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :----------------------------------------- |107 Files in `.claude/commands/` still work and support the same [frontmatter](#frontmatter-reference). Skills are recommended since they support additional features like supporting files.

118| **Skills** | Give Claude specialized knowledge (e.g., "review PRs using our standards") | Claude chooses when relevant |108</Note>

119| **[Slash commands](/en/slash-commands)** | Create reusable prompts (e.g., `/deploy staging`) | You type `/command` to run it |

120| **[CLAUDE.md](/en/memory)** | Set project-wide instructions (e.g., "use TypeScript strict mode") | Loaded into every conversation |

121| **[Subagents](/en/sub-agents)** | Delegate tasks to a separate context with its own tools | Claude delegates, or you invoke explicitly |

122| **[Hooks](/en/hooks)** | Run scripts on events (e.g., lint on file save) | Fires on specific tool events |

123| **[MCP servers](/en/mcp)** | Connect Claude to external tools and data sources | Claude calls MCP tools as needed |

124 109 

125**Skills vs. subagents**: Skills add knowledge to the current conversation. Subagents run in a separate context with their own tools. Use Skills for guidance and standards; use subagents when you need isolation or different tool access.110#### Skills from additional directories

126 111 

127**Skills vs. MCP**: Skills tell Claude *how* to use tools; MCP *provides* the tools. For example, an MCP server connects Claude to your database, while a Skill teaches Claude your data model and query patterns.112Skills defined in `.claude/skills/` within directories added via `--add-dir` are loaded automatically and picked up by live change detection, so you can edit them during a session without restarting.

128 113 

129<Note>114<Note>

130 For a deep dive into the architecture and real-world applications of Agent Skills, read [Equipping agents for the real world with Agent Skills](https://www.anthropic.com/engineering/equipping-agents-for-the-real-world-with-agent-skills).115 CLAUDE.md files from `--add-dir` directories are not loaded by default. To load them, set `CLAUDE_CODE_ADDITIONAL_DIRECTORIES_CLAUDE_MD=1`. See [Load memory from additional directories](/en/memory#load-memory-from-additional-directories).

131</Note>116</Note>

132 117 

133## Configure Skills118## Configure skills

119 

120Skills are configured through YAML frontmatter at the top of `SKILL.md` and the markdown content that follows.

134 121 

135This section covers Skill file structure, supporting files, tool restrictions, and distribution options.122### Types of skill content

136 123 

137### Write SKILL.md124Skill files can contain any instructions, but thinking about how you want to invoke them helps guide what to include:

138 125 

139The `SKILL.md` file is the only required file in a Skill. It has two parts: YAML metadata (the section between `---` markers) at the top, and Markdown instructions that tell Claude how to use the Skill:126**Reference content** adds knowledge Claude applies to your current work. Conventions, patterns, style guides, domain knowledge. This content runs inline so Claude can use it alongside your conversation context.

140 127 

141```yaml theme={null}128```yaml theme={null}

142---129---

143name: your-skill-name130name: api-conventions

144description: Brief description of what this Skill does and when to use it131description: API design patterns for this codebase

145---132---

146 133 

147# Your Skill Name134When writing API endpoints:

135- Use RESTful naming conventions

136- Return consistent error formats

137- Include request validation

138```

139 

140**Task content** gives Claude step-by-step instructions for a specific action, like deployments, commits, or code generation. These are often actions you want to invoke directly with `/skill-name` rather than letting Claude decide when to run them. Add `disable-model-invocation: true` to prevent Claude from triggering it automatically.

148 141 

149## Instructions142```yaml theme={null}

150Provide clear, step-by-step guidance for Claude.143---

144name: deploy

145description: Deploy the application to production

146context: fork

147disable-model-invocation: true

148---

151 149 

152## Examples150Deploy the application:

153Show concrete examples of using this Skill.1511. Run the test suite

1522. Build the application

1533. Push to the deployment target

154```154```

155 155 

156#### Available metadata fields156Your `SKILL.md` can contain anything, but thinking through how you want the skill invoked (by you, by Claude, or both) and where you want it to run (inline or in a subagent) helps guide what to include. For complex skills, you can also [add supporting files](#add-supporting-files) to keep the main skill focused.

157 157 

158You can use the following fields in the YAML frontmatter:158### Frontmatter reference

159 159 

160| Field | Required | Description |160Beyond the markdown content, you can configure skill behavior using YAML frontmatter fields between `---` markers at the top of your `SKILL.md` file:

161| :-------------- | :------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

162| `name` | Yes | Skill name. Must use lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only (max 64 characters). Should match the directory name. |

163| `description` | Yes | What the Skill does and when to use it (max 1024 characters). Claude uses this to decide when to apply the Skill. |

164| `allowed-tools` | No | Tools Claude can use without asking permission when this Skill is active. See [Restrict tool access](#restrict-tool-access-with-allowed-tools). |

165| `model` | No | [Model](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/about-claude/models/overview) to use when this Skill is active (e.g., `claude-sonnet-4-20250514`). Defaults to the conversation's model. |

166 161 

167See the [best practices guide](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/agents-and-tools/agent-skills/best-practices) for complete authoring guidance including validation rules.162```yaml theme={null}

163---

164name: my-skill

165description: What this skill does

166disable-model-invocation: true

167allowed-tools: Read, Grep

168---

168 169 

169### Update or delete a Skill170Your skill instructions here...

171```

170 172 

171To update a Skill, edit its `SKILL.md` file directly. To remove a Skill, delete its directory. Exit and restart Claude Code for changes to take effect.173All fields are optional. Only `description` is recommended so Claude knows when to use the skill.

172 174 

173### Add supporting files with progressive disclosure175| Field | Required | Description |

176| :------------------------- | :---------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

177| `name` | No | Display name for the skill. If omitted, uses the directory name. Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only (max 64 characters). |

178| `description` | Recommended | What the skill does and when to use it. Claude uses this to decide when to apply the skill. If omitted, uses the first paragraph of markdown content. |

179| `argument-hint` | No | Hint shown during autocomplete to indicate expected arguments. Example: `[issue-number]` or `[filename] [format]`. |

180| `disable-model-invocation` | No | Set to `true` to prevent Claude from automatically loading this skill. Use for workflows you want to trigger manually with `/name`. Default: `false`. |

181| `user-invocable` | No | Set to `false` to hide from the `/` menu. Use for background knowledge users shouldn't invoke directly. Default: `true`. |

182| `allowed-tools` | No | Tools Claude can use without asking permission when this skill is active. |

183| `model` | No | Model to use when this skill is active. |

184| `context` | No | Set to `fork` to run in a forked subagent context. |

185| `agent` | No | Which subagent type to use when `context: fork` is set. |

186| `hooks` | No | Hooks scoped to this skill's lifecycle. See [Hooks in skills and agents](/en/hooks#hooks-in-skills-and-agents) for configuration format. |

187 

188#### Available string substitutions

189 

190Skills support string substitution for dynamic values in the skill content:

191 

192| Variable | Description |

193| :--------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

194| `$ARGUMENTS` | All arguments passed when invoking the skill. If `$ARGUMENTS` is not present in the content, arguments are appended as `ARGUMENTS: <value>`. |

195| `$ARGUMENTS[N]` | Access a specific argument by 0-based index, such as `$ARGUMENTS[0]` for the first argument. |

196| `$N` | Shorthand for `$ARGUMENTS[N]`, such as `$0` for the first argument or `$1` for the second. |

197| `${CLAUDE_SESSION_ID}` | The current session ID. Useful for logging, creating session-specific files, or correlating skill output with sessions. |

198 

199**Example using substitutions:**

174 200 

175Skills share Claude's context window with conversation history, other Skills, and your request. To keep context focused, use **progressive disclosure**: put essential information in `SKILL.md` and detailed reference material in separate files that Claude reads only when needed.201```yaml theme={null}

202---

203name: session-logger

204description: Log activity for this session

205---

176 206 

177This approach lets you bundle comprehensive documentation, examples, and scripts without consuming context upfront. Claude loads additional files only when the task requires them.207Log the following to logs/${CLAUDE_SESSION_ID}.log:

178 208 

179<Tip>Keep `SKILL.md` under 500 lines for optimal performance. If your content exceeds this, split detailed reference material into separate files.</Tip>209$ARGUMENTS

210```

180 211 

181#### Example: multi-file Skill structure212### Add supporting files

182 213 

183Claude discovers supporting files through links in your `SKILL.md`. The following example shows a Skill with detailed documentation in separate files and utility scripts that Claude can execute without reading:214Skills can include multiple files in their directory. This keeps `SKILL.md` focused on the essentials while letting Claude access detailed reference material only when needed. Large reference docs, API specifications, or example collections don't need to load into context every time the skill runs.

184 215 

185```216```

186my-skill/217my-skill/


191 └── helper.py (utility script - executed, not loaded)222 └── helper.py (utility script - executed, not loaded)

192```223```

193 224 

194The `SKILL.md` file references these supporting files so Claude knows they exist:225Reference supporting files from `SKILL.md` so Claude knows what each file contains and when to load it:

195 

196````markdown theme={null}

197## Overview

198 

199[Essential instructions here]

200 226 

227```markdown theme={null}

201## Additional resources228## Additional resources

202 229 

203- For complete API details, see [reference.md](reference.md)230- For complete API details, see [reference.md](reference.md)

204- For usage examples, see [examples.md](examples.md)231- For usage examples, see [examples.md](examples.md)

205 

206## Utility scripts

207 

208To validate input files, run the helper script. It checks for required fields and returns any validation errors:

209```bash

210python scripts/helper.py input.txt

211```232```

212````

213 233 

214<Tip>Keep references one level deep. Link directly from `SKILL.md` to reference files. Deeply nested references (file A links to file B which links to file C) may result in Claude partially reading files.</Tip>234<Tip>Keep `SKILL.md` under 500 lines. Move detailed reference material to separate files.</Tip>

215 235 

216**Bundle utility scripts for zero-context execution.** Scripts in your Skill directory can be executed without loading their contents into context. Claude runs the script and only the output consumes tokens. This is useful for:236### Control who invokes a skill

217 237 

218* Complex validation logic that would be verbose to describe in prose238By default, both you and Claude can invoke any skill. You can type `/skill-name` to invoke it directly, and Claude can load it automatically when relevant to your conversation. Two frontmatter fields let you restrict this:

219* Data processing that's more reliable as tested code than generated code

220* Operations that benefit from consistency across uses

221 239 

222In `SKILL.md`, tell Claude to run the script rather than read it:240* **`disable-model-invocation: true`**: Only you can invoke the skill. Use this for workflows with side effects or that you want to control timing, like `/commit`, `/deploy`, or `/send-slack-message`. You don't want Claude deciding to deploy because your code looks ready.

223 241 

224```markdown theme={null}242* **`user-invocable: false`**: Only Claude can invoke the skill. Use this for background knowledge that isn't actionable as a command. A `legacy-system-context` skill explains how an old system works. Claude should know this when relevant, but `/legacy-system-context` isn't a meaningful action for users to take.

225Run the validation script to check the form:

226python scripts/validate_form.py input.pdf

227```

228 243 

229For complete guidance on structuring Skills, see the [best practices guide](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/agents-and-tools/agent-skills/best-practices#progressive-disclosure-patterns).244This example creates a deploy skill that only you can trigger. The `disable-model-invocation: true` field prevents Claude from running it automatically:

230 

231### Restrict tool access with allowed-tools

232 

233Use the `allowed-tools` frontmatter field to limit which tools Claude can use when a Skill is active:

234 245 

235```yaml theme={null}246```yaml theme={null}

236---247---

237name: reading-files-safely248name: deploy

238description: Read files without making changes. Use when you need read-only file access.249description: Deploy the application to production

239allowed-tools: Read, Grep, Glob250disable-model-invocation: true

240---251---

241 252 

242# Safe File Reader253Deploy $ARGUMENTS to production:

243 

244This Skill provides read-only file access.

245 254 

246## Instructions2551. Run the test suite

2471. Use Read to view file contents2562. Build the application

2482. Use Grep to search within files2573. Push to the deployment target

2493. Use Glob to find files by pattern2584. Verify the deployment succeeded

250```259```

251 260 

252When this Skill is active, Claude can only use the specified tools (Read, Grep, Glob) without needing to ask for permission. This is useful for:261Here's how the two fields affect invocation and context loading:

253 262 

254* Read-only Skills that shouldn't modify files263| Frontmatter | You can invoke | Claude can invoke | When loaded into context |

255* Skills with limited scope: for example, only data analysis, no file writing264| :------------------------------- | :------------- | :---------------- | :----------------------------------------------------------- |

256* Security-sensitive workflows where you want to restrict capabilities265| (default) | Yes | Yes | Description always in context, full skill loads when invoked |

257 266| `disable-model-invocation: true` | Yes | No | Description not in context, full skill loads when you invoke |

258If `allowed-tools` is omitted, the Skill doesn't restrict tools. Claude uses its standard permission model and may ask you to approve tool usage.267| `user-invocable: false` | No | Yes | Description always in context, full skill loads when invoked |

259 268 

260<Note>269<Note>

261 `allowed-tools` is only supported for Skills in Claude Code.270 In a regular session, skill descriptions are loaded into context so Claude knows what's available, but full skill content only loads when invoked. [Subagents with preloaded skills](/en/sub-agents#preload-skills-into-subagents) work differently: the full skill content is injected at startup.

262</Note>271</Note>

263 272 

264### Use Skills with subagents273### Restrict tool access

265 274 

266[Subagents](/en/sub-agents) do not automatically inherit Skills from the main conversation. To give a custom subagent access to specific Skills, list them in the subagent's `skills` field in `.claude/agents/`:275Use the `allowed-tools` field to limit which tools Claude can use when a skill is active. This skill creates a read-only mode where Claude can explore files but not modify them:

267 276 

268```yaml theme={null}277```yaml theme={null}

269# .claude/agents/code-reviewer/AGENT.md

270---278---

271name: code-reviewer279name: safe-reader

272description: Review code for quality and best practices280description: Read files without making changes

273skills: pr-review, security-check281allowed-tools: Read, Grep, Glob

274---282---

275```283```

276 284 

277The listed Skills are loaded into the subagent's context when it starts. If the `skills` field is omitted, no Skills are preloaded for that subagent.285### Pass arguments to skills

278 286 

279<Note>287Both you and Claude can pass arguments when invoking a skill. Arguments are available via the `$ARGUMENTS` placeholder.

280 Built-in agents (Explore, Plan, Verify) and the Task tool do not have access to your Skills. Only custom subagents you define in `.claude/agents/` with an explicit `skills` field can use Skills.

281</Note>

282 

283### Distribute Skills

284 288 

285You can share Skills in several ways:289This skill fixes a GitHub issue by number. The `$ARGUMENTS` placeholder gets replaced with whatever follows the skill name:

286 290 

287* **Project Skills**: Commit `.claude/skills/` to version control. Anyone who clones the repository gets the Skills.291```yaml theme={null}

288* **Plugins**: To share Skills across multiple repositories, create a `skills/` directory in your [plugin](/en/plugins) with Skill folders containing `SKILL.md` files. Distribute through a [plugin marketplace](/en/plugin-marketplaces).292---

289* **Enterprise**: Administrators can deploy Skills organization-wide through [managed settings](/en/iam#enterprise-managed-settings). See [Where Skills live](#where-skills-live) for enterprise Skill paths.293name: fix-issue

294description: Fix a GitHub issue

295disable-model-invocation: true

296---

290 297 

291## Examples298Fix GitHub issue $ARGUMENTS following our coding standards.

292 299 

293These examples show common Skill patterns, from minimal single-file Skills to multi-file Skills with supporting documentation and scripts.3001. Read the issue description

3012. Understand the requirements

3023. Implement the fix

3034. Write tests

3045. Create a commit

305```

294 306 

295### Simple Skill (single file)307When you run `/fix-issue 123`, Claude receives "Fix GitHub issue 123 following our coding standards..."

296 308 

297A minimal Skill needs only a `SKILL.md` file with frontmatter and instructions. This example helps Claude generate commit messages by examining staged changes:309If you invoke a skill with arguments but the skill doesn't include `$ARGUMENTS`, Claude Code appends `ARGUMENTS: <your input>` to the end of the skill content so Claude still sees what you typed.

298 310 

299```311To access individual arguments by position, use `$ARGUMENTS[N]` or the shorter `$N`:

300commit-helper/

301└── SKILL.md

302```

303 312 

304```yaml theme={null}313```yaml theme={null}

305---314---

306name: generating-commit-messages315name: migrate-component

307description: Generates clear commit messages from git diffs. Use when writing commit messages or reviewing staged changes.316description: Migrate a component from one framework to another

308---317---

309 318 

310# Generating Commit Messages319Migrate the $ARGUMENTS[0] component from $ARGUMENTS[1] to $ARGUMENTS[2].

311 320Preserve all existing behavior and tests.

312## Instructions321```

313 322 

3141. Run `git diff --staged` to see changes323Running `/migrate-component SearchBar React Vue` replaces `$ARGUMENTS[0]` with `SearchBar`, `$ARGUMENTS[1]` with `React`, and `$ARGUMENTS[2]` with `Vue`. The same skill using the `$N` shorthand:

3152. I'll suggest a commit message with:

316 - Summary under 50 characters

317 - Detailed description

318 - Affected components

319 324 

320## Best practices325```yaml theme={null}

326---

327name: migrate-component

328description: Migrate a component from one framework to another

329---

321 330 

322- Use present tense331Migrate the $0 component from $1 to $2.

323- Explain what and why, not how332Preserve all existing behavior and tests.

324```333```

325 334 

326### Use multiple files335## Advanced patterns

327 336 

328For complex Skills, use progressive disclosure to keep the main `SKILL.md` focused while providing detailed documentation in supporting files. This PDF processing Skill includes reference docs, utility scripts, and uses `allowed-tools` to restrict Claude to specific tools:337### Inject dynamic context

329 338 

330```339The `!`command\`\` syntax runs shell commands before the skill content is sent to Claude. The command output replaces the placeholder, so Claude receives actual data, not the command itself.

331pdf-processing/

332├── SKILL.md # Overview and quick start

333├── FORMS.md # Form field mappings and filling instructions

334├── REFERENCE.md # API details for pypdf and pdfplumber

335└── scripts/

336 ├── fill_form.py # Utility to populate form fields

337 └── validate.py # Checks PDFs for required fields

338```

339 340 

340**`SKILL.md`**:341This skill summarizes a pull request by fetching live PR data with the GitHub CLI. The `!`gh pr diff\`\` and other commands run first, and their output gets inserted into the prompt:

341 342 

342````yaml theme={null}343```yaml theme={null}

343---344---

344name: pdf-processing345name: pr-summary

345description: Extract text, fill forms, merge PDFs. Use when working with PDF files, forms, or document extraction. Requires pypdf and pdfplumber packages.346description: Summarize changes in a pull request

346allowed-tools: Read, Bash(python:*)347context: fork

348agent: Explore

349allowed-tools: Bash(gh *)

347---350---

348 351 

349# PDF Processing352## Pull request context

353- PR diff: !`gh pr diff`

354- PR comments: !`gh pr view --comments`

355- Changed files: !`gh pr diff --name-only`

350 356 

351## Quick start357## Your task

352 358Summarize this pull request...

353Extract text:

354```python

355import pdfplumber

356with pdfplumber.open("doc.pdf") as pdf:

357 text = pdf.pages[0].extract_text()

358```359```

359 360 

360For form filling, see [FORMS.md](FORMS.md).361When this skill runs:

361For detailed API reference, see [REFERENCE.md](REFERENCE.md).

362 362 

363## Requirements3631. Each `!`command\`\` executes immediately (before Claude sees anything)

3642. The output replaces the placeholder in the skill content

3653. Claude receives the fully-rendered prompt with actual PR data

364 366 

365Packages must be installed in your environment:367This is preprocessing, not something Claude executes. Claude only sees the final result.

366```bash

367pip install pypdf pdfplumber

368```

369````

370 368 

371<Note>369<Tip>

372 If your Skill requires external packages, list them in the description. Packages must be installed in your environment before Claude can use them.370 To enable [extended thinking](/en/common-workflows#use-extended-thinking-thinking-mode) in a skill, include the word "ultrathink" anywhere in your skill content.

373</Note>371</Tip>

374 372 

375## Troubleshooting373### Run skills in a subagent

376 374 

377### View and test Skills375Add `context: fork` to your frontmatter when you want a skill to run in isolation. The skill content becomes the prompt that drives the subagent. It won't have access to your conversation history.

378 376 

379To see which Skills Claude has access to, ask Claude a question like "What Skills are available?" Claude loads all available Skill names and descriptions into the context window when a conversation starts, so it can list the Skills it currently has access to.377<Warning>

378 `context: fork` only makes sense for skills with explicit instructions. If your skill contains guidelines like "use these API conventions" without a task, the subagent receives the guidelines but no actionable prompt, and returns without meaningful output.

379</Warning>

380 380 

381To test a specific Skill, ask Claude to do a task that matches the Skill's description. For example, if your Skill has the description "Reviews pull requests for code quality", ask Claude to "Review the changes in my current branch." Claude automatically uses the Skill when the request matches its description.381Skills and [subagents](/en/sub-agents) work together in two directions:

382 382 

383### Skill not triggering383| Approach | System prompt | Task | Also loads |

384| :--------------------------- | :---------------------------------------- | :-------------------------- | :--------------------------- |

385| Skill with `context: fork` | From agent type (`Explore`, `Plan`, etc.) | SKILL.md content | CLAUDE.md |

386| Subagent with `skills` field | Subagent's markdown body | Claude's delegation message | Preloaded skills + CLAUDE.md |

384 387 

385The description field is how Claude decides whether to use your Skill. Vague descriptions like "Helps with documents" don't give Claude enough information to match your Skill to relevant requests.388With `context: fork`, you write the task in your skill and pick an agent type to execute it. For the inverse (defining a custom subagent that uses skills as reference material), see [Subagents](/en/sub-agents#preload-skills-into-subagents).

386 389 

387A good description answers two questions:390#### Example: Research skill using Explore agent

388 391 

3891. **What does this Skill do?** List the specific capabilities.392This skill runs research in a forked Explore agent. The skill content becomes the task, and the agent provides read-only tools optimized for codebase exploration:

3902. **When should Claude use it?** Include trigger terms users would mention.

391 393 

392```yaml theme={null}394```yaml theme={null}

393description: Extract text and tables from PDF files, fill forms, merge documents. Use when working with PDF files or when the user mentions PDFs, forms, or document extraction.395---

396name: deep-research

397description: Research a topic thoroughly

398context: fork

399agent: Explore

400---

401 

402Research $ARGUMENTS thoroughly:

403 

4041. Find relevant files using Glob and Grep

4052. Read and analyze the code

4063. Summarize findings with specific file references

394```407```

395 408 

396This description works because it names specific actions (extract, fill, merge) and includes keywords users would say (PDF, forms, document extraction).409When this skill runs:

410 

4111. A new isolated context is created

4122. The subagent receives the skill content as its prompt ("Research \$ARGUMENTS thoroughly...")

4133. The `agent` field determines the execution environment (model, tools, and permissions)

4144. Results are summarized and returned to your main conversation

397 415 

398### Skill doesn't load416The `agent` field specifies which subagent configuration to use. Options include built-in agents (`Explore`, `Plan`, `general-purpose`) or any custom subagent from `.claude/agents/`. If omitted, uses `general-purpose`.

399 417 

400**Check the file path.** Skills must be in the correct directory with the exact filename `SKILL.md` (case-sensitive):418### Restrict Claude's skill access

401 419 

402| Type | Path |420By default, Claude can invoke any skill that doesn't have `disable-model-invocation: true` set. Skills that define `allowed-tools` grant Claude access to those tools without per-use approval when the skill is active. Your [permission settings](/en/permissions) still govern baseline approval behavior for all other tools. Built-in commands like `/compact` and `/init` are not available through the Skill tool.

403| :--------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------------- |

404| Personal | `~/.claude/skills/my-skill/SKILL.md` |

405| Project | `.claude/skills/my-skill/SKILL.md` |

406| Enterprise | See [Where Skills live](#where-skills-live) for platform-specific paths |

407| Plugin | `skills/my-skill/SKILL.md` inside the plugin directory |

408 421 

409**Check the YAML syntax.** Invalid YAML in the frontmatter prevents the Skill from loading. The frontmatter must start with `---` on line 1 (no blank lines before it), end with `---` before the Markdown content, and use spaces for indentation (not tabs).422Three ways to control which skills Claude can invoke:

410 423 

411**Run debug mode.** Use `claude --debug` to see Skill loading errors.424**Disable all skills** by denying the Skill tool in `/permissions`:

412 425 

413### Skill has errors426```

427# Add to deny rules:

428Skill

429```

430 

431**Allow or deny specific skills** using [permission rules](/en/permissions):

432 

433```

434# Allow only specific skills

435Skill(commit)

436Skill(review-pr *)

437 

438# Deny specific skills

439Skill(deploy *)

440```

441 

442Permission syntax: `Skill(name)` for exact match, `Skill(name *)` for prefix match with any arguments.

414 443 

415**Check dependencies are installed.** If your Skill uses external packages, they must be installed in your environment before Claude can use them.444**Hide individual skills** by adding `disable-model-invocation: true` to their frontmatter. This removes the skill from Claude's context entirely.

416 445 

417**Check script permissions.** Scripts need execute permissions: `chmod +x scripts/*.py`446<Note>

447 The `user-invocable` field only controls menu visibility, not Skill tool access. Use `disable-model-invocation: true` to block programmatic invocation.

448</Note>

418 449 

419**Check file paths.** Use forward slashes (Unix style) in all paths. Use `scripts/helper.py`, not `scripts\helper.py`.450## Share skills

420 451 

421### Multiple Skills conflict452Skills can be distributed at different scopes depending on your audience:

422 453 

423If Claude uses the wrong Skill or seems confused between similar Skills, the descriptions are probably too similar. Make each description distinct by using specific trigger terms.454* **Project skills**: Commit `.claude/skills/` to version control

455* **Plugins**: Create a `skills/` directory in your [plugin](/en/plugins)

456* **Managed**: Deploy organization-wide through [managed settings](/en/permissions#managed-settings)

424 457 

425For example, instead of two Skills with "data analysis" in both descriptions, differentiate them: one for "sales data in Excel files and CRM exports" and another for "log files and system metrics". The more specific your trigger terms, the easier it is for Claude to match the right Skill to your request.458### Generate visual output

426 459 

427### Plugin Skills not appearing460Skills can bundle and run scripts in any language, giving Claude capabilities beyond what's possible in a single prompt. One powerful pattern is generating visual output: interactive HTML files that open in your browser for exploring data, debugging, or creating reports.

428 461 

429**Symptom**: You installed a plugin from a marketplace, but its Skills don't appear when you ask Claude "What Skills are available?"462This example creates a codebase explorer: an interactive tree view where you can expand and collapse directories, see file sizes at a glance, and identify file types by color.

430 463 

431**Solution**: Clear the plugin cache and reinstall:464Create the Skill directory:

432 465 

433```bash theme={null}466```bash theme={null}

434rm -rf ~/.claude/plugins/cache467mkdir -p ~/.claude/skills/codebase-visualizer/scripts

435```468```

436 469 

437Then restart Claude Code and reinstall the plugin:470Create `~/.claude/skills/codebase-visualizer/SKILL.md`. The description tells Claude when to activate this Skill, and the instructions tell Claude to run the bundled script:

438 471 

439```shell theme={null}472````yaml theme={null}

440/plugin install plugin-name@marketplace-name473---

441```474name: codebase-visualizer

475description: Generate an interactive collapsible tree visualization of your codebase. Use when exploring a new repo, understanding project structure, or identifying large files.

476allowed-tools: Bash(python *)

477---

478 

479# Codebase Visualizer

480 

481Generate an interactive HTML tree view that shows your project's file structure with collapsible directories.

442 482 

443This forces Claude Code to re-download and re-register the plugin's Skills.483## Usage

444 484 

445**If Skills still don't appear**, verify the plugin's directory structure is correct. Skills must be in a `skills/` directory at the plugin root:485Run the visualization script from your project root:

446 486 

487```bash

488python ~/.claude/skills/codebase-visualizer/scripts/visualize.py .

447```489```

448my-plugin/490 

449├── .claude-plugin/491This creates `codebase-map.html` in the current directory and opens it in your default browser.

450│ └── plugin.json492 

451└── skills/493## What the visualization shows

452 └── my-skill/494 

453 └── SKILL.md495- **Collapsible directories**: Click folders to expand/collapse

496- **File sizes**: Displayed next to each file

497- **Colors**: Different colors for different file types

498- **Directory totals**: Shows aggregate size of each folder

499````

500 

501Create `~/.claude/skills/codebase-visualizer/scripts/visualize.py`. This script scans a directory tree and generates a self-contained HTML file with:

502 

503* A **summary sidebar** showing file count, directory count, total size, and number of file types

504* A **bar chart** breaking down the codebase by file type (top 8 by size)

505* A **collapsible tree** where you can expand and collapse directories, with color-coded file type indicators

506 

507The script requires Python but uses only built-in libraries, so there are no packages to install:

508 

509```python expandable theme={null}

510#!/usr/bin/env python3

511"""Generate an interactive collapsible tree visualization of a codebase."""

512 

513import json

514import sys

515import webbrowser

516from pathlib import Path

517from collections import Counter

518 

519IGNORE = {'.git', 'node_modules', '__pycache__', '.venv', 'venv', 'dist', 'build'}

520 

521def scan(path: Path, stats: dict) -> dict:

522 result = {"name": path.name, "children": [], "size": 0}

523 try:

524 for item in sorted(path.iterdir()):

525 if item.name in IGNORE or item.name.startswith('.'):

526 continue

527 if item.is_file():

528 size = item.stat().st_size

529 ext = item.suffix.lower() or '(no ext)'

530 result["children"].append({"name": item.name, "size": size, "ext": ext})

531 result["size"] += size

532 stats["files"] += 1

533 stats["extensions"][ext] += 1

534 stats["ext_sizes"][ext] += size

535 elif item.is_dir():

536 stats["dirs"] += 1

537 child = scan(item, stats)

538 if child["children"]:

539 result["children"].append(child)

540 result["size"] += child["size"]

541 except PermissionError:

542 pass

543 return result

544 

545def generate_html(data: dict, stats: dict, output: Path) -> None:

546 ext_sizes = stats["ext_sizes"]

547 total_size = sum(ext_sizes.values()) or 1

548 sorted_exts = sorted(ext_sizes.items(), key=lambda x: -x[1])[:8]

549 colors = {

550 '.js': '#f7df1e', '.ts': '#3178c6', '.py': '#3776ab', '.go': '#00add8',

551 '.rs': '#dea584', '.rb': '#cc342d', '.css': '#264de4', '.html': '#e34c26',

552 '.json': '#6b7280', '.md': '#083fa1', '.yaml': '#cb171e', '.yml': '#cb171e',

553 '.mdx': '#083fa1', '.tsx': '#3178c6', '.jsx': '#61dafb', '.sh': '#4eaa25',

554 }

555 lang_bars = "".join(

556 f'<div class="bar-row"><span class="bar-label">{ext}</span>'

557 f'<div class="bar" style="width:{(size/total_size)*100}%;background:{colors.get(ext,"#6b7280")}"></div>'

558 f'<span class="bar-pct">{(size/total_size)*100:.1f}%</span></div>'

559 for ext, size in sorted_exts

560 )

561 def fmt(b):

562 if b < 1024: return f"{b} B"

563 if b < 1048576: return f"{b/1024:.1f} KB"

564 return f"{b/1048576:.1f} MB"

565 

566 html = f'''<!DOCTYPE html>

567<html><head>

568 <meta charset="utf-8"><title>Codebase Explorer</title>

569 <style>

570 body {{ font: 14px/1.5 system-ui, sans-serif; margin: 0; background: #1a1a2e; color: #eee; }}

571 .container {{ display: flex; height: 100vh; }}

572 .sidebar {{ width: 280px; background: #252542; padding: 20px; border-right: 1px solid #3d3d5c; overflow-y: auto; flex-shrink: 0; }}

573 .main {{ flex: 1; padding: 20px; overflow-y: auto; }}

574 h1 {{ margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 18px; }}

575 h2 {{ margin: 20px 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px; color: #888; text-transform: uppercase; }}

576 .stat {{ display: flex; justify-content: space-between; padding: 8px 0; border-bottom: 1px solid #3d3d5c; }}

577 .stat-value {{ font-weight: bold; }}

578 .bar-row {{ display: flex; align-items: center; margin: 6px 0; }}

579 .bar-label {{ width: 55px; font-size: 12px; color: #aaa; }}

580 .bar {{ height: 18px; border-radius: 3px; }}

581 .bar-pct {{ margin-left: 8px; font-size: 12px; color: #666; }}

582 .tree {{ list-style: none; padding-left: 20px; }}

583 details {{ cursor: pointer; }}

584 summary {{ padding: 4px 8px; border-radius: 4px; }}

585 summary:hover {{ background: #2d2d44; }}

586 .folder {{ color: #ffd700; }}

587 .file {{ display: flex; align-items: center; padding: 4px 8px; border-radius: 4px; }}

588 .file:hover {{ background: #2d2d44; }}

589 .size {{ color: #888; margin-left: auto; font-size: 12px; }}

590 .dot {{ width: 8px; height: 8px; border-radius: 50%; margin-right: 8px; }}

591 </style>

592</head><body>

593 <div class="container">

594 <div class="sidebar">

595 <h1>📊 Summary</h1>

596 <div class="stat"><span>Files</span><span class="stat-value">{stats["files"]:,}</span></div>

597 <div class="stat"><span>Directories</span><span class="stat-value">{stats["dirs"]:,}</span></div>

598 <div class="stat"><span>Total size</span><span class="stat-value">{fmt(data["size"])}</span></div>

599 <div class="stat"><span>File types</span><span class="stat-value">{len(stats["extensions"])}</span></div>

600 <h2>By file type</h2>

601 {lang_bars}

602 </div>

603 <div class="main">

604 <h1>📁 {data["name"]}</h1>

605 <ul class="tree" id="root"></ul>

606 </div>

607 </div>

608 <script>

609 const data = {json.dumps(data)};

610 const colors = {json.dumps(colors)};

611 function fmt(b) {{ if (b < 1024) return b + ' B'; if (b < 1048576) return (b/1024).toFixed(1) + ' KB'; return (b/1048576).toFixed(1) + ' MB'; }}

612 function render(node, parent) {{

613 if (node.children) {{

614 const det = document.createElement('details');

615 det.open = parent === document.getElementById('root');

616 det.innerHTML = `<summary><span class="folder">📁 ${{node.name}}</span><span class="size">${{fmt(node.size)}}</span></summary>`;

617 const ul = document.createElement('ul'); ul.className = 'tree';

618 node.children.sort((a,b) => (b.children?1:0)-(a.children?1:0) || a.name.localeCompare(b.name));

619 node.children.forEach(c => render(c, ul));

620 det.appendChild(ul);

621 const li = document.createElement('li'); li.appendChild(det); parent.appendChild(li);

622 }} else {{

623 const li = document.createElement('li'); li.className = 'file';

624 li.innerHTML = `<span class="dot" style="background:${{colors[node.ext]||'#6b7280'}}"></span>${{node.name}}<span class="size">${{fmt(node.size)}}</span>`;

625 parent.appendChild(li);

626 }}

627 }}

628 data.children.forEach(c => render(c, document.getElementById('root')));

629 </script>

630</body></html>'''

631 output.write_text(html)

632 

633if __name__ == '__main__':

634 target = Path(sys.argv[1] if len(sys.argv) > 1 else '.').resolve()

635 stats = {"files": 0, "dirs": 0, "extensions": Counter(), "ext_sizes": Counter()}

636 data = scan(target, stats)

637 out = Path('codebase-map.html')

638 generate_html(data, stats, out)

639 print(f'Generated {out.absolute()}')

640 webbrowser.open(f'file://{out.absolute()}')

454```641```

455 642 

456## Next steps643To test, open Claude Code in any project and ask "Visualize this codebase." Claude runs the script, generates `codebase-map.html`, and opens it in your browser.

457 644 

458<CardGroup cols={2}>645This pattern works for any visual output: dependency graphs, test coverage reports, API documentation, or database schema visualizations. The bundled script does the heavy lifting while Claude handles orchestration.

459 <Card title="Authoring best practices" icon="lightbulb" href="https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/agents-and-tools/agent-skills/best-practices">

460 Write Skills that Claude can use effectively

461 </Card>

462 646 

463 <Card title="Agent Skills overview" icon="book" href="https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/agents-and-tools/agent-skills/overview">647## Troubleshooting

464 Learn how Skills work across Claude products

465 </Card>

466 648 

467 <Card title="Use Skills in the Agent SDK" icon="cube" href="https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/agent-sdk/skills">649### Skill not triggering

468 Use Skills programmatically with TypeScript and Python

469 </Card>

470 650 

471 <Card title="Get started with Agent Skills" icon="rocket" href="https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/agents-and-tools/agent-skills/quickstart">651If Claude doesn't use your skill when expected:

472 Create your first Skill

473 </Card>

474</CardGroup>

475 652 

6531. Check the description includes keywords users would naturally say

6542. Verify the skill appears in `What skills are available?`

6553. Try rephrasing your request to match the description more closely

6564. Invoke it directly with `/skill-name` if the skill is user-invocable

476 657 

658### Skill triggers too often

659 

660If Claude uses your skill when you don't want it:

661 

6621. Make the description more specific

6632. Add `disable-model-invocation: true` if you only want manual invocation

664 

665### Claude doesn't see all my skills

666 

667Skill descriptions are loaded into context so Claude knows what's available. If you have many skills, they may exceed the character budget. The budget scales dynamically at 2% of the context window, with a fallback of 16,000 characters. Run `/context` to check for a warning about excluded skills.

668 

669To override the limit, set the `SLASH_COMMAND_TOOL_CHAR_BUDGET` environment variable.

670 

671## Related resources

477 672 

478> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt673* **[Subagents](/en/sub-agents)**: delegate tasks to specialized agents

674* **[Plugins](/en/plugins)**: package and distribute skills with other extensions

675* **[Hooks](/en/hooks)**: automate workflows around tool events

676* **[Memory](/en/memory)**: manage CLAUDE.md files for persistent context

677* **[Interactive mode](/en/interactive-mode#built-in-commands)**: built-in commands and shortcuts

678* **[Permissions](/en/permissions)**: control tool and skill access

slack.md +32 −7

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Claude Code in Slack5# Claude Code in Slack

2 6 

3> Delegate coding tasks directly from your Slack workspace7> Delegate coding tasks directly from your Slack workspace


19 23 

20| Requirement | Details |24| Requirement | Details |

21| :--------------------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |25| :--------------------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

22| Claude Plan | Pro, Max, Team, or Enterprise with Claude Code access (premium seats) |26| Claude Plan | Pro, Max, Teams, or Enterprise with Claude Code access (premium seats) |

23| Claude Code on the web | Access to [Claude Code on the web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web) must be enabled |27| Claude Code on the web | Access to [Claude Code on the web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web) must be enabled |

24| GitHub Account | Connected to Claude Code on the web with at least one repository authenticated |28| GitHub Account | Connected to Claude Code on the web with at least one repository authenticated |

25| Slack Authentication | Your Slack account linked to your Claude account via the Claude app |29| Slack Authentication | Your Slack account linked to your Claude account via the Claude app |


60 In Code + Chat mode, if Claude routes a message to Chat but you wanted a coding session, you can click "Retry as Code" to create a Claude Code session instead. Similarly, if it's routed to Code but you wanted a Chat session, you can choose that option in that thread.64 In Code + Chat mode, if Claude routes a message to Chat but you wanted a coding session, you can click "Retry as Code" to create a Claude Code session instead. Similarly, if it's routed to Code but you wanted a Chat session, you can choose that option in that thread.

61 </Note>65 </Note>

62 </Step>66 </Step>

67 

68 <Step title="Add Claude to channels">

69 Claude is not automatically added to any channels after installation. To use Claude in a channel, invite it by typing `/invite @Claude` in that channel. Claude can only respond to @mentions in channels where it has been added.

70 </Step>

63</Steps>71</Steps>

64 72 

65## How it works73## How it works


123| Repository Access | Users can only access repositories they've personally connected |131| Repository Access | Users can only access repositories they've personally connected |

124| Session History | Sessions appear in your Claude Code history on claude.ai/code |132| Session History | Sessions appear in your Claude Code history on claude.ai/code |

125 133 

126### Workspace admin permissions134### Workspace-level access

135 

136Slack workspace administrators control whether the Claude app is available in their workspace:

137 

138| Control | Description |

139| :--------------------------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

140| App installation | Workspace admins decide whether to install the Claude app from the Slack App Marketplace |

141| Enterprise Grid distribution | For Enterprise Grid organizations, organization admins can control which workspaces have access to the Claude app |

142| App removal | Removing the app from a workspace immediately revokes access for all users in that workspace |

143 

144### Channel-based access control

127 145 

128Slack workspace administrators control whether the Claude app can be installed in the workspace. Individual users then authenticate with their own Claude accounts to use the integration.146Claude is not automatically added to any channels after installation. Users must explicitly invite Claude to channels where they want to use it:

147 

148* **Invite required**: Type `/invite @Claude` in any channel to add Claude to that channel

149* **Channel membership controls access**: Claude can only respond to @mentions in channels where it has been added

150* **Access gating through channels**: Admins can control who uses Claude Code by managing which channels Claude is invited to and who has access to those channels

151* **Private channel support**: Claude works in both public and private channels, giving teams flexibility in controlling visibility

152 

153This channel-based model allows teams to restrict Claude Code usage to specific channels, providing an additional layer of access control beyond workspace-level permissions.

129 154 

130## What's accessible where155## What's accessible where

131 156 


133 158 

134**On the web**: The complete Claude Code session with full conversation history, all code changes, file operations, and the ability to continue the session or create pull requests.159**On the web**: The complete Claude Code session with full conversation history, all code changes, file operations, and the ability to continue the session or create pull requests.

135 160 

161For Enterprise and Teams accounts, sessions created from Claude in Slack are

162automatically visible to the organization. See [Claude Code on the Web sharing](/en/claude-code-on-the-web#sharing-sessions)

163for more details.

164 

136## Best practices165## Best practices

137 166 

138### Writing effective requests167### Writing effective requests


204 Get additional support233 Get additional support

205 </Card>234 </Card>

206</CardGroup>235</CardGroup>

207 

208 

209 

210> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

slash-commands.md +0 −506 deleted

File DeletedView Diff

1# Slash commands

2 

3> Control Claude's behavior during an interactive session with slash commands.

4 

5## Built-in slash commands

6 

7| Command | Purpose |

8| :------------------------ | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

9| `/add-dir` | Add additional working directories |

10| `/agents` | Manage custom AI subagents for specialized tasks |

11| `/bashes` | List and manage background tasks |

12| `/bug` | Report bugs (sends conversation to Anthropic) |

13| `/clear` | Clear conversation history |

14| `/compact [instructions]` | Compact conversation with optional focus instructions |

15| `/config` | Open the Settings interface (Config tab) |

16| `/context` | Visualize current context usage as a colored grid |

17| `/cost` | Show token usage statistics. See [cost tracking guide](/en/costs#using-the-cost-command) for subscription-specific details. |

18| `/doctor` | Checks the health of your Claude Code installation |

19| `/exit` | Exit the REPL |

20| `/export [filename]` | Export the current conversation to a file or clipboard |

21| `/help` | Get usage help |

22| `/hooks` | Manage hook configurations for tool events |

23| `/ide` | Manage IDE integrations and show status |

24| `/init` | Initialize project with `CLAUDE.md` guide |

25| `/install-github-app` | Set up Claude GitHub Actions for a repository |

26| `/login` | Switch Anthropic accounts |

27| `/logout` | Sign out from your Anthropic account |

28| `/mcp` | Manage MCP server connections and OAuth authentication |

29| `/memory` | Edit `CLAUDE.md` memory files |

30| `/model` | Select or change the AI model |

31| `/output-style [style]` | Set the output style directly or from a selection menu |

32| `/permissions` | View or update [permissions](/en/iam#configuring-permissions) |

33| `/plugin` | Manage Claude Code plugins |

34| `/pr-comments` | View pull request comments |

35| `/privacy-settings` | View and update your privacy settings |

36| `/release-notes` | View release notes |

37| `/rename <name>` | Rename the current session for easier identification |

38| `/resume [session]` | Resume a conversation by ID or name, or open the session picker |

39| `/review` | Request code review |

40| `/rewind` | Rewind the conversation and/or code |

41| `/sandbox` | Enable sandboxed bash tool with filesystem and network isolation for safer, more autonomous execution |

42| `/security-review` | Complete a security review of pending changes on the current branch |

43| `/stats` | Visualize daily usage, session history, streaks, and model preferences |

44| `/status` | Open the Settings interface (Status tab) showing version, model, account, and connectivity |

45| `/statusline` | Set up Claude Code's status line UI |

46| `/terminal-setup` | Install Shift+Enter key binding for newlines (iTerm2 and VSCode only) |

47| `/todos` | List current TODO items |

48| `/usage` | For subscription plans only: show plan usage limits and rate limit status |

49| `/vim` | Enter vim mode for alternating insert and command modes |

50 

51## Custom slash commands

52 

53Custom slash commands allow you to define frequently used prompts as Markdown files that Claude Code can execute. Commands are organized by scope (project-specific or personal) and support namespacing through directory structures.

54 

55### Syntax

56 

57```

58/<command-name> [arguments]

59```

60 

61#### Parameters

62 

63| Parameter | Description |

64| :--------------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------- |

65| `<command-name>` | Name derived from the Markdown filename (without `.md` extension) |

66| `[arguments]` | Optional arguments passed to the command |

67 

68### Command types

69 

70#### Project commands

71 

72Commands stored in your repository and shared with your team. When listed in `/help`, these commands show "(project)" after their description.

73 

74**Location**: `.claude/commands/`

75 

76The following example creates the `/optimize` command:

77 

78```bash theme={null}

79# Create a project command

80mkdir -p .claude/commands

81echo "Analyze this code for performance issues and suggest optimizations:" > .claude/commands/optimize.md

82```

83 

84#### Personal commands

85 

86Commands available across all your projects. When listed in `/help`, these commands show "(user)" after their description.

87 

88**Location**: `~/.claude/commands/`

89 

90The following example creates the `/security-review` command:

91 

92```bash theme={null}

93# Create a personal command

94mkdir -p ~/.claude/commands

95echo "Review this code for security vulnerabilities:" > ~/.claude/commands/security-review.md

96```

97 

98### Features

99 

100#### Namespacing

101 

102Use subdirectories to group related commands. Subdirectories appear in the command description but don't affect the command name.

103 

104For example:

105 

106* `.claude/commands/frontend/component.md` creates `/component` with description "(project:frontend)"

107* `~/.claude/commands/component.md` creates `/component` with description "(user)"

108 

109If a project command and user command share the same name, the project command takes precedence and the user command is silently ignored. For example, if both `.claude/commands/deploy.md` and `~/.claude/commands/deploy.md` exist, `/deploy` runs the project version.

110 

111Commands in different subdirectories can share names since the subdirectory appears in the description to distinguish them. For example, `.claude/commands/frontend/test.md` and `.claude/commands/backend/test.md` both create `/test`, but show as "(project:frontend)" and "(project:backend)" respectively.

112 

113#### Arguments

114 

115Pass dynamic values to commands using argument placeholders:

116 

117##### All arguments with `$ARGUMENTS`

118 

119The `$ARGUMENTS` placeholder captures all arguments passed to the command:

120 

121```bash theme={null}

122# Command definition

123echo 'Fix issue #$ARGUMENTS following our coding standards' > .claude/commands/fix-issue.md

124 

125# Usage

126> /fix-issue 123 high-priority

127# $ARGUMENTS becomes: "123 high-priority"

128```

129 

130##### Individual arguments with `$1`, `$2`, etc.

131 

132Access specific arguments individually using positional parameters (similar to shell scripts):

133 

134```bash theme={null}

135# Command definition

136echo 'Review PR #$1 with priority $2 and assign to $3' > .claude/commands/review-pr.md

137 

138# Usage

139> /review-pr 456 high alice

140# $1 becomes "456", $2 becomes "high", $3 becomes "alice"

141```

142 

143Use positional arguments when you need to:

144 

145* Access arguments individually in different parts of your command

146* Provide defaults for missing arguments

147* Build more structured commands with specific parameter roles

148 

149#### Bash command execution

150 

151Execute bash commands before the slash command runs using the `!` prefix. The output is included in the command context. You *must* include `allowed-tools` with the `Bash` tool, but you can choose the specific bash commands to allow.

152 

153For example:

154 

155```markdown theme={null}

156allowed-tools: Bash(git add:*), Bash(git status:*), Bash(git commit:*)

157description: Create a git commit

158 

159## Context

160 

161- Current git status: !`git status`

162- Current git diff (staged and unstaged changes): !`git diff HEAD`

163- Current branch: !`git branch --show-current`

164- Recent commits: !`git log --oneline -10`

165 

166## Your task

167 

168Based on the above changes, create a single git commit.

169```

170 

171#### File references

172 

173Include file contents in commands using the `@` prefix to [reference files](/en/common-workflows#reference-files-and-directories).

174 

175For example:

176 

177```markdown theme={null}

178# Reference a specific file

179 

180Review the implementation in @src/utils/helpers.js

181 

182# Reference multiple files

183 

184Compare @src/old-version.js with @src/new-version.js

185```

186 

187#### Thinking mode

188 

189Slash commands can trigger extended thinking by including [extended thinking keywords](/en/common-workflows#use-extended-thinking).

190 

191### Frontmatter

192 

193Command files support frontmatter, useful for specifying metadata about the command:

194 

195| Frontmatter | Purpose | Default |

196| :------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | :---------------------------------- |

197| `allowed-tools` | List of tools the command can use | Inherits from the conversation |

198| `argument-hint` | The arguments expected for the slash command. Example: `argument-hint: add [tagId] \| remove [tagId] \| list`. This hint is shown to the user when auto-completing the slash command. | None |

199| `description` | Brief description of the command | Uses the first line from the prompt |

200| `model` | Specific model string (see [Models overview](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/about-claude/models/overview)) | Inherits from the conversation |

201| `disable-model-invocation` | Whether to prevent `SlashCommand` tool from calling this command | false |

202 

203For example:

204 

205```markdown theme={null}

206allowed-tools: Bash(git add:*), Bash(git status:*), Bash(git commit:*)

207argument-hint: [message]

208description: Create a git commit

209model: claude-3-5-haiku-20241022

210 

211Create a git commit with message: $ARGUMENTS

212```

213 

214Example using positional arguments:

215 

216```markdown theme={null}

217argument-hint: [pr-number] [priority] [assignee]

218description: Review pull request

219 

220Review PR #$1 with priority $2 and assign to $3.

221Focus on security, performance, and code style.

222```

223 

224## Plugin commands

225 

226[Plugins](/en/plugins) can provide custom slash commands that integrate seamlessly with Claude Code. Plugin commands work exactly like user-defined commands but are distributed through [plugin marketplaces](/en/plugin-marketplaces).

227 

228### How plugin commands work

229 

230Plugin commands are:

231 

232* **Namespaced**: Commands can use the format `/plugin-name:command-name` to avoid conflicts (plugin prefix is optional unless there are name collisions)

233* **Automatically available**: Once a plugin is installed and enabled, its commands appear in `/help`

234* **Fully integrated**: Support all command features (arguments, frontmatter, bash execution, file references)

235 

236### Plugin command structure

237 

238**Location**: `commands/` directory in plugin root

239 

240**File format**: Markdown files with frontmatter

241 

242**Basic command structure**:

243 

244```markdown theme={null}

245description: Brief description of what the command does

246 

247# Command Name

248 

249Detailed instructions for Claude on how to execute this command.

250Include specific guidance on parameters, expected outcomes, and any special considerations.

251```

252 

253**Advanced command features**:

254 

255* **Arguments**: Use placeholders like `{arg1}` in command descriptions

256* **Subdirectories**: Organize commands in subdirectories for namespacing

257* **Bash integration**: Commands can execute shell scripts and programs

258* **File references**: Commands can reference and modify project files

259 

260### Invocation patterns

261 

262```shell Direct command (when no conflicts) theme={null}

263/command-name

264```

265 

266```shell Plugin-prefixed (when needed for disambiguation) theme={null}

267/plugin-name:command-name

268```

269 

270```shell With arguments (if command supports them) theme={null}

271/command-name arg1 arg2

272```

273 

274## MCP slash commands

275 

276MCP servers can expose prompts as slash commands that become available in Claude Code. These commands are dynamically discovered from connected MCP servers.

277 

278### Command format

279 

280MCP commands follow the pattern:

281 

282```

283/mcp__<server-name>__<prompt-name> [arguments]

284```

285 

286### Features

287 

288#### Dynamic discovery

289 

290MCP commands are automatically available when:

291 

292* An MCP server is connected and active

293* The server exposes prompts through the MCP protocol

294* The prompts are successfully retrieved during connection

295 

296#### Arguments

297 

298MCP prompts can accept arguments defined by the server:

299 

300```

301# Without arguments

302> /mcp__github__list_prs

303 

304# With arguments

305> /mcp__github__pr_review 456

306> /mcp__jira__create_issue "Bug title" high

307```

308 

309#### Naming conventions

310 

311Server and prompt names are normalized:

312 

313* Spaces and special characters become underscores

314* Names are lowercase for consistency

315 

316### Managing MCP connections

317 

318Use the `/mcp` command to:

319 

320* View all configured MCP servers

321* Check connection status

322* Authenticate with OAuth-enabled servers

323* Clear authentication tokens

324* View available tools and prompts from each server

325 

326### MCP permissions and wildcards

327 

328To approve all tools from an MCP server, use either the server name alone or wildcard syntax:

329 

330* `mcp__github` (approves all GitHub tools)

331* `mcp__github__*` (wildcard syntax, also approves all GitHub tools)

332 

333To approve specific tools, list each one explicitly:

334 

335* `mcp__github__get_issue`

336* `mcp__github__list_issues`

337 

338See [MCP permission rules](/en/iam#tool-specific-permission-rules) for more details.

339 

340## `SlashCommand` tool

341 

342The `SlashCommand` tool allows Claude to execute [custom slash commands](/en/slash-commands#custom-slash-commands) programmatically

343during a conversation. This gives Claude the ability to invoke custom commands

344on your behalf when appropriate.

345 

346To encourage Claude to use the `SlashCommand` tool, reference the command by name, including the slash, in your prompts or `CLAUDE.md` file. For example:

347 

348```

349> Run /write-unit-test when you are about to start writing tests.

350```

351 

352This tool puts each available custom slash command's metadata into context up to the character budget limit. You can use `/context` to monitor token usage and follow the operations below to manage context.

353 

354### `SlashCommand` tool supported commands

355 

356`SlashCommand` tool only supports custom slash commands that:

357 

358* Are user-defined. Built-in commands like `/compact` and `/init` are *not* supported.

359* Have the `description` frontmatter field populated. The description is used in the context.

360 

361For Claude Code versions >= 1.0.124, you can see which custom slash commands

362`SlashCommand` tool can invoke by running `claude --debug` and triggering a query.

363 

364### Disable `SlashCommand` tool

365 

366To prevent Claude from executing any slash commands via the tool:

367 

368```bash theme={null}

369/permissions

370# Add to deny rules: SlashCommand

371```

372 

373This also removes the SlashCommand tool and command descriptions from context.

374 

375### Disable specific commands only

376 

377To prevent a specific slash command from becoming available, add

378`disable-model-invocation: true` to the slash command's frontmatter.

379 

380This also removes the command's metadata from context.

381 

382### `SlashCommand` permission rules

383 

384The permission rules support:

385 

386* **Exact match**: `SlashCommand:/commit` (allows only `/commit` with no arguments)

387* **Prefix match**: `SlashCommand:/review-pr:*` (allows `/review-pr` with any arguments)

388 

389### Character budget limit

390 

391The `SlashCommand` tool includes a character budget to limit the size of command

392descriptions shown to Claude. This prevents token overflow when many commands

393are available.

394 

395The budget includes each custom slash command's name, arguments, and description.

396 

397* **Default limit**: 15,000 characters

398* **Custom limit**: Set via `SLASH_COMMAND_TOOL_CHAR_BUDGET` environment variable

399 

400When the character budget is exceeded, Claude sees only a subset of the available commands. In `/context`, a warning shows "M of N commands".

401 

402## Skills vs slash commands

403 

404**Slash commands** and **Agent Skills** serve different purposes in Claude Code:

405 

406### Use slash commands for

407 

408**Quick, frequently used prompts**:

409 

410* Simple prompt snippets you use often

411* Quick reminders or templates

412* Frequently used instructions that fit in one file

413 

414**Examples**:

415 

416* `/review` → "Review this code for bugs and suggest improvements"

417* `/explain` → "Explain this code in simple terms"

418* `/optimize` → "Analyze this code for performance issues"

419 

420### Use Skills for

421 

422**Comprehensive capabilities with structure**:

423 

424* Complex workflows with multiple steps

425* Capabilities requiring scripts or utilities

426* Knowledge organized across multiple files

427* Team workflows you want to standardize

428 

429**Examples**:

430 

431* PDF processing Skill with form-filling scripts and validation

432* Data analysis Skill with reference docs for different data types

433* Documentation Skill with style guides and templates

434 

435### Key differences

436 

437| Aspect | Slash Commands | Agent Skills |

438| -------------- | -------------------------------- | ----------------------------------- |

439| **Complexity** | Simple prompts | Complex capabilities |

440| **Structure** | Single .md file | Directory with SKILL.md + resources |

441| **Discovery** | Explicit invocation (`/command`) | Automatic (based on context) |

442| **Files** | One file only | Multiple files, scripts, templates |

443| **Scope** | Project or personal | Project or personal |

444| **Sharing** | Via git | Via git |

445 

446### Example comparison

447 

448**As a slash command**:

449 

450```markdown theme={null}

451# .claude/commands/review.md

452Review this code for:

453- Security vulnerabilities

454- Performance issues

455- Code style violations

456```

457 

458Usage: `/review` (manual invocation)

459 

460**As a Skill**:

461 

462```

463.claude/skills/code-review/

464├── SKILL.md (overview and workflows)

465├── SECURITY.md (security checklist)

466├── PERFORMANCE.md (performance patterns)

467├── STYLE.md (style guide reference)

468└── scripts/

469 └── run-linters.sh

470```

471 

472Usage: "Can you review this code?" (automatic discovery)

473 

474The Skill provides richer context, validation scripts, and organized reference material.

475 

476### When to use each

477 

478**Use slash commands**:

479 

480* You invoke the same prompt repeatedly

481* The prompt fits in a single file

482* You want explicit control over when it runs

483 

484**Use Skills**:

485 

486* Claude should discover the capability automatically

487* Multiple files or scripts are needed

488* Complex workflows with validation steps

489* Team needs standardized, detailed guidance

490 

491Both slash commands and Skills can coexist. Use the approach that fits your needs.

492 

493Learn more about [Agent Skills](/en/skills).

494 

495## See also

496 

497* [Plugins](/en/plugins) - Extend Claude Code with custom commands through plugins

498* [Identity and Access Management](/en/iam) - Complete guide to permissions, including MCP tool permissions

499* [Interactive mode](/en/interactive-mode) - Shortcuts, input modes, and interactive features

500* [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference) - Command-line flags and options

501* [Settings](/en/settings) - Configuration options

502* [Memory management](/en/memory) - Managing Claude's memory across sessions

503 

504 

505 

506> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

statusline.md +752 −153

Details

1# Status line configuration1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

2 4 

3> Create a custom status line for Claude Code to display contextual information5# Customize your status line

4 6 

5Make Claude Code your own with a custom status line that displays at the bottom of the Claude Code interface, similar to how terminal prompts (PS1) work in shells like Oh-my-zsh.7> Configure a custom status bar to monitor context window usage, costs, and git status in Claude Code

6 8 

7## Create a custom status line9The status line is a customizable bar at the bottom of Claude Code that runs any shell script you configure. It receives JSON session data on stdin and displays whatever your script prints, giving you a persistent, at-a-glance view of context usage, costs, git status, or anything else you want to track.

8 10 

9You can either:11Status lines are useful when you:

10 12 

11* Run `/statusline` to ask Claude Code to help you set up a custom status line. By default, it will try to reproduce your terminal's prompt, but you can provide additional instructions about the behavior you want to Claude Code, such as `/statusline show the model name in orange`13* Want to monitor context window usage as you work

14* Need to track session costs

15* Work across multiple sessions and need to distinguish them

16* Want git branch and status always visible

12 17 

13* Directly add a `statusLine` command to your `.claude/settings.json`:18Here's an example of a [multi-line status line](#display-multiple-lines) that displays git info on the first line and a color-coded context bar on the second.

19 

20<Frame>

21 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-multiline.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=60f11387658acc9ff75158ae85f2ac87" alt="A multi-line status line showing model name, directory, git branch on the first line, and a context usage progress bar with cost and duration on the second line" data-og-width="776" width="776" data-og-height="212" height="212" data-path="images/statusline-multiline.png" data-optimize="true" data-opv="3" srcset="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-multiline.png?w=280&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=2e448b44c332620e6c9c2be4ded992e5 280w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-multiline.png?w=560&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=f796af2db9c68ab2ddbc5136840b9551 560w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-multiline.png?w=840&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=d29c13d6164773198a0b2c47b31f6c09 840w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-multiline.png?w=1100&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=d7720e5f51310185c0c02152f6c10d8b 1100w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-multiline.png?w=1650&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=b4e008cde27990a8d5783e41e5b93246 1650w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-multiline.png?w=2500&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=40ab24813303dc2e4c09f2675f3faf6e 2500w" />

22</Frame>

23 

24This page walks through [setting up a basic status line](#set-up-a-status-line), explains [how the data flows](#how-status-lines-work) from Claude Code to your script, lists [all the fields you can display](#available-data), and provides [ready-to-use examples](#examples) for common patterns like git status, cost tracking, and progress bars.

25 

26## Set up a status line

27 

28Use the [`/statusline` command](#use-the-statusline-command) to have Claude Code generate a script for you, or [manually create a script](#manually-configure-a-status-line) and add it to your settings.

29 

30### Use the /statusline command

31 

32The `/statusline` command accepts natural language instructions describing what you want displayed. Claude Code generates a script file in `~/.claude/` and updates your settings automatically:

33 

34```

35/statusline show model name and context percentage with a progress bar

36```

37 

38### Manually configure a status line

39 

40Add a `statusLine` field to your user settings (`~/.claude/settings.json`, where `~` is your home directory) or [project settings](/en/settings#settings-files). Set `type` to `"command"` and point `command` to a script path or an inline shell command. For a full walkthrough of creating a script, see [Build a status line step by step](#build-a-status-line-step-by-step).

14 41 

15```json theme={null}42```json theme={null}

16{43{

17 "statusLine": {44 "statusLine": {

18 "type": "command",45 "type": "command",

19 "command": "~/.claude/statusline.sh",46 "command": "~/.claude/statusline.sh",

20 "padding": 0 // Optional: set to 0 to let status line go to edge47 "padding": 2

48 }

49}

50```

51 

52The `command` field runs in a shell, so you can also use inline commands instead of a script file. This example uses `jq` to parse the JSON input and display the model name and context percentage:

53 

54```json theme={null}

55{

56 "statusLine": {

57 "type": "command",

58 "command": "jq -r '\"[\\(.model.display_name)] \\(.context_window.used_percentage // 0)% context\"'"

21 }59 }

22}60}

23```61```

24 62 

25## How it Works63The optional `padding` field adds extra horizontal spacing (in characters) to the status line content. Defaults to `0`. This padding is in addition to the interface's built-in spacing, so it controls relative indentation rather than absolute distance from the terminal edge.

26 64 

27* The status line is updated when the conversation messages update65### Disable the status line

28* Updates run at most every 300 ms

29* The first line of stdout from your command becomes the status line text

30* ANSI color codes are supported for styling your status line

31* Claude Code passes contextual information about the current session (model, directories, etc.) as JSON to your script via stdin

32 66 

33## JSON Input Structure67Run `/statusline` and ask it to remove or clear your status line (e.g., `/statusline delete`, `/statusline clear`, `/statusline remove it`). You can also manually delete the `statusLine` field from your settings.json.

34 68 

35Your status line command receives structured data via stdin in JSON format:69## Build a status line step by step

36 70 

37```json theme={null}71This walkthrough shows what's happening under the hood by manually creating a status line that displays the current model, working directory, and context window usage percentage.

38{72 

39 "hook_event_name": "Status",73<Note>Running [`/statusline`](#use-the-statusline-command) with a description of what you want configures all of this for you automatically.</Note>

40 "session_id": "abc123...",74 

41 "transcript_path": "/path/to/transcript.json",75These examples use Bash scripts, which work on macOS and Linux. On Windows, you can run Bash scripts through [WSL (Windows Subsystem for Linux)](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/wsl/install) or rewrite them in PowerShell.

76 

77<Frame>

78 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-quickstart.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=696445e59ca0059213250651ad23db6b" alt="A status line showing model name, directory, and context percentage" data-og-width="726" width="726" data-og-height="164" height="164" data-path="images/statusline-quickstart.png" data-optimize="true" data-opv="3" srcset="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-quickstart.png?w=280&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=728c4bd06c8559cb46ddffffad983373 280w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-quickstart.png?w=560&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=f9d28e0f8f48f695167dd1d632a6cf4f 560w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-quickstart.png?w=840&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=57a2803a18cafe8cf1aa05619444f20c 840w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-quickstart.png?w=1100&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=52cdd52865842f0cda24489dd5310d3b 1100w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-quickstart.png?w=1650&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=f8876ea1f72bf40bd0aeec483ee20164 1650w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-quickstart.png?w=2500&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=6b1524305c7c71122cde65d0c3822374 2500w" />

79</Frame>

80 

81<Steps>

82 <Step title="Create a script that reads JSON and prints output">

83 Claude Code sends JSON data to your script via stdin. This script uses [`jq`](https://jqlang.github.io/jq/), a command-line JSON parser you may need to install, to extract the model name, directory, and context percentage, then prints a formatted line.

84 

85 Save this to `~/.claude/statusline.sh` (where `~` is your home directory, such as `/Users/username` on macOS or `/home/username` on Linux):

86 

87 ```bash theme={null}

88 #!/bin/bash

89 # Read JSON data that Claude Code sends to stdin

90 input=$(cat)

91 

92 # Extract fields using jq

93 MODEL=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.model.display_name')

94 DIR=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.workspace.current_dir')

95 # The "// 0" provides a fallback if the field is null

96 PCT=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.context_window.used_percentage // 0' | cut -d. -f1)

97 

98 # Output the status line - ${DIR##*/} extracts just the folder name

99 echo "[$MODEL] 📁 ${DIR##*/} | ${PCT}% context"

100 ```

101 </Step>

102 

103 <Step title="Make it executable">

104 Mark the script as executable so your shell can run it:

105 

106 ```bash theme={null}

107 chmod +x ~/.claude/statusline.sh

108 ```

109 </Step>

110 

111 <Step title="Add to settings">

112 Tell Claude Code to run your script as the status line. Add this configuration to `~/.claude/settings.json`, which sets `type` to `"command"` (meaning "run this shell command") and points `command` to your script:

113 

114 ```json theme={null}

115 {

116 "statusLine": {

117 "type": "command",

118 "command": "~/.claude/statusline.sh"

119 }

120 }

121 ```

122 

123 Your status line appears at the bottom of the interface. Settings reload automatically, but changes won't appear until your next interaction with Claude Code.

124 </Step>

125</Steps>

126 

127## How status lines work

128 

129Claude Code runs your script and pipes [JSON session data](#available-data) to it via stdin. Your script reads the JSON, extracts what it needs, and prints text to stdout. Claude Code displays whatever your script prints.

130 

131**When it updates**

132 

133Your script runs after each new assistant message, when the permission mode changes, or when vim mode toggles. Updates are debounced at 300ms, meaning rapid changes batch together and your script runs once things settle. If a new update triggers while your script is still running, the in-flight execution is cancelled. If you edit your script, the changes won't appear until your next interaction with Claude Code triggers an update.

134 

135**What your script can output**

136 

137* **Multiple lines**: each `echo` or `print` statement displays as a separate row. See the [multi-line example](#display-multiple-lines).

138* **Colors**: use [ANSI escape codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ANSI_escape_code#Colors) like `\033[32m` for green (terminal must support them). See the [git status example](#git-status-with-colors).

139* **Links**: use [OSC 8 escape sequences](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ANSI_escape_code#OSC) to make text clickable (Cmd+click on macOS, Ctrl+click on Windows/Linux). Requires a terminal that supports hyperlinks like iTerm2, Kitty, or WezTerm. See the [clickable links example](#clickable-links).

140 

141<Note>The status line runs locally and does not consume API tokens. It temporarily hides during certain UI interactions, including autocomplete suggestions, the help menu, and permission prompts.</Note>

142 

143## Available data

144 

145Claude Code sends the following JSON fields to your script via stdin:

146 

147| Field | Description |

148| ------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

149| `model.id`, `model.display_name` | Current model identifier and display name |

150| `cwd`, `workspace.current_dir` | Current working directory. Both fields contain the same value; `workspace.current_dir` is preferred for consistency with `workspace.project_dir`. |

151| `workspace.project_dir` | Directory where Claude Code was launched, which may differ from `cwd` if the working directory changes during a session |

152| `cost.total_cost_usd` | Total session cost in USD |

153| `cost.total_duration_ms` | Total wall-clock time since the session started, in milliseconds |

154| `cost.total_api_duration_ms` | Total time spent waiting for API responses in milliseconds |

155| `cost.total_lines_added`, `cost.total_lines_removed` | Lines of code changed |

156| `context_window.total_input_tokens`, `context_window.total_output_tokens` | Cumulative token counts across the session |

157| `context_window.context_window_size` | Maximum context window size in tokens. 200000 by default, or 1000000 for models with extended context. |

158| `context_window.used_percentage` | Pre-calculated percentage of context window used |

159| `context_window.remaining_percentage` | Pre-calculated percentage of context window remaining |

160| `context_window.current_usage` | Token counts from the last API call, described in [context window fields](#context-window-fields) |

161| `exceeds_200k_tokens` | Whether the total token count (input, cache, and output tokens combined) from the most recent API response exceeds 200k. This is a fixed threshold regardless of actual context window size. |

162| `session_id` | Unique session identifier |

163| `transcript_path` | Path to conversation transcript file |

164| `version` | Claude Code version |

165| `output_style.name` | Name of the current output style |

166| `vim.mode` | Current vim mode (`NORMAL` or `INSERT`) when [vim mode](/en/interactive-mode#vim-editor-mode) is enabled |

167| `agent.name` | Agent name when running with the `--agent` flag or agent settings configured |

168 

169<Accordion title="Full JSON schema">

170 Your status line command receives this JSON structure via stdin:

171 

172 ```json theme={null}

173 {

42 "cwd": "/current/working/directory",174 "cwd": "/current/working/directory",

175 "session_id": "abc123...",

176 "transcript_path": "/path/to/transcript.jsonl",

43 "model": {177 "model": {

44 "id": "claude-opus-4-1",178 "id": "claude-opus-4-6",

45 "display_name": "Opus"179 "display_name": "Opus"

46 },180 },

47 "workspace": {181 "workspace": {


63 "total_input_tokens": 15234,197 "total_input_tokens": 15234,

64 "total_output_tokens": 4521,198 "total_output_tokens": 4521,

65 "context_window_size": 200000,199 "context_window_size": 200000,

200 "used_percentage": 8,

201 "remaining_percentage": 92,

66 "current_usage": {202 "current_usage": {

67 "input_tokens": 8500,203 "input_tokens": 8500,

68 "output_tokens": 1200,204 "output_tokens": 1200,

69 "cache_creation_input_tokens": 5000,205 "cache_creation_input_tokens": 5000,

70 "cache_read_input_tokens": 2000206 "cache_read_input_tokens": 2000

71 }207 }

208 },

209 "exceeds_200k_tokens": false,

210 "vim": {

211 "mode": "NORMAL"

212 },

213 "agent": {

214 "name": "security-reviewer"

72 }215 }

73}216 }

74```217 ```

75 218 

76## Example Scripts219 **Fields that may be absent** (not present in JSON):

77 220 

78### Simple Status Line221 * `vim`: appears only when vim mode is enabled

222 * `agent`: appears only when running with the `--agent` flag or agent settings configured

79 223 

80```bash theme={null}224 **Fields that may be `null`**:

81#!/bin/bash

82# Read JSON input from stdin

83input=$(cat)

84 225 

85# Extract values using jq226 * `context_window.current_usage`: `null` before the first API call in a session

86MODEL_DISPLAY=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.model.display_name')227 * `context_window.used_percentage`, `context_window.remaining_percentage`: may be `null` early in the session

87CURRENT_DIR=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.workspace.current_dir')

88 228 

89echo "[$MODEL_DISPLAY] 📁 ${CURRENT_DIR##*/}"229 Handle missing fields with conditional access and null values with fallback defaults in your scripts.

90```230</Accordion>

231 

232### Context window fields

233 

234The `context_window` object provides two ways to track context usage:

235 

236* **Cumulative totals** (`total_input_tokens`, `total_output_tokens`): sum of all tokens across the entire session, useful for tracking total consumption

237* **Current usage** (`current_usage`): token counts from the most recent API call, use this for accurate context percentage since it reflects the actual context state

238 

239The `current_usage` object contains:

240 

241* `input_tokens`: input tokens in current context

242* `output_tokens`: output tokens generated

243* `cache_creation_input_tokens`: tokens written to cache

244* `cache_read_input_tokens`: tokens read from cache

245 

246The `used_percentage` field is calculated from input tokens only: `input_tokens + cache_creation_input_tokens + cache_read_input_tokens`. It does not include `output_tokens`.

247 

248If you calculate context percentage manually from `current_usage`, use the same input-only formula to match `used_percentage`.

249 

250The `current_usage` object is `null` before the first API call in a session.

251 

252## Examples

253 

254These examples show common status line patterns. To use any example:

255 

2561. Save the script to a file like `~/.claude/statusline.sh` (or `.py`/`.js`)

2572. Make it executable: `chmod +x ~/.claude/statusline.sh`

2583. Add the path to your [settings](#manually-configure-a-status-line)

259 

260The Bash examples use [`jq`](https://jqlang.github.io/jq/) to parse JSON. Python and Node.js have built-in JSON parsing.

261 

262### Context window usage

263 

264Display the current model and context window usage with a visual progress bar. Each script reads JSON from stdin, extracts the `used_percentage` field, and builds a 10-character bar where filled blocks (▓) represent usage:

265 

266<Frame>

267 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-context-window-usage.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=15b58ab3602f036939145dde3165c6f7" alt="A status line showing model name and a progress bar with percentage" data-og-width="448" width="448" data-og-height="152" height="152" data-path="images/statusline-context-window-usage.png" data-optimize="true" data-opv="3" srcset="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-context-window-usage.png?w=280&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=a18fecd31f06b16e984b1ab3310acbc0 280w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-context-window-usage.png?w=560&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=2f4b3caff156efede2ded995dbaf167f 560w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-context-window-usage.png?w=840&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=8f6b8c7e7d3a999c570e96ad2ea13d5a 840w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-context-window-usage.png?w=1100&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=d9334e6a08e6f11a253733c8592774a9 1100w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-context-window-usage.png?w=1650&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=e79490da8f62952e4d92837c408e63dc 1650w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-context-window-usage.png?w=2500&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=6f7c9ef8e629a794969c54b24163f92d 2500w" />

268</Frame>

269 

270<CodeGroup>

271 ```bash Bash theme={null}

272 #!/bin/bash

273 # Read all of stdin into a variable

274 input=$(cat)

275 

276 # Extract fields with jq, "// 0" provides fallback for null

277 MODEL=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.model.display_name')

278 PCT=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.context_window.used_percentage // 0' | cut -d. -f1)

279 

280 # Build progress bar: printf creates spaces, tr replaces with blocks

281 BAR_WIDTH=10

282 FILLED=$((PCT * BAR_WIDTH / 100))

283 EMPTY=$((BAR_WIDTH - FILLED))

284 BAR=""

285 [ "$FILLED" -gt 0 ] && BAR=$(printf "%${FILLED}s" | tr ' ' '▓')

286 [ "$EMPTY" -gt 0 ] && BAR="${BAR}$(printf "%${EMPTY}s" | tr ' ' '░')"

287 

288 echo "[$MODEL] $BAR $PCT%"

289 ```

91 290 

92### Git-Aware Status Line291 ```python Python theme={null}

292 #!/usr/bin/env python3

293 import json, sys

93 294 

94```bash theme={null}295 # json.load reads and parses stdin in one step

95#!/bin/bash296 data = json.load(sys.stdin)

96# Read JSON input from stdin297 model = data['model']['display_name']

97input=$(cat)298 # "or 0" handles null values

299 pct = int(data.get('context_window', {}).get('used_percentage', 0) or 0)

98 300 

99# Extract values using jq301 # String multiplication builds the bar

100MODEL_DISPLAY=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.model.display_name')302 filled = pct * 10 // 100

101CURRENT_DIR=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.workspace.current_dir')303 bar = '▓' * filled + '' * (10 - filled)

102 304 

103# Show git branch if in a git repo305 print(f"[{model}] {bar} {pct}%")

104GIT_BRANCH=""306 ```

105if git rev-parse --git-dir > /dev/null 2>&1; then307 

308 ```javascript Node.js theme={null}

309 #!/usr/bin/env node

310 // Node.js reads stdin asynchronously with events

311 let input = '';

312 process.stdin.on('data', chunk => input += chunk);

313 process.stdin.on('end', () => {

314 const data = JSON.parse(input);

315 const model = data.model.display_name;

316 // Optional chaining (?.) safely handles null fields

317 const pct = Math.floor(data.context_window?.used_percentage || 0);

318 

319 // String.repeat() builds the bar

320 const filled = Math.floor(pct * 10 / 100);

321 const bar = '▓'.repeat(filled) + '░'.repeat(10 - filled);

322 

323 console.log(`[${model}] ${bar} ${pct}%`);

324 });

325 ```

326</CodeGroup>

327 

328### Git status with colors

329 

330Show git branch with color-coded indicators for staged and modified files. This script uses [ANSI escape codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ANSI_escape_code#Colors) for terminal colors: `\033[32m` is green, `\033[33m` is yellow, and `\033[0m` resets to default.

331 

332<Frame>

333 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-git-context.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=e656f34f90d1d9a1d0e220988914345f" alt="A status line showing model, directory, git branch, and colored indicators for staged and modified files" data-og-width="742" width="742" data-og-height="178" height="178" data-path="images/statusline-git-context.png" data-optimize="true" data-opv="3" srcset="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-git-context.png?w=280&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=c1bced5f46afdc9aae549702591f8457 280w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-git-context.png?w=560&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=debe46a7a888234ec692751243bba492 560w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-git-context.png?w=840&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=3a069d5c8b0395908e42f0e295fd4854 840w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-git-context.png?w=1100&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=26aff0978865756d5ea299a22e5e9afd 1100w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-git-context.png?w=1650&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=d5ac1d59881e6f2032af053557dc4590 1650w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-git-context.png?w=2500&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=46febbf34b0ee646502d095433132709 2500w" />

334</Frame>

335 

336Each script checks if the current directory is a git repository, counts staged and modified files, and displays color-coded indicators:

337 

338<CodeGroup>

339 ```bash Bash theme={null}

340 #!/bin/bash

341 input=$(cat)

342 

343 MODEL=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.model.display_name')

344 DIR=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.workspace.current_dir')

345 

346 GREEN='\033[32m'

347 YELLOW='\033[33m'

348 RESET='\033[0m'

349 

350 if git rev-parse --git-dir > /dev/null 2>&1; then

106 BRANCH=$(git branch --show-current 2>/dev/null)351 BRANCH=$(git branch --show-current 2>/dev/null)

107 if [ -n "$BRANCH" ]; then352 STAGED=$(git diff --cached --numstat 2>/dev/null | wc -l | tr -d ' ')

108 GIT_BRANCH=" | 🌿 $BRANCH"353 MODIFIED=$(git diff --numstat 2>/dev/null | wc -l | tr -d ' ')

109 fi

110fi

111 354 

112echo "[$MODEL_DISPLAY] 📁 ${CURRENT_DIR##*/}$GIT_BRANCH"355 GIT_STATUS=""

113```356 [ "$STAGED" -gt 0 ] && GIT_STATUS="${GREEN}+${STAGED}${RESET}"

357 [ "$MODIFIED" -gt 0 ] && GIT_STATUS="${GIT_STATUS}${YELLOW}~${MODIFIED}${RESET}"

114 358 

115### Python Example359 echo -e "[$MODEL] 📁 ${DIR##*/} | 🌿 $BRANCH $GIT_STATUS"

360 else

361 echo "[$MODEL] 📁 ${DIR##*/}"

362 fi

363 ```

116 364 

117```python theme={null}365 ```python Python theme={null}

118#!/usr/bin/env python3366 #!/usr/bin/env python3

119import json367 import json, sys, subprocess, os

120import sys

121import os

122 368 

123# Read JSON from stdin369 data = json.load(sys.stdin)

124data = json.load(sys.stdin)370 model = data['model']['display_name']

371 directory = os.path.basename(data['workspace']['current_dir'])

125 372 

126# Extract values373 GREEN, YELLOW, RESET = '\033[32m', '\033[33m', '\033[0m'

127model = data['model']['display_name']

128current_dir = os.path.basename(data['workspace']['current_dir'])

129 374 

130# Check for git branch

131git_branch = ""

132if os.path.exists('.git'):

133 try:375 try:

134 with open('.git/HEAD', 'r') as f:376 subprocess.check_output(['git', 'rev-parse', '--git-dir'], stderr=subprocess.DEVNULL)

135 ref = f.read().strip()377 branch = subprocess.check_output(['git', 'branch', '--show-current'], text=True).strip()

136 if ref.startswith('ref: refs/heads/'):378 staged_output = subprocess.check_output(['git', 'diff', '--cached', '--numstat'], text=True).strip()

137 git_branch = f" | 🌿 {ref.replace('ref: refs/heads/', '')}"379 modified_output = subprocess.check_output(['git', 'diff', '--numstat'], text=True).strip()

380 staged = len(staged_output.split('\n')) if staged_output else 0

381 modified = len(modified_output.split('\n')) if modified_output else 0

382 

383 git_status = f"{GREEN}+{staged}{RESET}" if staged else ""

384 git_status += f"{YELLOW}~{modified}{RESET}" if modified else ""

385 

386 print(f"[{model}] 📁 {directory} | 🌿 {branch} {git_status}")

138 except:387 except:

139 pass388 print(f"[{model}] 📁 {directory}")

389 ```

140 390 

141print(f"[{model}] 📁 {current_dir}{git_branch}")391 ```javascript Node.js theme={null}

142```392 #!/usr/bin/env node

393 const { execSync } = require('child_process');

394 const path = require('path');

395 

396 let input = '';

397 process.stdin.on('data', chunk => input += chunk);

398 process.stdin.on('end', () => {

399 const data = JSON.parse(input);

400 const model = data.model.display_name;

401 const dir = path.basename(data.workspace.current_dir);

143 402 

144### Node.js Example403 const GREEN = '\x1b[32m', YELLOW = '\x1b[33m', RESET = '\x1b[0m';

145 404 

146```javascript theme={null}405 try {

147#!/usr/bin/env node406 execSync('git rev-parse --git-dir', { stdio: 'ignore' });

407 const branch = execSync('git branch --show-current', { encoding: 'utf8' }).trim();

408 const staged = execSync('git diff --cached --numstat', { encoding: 'utf8' }).trim().split('\n').filter(Boolean).length;

409 const modified = execSync('git diff --numstat', { encoding: 'utf8' }).trim().split('\n').filter(Boolean).length;

148 410 

149const fs = require('fs');411 let gitStatus = staged ? `${GREEN}+${staged}${RESET}` : '';

150const path = require('path');412 gitStatus += modified ? `${YELLOW}~${modified}${RESET}` : '';

151 413 

152// Read JSON from stdin414 console.log(`[${model}] 📁 ${dir} | 🌿 ${branch} ${gitStatus}`);

153let input = '';415 } catch {

154process.stdin.on('data', chunk => input += chunk);416 console.log(`[${model}] 📁 ${dir}`);

155process.stdin.on('end', () => {417 }

418 });

419 ```

420</CodeGroup>

421 

422### Cost and duration tracking

423 

424Track your session's API costs and elapsed time. The `cost.total_cost_usd` field accumulates the cost of all API calls in the current session. The `cost.total_duration_ms` field measures total elapsed time since the session started, while `cost.total_api_duration_ms` tracks only the time spent waiting for API responses.

425 

426Each script formats cost as currency and converts milliseconds to minutes and seconds:

427 

428<Frame>

429 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-cost-tracking.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=e3444a51fe6f3440c134bd5f1f08ad29" alt="A status line showing model name, session cost, and duration" data-og-width="588" width="588" data-og-height="180" height="180" data-path="images/statusline-cost-tracking.png" data-optimize="true" data-opv="3" srcset="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-cost-tracking.png?w=280&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=b1d35fa8acd792f559b6b1662ed10204 280w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-cost-tracking.png?w=560&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=a3ed4330c3645fc28b87a6cab55be0b7 560w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-cost-tracking.png?w=840&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=386ee2ed68a7d520eba20eac54f7fe52 840w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-cost-tracking.png?w=1100&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=479c2515e53f46d5d1da3b87a6dd993a 1100w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-cost-tracking.png?w=1650&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=1340c7589a4cb89ec071234aba3571d1 1650w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-cost-tracking.png?w=2500&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=69056cf4fe3271770cac4dc1704bcd0a 2500w" />

430</Frame>

431 

432<CodeGroup>

433 ```bash Bash theme={null}

434 #!/bin/bash

435 input=$(cat)

436 

437 MODEL=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.model.display_name')

438 COST=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.cost.total_cost_usd // 0')

439 DURATION_MS=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.cost.total_duration_ms // 0')

440 

441 COST_FMT=$(printf '$%.2f' "$COST")

442 DURATION_SEC=$((DURATION_MS / 1000))

443 MINS=$((DURATION_SEC / 60))

444 SECS=$((DURATION_SEC % 60))

445 

446 echo "[$MODEL] 💰 $COST_FMT | ⏱️ ${MINS}m ${SECS}s"

447 ```

448 

449 ```python Python theme={null}

450 #!/usr/bin/env python3

451 import json, sys

452 

453 data = json.load(sys.stdin)

454 model = data['model']['display_name']

455 cost = data.get('cost', {}).get('total_cost_usd', 0) or 0

456 duration_ms = data.get('cost', {}).get('total_duration_ms', 0) or 0

457 

458 duration_sec = duration_ms // 1000

459 mins, secs = duration_sec // 60, duration_sec % 60

460 

461 print(f"[{model}] 💰 ${cost:.2f} | ⏱️ {mins}m {secs}s")

462 ```

463 

464 ```javascript Node.js theme={null}

465 #!/usr/bin/env node

466 let input = '';

467 process.stdin.on('data', chunk => input += chunk);

468 process.stdin.on('end', () => {

156 const data = JSON.parse(input);469 const data = JSON.parse(input);

470 const model = data.model.display_name;

471 const cost = data.cost?.total_cost_usd || 0;

472 const durationMs = data.cost?.total_duration_ms || 0;

473 

474 const durationSec = Math.floor(durationMs / 1000);

475 const mins = Math.floor(durationSec / 60);

476 const secs = durationSec % 60;

477 

478 console.log(`[${model}] 💰 $${cost.toFixed(2)} | ⏱️ ${mins}m ${secs}s`);

479 });

480 ```

481</CodeGroup>

482 

483### Display multiple lines

484 

485Your script can output multiple lines to create a richer display. Each `echo` statement produces a separate row in the status area.

486 

487<Frame>

488 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-multiline.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=60f11387658acc9ff75158ae85f2ac87" alt="A multi-line status line showing model name, directory, git branch on the first line, and a context usage progress bar with cost and duration on the second line" data-og-width="776" width="776" data-og-height="212" height="212" data-path="images/statusline-multiline.png" data-optimize="true" data-opv="3" srcset="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-multiline.png?w=280&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=2e448b44c332620e6c9c2be4ded992e5 280w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-multiline.png?w=560&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=f796af2db9c68ab2ddbc5136840b9551 560w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-multiline.png?w=840&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=d29c13d6164773198a0b2c47b31f6c09 840w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-multiline.png?w=1100&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=d7720e5f51310185c0c02152f6c10d8b 1100w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-multiline.png?w=1650&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=b4e008cde27990a8d5783e41e5b93246 1650w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-multiline.png?w=2500&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=40ab24813303dc2e4c09f2675f3faf6e 2500w" />

489</Frame>

490 

491This example combines several techniques: threshold-based colors (green under 70%, yellow 70-89%, red 90%+), a progress bar, and git branch info. Each `print` or `echo` statement creates a separate row:

492 

493<CodeGroup>

494 ```bash Bash theme={null}

495 #!/bin/bash

496 input=$(cat)

497 

498 MODEL=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.model.display_name')

499 DIR=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.workspace.current_dir')

500 COST=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.cost.total_cost_usd // 0')

501 PCT=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.context_window.used_percentage // 0' | cut -d. -f1)

502 DURATION_MS=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.cost.total_duration_ms // 0')

503 

504 CYAN='\033[36m'; GREEN='\033[32m'; YELLOW='\033[33m'; RED='\033[31m'; RESET='\033[0m'

505 

506 # Pick bar color based on context usage

507 if [ "$PCT" -ge 90 ]; then BAR_COLOR="$RED"

508 elif [ "$PCT" -ge 70 ]; then BAR_COLOR="$YELLOW"

509 else BAR_COLOR="$GREEN"; fi

510 

511 FILLED=$((PCT / 10)); EMPTY=$((10 - FILLED))

512 BAR=$(printf "%${FILLED}s" | tr ' ' '█')$(printf "%${EMPTY}s" | tr ' ' '░')

513 

514 MINS=$((DURATION_MS / 60000)); SECS=$(((DURATION_MS % 60000) / 1000))

515 

516 BRANCH=""

517 git rev-parse --git-dir > /dev/null 2>&1 && BRANCH=" | 🌿 $(git branch --show-current 2>/dev/null)"

518 

519 echo -e "${CYAN}[$MODEL]${RESET} 📁 ${DIR##*/}$BRANCH"

520 COST_FMT=$(printf '$%.2f' "$COST")

521 echo -e "${BAR_COLOR}${BAR}${RESET} ${PCT}% | ${YELLOW}${COST_FMT}${RESET} | ⏱️ ${MINS}m ${SECS}s"

522 ```

523 

524 ```python Python theme={null}

525 #!/usr/bin/env python3

526 import json, sys, subprocess, os

527 

528 data = json.load(sys.stdin)

529 model = data['model']['display_name']

530 directory = os.path.basename(data['workspace']['current_dir'])

531 cost = data.get('cost', {}).get('total_cost_usd', 0) or 0

532 pct = int(data.get('context_window', {}).get('used_percentage', 0) or 0)

533 duration_ms = data.get('cost', {}).get('total_duration_ms', 0) or 0

534 

535 CYAN, GREEN, YELLOW, RED, RESET = '\033[36m', '\033[32m', '\033[33m', '\033[31m', '\033[0m'

536 

537 bar_color = RED if pct >= 90 else YELLOW if pct >= 70 else GREEN

538 filled = pct // 10

539 bar = '█' * filled + '░' * (10 - filled)

540 

541 mins, secs = duration_ms // 60000, (duration_ms % 60000) // 1000

542 

543 try:

544 branch = subprocess.check_output(['git', 'branch', '--show-current'], text=True, stderr=subprocess.DEVNULL).strip()

545 branch = f" | 🌿 {branch}" if branch else ""

546 except:

547 branch = ""

548 

549 print(f"{CYAN}[{model}]{RESET} 📁 {directory}{branch}")

550 print(f"{bar_color}{bar}{RESET} {pct}% | {YELLOW}${cost:.2f}{RESET} | ⏱️ {mins}m {secs}s")

551 ```

552 

553 ```javascript Node.js theme={null}

554 #!/usr/bin/env node

555 const { execSync } = require('child_process');

556 const path = require('path');

557 

558 let input = '';

559 process.stdin.on('data', chunk => input += chunk);

560 process.stdin.on('end', () => {

561 const data = JSON.parse(input);

562 const model = data.model.display_name;

563 const dir = path.basename(data.workspace.current_dir);

564 const cost = data.cost?.total_cost_usd || 0;

565 const pct = Math.floor(data.context_window?.used_percentage || 0);

566 const durationMs = data.cost?.total_duration_ms || 0;

567 

568 const CYAN = '\x1b[36m', GREEN = '\x1b[32m', YELLOW = '\x1b[33m', RED = '\x1b[31m', RESET = '\x1b[0m';

569 

570 const barColor = pct >= 90 ? RED : pct >= 70 ? YELLOW : GREEN;

571 const filled = Math.floor(pct / 10);

572 const bar = '█'.repeat(filled) + '░'.repeat(10 - filled);

573 

574 const mins = Math.floor(durationMs / 60000);

575 const secs = Math.floor((durationMs % 60000) / 1000);

576 

577 let branch = '';

578 try {

579 branch = execSync('git branch --show-current', { encoding: 'utf8', stdio: ['pipe', 'pipe', 'ignore'] }).trim();

580 branch = branch ? ` | 🌿 ${branch}` : '';

581 } catch {}

582 

583 console.log(`${CYAN}[${model}]${RESET} 📁 ${dir}${branch}`);

584 console.log(`${barColor}${bar}${RESET} ${pct}% | ${YELLOW}$${cost.toFixed(2)}${RESET} | ⏱️ ${mins}m ${secs}s`);

585 });

586 ```

587</CodeGroup>

588 

589### Clickable links

590 

591This example creates a clickable link to your GitHub repository. It reads the git remote URL, converts SSH format to HTTPS with `sed`, and wraps the repo name in OSC 8 escape codes. Hold Cmd (macOS) or Ctrl (Windows/Linux) and click to open the link in your browser.

592 

593<Frame>

594 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-links.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=4bcc6e7deb7cf52f41ab85a219b52661" alt="A status line showing a clickable link to a GitHub repository" data-og-width="726" width="726" data-og-height="198" height="198" data-path="images/statusline-links.png" data-optimize="true" data-opv="3" srcset="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-links.png?w=280&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=9386f78056f7be99599bcefe9e838180 280w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-links.png?w=560&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=d748012a0866c37dddc6babd4b7a88c4 560w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-links.png?w=840&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=bade8fbfcde957c1033c376c58b89131 840w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-links.png?w=1100&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=9f7e0c729ea093c3b39682619fd3f201 1100w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-links.png?w=1650&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=ccec17e90a89d82381888a4a9a8fa40e 1650w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-links.png?w=2500&fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=4d2e34a4d2f24e174cae1256c84f9a52 2500w" />

595</Frame>

596 

597Each script gets the git remote URL, converts SSH format to HTTPS, and wraps the repo name in OSC 8 escape codes. The Bash version uses `printf '%b'` which interprets backslash escapes more reliably than `echo -e` across different shells:

157 598 

158 // Extract values599<CodeGroup>

600 ```bash Bash theme={null}

601 #!/bin/bash

602 input=$(cat)

603 

604 MODEL=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.model.display_name')

605 

606 # Convert git SSH URL to HTTPS

607 REMOTE=$(git remote get-url origin 2>/dev/null | sed 's/git@github.com:/https:\/\/github.com\//' | sed 's/\.git$//')

608 

609 if [ -n "$REMOTE" ]; then

610 REPO_NAME=$(basename "$REMOTE")

611 # OSC 8 format: \e]8;;URL\a then TEXT then \e]8;;\a

612 # printf %b interprets escape sequences reliably across shells

613 printf '%b' "[$MODEL] 🔗 \e]8;;${REMOTE}\a${REPO_NAME}\e]8;;\a\n"

614 else

615 echo "[$MODEL]"

616 fi

617 ```

618 

619 ```python Python theme={null}

620 #!/usr/bin/env python3

621 import json, sys, subprocess, re, os

622 

623 data = json.load(sys.stdin)

624 model = data['model']['display_name']

625 

626 # Get git remote URL

627 try:

628 remote = subprocess.check_output(

629 ['git', 'remote', 'get-url', 'origin'],

630 stderr=subprocess.DEVNULL, text=True

631 ).strip()

632 # Convert SSH to HTTPS format

633 remote = re.sub(r'^git@github\.com:', 'https://github.com/', remote)

634 remote = re.sub(r'\.git$', '', remote)

635 repo_name = os.path.basename(remote)

636 # OSC 8 escape sequences

637 link = f"\033]8;;{remote}\a{repo_name}\033]8;;\a"

638 print(f"[{model}] 🔗 {link}")

639 except:

640 print(f"[{model}]")

641 ```

642 

643 ```javascript Node.js theme={null}

644 #!/usr/bin/env node

645 const { execSync } = require('child_process');

646 const path = require('path');

647 

648 let input = '';

649 process.stdin.on('data', chunk => input += chunk);

650 process.stdin.on('end', () => {

651 const data = JSON.parse(input);

159 const model = data.model.display_name;652 const model = data.model.display_name;

160 const currentDir = path.basename(data.workspace.current_dir);

161 653 

162 // Check for git branch

163 let gitBranch = '';

164 try {654 try {

165 const headContent = fs.readFileSync('.git/HEAD', 'utf8').trim();655 let remote = execSync('git remote get-url origin', { encoding: 'utf8', stdio: ['pipe', 'pipe', 'ignore'] }).trim();

166 if (headContent.startsWith('ref: refs/heads/')) {656 // Convert SSH to HTTPS format

167 gitBranch = ` | 🌿 ${headContent.replace('ref: refs/heads/', '')}`;657 remote = remote.replace(/^git@github\.com:/, 'https://github.com/').replace(/\.git$/, '');

658 const repoName = path.basename(remote);

659 // OSC 8 escape sequences

660 const link = `\x1b]8;;${remote}\x07${repoName}\x1b]8;;\x07`;

661 console.log(`[${model}] 🔗 ${link}`);

662 } catch {

663 console.log(`[${model}]`);

168 }664 }

169 } catch (e) {665 });

170 // Not a git repo or can't read HEAD666 ```

667</CodeGroup>

668 

669### Cache expensive operations

670 

671Your status line script runs frequently during active sessions. Commands like `git status` or `git diff` can be slow, especially in large repositories. This example caches git information to a temp file and only refreshes it every 5 seconds.

672 

673Use a stable, fixed filename for the cache file like `/tmp/statusline-git-cache`. Each status line invocation runs as a new process, so process-based identifiers like `$$`, `os.getpid()`, or `process.pid` produce a different value every time and the cache is never reused.

674 

675Each script checks if the cache file is missing or older than 5 seconds before running git commands:

676 

677<CodeGroup>

678 ```bash Bash theme={null}

679 #!/bin/bash

680 input=$(cat)

681 

682 MODEL=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.model.display_name')

683 DIR=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.workspace.current_dir')

684 

685 CACHE_FILE="/tmp/statusline-git-cache"

686 CACHE_MAX_AGE=5 # seconds

687 

688 cache_is_stale() {

689 [ ! -f "$CACHE_FILE" ] || \

690 # stat -f %m is macOS, stat -c %Y is Linux

691 [ $(($(date +%s) - $(stat -f %m "$CACHE_FILE" 2>/dev/null || stat -c %Y "$CACHE_FILE" 2>/dev/null || echo 0))) -gt $CACHE_MAX_AGE ]

171 }692 }

172 693 

173 console.log(`[${model}] 📁 ${currentDir}${gitBranch}`);694 if cache_is_stale; then

174});695 if git rev-parse --git-dir > /dev/null 2>&1; then

175```696 BRANCH=$(git branch --show-current 2>/dev/null)

697 STAGED=$(git diff --cached --numstat 2>/dev/null | wc -l | tr -d ' ')

698 MODIFIED=$(git diff --numstat 2>/dev/null | wc -l | tr -d ' ')

699 echo "$BRANCH|$STAGED|$MODIFIED" > "$CACHE_FILE"

700 else

701 echo "||" > "$CACHE_FILE"

702 fi

703 fi

176 704 

177### Helper Function Approach705 IFS='|' read -r BRANCH STAGED MODIFIED < "$CACHE_FILE"

178 

179For more complex bash scripts, you can create helper functions:

180 

181```bash theme={null}

182#!/bin/bash

183# Read JSON input once

184input=$(cat)

185 

186# Helper functions for common extractions

187get_model_name() { echo "$input" | jq -r '.model.display_name'; }

188get_current_dir() { echo "$input" | jq -r '.workspace.current_dir'; }

189get_project_dir() { echo "$input" | jq -r '.workspace.project_dir'; }

190get_version() { echo "$input" | jq -r '.version'; }

191get_cost() { echo "$input" | jq -r '.cost.total_cost_usd'; }

192get_duration() { echo "$input" | jq -r '.cost.total_duration_ms'; }

193get_lines_added() { echo "$input" | jq -r '.cost.total_lines_added'; }

194get_lines_removed() { echo "$input" | jq -r '.cost.total_lines_removed'; }

195get_input_tokens() { echo "$input" | jq -r '.context_window.total_input_tokens'; }

196get_output_tokens() { echo "$input" | jq -r '.context_window.total_output_tokens'; }

197get_context_window_size() { echo "$input" | jq -r '.context_window.context_window_size'; }

198 

199# Use the helpers

200MODEL=$(get_model_name)

201DIR=$(get_current_dir)

202echo "[$MODEL] 📁 ${DIR##*/}"

203```

204 706 

205### Context Window Usage707 if [ -n "$BRANCH" ]; then

708 echo "[$MODEL] 📁 ${DIR##*/} | 🌿 $BRANCH +$STAGED ~$MODIFIED"

709 else

710 echo "[$MODEL] 📁 ${DIR##*/}"

711 fi

712 ```

206 713 

207Display the percentage of context window consumed. The `context_window` object contains:714 ```python Python theme={null}

715 #!/usr/bin/env python3

716 import json, sys, subprocess, os, time

208 717 

209* `total_input_tokens` / `total_output_tokens`: Cumulative totals across the entire session718 data = json.load(sys.stdin)

210* `current_usage`: Current context window usage from the last API call (may be `null` if no messages yet)719 model = data['model']['display_name']

211 * `input_tokens`: Input tokens in current context720 directory = os.path.basename(data['workspace']['current_dir'])

212 * `output_tokens`: Output tokens generated

213 * `cache_creation_input_tokens`: Tokens written to cache

214 * `cache_read_input_tokens`: Tokens read from cache

215 721 

216For accurate context percentage, use `current_usage` which reflects the actual context window state:722 CACHE_FILE = "/tmp/statusline-git-cache"

723 CACHE_MAX_AGE = 5 # seconds

217 724 

218```bash theme={null}725 def cache_is_stale():

219#!/bin/bash726 if not os.path.exists(CACHE_FILE):

220input=$(cat)727 return True

728 return time.time() - os.path.getmtime(CACHE_FILE) > CACHE_MAX_AGE

221 729 

222MODEL=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.model.display_name')730 if cache_is_stale():

223CONTEXT_SIZE=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.context_window.context_window_size')731 try:

224USAGE=$(echo "$input" | jq '.context_window.current_usage')732 subprocess.check_output(['git', 'rev-parse', '--git-dir'], stderr=subprocess.DEVNULL)

733 branch = subprocess.check_output(['git', 'branch', '--show-current'], text=True).strip()

734 staged = subprocess.check_output(['git', 'diff', '--cached', '--numstat'], text=True).strip()

735 modified = subprocess.check_output(['git', 'diff', '--numstat'], text=True).strip()

736 staged_count = len(staged.split('\n')) if staged else 0

737 modified_count = len(modified.split('\n')) if modified else 0

738 with open(CACHE_FILE, 'w') as f:

739 f.write(f"{branch}|{staged_count}|{modified_count}")

740 except:

741 with open(CACHE_FILE, 'w') as f:

742 f.write("||")

743 

744 with open(CACHE_FILE) as f:

745 branch, staged, modified = f.read().strip().split('|')

746 

747 if branch:

748 print(f"[{model}] 📁 {directory} | 🌿 {branch} +{staged} ~{modified}")

749 else:

750 print(f"[{model}] 📁 {directory}")

751 ```

752 

753 ```javascript Node.js theme={null}

754 #!/usr/bin/env node

755 const { execSync } = require('child_process');

756 const fs = require('fs');

757 const path = require('path');

758 

759 let input = '';

760 process.stdin.on('data', chunk => input += chunk);

761 process.stdin.on('end', () => {

762 const data = JSON.parse(input);

763 const model = data.model.display_name;

764 const dir = path.basename(data.workspace.current_dir);

225 765 

226if [ "$USAGE" != "null" ]; then766 const CACHE_FILE = '/tmp/statusline-git-cache';

227 # Calculate current context from current_usage fields767 const CACHE_MAX_AGE = 5; // seconds

228 CURRENT_TOKENS=$(echo "$USAGE" | jq '.input_tokens + .cache_creation_input_tokens + .cache_read_input_tokens')768 

229 PERCENT_USED=$((CURRENT_TOKENS * 100 / CONTEXT_SIZE))769 const cacheIsStale = () => {

230 echo "[$MODEL] Context: ${PERCENT_USED}%"770 if (!fs.existsSync(CACHE_FILE)) return true;

231else771 return (Date.now() / 1000) - fs.statSync(CACHE_FILE).mtimeMs / 1000 > CACHE_MAX_AGE;

232 echo "[$MODEL] Context: 0%"772 };

233fi773 

234```774 if (cacheIsStale()) {

775 try {

776 execSync('git rev-parse --git-dir', { stdio: 'ignore' });

777 const branch = execSync('git branch --show-current', { encoding: 'utf8' }).trim();

778 const staged = execSync('git diff --cached --numstat', { encoding: 'utf8' }).trim().split('\n').filter(Boolean).length;

779 const modified = execSync('git diff --numstat', { encoding: 'utf8' }).trim().split('\n').filter(Boolean).length;

780 fs.writeFileSync(CACHE_FILE, `${branch}|${staged}|${modified}`);

781 } catch {

782 fs.writeFileSync(CACHE_FILE, '||');

783 }

784 }

785 

786 const [branch, staged, modified] = fs.readFileSync(CACHE_FILE, 'utf8').trim().split('|');

787 

788 if (branch) {

789 console.log(`[${model}] 📁 ${dir} | 🌿 ${branch} +${staged} ~${modified}`);

790 } else {

791 console.log(`[${model}] 📁 ${dir}`);

792 }

793 });

794 ```

795</CodeGroup>

235 796 

236## Tips797## Tips

237 798 

238* Keep your status line concise - it should fit on one line799* **Test with mock input**: `echo '{"model":{"display_name":"Opus"},"context_window":{"used_percentage":25}}' | ./statusline.sh`

239* Use emojis (if your terminal supports them) and colors to make information scannable800* **Keep output short**: the status bar has limited width, so long output may get truncated or wrap awkwardly

240* Use `jq` for JSON parsing in Bash (see examples above)801* **Cache slow operations**: your script runs frequently during active sessions, so commands like `git status` can cause lag. See the [caching example](#cache-expensive-operations) for how to handle this.

241* Test your script by running it manually with mock JSON input: `echo '{"model":{"display_name":"Test"},"workspace":{"current_dir":"/test"}}' | ./statusline.sh`802 

242* Consider caching expensive operations (like git status) if needed803Community projects like [ccstatusline](https://github.com/sirmalloc/ccstatusline) and [starship-claude](https://github.com/martinemde/starship-claude) provide pre-built configurations with themes and additional features.

243 804 

244## Troubleshooting805## Troubleshooting

245 806 

246* If your status line doesn't appear, check that your script is executable (`chmod +x`)807**Status line not appearing**

247* Ensure your script outputs to stdout (not stderr)808 

809* Verify your script is executable: `chmod +x ~/.claude/statusline.sh`

810* Check that your script outputs to stdout, not stderr

811* Run your script manually to verify it produces output

812* If `disableAllHooks` is set to `true` in your settings, the status line is also disabled. Remove this setting or set it to `false` to re-enable.

813 

814**Status line shows `--` or empty values**

815 

816* Fields may be `null` before the first API response completes

817* Handle null values in your script with fallbacks such as `// 0` in jq

818* Restart Claude Code if values remain empty after multiple messages

819 

820**Context percentage shows unexpected values**

821 

822* Use `used_percentage` for accurate context state rather than cumulative totals

823* The `total_input_tokens` and `total_output_tokens` are cumulative across the session and may exceed the context window size

824* Context percentage may differ from `/context` output due to when each is calculated

825 

826**OSC 8 links not clickable**

827 

828* Verify your terminal supports OSC 8 hyperlinks (iTerm2, Kitty, WezTerm)

829* Terminal.app does not support clickable links

830* SSH and tmux sessions may strip OSC sequences depending on configuration

831* If escape sequences appear as literal text like `\e]8;;`, use `printf '%b'` instead of `echo -e` for more reliable escape handling

832 

833**Display glitches with escape sequences**

834 

835* Complex escape sequences (ANSI colors, OSC 8 links) can occasionally cause garbled output if they overlap with other UI updates

836* If you see corrupted text, try simplifying your script to plain text output

837* Multi-line status lines with escape codes are more prone to rendering issues than single-line plain text

838 

839**Script errors or hangs**

248 840 

841* Scripts that exit with non-zero codes or produce no output cause the status line to go blank

842* Slow scripts block the status line from updating until they complete. Keep scripts fast to avoid stale output.

843* If a new update triggers while a slow script is running, the in-flight script is cancelled

844* Test your script independently with mock input before configuring it

249 845 

846**Notifications share the status line row**

250 847 

251> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt848* System notifications like MCP server errors, auto-updates, and token warnings display on the right side of the same row as your status line

849* Enabling verbose mode adds a token counter to this area

850* On narrow terminals, these notifications may truncate your status line output

sub-agents.md +535 −289

Details

1# Subagents1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Create custom subagents

2 6 

3> Create and use specialized AI subagents in Claude Code for task-specific workflows and improved context management.7> Create and use specialized AI subagents in Claude Code for task-specific workflows and improved context management.

4 8 

5Custom subagents in Claude Code are specialized AI assistants that can be invoked to handle specific types of tasks. They enable more efficient problem-solving by providing task-specific configurations with customized system prompts, tools and a separate context window.9Subagents are specialized AI assistants that handle specific types of tasks. Each subagent runs in its own context window with a custom system prompt, specific tool access, and independent permissions. When Claude encounters a task that matches a subagent's description, it delegates to that subagent, which works independently and returns results.

10 

11<Note>

12 If you need multiple agents working in parallel and communicating with each other, see [agent teams](/en/agent-teams) instead. Subagents work within a single session; agent teams coordinate across separate sessions.

13</Note>

14 

15Subagents help you:

16 

17* **Preserve context** by keeping exploration and implementation out of your main conversation

18* **Enforce constraints** by limiting which tools a subagent can use

19* **Reuse configurations** across projects with user-level subagents

20* **Specialize behavior** with focused system prompts for specific domains

21* **Control costs** by routing tasks to faster, cheaper models like Haiku

22 

23Claude uses each subagent's description to decide when to delegate tasks. When you create a subagent, write a clear description so Claude knows when to use it.

24 

25Claude Code includes several built-in subagents like **Explore**, **Plan**, and **general-purpose**. You can also create custom subagents to handle specific tasks. This page covers the [built-in subagents](#built-in-subagents), [how to create your own](#quickstart-create-your-first-subagent), [full configuration options](#configure-subagents), [patterns for working with subagents](#work-with-subagents), and [example subagents](#example-subagents).

26 

27## Built-in subagents

28 

29Claude Code includes built-in subagents that Claude automatically uses when appropriate. Each inherits the parent conversation's permissions with additional tool restrictions.

30 

31<Tabs>

32 <Tab title="Explore">

33 A fast, read-only agent optimized for searching and analyzing codebases.

6 34 

7## What are subagents?35 * **Model**: Haiku (fast, low-latency)

36 * **Tools**: Read-only tools (denied access to Write and Edit tools)

37 * **Purpose**: File discovery, code search, codebase exploration

8 38 

9Subagents are pre-configured AI personalities that Claude Code can delegate tasks to. Each subagent:39 Claude delegates to Explore when it needs to search or understand a codebase without making changes. This keeps exploration results out of your main conversation context.

10 40 

11* Has a specific purpose and expertise area41 When invoking Explore, Claude specifies a thoroughness level: **quick** for targeted lookups, **medium** for balanced exploration, or **very thorough** for comprehensive analysis.

12* Uses its own context window separate from the main conversation42 </Tab>

13* Can be configured with specific tools it's allowed to use

14* Includes a custom system prompt that guides its behavior

15 43 

16When Claude Code encounters a task that matches a subagent's expertise, it can delegate that task to the specialized subagent, which works independently and returns results.44 <Tab title="Plan">

45 A research agent used during [plan mode](/en/common-workflows#use-plan-mode-for-safe-code-analysis) to gather context before presenting a plan.

17 46 

18## Key benefits47 * **Model**: Inherits from main conversation

48 * **Tools**: Read-only tools (denied access to Write and Edit tools)

49 * **Purpose**: Codebase research for planning

19 50 

20<CardGroup cols={2}>51 When you're in plan mode and Claude needs to understand your codebase, it delegates research to the Plan subagent. This prevents infinite nesting (subagents cannot spawn other subagents) while still gathering necessary context.

21 <Card title="Context preservation" icon="layer-group">52 </Tab>

22 Each subagent operates in its own context, preventing pollution of the main conversation and keeping it focused on high-level objectives.

23 </Card>

24 53 

25 <Card title="Specialized expertise" icon="brain">54 <Tab title="General-purpose">

26 Subagents can be fine-tuned with detailed instructions for specific domains, leading to higher success rates on designated tasks.55 A capable agent for complex, multi-step tasks that require both exploration and action.

27 </Card>

28 56 

29 <Card title="Reusability" icon="rotate">57 * **Model**: Inherits from main conversation

30 Once created, you can use subagents across different projects and share them with your team for consistent workflows.58 * **Tools**: All tools

31 </Card>59 * **Purpose**: Complex research, multi-step operations, code modifications

32 60 

33 <Card title="Flexible permissions" icon="shield-check">61 Claude delegates to general-purpose when the task requires both exploration and modification, complex reasoning to interpret results, or multiple dependent steps.

34 Each subagent can have different tool access levels, allowing you to limit powerful tools to specific subagent types.62 </Tab>

35 </Card>

36</CardGroup>

37 63 

38## Quick start64 <Tab title="Other">

65 Claude Code includes additional helper agents for specific tasks. These are typically invoked automatically, so you don't need to use them directly.

39 66 

40To create your first subagent:67 | Agent | Model | When Claude uses it |

68 | :---------------- | :------- | :------------------------------------------------------- |

69 | Bash | Inherits | Running terminal commands in a separate context |

70 | statusline-setup | Sonnet | When you run `/statusline` to configure your status line |

71 | Claude Code Guide | Haiku | When you ask questions about Claude Code features |

72 </Tab>

73</Tabs>

74 

75Beyond these built-in subagents, you can create your own with custom prompts, tool restrictions, permission modes, hooks, and skills. The following sections show how to get started and customize subagents.

76 

77## Quickstart: create your first subagent

78 

79Subagents are defined in Markdown files with YAML frontmatter. You can [create them manually](#write-subagent-files) or use the `/agents` command.

80 

81This walkthrough guides you through creating a user-level subagent with the `/agent` command. The subagent reviews code and suggests improvements for the codebase.

41 82 

42<Steps>83<Steps>

43 <Step title="Open the subagents interface">84 <Step title="Open the subagents interface">

44 Run the following command:85 In Claude Code, run:

45 86 

46 ```87 ```

47 /agents88 /agents

48 ```89 ```

49 </Step>90 </Step>

50 91 

51 <Step title="Select 'Create New Agent'">92 <Step title="Create a new user-level agent">

52 Choose whether to create a project-level or user-level subagent93 Select **Create new agent**, then choose **User-level**. This saves the subagent to `~/.claude/agents/` so it's available in all your projects.

94 </Step>

95 

96 <Step title="Generate with Claude">

97 Select **Generate with Claude**. When prompted, describe the subagent:

98 

99 ```

100 A code improvement agent that scans files and suggests improvements

101 for readability, performance, and best practices. It should explain

102 each issue, show the current code, and provide an improved version.

103 ```

104 

105 Claude generates the system prompt and configuration. Press `e` to open it in your editor if you want to customize it.

53 </Step>106 </Step>

54 107 

55 <Step title="Define the subagent">108 <Step title="Select tools">

56 * **Recommended**: generate with Claude first, then customize to make it yours109 For a read-only reviewer, deselect everything except **Read-only tools**. If you keep all tools selected, the subagent inherits all tools available to the main conversation.

57 * Describe your subagent in detail, including when Claude should use it

58 * Select the tools you want to grant access to, or leave this blank to inherit all tools

59 * The interface shows all available tools

60 * If you're generating with Claude, you can also edit the system prompt in your own editor by pressing `e`

61 </Step>110 </Step>

62 111 

63 <Step title="Save and use">112 <Step title="Select model">

64 Your subagent is now available. Claude uses it automatically when appropriate, or you can invoke it explicitly:113 Choose which model the subagent uses. For this example agent, select **Sonnet**, which balances capability and speed for analyzing code patterns.

114 </Step>

115 

116 <Step title="Choose a color">

117 Pick a background color for the subagent. This helps you identify which subagent is running in the UI.

118 </Step>

119 

120 <Step title="Save and try it out">

121 Save the subagent. It's available immediately (no restart needed). Try it:

65 122 

66 ```123 ```

67 > Use the code-reviewer subagent to check my recent changes124 Use the code-improver agent to suggest improvements in this project

68 ```125 ```

126 

127 Claude delegates to your new subagent, which scans the codebase and returns improvement suggestions.

69 </Step>128 </Step>

70</Steps>129</Steps>

71 130 

72## Subagent configuration131You now have a subagent you can use in any project on your machine to analyze codebases and suggest improvements.

73 132 

74### File locations133You can also create subagents manually as Markdown files, define them via CLI flags, or distribute them through plugins. The following sections cover all configuration options.

75 134 

76Subagents are stored as Markdown files with YAML frontmatter in two possible locations:135## Configure subagents

77 136 

78| Type | Location | Scope | Priority |137### Use the /agents command

79| :-------------------- | :------------------ | :---------------------------- | :------- |

80| **Project subagents** | `.claude/agents/` | Available in current project | Highest |

81| **User subagents** | `~/.claude/agents/` | Available across all projects | Lower |

82 138 

83When subagent names conflict, project-level subagents take precedence over user-level subagents.139The `/agents` command provides an interactive interface for managing subagents. Run `/agents` to:

140 

141* View all available subagents (built-in, user, project, and plugin)

142* Create new subagents with guided setup or Claude generation

143* Edit existing subagent configuration and tool access

144* Delete custom subagents

145* See which subagents are active when duplicates exist

84 146 

85### Plugin agents147This is the recommended way to create and manage subagents. For manual creation or automation, you can also add subagent files directly.

86 148 

87[Plugins](/en/plugins) can provide custom subagents that integrate seamlessly with Claude Code. Plugin agents work identically to user-defined agents and appear in the `/agents` interface.149To list all configured subagents from the command line without starting an interactive session, run `claude agents`. This shows agents grouped by source and indicates which are overridden by higher-priority definitions.

88 150 

89**Plugin agent locations**: plugins include agents in their `agents/` directory (or custom paths specified in the plugin manifest).151### Choose the subagent scope

90 152 

91**Using plugin agents**:153Subagents are Markdown files with YAML frontmatter. Store them in different locations depending on scope. When multiple subagents share the same name, the higher-priority location wins.

92 154 

93* Plugin agents appear in `/agents` alongside your custom agents155| Location | Scope | Priority | How to create |

94* Can be invoked explicitly: "Use the code-reviewer agent from the security-plugin"156| :--------------------------- | :---------------------- | :---------- | :------------------------------------ |

95* Can be invoked automatically by Claude when appropriate157| `--agents` CLI flag | Current session | 1 (highest) | Pass JSON when launching Claude Code |

96* Can be managed (viewed, inspected) through `/agents` interface158| `.claude/agents/` | Current project | 2 | Interactive or manual |

159| `~/.claude/agents/` | All your projects | 3 | Interactive or manual |

160| Plugin's `agents/` directory | Where plugin is enabled | 4 (lowest) | Installed with [plugins](/en/plugins) |

97 161 

98See the [plugin components reference](/en/plugins-reference#agents) for details on creating plugin agents.162**Project subagents** (`.claude/agents/`) are ideal for subagents specific to a codebase. Check them into version control so your team can use and improve them collaboratively.

99 163 

100### CLI-based configuration164**User subagents** (`~/.claude/agents/`) are personal subagents available in all your projects.

101 165 

102You can also define subagents dynamically using the `--agents` CLI flag, which accepts a JSON object:166**CLI-defined subagents** are passed as JSON when launching Claude Code. They exist only for that session and aren't saved to disk, making them useful for quick testing or automation scripts:

103 167 

104```bash theme={null}168```bash theme={null}

105claude --agents '{169claude --agents '{


112}'176}'

113```177```

114 178 

115**Priority**: CLI-defined subagents have lower priority than project-level subagents but higher priority than user-level subagents.179The `--agents` flag accepts JSON with the same [frontmatter](#supported-frontmatter-fields) fields as file-based subagents: `description`, `prompt`, `tools`, `disallowedTools`, `model`, `permissionMode`, `mcpServers`, `hooks`, `maxTurns`, `skills`, and `memory`. Use `prompt` for the system prompt, equivalent to the markdown body in file-based subagents. See the [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference#agents-flag-format) for the full JSON format.

116 180 

117**Use case**: This approach is useful for:181**Plugin subagents** come from [plugins](/en/plugins) you've installed. They appear in `/agents` alongside your custom subagents. See the [plugin components reference](/en/plugins-reference#agents) for details on creating plugin subagents.

118 182 

119* Quick testing of subagent configurations183### Write subagent files

120* Session-specific subagents that don't need to be saved

121* Automation scripts that need custom subagents

122* Sharing subagent definitions in documentation or scripts

123 184 

124For detailed information about the JSON format and all available options, see the [CLI reference documentation](/en/cli-reference#agents-flag-format).185Subagent files use YAML frontmatter for configuration, followed by the system prompt in Markdown:

125 186 

126### File format187<Note>

127 188 Subagents are loaded at session start. If you create a subagent by manually adding a file, restart your session or use `/agents` to load it immediately.

128Each subagent is defined in a Markdown file with this structure:189</Note>

129 190 

130```markdown theme={null}191```markdown theme={null}

131---192---

132name: your-sub-agent-name193name: code-reviewer

133description: Description of when this subagent should be invoked194description: Reviews code for quality and best practices

134tools: tool1, tool2, tool3 # Optional - inherits all tools if omitted195tools: Read, Glob, Grep

135model: sonnet # Optional - specify model alias or 'inherit'196model: sonnet

136permissionMode: default # Optional - permission mode for the subagent

137skills: skill1, skill2 # Optional - skills to auto-load

138---197---

139 198 

140Your subagent's system prompt goes here. This can be multiple paragraphs199You are a code reviewer. When invoked, analyze the code and provide

141and should clearly define the subagent's role, capabilities, and approach200specific, actionable feedback on quality, security, and best practices.

142to solving problems.

143 

144Include specific instructions, best practices, and any constraints

145the subagent should follow.

146```201```

147 202 

148#### Configuration fields203The frontmatter defines the subagent's metadata and configuration. The body becomes the system prompt that guides the subagent's behavior. Subagents receive only this system prompt (plus basic environment details like working directory), not the full Claude Code system prompt.

204 

205#### Supported frontmatter fields

206 

207The following fields can be used in the YAML frontmatter. Only `name` and `description` are required.

149 208 

150| Field | Required | Description |209| Field | Required | Description |

151| :--------------- | :------- | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |210| :---------------- | :------- | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

152| `name` | Yes | Unique identifier using lowercase letters and hyphens |211| `name` | Yes | Unique identifier using lowercase letters and hyphens |

153| `description` | Yes | Natural language description of the subagent's purpose |212| `description` | Yes | When Claude should delegate to this subagent |

154| `tools` | No | Comma-separated list of specific tools. If omitted, inherits all tools from the main thread |213| `tools` | No | [Tools](#available-tools) the subagent can use. Inherits all tools if omitted |

155| `model` | No | Model to use for this subagent. Can be a model alias (`sonnet`, `opus`, `haiku`) or `'inherit'` to use the main conversation's model. If omitted, defaults to the [configured subagent model](/en/model-config) |214| `disallowedTools` | No | Tools to deny, removed from inherited or specified list |

156| `permissionMode` | No | Permission mode for the subagent. Valid values: `default`, `acceptEdits`, `dontAsk`, `bypassPermissions`, `plan`, `ignore`. Controls how the subagent handles permission requests |215| `model` | No | [Model](#choose-a-model) to use: `sonnet`, `opus`, `haiku`, or `inherit`. Defaults to `inherit` |

157| `skills` | No | Comma-separated list of skill names to auto-load when the subagent starts. Subagents do not inherit Skills from the parent conversation. If omitted, no Skills are preloaded. |216| `permissionMode` | No | [Permission mode](#permission-modes): `default`, `acceptEdits`, `dontAsk`, `bypassPermissions`, or `plan` |

217| `maxTurns` | No | Maximum number of agentic turns before the subagent stops |

218| `skills` | No | [Skills](/en/skills) to load into the subagent's context at startup. The full skill content is injected, not just made available for invocation. Subagents don't inherit skills from the parent conversation |

219| `mcpServers` | No | [MCP servers](/en/mcp) available to this subagent. Each entry is either a server name referencing an already-configured server (e.g., `"slack"`) or an inline definition with the server name as key and a full [MCP server config](/en/mcp#configure-mcp-servers) as value |

220| `hooks` | No | [Lifecycle hooks](#define-hooks-for-subagents) scoped to this subagent |

221| `memory` | No | [Persistent memory scope](#enable-persistent-memory): `user`, `project`, or `local`. Enables cross-session learning |

222| `background` | No | Set to `true` to always run this subagent as a [background task](#run-subagents-in-foreground-or-background). Default: `false` |

223| `isolation` | No | Set to `worktree` to run the subagent in a temporary [git worktree](/en/common-workflows#run-parallel-claude-code-sessions-with-git-worktrees), giving it an isolated copy of the repository. The worktree is automatically cleaned up if the subagent makes no changes |

224 

225### Choose a model

226 

227The `model` field controls which [AI model](/en/model-config) the subagent uses:

228 

229* **Model alias**: Use one of the available aliases: `sonnet`, `opus`, or `haiku`

230* **inherit**: Use the same model as the main conversation

231* **Omitted**: If not specified, defaults to `inherit` (uses the same model as the main conversation)

158 232 

159### Model selection233### Control subagent capabilities

160 234 

161The `model` field allows you to control which [AI model](/en/model-config) the subagent uses:235You can control what subagents can do through tool access, permission modes, and conditional rules.

162 236 

163* **Model alias**: Use one of the available aliases: `sonnet`, `opus`, or `haiku`237#### Available tools

164* **`'inherit'`**: Use the same model as the main conversation (useful for consistency)238 

165* **Omitted**: If not specified, uses the default model configured for subagents (`sonnet`)239Subagents can use any of Claude Code's [internal tools](/en/settings#tools-available-to-claude). By default, subagents inherit all tools from the main conversation, including MCP tools.

240 

241To restrict tools, use the `tools` field (allowlist) or `disallowedTools` field (denylist):

242 

243```yaml theme={null}

244---

245name: safe-researcher

246description: Research agent with restricted capabilities

247tools: Read, Grep, Glob, Bash

248disallowedTools: Write, Edit

249---

250```

251 

252#### Restrict which subagents can be spawned

253 

254When an agent runs as the main thread with `claude --agent`, it can spawn subagents using the Task tool. To restrict which subagent types it can spawn, use `Task(agent_type)` syntax in the `tools` field:

255 

256```yaml theme={null}

257---

258name: coordinator

259description: Coordinates work across specialized agents

260tools: Task(worker, researcher), Read, Bash

261---

262```

263 

264This is an allowlist: only the `worker` and `researcher` subagents can be spawned. If the agent tries to spawn any other type, the request fails and the agent sees only the allowed types in its prompt. To block specific agents while allowing all others, use [`permissions.deny`](#disable-specific-subagents) instead.

265 

266To allow spawning any subagent without restrictions, use `Task` without parentheses:

267 

268```yaml theme={null}

269tools: Task, Read, Bash

270```

271 

272If `Task` is omitted from the `tools` list entirely, the agent cannot spawn any subagents. This restriction only applies to agents running as the main thread with `claude --agent`. Subagents cannot spawn other subagents, so `Task(agent_type)` has no effect in subagent definitions.

273 

274#### Permission modes

275 

276The `permissionMode` field controls how the subagent handles permission prompts. Subagents inherit the permission context from the main conversation but can override the mode.

277 

278| Mode | Behavior |

279| :------------------ | :----------------------------------------------------------------- |

280| `default` | Standard permission checking with prompts |

281| `acceptEdits` | Auto-accept file edits |

282| `dontAsk` | Auto-deny permission prompts (explicitly allowed tools still work) |

283| `bypassPermissions` | Skip all permission checks |

284| `plan` | Plan mode (read-only exploration) |

285 

286<Warning>

287 Use `bypassPermissions` with caution. It skips all permission checks, allowing the subagent to execute any operation without approval.

288</Warning>

289 

290If the parent uses `bypassPermissions`, this takes precedence and cannot be overridden.

291 

292#### Preload skills into subagents

293 

294Use the `skills` field to inject skill content into a subagent's context at startup. This gives the subagent domain knowledge without requiring it to discover and load skills during execution.

295 

296```yaml theme={null}

297---

298name: api-developer

299description: Implement API endpoints following team conventions

300skills:

301 - api-conventions

302 - error-handling-patterns

303---

304 

305Implement API endpoints. Follow the conventions and patterns from the preloaded skills.

306```

307 

308The full content of each skill is injected into the subagent's context, not just made available for invocation. Subagents don't inherit skills from the parent conversation; you must list them explicitly.

166 309 

167<Note>310<Note>

168 Using `'inherit'` is particularly useful when you want your subagents to adapt to the model choice of the main conversation, ensuring consistent capabilities and response style throughout your session.311 This is the inverse of [running a skill in a subagent](/en/skills#run-skills-in-a-subagent). With `skills` in a subagent, the subagent controls the system prompt and loads skill content. With `context: fork` in a skill, the skill content is injected into the agent you specify. Both use the same underlying system.

169</Note>312</Note>

170 313 

171### Available tools314#### Enable persistent memory

172 315 

173Subagents can be granted access to any of Claude Code's internal tools. See the [tools documentation](/en/settings#tools-available-to-claude) for a complete list of available tools.316The `memory` field gives the subagent a persistent directory that survives across conversations. The subagent uses this directory to build up knowledge over time, such as codebase patterns, debugging insights, and architectural decisions.

174 317 

175<Tip>318```yaml theme={null}

176 **Recommended:** Use the `/agents` command to modify tool access - it provides an interactive interface that lists all available tools, including any connected MCP server tools, making it easier to select the ones you need.319---

177</Tip>320name: code-reviewer

321description: Reviews code for quality and best practices

322memory: user

323---

178 324 

179You have two options for configuring tools:325You are a code reviewer. As you review code, update your agent memory with

326patterns, conventions, and recurring issues you discover.

327```

328 

329Choose a scope based on how broadly the memory should apply:

330 

331| Scope | Location | Use when |

332| :-------- | :-------------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

333| `user` | `~/.claude/agent-memory/<name-of-agent>/` | the subagent should remember learnings across all projects |

334| `project` | `.claude/agent-memory/<name-of-agent>/` | the subagent's knowledge is project-specific and shareable via version control |

335| `local` | `.claude/agent-memory-local/<name-of-agent>/` | the subagent's knowledge is project-specific but should not be checked into version control |

180 336 

181* **Omit the `tools` field** to inherit all tools from the main thread (default), including MCP tools337When memory is enabled:

182* **Specify individual tools** as a comma-separated list for more granular control (can be edited manually or via `/agents`)

183 338 

184**MCP Tools**: Subagents can access MCP tools from configured MCP servers. When the `tools` field is omitted, subagents inherit all MCP tools available to the main thread.339* The subagent's system prompt includes instructions for reading and writing to the memory directory.

340* The subagent's system prompt also includes the first 200 lines of `MEMORY.md` in the memory directory, with instructions to curate `MEMORY.md` if it exceeds 200 lines.

341* Read, Write, and Edit tools are automatically enabled so the subagent can manage its memory files.

185 342 

186## Managing subagents343##### Persistent memory tips

344 

345* `user` is the recommended default scope. Use `project` or `local` when the subagent's knowledge is only relevant to a specific codebase.

346* Ask the subagent to consult its memory before starting work: "Review this PR, and check your memory for patterns you've seen before."

347* Ask the subagent to update its memory after completing a task: "Now that you're done, save what you learned to your memory." Over time, this builds a knowledge base that makes the subagent more effective.

348* Include memory instructions directly in the subagent's markdown file so it proactively maintains its own knowledge base:

349 

350 ```markdown theme={null}

351 Update your agent memory as you discover codepaths, patterns, library

352 locations, and key architectural decisions. This builds up institutional

353 knowledge across conversations. Write concise notes about what you found

354 and where.

355 ```

187 356 

188### Using the /agents command (Recommended)357#### Conditional rules with hooks

189 358 

190The `/agents` command provides a comprehensive interface for subagent management:359For more dynamic control over tool usage, use `PreToolUse` hooks to validate operations before they execute. This is useful when you need to allow some operations of a tool while blocking others.

191 360 

361This example creates a subagent that only allows read-only database queries. The `PreToolUse` hook runs the script specified in `command` before each Bash command executes:

362 

363```yaml theme={null}

364---

365name: db-reader

366description: Execute read-only database queries

367tools: Bash

368hooks:

369 PreToolUse:

370 - matcher: "Bash"

371 hooks:

372 - type: command

373 command: "./scripts/validate-readonly-query.sh"

374---

192```375```

193/agents376 

377Claude Code [passes hook input as JSON](/en/hooks#pretooluse-input) via stdin to hook commands. The validation script reads this JSON, extracts the Bash command, and [exits with code 2](/en/hooks#exit-code-2-behavior-per-event) to block write operations:

378 

379```bash theme={null}

380#!/bin/bash

381# ./scripts/validate-readonly-query.sh

382 

383INPUT=$(cat)

384COMMAND=$(echo "$INPUT" | jq -r '.tool_input.command // empty')

385 

386# Block SQL write operations (case-insensitive)

387if echo "$COMMAND" | grep -iE '\b(INSERT|UPDATE|DELETE|DROP|CREATE|ALTER|TRUNCATE)\b' > /dev/null; then

388 echo "Blocked: Only SELECT queries are allowed" >&2

389 exit 2

390fi

391 

392exit 0

194```393```

195 394 

196This opens an interactive menu where you can:395See [Hook input](/en/hooks#pretooluse-input) for the complete input schema and [exit codes](/en/hooks#exit-code-output) for how exit codes affect behavior.

197 396 

198* View all available subagents (built-in, user, and project)397#### Disable specific subagents

199* Create new subagents with guided setup

200* Edit existing custom subagents, including their tool access

201* Delete custom subagents

202* See which subagents are active when duplicates exist

203* **Manage tool permissions** with a complete list of available tools

204 398 

205### Direct file management399You can prevent Claude from using specific subagents by adding them to the `deny` array in your [settings](/en/settings#permission-settings). Use the format `Task(subagent-name)` where `subagent-name` matches the subagent's name field.

206 400 

207You can also manage subagents by working directly with their files:401```json theme={null}

402{

403 "permissions": {

404 "deny": ["Task(Explore)", "Task(my-custom-agent)"]

405 }

406}

407```

408 

409This works for both built-in and custom subagents. You can also use the `--disallowedTools` CLI flag:

208 410 

209```bash theme={null}411```bash theme={null}

210# Create a project subagent412claude --disallowedTools "Task(Explore)"

211mkdir -p .claude/agents413```

212echo '---414 

213name: test-runner415See [Permissions documentation](/en/permissions#tool-specific-permission-rules) for more details on permission rules.

214description: Use proactively to run tests and fix failures416 

417### Define hooks for subagents

418 

419Subagents can define [hooks](/en/hooks) that run during the subagent's lifecycle. There are two ways to configure hooks:

420 

4211. **In the subagent's frontmatter**: Define hooks that run only while that subagent is active

4222. **In `settings.json`**: Define hooks that run in the main session when subagents start or stop

423 

424#### Hooks in subagent frontmatter

215 425 

216You are a test automation expert. When you see code changes, proactively run the appropriate tests. If tests fail, analyze the failures and fix them while preserving the original test intent.' > .claude/agents/test-runner.md426Define hooks directly in the subagent's markdown file. These hooks only run while that specific subagent is active and are cleaned up when it finishes.

217 427 

218# Create a user subagent428All [hook events](/en/hooks#hook-events) are supported. The most common events for subagents are:

219mkdir -p ~/.claude/agents429 

220# ... create subagent file430| Event | Matcher input | When it fires |

431| :------------ | :------------ | :------------------------------------------------------------------ |

432| `PreToolUse` | Tool name | Before the subagent uses a tool |

433| `PostToolUse` | Tool name | After the subagent uses a tool |

434| `Stop` | (none) | When the subagent finishes (converted to `SubagentStop` at runtime) |

435 

436This example validates Bash commands with the `PreToolUse` hook and runs a linter after file edits with `PostToolUse`:

437 

438```yaml theme={null}

439---

440name: code-reviewer

441description: Review code changes with automatic linting

442hooks:

443 PreToolUse:

444 - matcher: "Bash"

445 hooks:

446 - type: command

447 command: "./scripts/validate-command.sh $TOOL_INPUT"

448 PostToolUse:

449 - matcher: "Edit|Write"

450 hooks:

451 - type: command

452 command: "./scripts/run-linter.sh"

453---

221```454```

222 455 

223<Note>456`Stop` hooks in frontmatter are automatically converted to `SubagentStop` events.

224 Subagents created by manually adding files will be loaded the next time you start a Claude Code session. To create and use a subagent immediately without restarting, use the `/agents` command instead.

225</Note>

226 457 

227## Using subagents effectively458#### Project-level hooks for subagent events

228 459 

229### Automatic delegation460Configure hooks in `settings.json` that respond to subagent lifecycle events in the main session.

230 461 

231Claude Code proactively delegates tasks based on:462| Event | Matcher input | When it fires |

463| :-------------- | :-------------- | :------------------------------- |

464| `SubagentStart` | Agent type name | When a subagent begins execution |

465| `SubagentStop` | Agent type name | When a subagent completes |

232 466 

233* The task description in your request467Both events support matchers to target specific agent types by name. This example runs a setup script only when the `db-agent` subagent starts, and a cleanup script when any subagent stops:

234* The `description` field in subagent configurations

235* Current context and available tools

236 468 

237<Tip>469```json theme={null}

238 To encourage more proactive subagent use, include phrases like "use PROACTIVELY" or "MUST BE USED" in your `description` field.470{

239</Tip>471 "hooks": {

472 "SubagentStart": [

473 {

474 "matcher": "db-agent",

475 "hooks": [

476 { "type": "command", "command": "./scripts/setup-db-connection.sh" }

477 ]

478 }

479 ],

480 "SubagentStop": [

481 {

482 "hooks": [

483 { "type": "command", "command": "./scripts/cleanup-db-connection.sh" }

484 ]

485 }

486 ]

487 }

488}

489```

490 

491See [Hooks](/en/hooks) for the complete hook configuration format.

492 

493## Work with subagents

240 494 

241### Explicit invocation495### Understand automatic delegation

242 496 

243Request a specific subagent by mentioning it in your command:497Claude automatically delegates tasks based on the task description in your request, the `description` field in subagent configurations, and current context. To encourage proactive delegation, include phrases like "use proactively" in your subagent's description field.

498 

499You can also request a specific subagent explicitly:

244 500 

245```501```

246> Use the test-runner subagent to fix failing tests502Use the test-runner subagent to fix failing tests

247> Have the code-reviewer subagent look at my recent changes503Have the code-reviewer subagent look at my recent changes

248> Ask the debugger subagent to investigate this error

249```504```

250 505 

251## Built-in subagents506### Run subagents in foreground or background

252 507 

253Claude Code includes built-in subagents that are available out of the box:508Subagents can run in the foreground (blocking) or background (concurrent):

254 509 

255### General-purpose subagent510* **Foreground subagents** block the main conversation until complete. Permission prompts and clarifying questions (like [`AskUserQuestion`](/en/settings#tools-available-to-claude)) are passed through to you.

511* **Background subagents** run concurrently while you continue working. Before launching, Claude Code prompts for any tool permissions the subagent will need, ensuring it has the necessary approvals upfront. Once running, the subagent inherits these permissions and auto-denies anything not pre-approved. If a background subagent needs to ask clarifying questions, that tool call fails but the subagent continues. MCP tools are not available in background subagents.

256 512 

257The general-purpose subagent is a capable agent for complex, multi-step tasks that require both exploration and action. Unlike the Explore subagent, it can modify files and execute a wider range of operations.513If a background subagent fails due to missing permissions, you can [resume it](#resume-subagents) in the foreground to retry with interactive prompts.

258 514 

259**Key characteristics:**515Claude decides whether to run subagents in the foreground or background based on the task. You can also:

260 516 

261* **Model**: Uses Sonnet for more capable reasoning517* Ask Claude to "run this in the background"

262* **Tools**: Has access to all tools518* Press **Ctrl+B** to background a running task

263* **Mode**: Can read and write files, execute commands, make changes

264* **Purpose**: Complex research tasks, multi-step operations, code modifications

265 519 

266**When Claude uses it:**520To disable all background task functionality, set the `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_BACKGROUND_TASKS` environment variable to `1`. See [Environment variables](/en/settings#environment-variables).

267 521 

268Claude delegates to the general-purpose subagent when:522### Common patterns

269 523 

270* The task requires both exploration and modification524#### Isolate high-volume operations

271* Complex reasoning is needed to interpret search results

272* Multiple strategies may be needed if initial searches fail

273* The task has multiple steps that depend on each other

274 525 

275**Example scenario:**526One of the most effective uses for subagents is isolating operations that produce large amounts of output. Running tests, fetching documentation, or processing log files can consume significant context. By delegating these to a subagent, the verbose output stays in the subagent's context while only the relevant summary returns to your main conversation.

276 527 

277```528```

278User: Find all the places where we handle authentication and update them to use the new token format529Use a subagent to run the test suite and report only the failing tests with their error messages

279 

280Claude: [Invokes general-purpose subagent]

281[Agent searches for auth-related code across codebase]

282[Agent reads and analyzes multiple files]

283[Agent makes necessary edits]

284[Returns detailed writeup of changes made]

285```530```

286 531 

287### Plan subagent532#### Run parallel research

288 533 

289The Plan subagent is a specialized built-in agent designed for use during plan mode. When Claude is operating in plan mode (non-execution mode), it uses the Plan subagent to conduct research and gather information about your codebase before presenting a plan.534For independent investigations, spawn multiple subagents to work simultaneously:

290 535 

291**Key characteristics:**536```

537Research the authentication, database, and API modules in parallel using separate subagents

538```

292 539 

293* **Model**: Uses Sonnet for more capable analysis540Each subagent explores its area independently, then Claude synthesizes the findings. This works best when the research paths don't depend on each other.

294* **Tools**: Has access to Read, Glob, Grep, and Bash tools for codebase exploration

295* **Purpose**: Searches files, analyzes code structure, and gathers context

296* **Automatic invocation**: Claude automatically uses this agent when in plan mode and needs to research the codebase

297 541 

298**How it works:**542<Warning>

299When you're in plan mode and Claude needs to understand your codebase to create a plan, it delegates research tasks to the Plan subagent. This prevents infinite nesting of agents (subagents cannot spawn other subagents) while still allowing Claude to gather the necessary context.543 When subagents complete, their results return to your main conversation. Running many subagents that each return detailed results can consume significant context.

544</Warning>

300 545 

301**Example scenario:**546For tasks that need sustained parallelism or exceed your context window, [agent teams](/en/agent-teams) give each worker its own independent context.

302 547 

303```548#### Chain subagents

304User: [In plan mode] Help me refactor the authentication module

305 549 

306Claude: Let me research your authentication implementation first...550For multi-step workflows, ask Claude to use subagents in sequence. Each subagent completes its task and returns results to Claude, which then passes relevant context to the next subagent.

307[Internally invokes Plan subagent to explore auth-related files]551 

308[Plan subagent searches codebase and returns findings]552```

309Claude: Based on my research, here's my proposed plan...553Use the code-reviewer subagent to find performance issues, then use the optimizer subagent to fix them

310```554```

311 555 

312<Tip>556### Choose between subagents and main conversation

313 The Plan subagent is only used in plan mode. In normal execution mode, Claude uses the general-purpose agent or other custom subagents you've created.

314</Tip>

315 557 

316### Explore subagent558Use the **main conversation** when:

317 559 

318The Explore subagent is a fast, lightweight agent optimized for searching and analyzing codebases. It operates in strict read-only mode and is designed for rapid file discovery and code exploration.560* The task needs frequent back-and-forth or iterative refinement

561* Multiple phases share significant context (planning → implementation → testing)

562* You're making a quick, targeted change

563* Latency matters. Subagents start fresh and may need time to gather context

319 564 

320**Key characteristics:**565Use **subagents** when:

321 566 

322* **Model**: Uses Haiku for fast, low-latency searches567* The task produces verbose output you don't need in your main context

323* **Mode**: Strictly read-only - cannot create, modify, or delete files568* You want to enforce specific tool restrictions or permissions

324* **Tools available**:569* The work is self-contained and can return a summary

325 * Glob - File pattern matching

326 * Grep - Content searching with regular expressions

327 * Read - Reading file contents

328 * Bash - Read-only commands only (ls, git status, git log, git diff, find, cat, head, tail)

329 570 

330**When Claude uses it:**571Consider [Skills](/en/skills) instead when you want reusable prompts or workflows that run in the main conversation context rather than isolated subagent context.

331 572 

332Claude will delegate to the Explore subagent when it needs to search or understand a codebase but doesn't need to make changes. This is more efficient than the main agent running multiple search commands directly, as content found during the exploration process doesn't bloat the main conversation.573<Note>

574 Subagents cannot spawn other subagents. If your workflow requires nested delegation, use [Skills](/en/skills) or [chain subagents](#chain-subagents) from the main conversation.

575</Note>

333 576 

334**Thoroughness levels:**577### Manage subagent context

335 578 

336When invoking the Explore subagent, Claude specifies a thoroughness level:579#### Resume subagents

337 580 

338* **Quick** - Fast searches with minimal exploration. Good for targeted lookups.581Each subagent invocation creates a new instance with fresh context. To continue an existing subagent's work instead of starting over, ask Claude to resume it.

339* **Medium** - Moderate exploration. Balances speed and thoroughness.

340* **Very thorough** - Comprehensive analysis across multiple locations and naming conventions. Used when the target might be in unexpected places.

341 582 

342**Example scenarios:**583Resumed subagents retain their full conversation history, including all previous tool calls, results, and reasoning. The subagent picks up exactly where it stopped rather than starting fresh.

343 584 

344```585When a subagent completes, Claude receives its agent ID. To resume a subagent, ask Claude to continue the previous work:

345User: Where are errors from the client handled?

346 586 

347Claude: [Invokes Explore subagent with "medium" thoroughness]

348[Explore uses Grep to search for error handling patterns]

349[Explore uses Read to examine promising files]

350[Returns findings with absolute file paths]

351Claude: Client errors are handled in src/services/process.ts:712...

352```587```

588Use the code-reviewer subagent to review the authentication module

589[Agent completes]

353 590 

591Continue that code review and now analyze the authorization logic

592[Claude resumes the subagent with full context from previous conversation]

354```593```

355User: What's the codebase structure?

356 594 

357Claude: [Invokes Explore subagent with "quick" thoroughness]595You can also ask Claude for the agent ID if you want to reference it explicitly, or find IDs in the transcript files at `~/.claude/projects/{project}/{sessionId}/subagents/`. Each transcript is stored as `agent-{agentId}.jsonl`.

358[Explore uses Glob and ls to map directory structure]596 

359[Returns overview of key directories and their purposes]597Subagent transcripts persist independently of the main conversation:

598 

599* **Main conversation compaction**: When the main conversation compacts, subagent transcripts are unaffected. They're stored in separate files.

600* **Session persistence**: Subagent transcripts persist within their session. You can [resume a subagent](#resume-subagents) after restarting Claude Code by resuming the same session.

601* **Automatic cleanup**: Transcripts are cleaned up based on the `cleanupPeriodDays` setting (default: 30 days).

602 

603#### Auto-compaction

604 

605Subagents support automatic compaction using the same logic as the main conversation. By default, auto-compaction triggers at approximately 95% capacity. To trigger compaction earlier, set `CLAUDE_AUTOCOMPACT_PCT_OVERRIDE` to a lower percentage (for example, `50`). See [environment variables](/en/settings#environment-variables) for details.

606 

607Compaction events are logged in subagent transcript files:

608 

609```json theme={null}

610{

611 "type": "system",

612 "subtype": "compact_boundary",

613 "compactMetadata": {

614 "trigger": "auto",

615 "preTokens": 167189

616 }

617}

360```618```

361 619 

620The `preTokens` value shows how many tokens were used before compaction occurred.

621 

362## Example subagents622## Example subagents

363 623 

624These examples demonstrate effective patterns for building subagents. Use them as starting points, or generate a customized version with Claude.

625 

626<Tip>

627 **Best practices:**

628 

629 * **Design focused subagents:** each subagent should excel at one specific task

630 * **Write detailed descriptions:** Claude uses the description to decide when to delegate

631 * **Limit tool access:** grant only necessary permissions for security and focus

632 * **Check into version control:** share project subagents with your team

633</Tip>

634 

364### Code reviewer635### Code reviewer

365 636 

637A read-only subagent that reviews code without modifying it. This example shows how to design a focused subagent with limited tool access (no Edit or Write) and a detailed prompt that specifies exactly what to look for and how to format output.

638 

366```markdown theme={null}639```markdown theme={null}

367---640---

368name: code-reviewer641name: code-reviewer


399 671 

400### Debugger672### Debugger

401 673 

674A subagent that can both analyze and fix issues. Unlike the code reviewer, this one includes Edit because fixing bugs requires modifying code. The prompt provides a clear workflow from diagnosis to verification.

675 

402```markdown theme={null}676```markdown theme={null}

403---677---

404name: debugger678name: debugger


434 708 

435### Data scientist709### Data scientist

436 710 

711A domain-specific subagent for data analysis work. This example shows how to create subagents for specialized workflows outside of typical coding tasks. It explicitly sets `model: sonnet` for more capable analysis.

712 

437```markdown theme={null}713```markdown theme={null}

438---714---

439name: data-scientist715name: data-scientist


467Always ensure queries are efficient and cost-effective.743Always ensure queries are efficient and cost-effective.

468```744```

469 745 

470## Best practices746### Database query validator

471 

472* **Start with Claude-generated agents**: We highly recommend generating your initial subagent with Claude and then iterating on it to make it personally yours. This approach gives you the best results - a solid foundation that you can customize to your specific needs.

473 

474* **Design focused subagents**: Create subagents with single, clear responsibilities rather than trying to make one subagent do everything. This improves performance and makes subagents more predictable.

475 

476* **Write detailed prompts**: Include specific instructions, examples, and constraints in your system prompts. The more guidance you provide, the better the subagent will perform.

477 

478* **Limit tool access**: Only grant tools that are necessary for the subagent's purpose. This improves security and helps the subagent focus on relevant actions.

479 747 

480* **Version control**: Check project subagents into version control so your team can benefit from and improve them collaboratively.748A subagent that allows Bash access but validates commands to permit only read-only SQL queries. This example shows how to use `PreToolUse` hooks for conditional validation when you need finer control than the `tools` field provides.

481 749 

482## Advanced usage750```markdown theme={null}

751---

752name: db-reader

753description: Execute read-only database queries. Use when analyzing data or generating reports.

754tools: Bash

755hooks:

756 PreToolUse:

757 - matcher: "Bash"

758 hooks:

759 - type: command

760 command: "./scripts/validate-readonly-query.sh"

761---

483 762 

484### Chaining subagents763You are a database analyst with read-only access. Execute SELECT queries to answer questions about the data.

485 764 

486For complex workflows, you can chain multiple subagents:765When asked to analyze data:

7661. Identify which tables contain the relevant data

7672. Write efficient SELECT queries with appropriate filters

7683. Present results clearly with context

487 769 

770You cannot modify data. If asked to INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, or modify schema, explain that you only have read access.

488```771```

489> First use the code-analyzer subagent to find performance issues, then use the optimizer subagent to fix them

490```

491 

492### Dynamic subagent selection

493 772 

494Claude Code intelligently selects subagents based on context. Make your `description` fields specific and action-oriented for best results.773Claude Code [passes hook input as JSON](/en/hooks#pretooluse-input) via stdin to hook commands. The validation script reads this JSON, extracts the command being executed, and checks it against a list of SQL write operations. If a write operation is detected, the script [exits with code 2](/en/hooks#exit-code-2-behavior-per-event) to block execution and returns an error message to Claude via stderr.

495 774 

496### Resumable subagents775Create the validation script anywhere in your project. The path must match the `command` field in your hook configuration:

497 776 

498Subagents can be resumed to continue previous conversations, which is particularly useful for long-running research or analysis tasks that need to be continued across multiple invocations.777```bash theme={null}

499 778#!/bin/bash

500**How it works:**779# Blocks SQL write operations, allows SELECT queries

501 

502* Each subagent execution is assigned a unique `agentId`

503* The agent's conversation is stored in a separate transcript file: `agent-{agentId}.jsonl`

504* You can resume a previous agent by providing its `agentId` via the `resume` parameter

505* When resumed, the agent continues with full context from its previous conversation

506 

507**Example workflow:**

508 

509Initial invocation:

510 780 

511```781# Read JSON input from stdin

512> Use the code-analyzer agent to start reviewing the authentication module782INPUT=$(cat)

513 783 

514[Agent completes initial analysis and returns agentId: "abc123"]784# Extract the command field from tool_input using jq

515```785COMMAND=$(echo "$INPUT" | jq -r '.tool_input.command // empty')

516 786 

517Resume the agent:787if [ -z "$COMMAND" ]; then

788 exit 0

789fi

518 790 

519```791# Block write operations (case-insensitive)

520> Resume agent abc123 and now analyze the authorization logic as well792if echo "$COMMAND" | grep -iE '\b(INSERT|UPDATE|DELETE|DROP|CREATE|ALTER|TRUNCATE|REPLACE|MERGE)\b' > /dev/null; then

793 echo "Blocked: Write operations not allowed. Use SELECT queries only." >&2

794 exit 2

795fi

521 796 

522[Agent continues with full context from previous conversation]797exit 0

523```798```

524 799 

525**Use cases:**800Make the script executable:

526 

527* **Long-running research**: Break down large codebase analysis into multiple sessions

528* **Iterative refinement**: Continue refining a subagent's work without losing context

529* **Multi-step workflows**: Have a subagent work on related tasks sequentially while maintaining context

530 

531**Technical details:**

532 

533* Agent transcripts are stored in your project directory

534* Recording is disabled during resume to avoid duplicating messages

535* Both synchronous and asynchronous agents can be resumed

536* The `resume` parameter accepts the agent ID from a previous execution

537 

538**Programmatic usage:**

539 801 

540If you're using the Agent SDK or interacting with the AgentTool directly, you can pass the `resume` parameter:802```bash theme={null}

541 803chmod +x ./scripts/validate-readonly-query.sh

542```typescript theme={null}

543{

544 "description": "Continue analysis",

545 "prompt": "Now examine the error handling patterns",

546 "subagent_type": "code-analyzer",

547 "resume": "abc123" // Agent ID from previous execution

548}

549```804```

550 805 

551<Tip>806The hook receives JSON via stdin with the Bash command in `tool_input.command`. Exit code 2 blocks the operation and feeds the error message back to Claude. See [Hooks](/en/hooks#exit-code-output) for details on exit codes and [Hook input](/en/hooks#pretooluse-input) for the complete input schema.

552 Keep track of agent IDs for tasks you may want to resume later. Claude Code displays the agent ID when a subagent completes its work.

553</Tip>

554 807 

555## Performance considerations808## Next steps

556 809 

557* **Context efficiency**: Agents help preserve main context, enabling longer overall sessions810Now that you understand subagents, explore these related features:

558* **Latency**: Subagents start off with a clean slate each time they are invoked and may add latency as they gather context that they require to do their job effectively.

559 

560## Related documentation

561 

562* [Plugins](/en/plugins) - Extend Claude Code with custom agents through plugins

563* [Slash commands](/en/slash-commands) - Learn about other built-in commands

564* [Settings](/en/settings) - Configure Claude Code behavior

565* [Hooks](/en/hooks) - Automate workflows with event handlers

566 

567 

568 811 

569> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt812* [Distribute subagents with plugins](/en/plugins) to share subagents across teams or projects

813* [Run Claude Code programmatically](/en/headless) with the Agent SDK for CI/CD and automation

814* [Use MCP servers](/en/mcp) to give subagents access to external tools and data

terminal-config.md +30 −18

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Optimize your terminal setup5# Optimize your terminal setup

2 6 

3> Claude Code works best when your terminal is properly configured. Follow these guidelines to optimize your experience.7> Claude Code works best when your terminal is properly configured. Follow these guidelines to optimize your experience.


13You have several options for entering line breaks into Claude Code:17You have several options for entering line breaks into Claude Code:

14 18 

15* **Quick escape**: Type `\` followed by Enter to create a newline19* **Quick escape**: Type `\` followed by Enter to create a newline

16* **Keyboard shortcut**: Set up a keybinding to insert a newline20* **Shift+Enter**: Works out of the box in iTerm2, WezTerm, Ghostty, and Kitty

21* **Keyboard shortcut**: Set up a keybinding to insert a newline in other terminals

22 

23**Set up Shift+Enter for other terminals**

17 24 

18#### Set up Shift+Enter (VS Code or iTerm2):25Run `/terminal-setup` within Claude Code to automatically configure Shift+Enter for VS Code, Alacritty, Zed, and Warp.

19 26 

20Run `/terminal-setup` within Claude Code to automatically configure Shift+Enter.27<Note>

28 The `/terminal-setup` command is only visible in terminals that require manual configuration. If you're using iTerm2, WezTerm, Ghostty, or Kitty, you won't see this command because Shift+Enter already works natively.

29</Note>

21 30 

22#### Set up Option+Enter (VS Code, iTerm2 or macOS Terminal.app):31**Set up Option+Enter (VS Code, iTerm2 or macOS Terminal.app)**

23 32 

24**For Mac Terminal.app:**33**For Mac Terminal.app:**

25 34 


33 42 

34### Notification setup43### Notification setup

35 44 

36Never miss when Claude completes a task with proper notification configuration:45When Claude finishes working and is waiting for your input, it fires a notification event. You can surface this event as a desktop notification through your terminal or run custom logic with [notification hooks](/en/hooks#notification).

46 

47#### Terminal notifications

37 48 

38#### iTerm 2 system notifications49Kitty and Ghostty support desktop notifications without additional configuration. iTerm 2 requires setup:

39 50 

40For iTerm 2 alerts when tasks complete:511. Open iTerm 2 Settings Profiles → Terminal

522. Enable "Notification Center Alerts"

533. Click "Filter Alerts" and check "Send escape sequence-generated alerts"

41 54 

421. Open iTerm 2 Preferences55If notifications aren't appearing, verify that your terminal app has notification permissions in your OS settings.

432. Navigate to Profiles → Terminal

443. Enable "Silence bell" and Filter Alerts → "Send escape sequence-generated alerts"

454. Set your preferred notification delay

46 56 

47Note that these notifications are specific to iTerm 2 and not available in the default macOS Terminal.57Other terminals, including the default macOS Terminal, do not support native notifications. Use [notification hooks](/en/hooks#notification) instead.

48 58 

49#### Custom notification hooks59#### Notification hooks

50 60 

51For advanced notification handling, you can create [notification hooks](/en/hooks#notification) to run your own logic.61To add custom behavior when notifications fire, such as playing a sound or sending a message, configure a [notification hook](/en/hooks#notification). Hooks run alongside terminal notifications, not as a replacement.

52 62 

53### Handling large inputs63### Handling large inputs

54 64 


65The supported subset includes:75The supported subset includes:

66 76 

67* Mode switching: `Esc` (to NORMAL), `i`/`I`, `a`/`A`, `o`/`O` (to INSERT)77* Mode switching: `Esc` (to NORMAL), `i`/`I`, `a`/`A`, `o`/`O` (to INSERT)

68* Navigation: `h`/`j`/`k`/`l`, `w`/`e`/`b`, `0`/`$`/`^`, `gg`/`G`78* Navigation: `h`/`j`/`k`/`l`, `w`/`e`/`b`, `0`/`$`/`^`, `gg`/`G`, `f`/`F`/`t`/`T` with `;`/`,` repeat

69* Editing: `x`, `dw`/`de`/`db`/`dd`/`D`, `cw`/`ce`/`cb`/`cc`/`C`, `.` (repeat)79* Editing: `x`, `dw`/`de`/`db`/`dd`/`D`, `cw`/`ce`/`cb`/`cc`/`C`, `.` (repeat)

80* Yank/paste: `yy`/`Y`, `yw`/`ye`/`yb`, `p`/`P`

81* Text objects: `iw`/`aw`, `iW`/`aW`, `i"`/`a"`, `i'`/`a'`, `i(`/`a(`, `i[`/`a[`, `i{`/`a{`

82* Indentation: `>>`/`<<`

83* Line operations: `J` (join lines)

70 84 

71 85See [Interactive mode](/en/interactive-mode#vim-editor-mode) for the complete reference.

72 

73> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Enterprise deployment overview5# Enterprise deployment overview

2 6 

3> Learn how Claude Code can integrate with various third-party services and infrastructure to meet enterprise deployment requirements.7> Learn how Claude Code can integrate with various third-party services and infrastructure to meet enterprise deployment requirements.

4 8 

5This page provides an overview of available deployment options and helps you choose the right configuration for your organization.9Organizations can deploy Claude Code through Anthropic directly or through a cloud provider. This page helps you choose the right configuration.

10 

11## Compare deployment options

12 

13For most organizations, Claude for Teams or Claude for Enterprise provides the best experience. Team members get access to both Claude Code and Claude on the web with a single subscription, centralized billing, and no infrastructure setup required.

14 

15**Claude for Teams** is self-service and includes collaboration features, admin tools, and billing management. Best for smaller teams that need to get started quickly.

16 

17**Claude for Enterprise** adds SSO and domain capture, role-based permissions, compliance API access, and managed policy settings for deploying organization-wide Claude Code configurations. Best for larger organizations with security and compliance requirements.

18 

19Learn more about [Team plans](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/9266767-what-is-the-team-plan) and [Enterprise plans](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/9797531-what-is-the-enterprise-plan).

6 20 

7## Provider comparison21If your organization has specific infrastructure requirements, compare the options below:

8 22 

9<table>23<table>

10 <thead>24 <thead>

11 <tr>25 <tr>

12 <th>Feature</th>26 <th>Feature</th>

13 <th>Anthropic</th>27 <th>Claude for Teams/Enterprise</th>

28 <th>Anthropic Console</th>

14 <th>Amazon Bedrock</th>29 <th>Amazon Bedrock</th>

15 <th>Google Vertex AI</th>30 <th>Google Vertex AI</th>

16 <th>Microsoft Foundry</th>31 <th>Microsoft Foundry</th>


18 </thead>33 </thead>

19 34 

20 <tbody>35 <tbody>

36 <tr>

37 <td>Best for</td>

38 <td>Most organizations (recommended)</td>

39 <td>Individual developers</td>

40 <td>AWS-native deployments</td>

41 <td>GCP-native deployments</td>

42 <td>Azure-native deployments</td>

43 </tr>

44 

45 <tr>

46 <td>Billing</td>

47 <td><strong>Teams:</strong> \$150/seat (Premium) with PAYG available<br /><strong>Enterprise:</strong> <a href="https://claude.com/contact-sales">Contact Sales</a></td>

48 <td>PAYG</td>

49 <td>PAYG through AWS</td>

50 <td>PAYG through GCP</td>

51 <td>PAYG through Azure</td>

52 </tr>

53 

21 <tr>54 <tr>

22 <td>Regions</td>55 <td>Regions</td>

23 <td>Supported [countries](https://www.anthropic.com/supported-countries)</td>56 <td>Supported [countries](https://www.anthropic.com/supported-countries)</td>

57 <td>Supported [countries](https://www.anthropic.com/supported-countries)</td>

24 <td>Multiple AWS [regions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/latest/userguide/models-regions.html)</td>58 <td>Multiple AWS [regions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/latest/userguide/models-regions.html)</td>

25 <td>Multiple GCP [regions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/learn/locations)</td>59 <td>Multiple GCP [regions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/learn/locations)</td>

26 <td>Multiple Azure [regions](https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/explore/global-infrastructure/products-by-region/)</td>60 <td>Multiple Azure [regions](https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/explore/global-infrastructure/products-by-region/)</td>


32 <td>Enabled by default</td>66 <td>Enabled by default</td>

33 <td>Enabled by default</td>67 <td>Enabled by default</td>

34 <td>Enabled by default</td>68 <td>Enabled by default</td>

69 <td>Enabled by default</td>

35 </tr>70 </tr>

36 71 

37 <tr>72 <tr>

38 <td>Authentication</td>73 <td>Authentication</td>

74 <td>Claude.ai SSO or email</td>

39 <td>API key</td>75 <td>API key</td>

40 <td>API key or AWS credentials</td>76 <td>API key or AWS credentials</td>

41 <td>GCP credentials</td>77 <td>GCP credentials</td>


44 80 

45 <tr>81 <tr>

46 <td>Cost tracking</td>82 <td>Cost tracking</td>

47 <td>Dashboard</td>83 <td>Usage dashboard</td>

84 <td>Usage dashboard</td>

48 <td>AWS Cost Explorer</td>85 <td>AWS Cost Explorer</td>

49 <td>GCP Billing</td>86 <td>GCP Billing</td>

50 <td>Azure Cost Management</td>87 <td>Azure Cost Management</td>

51 </tr>88 </tr>

52 89 

90 <tr>

91 <td>Includes Claude on web</td>

92 <td>Yes</td>

93 <td>No</td>

94 <td>No</td>

95 <td>No</td>

96 <td>No</td>

97 </tr>

98 

53 <tr>99 <tr>

54 <td>Enterprise features</td>100 <td>Enterprise features</td>

55 <td>Teams, usage monitoring</td>101 <td>Team management, SSO, usage monitoring</td>

102 <td>None</td>

56 <td>IAM policies, CloudTrail</td>103 <td>IAM policies, CloudTrail</td>

57 <td>IAM roles, Cloud Audit Logs</td>104 <td>IAM roles, Cloud Audit Logs</td>

58 <td>RBAC policies, Azure Monitor</td>105 <td>RBAC policies, Azure Monitor</td>


60 </tbody>107 </tbody>

61</table>108</table>

62 109 

63## Cloud providers110Select a deployment option to view setup instructions:

64 

65<CardGroup cols={3}>

66 <Card title="Amazon Bedrock" icon="aws" href="/en/amazon-bedrock">

67 Use Claude models through AWS infrastructure with API key or IAM-based authentication and AWS-native monitoring

68 </Card>

69 

70 <Card title="Google Vertex AI" icon="google" href="/en/google-vertex-ai">

71 Access Claude models via Google Cloud Platform with enterprise-grade security and compliance

72 </Card>

73 

74 <Card title="Microsoft Foundry" icon="microsoft" href="/en/microsoft-foundry">

75 Access Claude through Azure with API key or Microsoft Entra ID authentication and Azure billing

76 </Card>

77</CardGroup>

78 

79## Corporate infrastructure

80 

81<CardGroup cols={2}>

82 <Card title="Enterprise Network" icon="shield" href="/en/network-config">

83 Configure Claude Code to work with your organization's proxy servers and SSL/TLS requirements

84 </Card>

85 

86 <Card title="LLM Gateway" icon="server" href="/en/llm-gateway">

87 Deploy centralized model access with usage tracking, budgeting, and audit logging

88 </Card>

89</CardGroup>

90 111 

91## Configuration overview112* [Claude for Teams or Enterprise](/en/authentication#claude-for-teams-or-enterprise)

113* [Anthropic Console](/en/authentication#claude-console-authentication)

114* [Amazon Bedrock](/en/amazon-bedrock)

115* [Google Vertex AI](/en/google-vertex-ai)

116* [Microsoft Foundry](/en/microsoft-foundry)

92 117 

93Claude Code supports flexible configuration options that allow you to combine different providers and infrastructure:118## Configure proxies and gateways

94 119 

95<Note>120Most organizations can use a cloud provider directly without additional configuration. However, you may need to configure a corporate proxy or LLM gateway if your organization has specific network or management requirements. These are different configurations that can be used together:

96 Understand the difference between:

97 121 

98 * **Corporate proxy**: An HTTP/HTTPS proxy for routing traffic (set via `HTTPS_PROXY` or `HTTP_PROXY`)122* **Corporate proxy**: Routes traffic through an HTTP/HTTPS proxy. Use this if your organization requires all outbound traffic to pass through a proxy server for security monitoring, compliance, or network policy enforcement. Configure with the `HTTPS_PROXY` or `HTTP_PROXY` environment variables. Learn more in [Enterprise network configuration](/en/network-config).

99 * **LLM Gateway**: A service that handles authentication and provides provider-compatible endpoints (set via `ANTHROPIC_BASE_URL`, `ANTHROPIC_BEDROCK_BASE_URL`, or `ANTHROPIC_VERTEX_BASE_URL`)123* **LLM Gateway**: A service that sits between Claude Code and the cloud provider to handle authentication and routing. Use this if you need centralized usage tracking across teams, custom rate limiting or budgets, or centralized authentication management. Configure with the `ANTHROPIC_BASE_URL`, `ANTHROPIC_BEDROCK_BASE_URL`, or `ANTHROPIC_VERTEX_BASE_URL` environment variables. Learn more in [LLM gateway configuration](/en/llm-gateway).

100 124 

101 Both configurations can be used in tandem.125The following examples show the environment variables to set in your shell or shell profile (`.bashrc`, `.zshrc`). See [Settings](/en/settings) for other configuration methods.

102</Note>

103 126 

104### Using Bedrock with corporate proxy127### Amazon Bedrock

105 128 

106Route Bedrock traffic through a corporate HTTP/HTTPS proxy:129<Tabs>

130 <Tab title="Corporate proxy">

131 Route Bedrock traffic through your corporate proxy by setting the following [environment variables](/en/settings#environment-variables):

107 132 

108```bash theme={null}133 ```bash theme={null}

109# Enable Bedrock134 # Enable Bedrock

110export CLAUDE_CODE_USE_BEDROCK=1135 export CLAUDE_CODE_USE_BEDROCK=1

111export AWS_REGION=us-east-1136 export AWS_REGION=us-east-1

112 137 

113# Configure corporate proxy138 # Configure corporate proxy

114export HTTPS_PROXY='https://proxy.example.com:8080'139 export HTTPS_PROXY='https://proxy.example.com:8080'

115```140 ```

141 </Tab>

116 142 

117### Using Bedrock with LLM Gateway143 <Tab title="LLM Gateway">

144 Route Bedrock traffic through your LLM gateway by setting the following [environment variables](/en/settings#environment-variables):

118 145 

119Use a gateway service that provides Bedrock-compatible endpoints:146 ```bash theme={null}

147 # Enable Bedrock

148 export CLAUDE_CODE_USE_BEDROCK=1

120 149 

121```bash theme={null}150 # Configure LLM gateway

122# Enable Bedrock151 export ANTHROPIC_BEDROCK_BASE_URL='https://your-llm-gateway.com/bedrock'

123export CLAUDE_CODE_USE_BEDROCK=1152 export CLAUDE_CODE_SKIP_BEDROCK_AUTH=1 # If gateway handles AWS auth

153 ```

154 </Tab>

155</Tabs>

124 156 

125# Configure LLM gateway157### Microsoft Foundry

126export ANTHROPIC_BEDROCK_BASE_URL='https://your-llm-gateway.com/bedrock'

127export CLAUDE_CODE_SKIP_BEDROCK_AUTH=1 # If gateway handles AWS auth

128```

129 158 

130### Using Foundry with corporate proxy159<Tabs>

160 <Tab title="Corporate proxy">

161 Route Foundry traffic through your corporate proxy by setting the following [environment variables](/en/settings#environment-variables):

131 162 

132Route Azure traffic through a corporate HTTP/HTTPS proxy:163 ```bash theme={null}

164 # Enable Microsoft Foundry

165 export CLAUDE_CODE_USE_FOUNDRY=1

166 export ANTHROPIC_FOUNDRY_RESOURCE=your-resource

167 export ANTHROPIC_FOUNDRY_API_KEY=your-api-key # Or omit for Entra ID auth

133 168 

134```bash theme={null}169 # Configure corporate proxy

135# Enable Microsoft Foundry170 export HTTPS_PROXY='https://proxy.example.com:8080'

136export CLAUDE_CODE_USE_FOUNDRY=1171 ```

137export ANTHROPIC_FOUNDRY_RESOURCE=your-resource172 </Tab>

138export ANTHROPIC_FOUNDRY_API_KEY=your-api-key # Or omit for Entra ID auth

139 173 

140# Configure corporate proxy174 <Tab title="LLM Gateway">

141export HTTPS_PROXY='https://proxy.example.com:8080'175 Route Foundry traffic through your LLM gateway by setting the following [environment variables](/en/settings#environment-variables):

142```

143 176 

144### Using Foundry with LLM Gateway177 ```bash theme={null}

178 # Enable Microsoft Foundry

179 export CLAUDE_CODE_USE_FOUNDRY=1

145 180 

146Use a gateway service that provides Azure-compatible endpoints:181 # Configure LLM gateway

182 export ANTHROPIC_FOUNDRY_BASE_URL='https://your-llm-gateway.com'

183 export CLAUDE_CODE_SKIP_FOUNDRY_AUTH=1 # If gateway handles Azure auth

184 ```

185 </Tab>

186</Tabs>

147 187 

148```bash theme={null}188### Google Vertex AI

149# Enable Microsoft Foundry

150export CLAUDE_CODE_USE_FOUNDRY=1

151 189 

152# Configure LLM gateway190<Tabs>

153export ANTHROPIC_FOUNDRY_BASE_URL='https://your-llm-gateway.com'191 <Tab title="Corporate proxy">

154export CLAUDE_CODE_SKIP_FOUNDRY_AUTH=1 # If gateway handles Azure auth192 Route Vertex AI traffic through your corporate proxy by setting the following [environment variables](/en/settings#environment-variables):

155```

156 193 

157### Using Vertex AI with corporate proxy194 ```bash theme={null}

195 # Enable Vertex

196 export CLAUDE_CODE_USE_VERTEX=1

197 export CLOUD_ML_REGION=us-east5

198 export ANTHROPIC_VERTEX_PROJECT_ID=your-project-id

158 199 

159Route Vertex AI traffic through a corporate HTTP/HTTPS proxy:200 # Configure corporate proxy

201 export HTTPS_PROXY='https://proxy.example.com:8080'

202 ```

203 </Tab>

160 204 

161```bash theme={null}205 <Tab title="LLM Gateway">

162# Enable Vertex206 Route Vertex AI traffic through your LLM gateway by setting the following [environment variables](/en/settings#environment-variables):

163export CLAUDE_CODE_USE_VERTEX=1

164export CLOUD_ML_REGION=us-east5

165export ANTHROPIC_VERTEX_PROJECT_ID=your-project-id

166 207 

167# Configure corporate proxy208 ```bash theme={null}

168export HTTPS_PROXY='https://proxy.example.com:8080'209 # Enable Vertex

169```210 export CLAUDE_CODE_USE_VERTEX=1

170 211 

171### Using Vertex AI with LLM Gateway212 # Configure LLM gateway

213 export ANTHROPIC_VERTEX_BASE_URL='https://your-llm-gateway.com/vertex'

214 export CLAUDE_CODE_SKIP_VERTEX_AUTH=1 # If gateway handles GCP auth

215 ```

216 </Tab>

217</Tabs>

172 218 

173Combine Google Vertex AI models with an LLM gateway for centralized management:219<Tip>

174 220 Use `/status` in Claude Code to verify your proxy and gateway configuration is applied correctly.

175```bash theme={null}221</Tip>

176# Enable Vertex

177export CLAUDE_CODE_USE_VERTEX=1

178 

179# Configure LLM gateway

180export ANTHROPIC_VERTEX_BASE_URL='https://your-llm-gateway.com/vertex'

181export CLAUDE_CODE_SKIP_VERTEX_AUTH=1 # If gateway handles GCP auth

182```

183 

184### Authentication configuration

185 

186Claude Code uses the `ANTHROPIC_AUTH_TOKEN` for the `Authorization` header when needed. The `SKIP_AUTH` flags (`CLAUDE_CODE_SKIP_BEDROCK_AUTH`, `CLAUDE_CODE_SKIP_VERTEX_AUTH`) are used in LLM gateway scenarios where the gateway handles provider authentication.

187 

188## Choosing the right deployment configuration

189 

190Consider these factors when selecting your deployment approach:

191 

192### Direct provider access

193 

194Best for organizations that:

195 

196* Want the simplest setup

197* Have existing AWS or GCP infrastructure

198* Need provider-native monitoring and compliance

199 

200### Corporate proxy

201 

202Best for organizations that:

203 

204* Have existing corporate proxy requirements

205* Need traffic monitoring and compliance

206* Must route all traffic through specific network paths

207 

208### LLM Gateway

209 

210Best for organizations that:

211 

212* Need usage tracking across teams

213* Want to dynamically switch between models

214* Require custom rate limiting or budgets

215* Need centralized authentication management

216 

217## Debugging

218 

219When debugging your deployment:

220 

221* Use the `claude /status` [slash command](/en/slash-commands). This command provides observability into any applied authentication, proxy, and URL settings.

222* Set environment variable `export ANTHROPIC_LOG=debug` to log requests.

223 222 

224## Best practices for organizations223## Best practices for organizations

225 224 

226### 1. Invest in documentation and memory225### Invest in documentation and memory

227 226 

228We strongly recommend investing in documentation so that Claude Code understands your codebase. Organizations can deploy CLAUDE.md files at multiple levels:227We strongly recommend investing in documentation so that Claude Code understands your codebase. Organizations can deploy CLAUDE.md files at multiple levels:

229 228 

230* **Organization-wide**: Deploy to system directories like `/Library/Application Support/ClaudeCode/CLAUDE.md` (macOS) for company-wide standards229* **Organization-wide**: Deploy to system directories like `/Library/Application Support/ClaudeCode/CLAUDE.md` (macOS) for company-wide standards

231* **Repository-level**: Create `CLAUDE.md` files in repository roots containing project architecture, build commands, and contribution guidelines. Check these into source control so all users benefit230* **Repository-level**: Create `CLAUDE.md` files in repository roots containing project architecture, build commands, and contribution guidelines. Check these into source control so all users benefit

232 231 

233 [Learn more](/en/memory).232Learn more in [Memory and CLAUDE.md files](/en/memory).

234 233 

235### 2. Simplify deployment234### Simplify deployment

236 235 

237If you have a custom development environment, we find that creating a "one click" way to install Claude Code is key to growing adoption across an organization.236If you have a custom development environment, we find that creating a "one click" way to install Claude Code is key to growing adoption across an organization.

238 237 

239### 3. Start with guided usage238### Start with guided usage

240 239 

241Encourage new users to try Claude Code for codebase Q\&A, or on smaller bug fixes or feature requests. Ask Claude Code to make a plan. Check Claude's suggestions and give feedback if it's off-track. Over time, as users understand this new paradigm better, then they'll be more effective at letting Claude Code run more agentically.240Encourage new users to try Claude Code for codebase Q\&A, or on smaller bug fixes or feature requests. Ask Claude Code to make a plan. Check Claude's suggestions and give feedback if it's off-track. Over time, as users understand this new paradigm better, then they'll be more effective at letting Claude Code run more agentically.

242 241 

243### 4. Configure security policies242### Pin model versions for cloud providers

243 

244If you deploy through [Bedrock](/en/amazon-bedrock), [Vertex AI](/en/google-vertex-ai), or [Foundry](/en/microsoft-foundry), pin specific model versions using `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL`, `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_SONNET_MODEL`, and `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL`. Without pinning, Claude Code aliases resolve to the latest version, which can break users when Anthropic releases a new model that isn't yet enabled in your account. See [Model configuration](/en/model-config#pin-models-for-third-party-deployments) for details.

245 

246### Configure security policies

244 247 

245Security teams can configure managed permissions for what Claude Code is and is not allowed to do, which cannot be overwritten by local configuration. [Learn more](/en/security).248Security teams can configure managed permissions for what Claude Code is and is not allowed to do, which cannot be overwritten by local configuration. [Learn more](/en/security).

246 249 

247### 5. Leverage MCP for integrations250### Leverage MCP for integrations

248 251 

249MCP is a great way to give Claude Code more information, such as connecting to ticket management systems or error logs. We recommend that one central team configures MCP servers and checks a `.mcp.json` configuration into the codebase so that all users benefit. [Learn more](/en/mcp).252MCP is a great way to give Claude Code more information, such as connecting to ticket management systems or error logs. We recommend that one central team configures MCP servers and checks a `.mcp.json` configuration into the codebase so that all users benefit. [Learn more](/en/mcp).

250 253 


252 255 

253## Next steps256## Next steps

254 257 

255* [Set up Amazon Bedrock](/en/amazon-bedrock) for AWS-native deployment258Once you've chosen a deployment option and configured access for your team:

256* [Configure Google Vertex AI](/en/google-vertex-ai) for GCP deployment

257* [Set up Microsoft Foundry](/en/microsoft-foundry) for Azure deployment

258* [Configure Enterprise Network](/en/network-config) for network requirements

259* [Deploy LLM Gateway](/en/llm-gateway) for enterprise management

260* [Settings](/en/settings) for configuration options and environment variables

261 

262 

263 259 

264> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt2601. **Roll out to your team**: Share installation instructions and have team members [install Claude Code](/en/setup) and authenticate with their credentials.

2612. **Set up shared configuration**: Create a [CLAUDE.md file](/en/memory) in your repositories to help Claude Code understand your codebase and coding standards.

2623. **Configure permissions**: Review [security settings](/en/security) to define what Claude Code can and cannot do in your environment.

troubleshooting.md +43 −14

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Troubleshooting5# Troubleshooting

2 6 

3> Discover solutions to common issues with Claude Code installation and usage.7> Discover solutions to common issues with Claude Code installation and usage.


53 Avoid disabling Windows PATH importing (`appendWindowsPath = false`) as this breaks the ability to call Windows executables from WSL. Similarly, avoid uninstalling Node.js from Windows if you use it for Windows development.57 Avoid disabling Windows PATH importing (`appendWindowsPath = false`) as this breaks the ability to call Windows executables from WSL. Similarly, avoid uninstalling Node.js from Windows if you use it for Windows development.

54</Warning>58</Warning>

55 59 

60### WSL2 sandbox setup

61 

62[Sandboxing](/en/sandboxing) is supported on WSL2 but requires installing additional packages. If you see an error like "Sandbox requires socat and bubblewrap" when running `/sandbox`, install the dependencies:

63 

64<Tabs>

65 <Tab title="Ubuntu/Debian">

66 ```bash theme={null}

67 sudo apt-get install bubblewrap socat

68 ```

69 </Tab>

70 

71 <Tab title="Fedora">

72 ```bash theme={null}

73 sudo dnf install bubblewrap socat

74 ```

75 </Tab>

76</Tabs>

77 

78WSL1 does not support sandboxing. If you see "Sandboxing requires WSL2", you need to upgrade to WSL2 or run Claude Code without sandboxing.

79 

56### Linux and Mac installation issues: permission or command not found errors80### Linux and Mac installation issues: permission or command not found errors

57 81 

58When installing Claude Code with npm, `PATH` problems may prevent access to `claude`.82When installing Claude Code with npm, `PATH` problems may prevent access to `claude`.


143### Repeated permission prompts167### Repeated permission prompts

144 168 

145If you find yourself repeatedly approving the same commands, you can allow specific tools169If you find yourself repeatedly approving the same commands, you can allow specific tools

146to run without approval using the `/permissions` command. See [Permissions docs](/en/iam#configuring-permissions).170to run without approval using the `/permissions` command. See [Permissions docs](/en/permissions#manage-permissions).

147 171 

148### Authentication issues172### Authentication issues

149 173 


1532. Close Claude Code1772. Close Claude Code

1543. Restart with `claude` and complete the authentication process again1783. Restart with `claude` and complete the authentication process again

155 179 

180If the browser doesn't open automatically during login, press `c` to copy the OAuth URL to your clipboard, then paste it into your browser manually.

181 

156If problems persist, try:182If problems persist, try:

157 183 

158```bash theme={null}184```bash theme={null}


167Claude Code stores configuration in several locations:193Claude Code stores configuration in several locations:

168 194 

169| File | Purpose |195| File | Purpose |

170| :---------------------------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------------- |196| :---------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------- |

171| `~/.claude/settings.json` | User settings (permissions, hooks, model overrides) |197| `~/.claude/settings.json` | User settings (permissions, hooks, model overrides) |

172| `.claude/settings.json` | Project settings (checked into source control) |198| `.claude/settings.json` | Project settings (checked into source control) |

173| `.claude/settings.local.json` | Local project settings (not committed) |199| `.claude/settings.local.json` | Local project settings (not committed) |

174| `~/.claude.json` | Global state (theme, OAuth, MCP servers, allowed tools) |200| `~/.claude.json` | Global state (theme, OAuth, MCP servers) |

175| `.mcp.json` | Project MCP servers (checked into source control) |201| `.mcp.json` | Project MCP servers (checked into source control) |

176| `managed-settings.json` | [Enterprise managed settings](/en/settings#settings-files) |202| `managed-settings.json` | [Managed settings](/en/settings#settings-files) |

177| `managed-mcp.json` | [Enterprise managed MCP servers](/en/mcp#enterprise-mcp-configuration) |203| `managed-mcp.json` | [Managed MCP servers](/en/mcp#managed-mcp-configuration) |

178 204 

179On Windows, `~` refers to your user home directory, such as `C:\Users\YourName`.205On Windows, `~` refers to your user home directory, such as `C:\Users\YourName`.

180 206 

181**Enterprise managed file locations:**207**Managed file locations:**

182 208 

183* macOS: `/Library/Application Support/ClaudeCode/`209* macOS: `/Library/Application Support/ClaudeCode/`

184* Linux/WSL: `/etc/claude-code/`210* Linux/WSL: `/etc/claude-code/`


201```227```

202 228 

203<Warning>229<Warning>

204 This will remove all your settings, allowed tools, MCP server configurations, and session history.230 This will remove all your settings, MCP server configurations, and session history.

205</Warning>231</Warning>

206 232 

207## Performance and stability233## Performance and stability


223 249 

224### Search and discovery issues250### Search and discovery issues

225 251 

226If Search tool, `@file` mentions, custom agents, and custom slash commands aren't working, install system `ripgrep`:252If Search tool, `@file` mentions, custom agents, and custom skills aren't working, install system `ripgrep`:

227 253 

228```bash theme={null}254```bash theme={null}

229# macOS (Homebrew) 255# macOS (Homebrew)


357 383 

3581. **Ask Claude to add language tags**: Request "Add appropriate language tags to all code blocks in this markdown file."3841. **Ask Claude to add language tags**: Request "Add appropriate language tags to all code blocks in this markdown file."

359 385 

3602. **Use post-processing hooks**: Set up automatic formatting hooks to detect and add missing language tags. See the [markdown formatting hook example](/en/hooks-guide#markdown-formatting-hook) for implementation details.3862. **Use post-processing hooks**: Set up automatic formatting hooks to detect and add missing language tags. See [Auto-format code after edits](/en/hooks-guide#auto-format-code-after-edits) for an example of a PostToolUse formatting hook.

361 387 

3623. **Manual verification**: After generating markdown files, review them for proper code block formatting and request corrections if needed.3883. **Manual verification**: After generating markdown files, review them for proper code block formatting and request corrections if needed.

363 389 


387 413 

3881. Use the `/bug` command within Claude Code to report problems directly to Anthropic4141. Use the `/bug` command within Claude Code to report problems directly to Anthropic

3892. Check the [GitHub repository](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code) for known issues4152. Check the [GitHub repository](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code) for known issues

3903. Run `/doctor` to check the health of your Claude Code installation4163. Run `/doctor` to diagnose issues. It checks:

417 * Installation type, version, and search functionality

418 * Auto-update status and available versions

419 * Invalid settings files (malformed JSON, incorrect types)

420 * MCP server configuration errors

421 * Keybinding configuration problems

422 * Context usage warnings (large CLAUDE.md files, high MCP token usage, unreachable permission rules)

423 * Plugin and agent loading errors

3914. Ask Claude directly about its capabilities and features - Claude has built-in access to its documentation4244. Ask Claude directly about its capabilities and features - Claude has built-in access to its documentation

392 

393 

394 

395> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

vs-code.md +254 −83

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Use Claude Code in VS Code5# Use Claude Code in VS Code

2 6 

3> Install and configure the Claude Code extension for VS Code. Get AI coding assistance with inline diffs, @-mentions, plan review, and keyboard shortcuts.7> Install and configure the Claude Code extension for VS Code. Get AI coding assistance with inline diffs, @-mentions, plan review, and keyboard shortcuts.


13* VS Code 1.98.0 or higher17* VS Code 1.98.0 or higher

14* An Anthropic account (you'll sign in when you first open the extension). If you're using a third-party provider like Amazon Bedrock or Google Vertex AI, see [Use third-party providers](#use-third-party-providers) instead.18* An Anthropic account (you'll sign in when you first open the extension). If you're using a third-party provider like Amazon Bedrock or Google Vertex AI, see [Use third-party providers](#use-third-party-providers) instead.

15 19 

16You don't need to install the Claude Code CLI first. However, some features like MCP server configuration require the CLI. See [VS Code extension vs. Claude Code CLI](#vs-code-extension-vs-claude-code-cli) for details.20<Tip>

21 The extension includes the CLI (command-line interface), which you can access from VS Code's integrated terminal for advanced features. See [VS Code extension vs. Claude Code CLI](#vs-code-extension-vs-claude-code-cli) for details.

22</Tip>

17 23 

18## Install the extension24## Install the extension

19 25 


24 30 

25Or in VS Code, press `Cmd+Shift+X` (Mac) or `Ctrl+Shift+X` (Windows/Linux) to open the Extensions view, search for "Claude Code", and click **Install**.31Or in VS Code, press `Cmd+Shift+X` (Mac) or `Ctrl+Shift+X` (Windows/Linux) to open the Extensions view, search for "Claude Code", and click **Install**.

26 32 

27<Note>You may need to restart VS Code or run "Developer: Reload Window" from the Command Palette after installation.</Note>33<Note>If the extension doesn't appear after installation, restart VS Code or run "Developer: Reload Window" from the Command Palette.</Note>

28 34 

29## Get started35## Get started

30 36 


43 * **Command Palette**: `Cmd+Shift+P` (Mac) or `Ctrl+Shift+P` (Windows/Linux), type "Claude Code", and select an option like "Open in New Tab"49 * **Command Palette**: `Cmd+Shift+P` (Mac) or `Ctrl+Shift+P` (Windows/Linux), type "Claude Code", and select an option like "Open in New Tab"

44 * **Status Bar**: Click **✱ Claude Code** in the bottom-right corner of the window. This works even when no file is open.50 * **Status Bar**: Click **✱ Claude Code** in the bottom-right corner of the window. This works even when no file is open.

45 51 

52 When you first open the panel, a **Learn Claude Code** checklist appears. Work through each item by clicking **Show me**, or dismiss it with the X. To reopen it later, uncheck **Hide Onboarding** in VS Code settings under Extensions → Claude Code.

53 

46 You can drag the Claude panel to reposition it anywhere in VS Code. See [Customize your workflow](#customize-your-workflow) for details.54 You can drag the Claude panel to reposition it anywhere in VS Code. See [Customize your workflow](#customize-your-workflow) for details.

47 </Step>55 </Step>

48 56 

49 <Step title="Send a prompt">57 <Step title="Send a prompt">

50 Ask Claude to help with your code or files, whether that's explaining how something works, debugging an issue, or making changes.58 Ask Claude to help with your code or files, whether that's explaining how something works, debugging an issue, or making changes.

51 59 

52 <Tip>Select text in the editor and press `Alt+K` to insert an @-mention with the file path and line numbers directly into your prompt.</Tip>60 <Tip>Claude automatically sees your selected text. Press `Option+K` (Mac) / `Alt+K` (Windows/Linux) to also insert an @-mention reference (like `@file.ts#5-10`) into your prompt.</Tip>

53 61 

54 Here's an example of asking about a particular line in a file:62 Here's an example of asking about a particular line in a file:

55 63 


57 </Step>65 </Step>

58 66 

59 <Step title="Review changes">67 <Step title="Review changes">

60 When Claude wants to edit a file, it shows you a diff and asks for permission. You can accept, reject, or tell Claude what to do instead.68 When Claude wants to edit a file, it shows a side-by-side comparison of the original and proposed changes, then asks for permission. You can accept, reject, or tell Claude what to do instead.

61 69 

62 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA/images/vs-code-edits.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA&q=85&s=e005f9b41c541c5c7c59c082f7c4841c" alt="VS Code showing a diff of Claude's proposed changes with a permission prompt asking whether to make the edit" data-og-width="3292" width="3292" data-og-height="1876" height="1876" data-path="images/vs-code-edits.png" data-optimize="true" data-opv="3" srcset="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA/images/vs-code-edits.png?w=280&fit=max&auto=format&n=FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA&q=85&s=cb5d41b81087f79b842a56b5a3304660 280w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA/images/vs-code-edits.png?w=560&fit=max&auto=format&n=FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA&q=85&s=90bb691960decdc06393c3c21cd62c75 560w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA/images/vs-code-edits.png?w=840&fit=max&auto=format&n=FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA&q=85&s=9a11bf878ba619e850380904ff4f38e8 840w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA/images/vs-code-edits.png?w=1100&fit=max&auto=format&n=FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA&q=85&s=6dddbf596b4f69ec6245bdc5eb6dd487 1100w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA/images/vs-code-edits.png?w=1650&fit=max&auto=format&n=FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA&q=85&s=ef2713b8cbfd2cee97af817d813d64c7 1650w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA/images/vs-code-edits.png?w=2500&fit=max&auto=format&n=FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA&q=85&s=1f7e1c52919cdfddf295f32a2ec7ae59 2500w" />70 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA/images/vs-code-edits.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA&q=85&s=e005f9b41c541c5c7c59c082f7c4841c" alt="VS Code showing a diff of Claude's proposed changes with a permission prompt asking whether to make the edit" data-og-width="3292" width="3292" data-og-height="1876" height="1876" data-path="images/vs-code-edits.png" data-optimize="true" data-opv="3" srcset="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA/images/vs-code-edits.png?w=280&fit=max&auto=format&n=FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA&q=85&s=cb5d41b81087f79b842a56b5a3304660 280w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA/images/vs-code-edits.png?w=560&fit=max&auto=format&n=FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA&q=85&s=90bb691960decdc06393c3c21cd62c75 560w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA/images/vs-code-edits.png?w=840&fit=max&auto=format&n=FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA&q=85&s=9a11bf878ba619e850380904ff4f38e8 840w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA/images/vs-code-edits.png?w=1100&fit=max&auto=format&n=FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA&q=85&s=6dddbf596b4f69ec6245bdc5eb6dd487 1100w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA/images/vs-code-edits.png?w=1650&fit=max&auto=format&n=FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA&q=85&s=ef2713b8cbfd2cee97af817d813d64c7 1650w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA/images/vs-code-edits.png?w=2500&fit=max&auto=format&n=FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA&q=85&s=1f7e1c52919cdfddf295f32a2ec7ae59 2500w" />

63 </Step>71 </Step>


65 73 

66For more ideas on what you can do with Claude Code, see [Common workflows](/en/common-workflows).74For more ideas on what you can do with Claude Code, see [Common workflows](/en/common-workflows).

67 75 

76<Tip>

77 Run "Claude Code: Open Walkthrough" from the Command Palette for a guided tour of the basics.

78</Tip>

79 

80## Use the prompt box

81 

82The prompt box supports several features:

83 

84* **Permission modes**: Click the mode indicator at the bottom of the prompt box to switch modes. In normal mode, Claude asks permission before each action. In Plan mode, Claude describes what it will do and waits for approval before making changes. In auto-accept mode, Claude makes edits without asking. Set the default in VS Code settings under `claudeCode.initialPermissionMode`.

85* **Command menu**: Click `/` or type `/` to open the command menu. Options include attaching files, switching models, toggling extended thinking, and viewing plan usage (`/usage`). The Customize section provides access to MCP servers, hooks, memory, permissions, and plugins. Items with a terminal icon open in the integrated terminal.

86* **Context indicator**: The prompt box shows how much of Claude's context window you're using. Claude automatically compacts when needed, or you can run `/compact` manually.

87* **Extended thinking**: Lets Claude spend more time reasoning through complex problems. Toggle it on via the command menu (`/`). See [Extended thinking](/en/common-workflows#use-extended-thinking-thinking-mode) for details.

88* **Multi-line input**: Press `Shift+Enter` to add a new line without sending. This also works in the "Other" free-text input of question dialogs.

89 

90### Reference files and folders

91 

92Use @-mentions to give Claude context about specific files or folders. When you type `@` followed by a file or folder name, Claude reads that content and can answer questions about it or make changes to it. Claude Code supports fuzzy matching, so you can type partial names to find what you need:

93 

94```

95> Explain the logic in @auth (fuzzy matches auth.js, AuthService.ts, etc.)

96> What's in @src/components/ (include a trailing slash for folders)

97```

98 

99For large PDFs, you can ask Claude to read specific pages instead of the whole file: a single page, a range like pages 1-10, or an open-ended range like page 3 onward.

100 

101When you select text in the editor, Claude can see your highlighted code automatically. The prompt box footer shows how many lines are selected. Press `Option+K` (Mac) / `Alt+K` (Windows/Linux) to insert an @-mention with the file path and line numbers (e.g., `@app.ts#5-10`). Click the selection indicator to toggle whether Claude can see your highlighted text - the eye-slash icon means the selection is hidden from Claude.

102 

103You can also hold `Shift` while dragging files into the prompt box to add them as attachments. Click the X on any attachment to remove it from context.

104 

105### Resume past conversations

106 

107Click the dropdown at the top of the Claude Code panel to access your conversation history. You can search by keyword or browse by time (Today, Yesterday, Last 7 days, etc.). Click any conversation to resume it with the full message history. For more on resuming sessions, see [Common workflows](/en/common-workflows#resume-previous-conversations).

108 

109### Resume remote sessions from Claude.ai

110 

111If you use [Claude Code on the web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web), you can resume those remote sessions directly in VS Code. This requires signing in with **Claude.ai Subscription**, not Anthropic Console.

112 

113<Steps>

114 <Step title="Open Past Conversations">

115 Click the **Past Conversations** dropdown at the top of the Claude Code panel.

116 </Step>

117 

118 <Step title="Select the Remote tab">

119 The dialog shows two tabs: Local and Remote. Click **Remote** to see sessions from claude.ai.

120 </Step>

121 

122 <Step title="Select a session to resume">

123 Browse or search your remote sessions. Click any session to download it and continue the conversation locally.

124 </Step>

125</Steps>

126 

127<Note>

128 Only web sessions started with a GitHub repository appear in the Remote tab. Resuming loads the conversation history locally; changes are not synced back to claude.ai.

129</Note>

130 

68## Customize your workflow131## Customize your workflow

69 132 

70Once you're up and running, you can reposition the Claude panel or switch to terminal mode.133Once you're up and running, you can reposition the Claude panel, run multiple sessions, or switch to terminal mode.

71 134 

72### Change the layout135### Choose where Claude lives

73 136 

74You can drag the Claude panel to reposition it anywhere in VS Code. Grab the panel's tab or title bar and drag it to:137You can drag the Claude panel to reposition it anywhere in VS Code. Grab the panel's tab or title bar and drag it to:

75 138 

76* **Secondary sidebar** (default): The right side of the window139* **Secondary sidebar**: The right side of the window. Keeps Claude visible while you code.

77* **Primary sidebar**: The left sidebar with icons for Explorer, Search, etc.140* **Primary sidebar**: The left sidebar with icons for Explorer, Search, etc.

78* **Editor area**: Opens Claude as a tab alongside your files141* **Editor area**: Opens Claude as a tab alongside your files. Useful for side tasks.

79 142 

80<Note>143<Tip>

81 The Spark icon only appears in the Activity Bar (left sidebar icons) when the Claude panel is docked to the left. Since Claude defaults to the right side, use the Editor Toolbar icon to open Claude.144 Use the sidebar for your main Claude session and open additional tabs for side tasks. Claude remembers your preferred location. Note that the Spark icon only appears in the Activity Bar when the Claude panel is docked to the left. Since Claude defaults to the right side, use the Editor Toolbar icon to open Claude.

82</Note>145</Tip>

146 

147### Run multiple conversations

148 

149Use **Open in New Tab** or **Open in New Window** from the Command Palette to start additional conversations. Each conversation maintains its own history and context, allowing you to work on different tasks in parallel.

150 

151When using tabs, a small colored dot on the spark icon indicates status: blue means a permission request is pending, orange means Claude finished while the tab was hidden.

83 152 

84### Switch to terminal mode153### Switch to terminal mode

85 154 


87 156 

88You can also open VS Code settings (`Cmd+,` on Mac or `Ctrl+,` on Windows/Linux), go to Extensions → Claude Code, and check **Use Terminal**.157You can also open VS Code settings (`Cmd+,` on Mac or `Ctrl+,` on Windows/Linux), go to Extensions → Claude Code, and check **Use Terminal**.

89 158 

159## Manage plugins

160 

161The VS Code extension includes a graphical interface for installing and managing [plugins](/en/plugins). Type `/plugins` in the prompt box to open the **Manage plugins** interface.

162 

163### Install plugins

164 

165The plugin dialog shows two tabs: **Plugins** and **Marketplaces**.

166 

167In the Plugins tab:

168 

169* **Installed plugins** appear at the top with toggle switches to enable or disable them

170* **Available plugins** from your configured marketplaces appear below

171* Search to filter plugins by name or description

172* Click **Install** on any available plugin

173 

174When you install a plugin, choose the installation scope:

175 

176* **Install for you**: Available in all your projects (user scope)

177* **Install for this project**: Shared with project collaborators (project scope)

178* **Install locally**: Only for you, only in this repository (local scope)

179 

180### Manage marketplaces

181 

182Switch to the **Marketplaces** tab to add or remove plugin sources:

183 

184* Enter a GitHub repo, URL, or local path to add a new marketplace

185* Click the refresh icon to update a marketplace's plugin list

186* Click the trash icon to remove a marketplace

187 

188After making changes, a banner prompts you to restart Claude Code to apply the updates.

189 

190<Note>

191 Plugin management in VS Code uses the same CLI commands under the hood. Plugins and marketplaces you configure in the extension are also available in the CLI, and vice versa.

192</Note>

193 

194For more about the plugin system, see [Plugins](/en/plugins) and [Plugin marketplaces](/en/plugin-marketplaces).

195 

196## Automate browser tasks with Chrome

197 

198Connect Claude to your Chrome browser to test web apps, debug with console logs, and automate browser workflows without leaving VS Code. This requires the [Claude in Chrome extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/claude/fcoeoabgfenejglbffodgkkbkcdhcgfn) version 1.0.36 or higher.

199 

200Type `@browser` in the prompt box followed by what you want Claude to do:

201 

202```text theme={null}

203@browser go to localhost:3000 and check the console for errors

204```

205 

206You can also open the attachment menu to select specific browser tools like opening a new tab or reading page content.

207 

208Claude opens new tabs for browser tasks and shares your browser's login state, so it can access any site you're already signed into.

209 

210For setup instructions, the full list of capabilities, and troubleshooting, see [Use Claude Code with Chrome](/en/chrome).

211 

90## VS Code commands and shortcuts212## VS Code commands and shortcuts

91 213 

92Open the Command Palette (`Cmd+Shift+P` on Mac or `Ctrl+Shift+P` on Windows/Linux) and type "Claude Code" to see all available VS Code commands for the Claude Code extension:214Open the Command Palette (`Cmd+Shift+P` on Mac or `Ctrl+Shift+P` on Windows/Linux) and type "Claude Code" to see all available VS Code commands for the Claude Code extension.

215 

216Some shortcuts depend on which panel is "focused" (receiving keyboard input). When your cursor is in a code file, the editor is focused. When your cursor is in Claude's prompt box, Claude is focused. Use `Cmd+Esc` / `Ctrl+Esc` to toggle between them.

93 217 

94<Note>218<Note>

95 These are VS Code commands for controlling the extension. For Claude Code slash commands (like `/help` or `/compact`), not all CLI commands are available in the extension yet. See [VS Code extension vs. Claude Code CLI](#vs-code-extension-vs-claude-code-cli) for details.219 These are VS Code commands for controlling the extension. Not all built-in Claude Code commands are available in the extension. See [VS Code extension vs. Claude Code CLI](#vs-code-extension-vs-claude-code-cli) for details.

96</Note>220</Note>

97 221 

98| Command | Shortcut | Description |222| Command | Shortcut | Description |

99| -------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |223| -------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

100| Focus Input | `Cmd+Esc` (Mac) / `Ctrl+Esc` (Windows/Linux) | Toggle focus between editor and Claude |224| Focus Input | `Cmd+Esc` (Mac) / `Ctrl+Esc` (Windows/Linux) | Toggle focus between editor and Claude |

101| Open in Side Bar | | Open Claude in the left sidebar |225| Open in Side Bar | - | Open Claude in the left sidebar |

102| Open in Terminal | | Open Claude in terminal mode |226| Open in Terminal | - | Open Claude in terminal mode |

103| Open in New Tab | `Cmd+Shift+Esc` (Mac) / `Ctrl+Shift+Esc` (Windows/Linux) | Open a new conversation as an editor tab |227| Open in New Tab | `Cmd+Shift+Esc` (Mac) / `Ctrl+Shift+Esc` (Windows/Linux) | Open a new conversation as an editor tab |

104| Open in New Window | | Open a new conversation in a separate window |228| Open in New Window | - | Open a new conversation in a separate window |

105| New Conversation | `Cmd+N` (Mac) / `Ctrl+N` (Windows/Linux) | Start a new conversation (when Claude is focused) |229| New Conversation | `Cmd+N` (Mac) / `Ctrl+N` (Windows/Linux) | Start a new conversation (requires Claude to be focused) |

106| Insert @-Mention Reference | `Alt+K` | Insert a reference to the current file (includes line numbers if text is selected) |230| Insert @-Mention Reference | `Option+K` (Mac) / `Alt+K` (Windows/Linux) | Insert a reference to the current file and selection (requires editor to be focused) |

107| Show Logs | | View extension debug logs |231| Show Logs | - | View extension debug logs |

108| Logout | | Sign out of your Anthropic account |232| Logout | - | Sign out of your Anthropic account |

109 

110Use **Open in New Tab** or **Open in New Window** to run multiple conversations simultaneously. Each tab or window maintains its own conversation history and context.

111 233 

112## Configure settings234## Configure settings

113 235 

114The extension has two types of settings:236The extension has two types of settings:

115 237 

116* **Extension settings**: Open with `Cmd+,` (Mac) or `Ctrl+,` (Windows/Linux), then go to Extensions → Claude Code.238* **Extension settings** in VS Code: Control the extension's behavior within VS Code. Open with `Cmd+,` (Mac) or `Ctrl+,` (Windows/Linux), then go to Extensions → Claude Code. You can also type `/` and select **General Config** to open settings.

117 239* **Claude Code settings** in `~/.claude/settings.json`: Shared between the extension and CLI. Use for allowed commands, environment variables, hooks, and MCP servers. See [Settings](/en/settings) for details.

118 | Setting | Description |240 

119 | ---------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |241<Tip>

120 | Selected Model | Default model for new conversations. Change per-session with `/model`. |242 Add `"$schema": "https://json.schemastore.org/claude-code-settings.json"` to your `settings.json` to get autocomplete and inline validation for all available settings directly in VS Code.

121 | Use Terminal | Launch Claude in terminal mode instead of graphical panel |243</Tip>

122 | Initial Permission Mode | Controls approval prompts for file edits and commands. Defaults to `default` (ask before each action). |244 

123 | Preferred Location | Default location: sidebar (right) or panel (new tab) |245### Extension settings

124 | Autosave | Auto-save files before Claude reads or writes them |246 

125 | Use Ctrl+Enter to Send | Use Ctrl/Cmd+Enter instead of Enter to send prompts |247| Setting | Default | Description |

126 | Enable New Conversation Shortcut | Enable Cmd/Ctrl+N to start a new conversation |248| --------------------------------- | --------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

127 | Respect Git Ignore | Exclude .gitignore patterns from file searches |249| `selectedModel` | `default` | Model for new conversations. Change per-session with `/model`. |

128 | Environment Variables | Set environment variables for the Claude process. **Not recommended**—use [Claude Code settings](/en/settings) instead so configuration is shared between extension and CLI. |250| `useTerminal` | `false` | Launch Claude in terminal mode instead of graphical panel |

129 | Disable Login Prompt | Skip authentication prompts (for third-party provider setups) |251| `initialPermissionMode` | `default` | Controls approval prompts: `default` (ask each time), `plan`, `acceptEdits`, or `bypassPermissions` |

130 | Allow Dangerously Skip Permissions | Bypass all permission prompts. **Use with extreme caution**—recommended only for isolated sandboxes with no internet access. |252| `preferredLocation` | `panel` | Where Claude opens: `sidebar` (right) or `panel` (new tab) |

131 | Claude Process Wrapper | Executable path used to launch the Claude process |253| `autosave` | `true` | Auto-save files before Claude reads or writes them |

132 254| `useCtrlEnterToSend` | `false` | Use Ctrl/Cmd+Enter instead of Enter to send prompts |

133* **Claude Code settings** (`~/.claude/settings.json`): These settings are shared between the VS Code extension and the CLI. Use this file for allowed commands and directories, environment variables, hooks, and MCP servers. See the [settings documentation](/en/settings) for details.255| `enableNewConversationShortcut` | `true` | Enable Cmd/Ctrl+N to start a new conversation |

256| `hideOnboarding` | `false` | Hide the onboarding checklist (graduation cap icon) |

257| `respectGitIgnore` | `true` | Exclude .gitignore patterns from file searches |

258| `environmentVariables` | `[]` | Set environment variables for the Claude process. Use Claude Code settings instead for shared config. |

259| `disableLoginPrompt` | `false` | Skip authentication prompts (for third-party provider setups) |

260| `allowDangerouslySkipPermissions` | `false` | Bypass all permission prompts. **Use with extreme caution.** |

261| `claudeProcessWrapper` | - | Executable path used to launch the Claude process |

262 

263## VS Code extension vs. Claude Code CLI

264 

265Claude Code is available as both a VS Code extension (graphical panel) and a CLI (command-line interface in the terminal). Some features are only available in the CLI. If you need a CLI-only feature, run `claude` in VS Code's integrated terminal.

266 

267| Feature | CLI | VS Code Extension |

268| ------------------- | --------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- |

269| Commands and skills | [All](/en/interactive-mode#built-in-commands) | Subset (type `/` to see available) |

270| MCP server config | Yes | No (configure via CLI, use in extension) |

271| Checkpoints | Yes | Yes |

272| `!` bash shortcut | Yes | No |

273| Tab completion | Yes | No |

274 

275### Rewind with checkpoints

276 

277The VS Code extension supports checkpoints, which track Claude's file edits and let you rewind to a previous state. Hover over any message to reveal the rewind button, then choose from three options:

278 

279* **Fork conversation from here**: start a new conversation branch from this message while keeping all code changes intact

280* **Rewind code to here**: revert file changes back to this point in the conversation while keeping the full conversation history

281* **Fork conversation and rewind code**: start a new conversation branch and revert file changes to this point

282 

283For full details on how checkpoints work and their limitations, see [Checkpointing](/en/checkpointing).

284 

285### Run CLI in VS Code

286 

287To use the CLI while staying in VS Code, open the integrated terminal (`` Ctrl+` `` on Windows/Linux or `` Cmd+` `` on Mac) and run `claude`. The CLI automatically integrates with your IDE for features like diff viewing and diagnostic sharing.

288 

289If using an external terminal, run `/ide` inside Claude Code to connect it to VS Code.

290 

291### Switch between extension and CLI

292 

293The extension and CLI share the same conversation history. To continue an extension conversation in the CLI, run `claude --resume` in the terminal. This opens an interactive picker where you can search for and select your conversation.

294 

295### Include terminal output in prompts

296 

297Reference terminal output in your prompts using `@terminal:name` where `name` is the terminal's title. This lets Claude see command output, error messages, or logs without copy-pasting.

298 

299### Monitor background processes

300 

301When Claude runs long-running commands, the extension shows progress in the status bar. However, visibility for background tasks is limited compared to the CLI. For better visibility, have Claude output the command so you can run it in VS Code's integrated terminal.

302 

303### Connect to external tools with MCP

304 

305MCP (Model Context Protocol) servers give Claude access to external tools, databases, and APIs. Configure them via CLI, then use them in both extension and CLI.

306 

307To add an MCP server, open the integrated terminal (`` Ctrl+` `` or `` Cmd+` ``) and run:

308 

309```bash theme={null}

310claude mcp add --transport http github https://api.githubcopilot.com/mcp/

311```

312 

313Once configured, ask Claude to use the tools (e.g., "Review PR #456"). Some servers require authentication: run `claude` in the terminal, then type `/mcp` to authenticate. See the [MCP documentation](/en/mcp) for available servers.

314 

315## Work with git

316 

317Claude Code integrates with git to help with version control workflows directly in VS Code. Ask Claude to commit changes, create pull requests, or work across branches.

318 

319### Create commits and pull requests

320 

321Claude can stage changes, write commit messages, and create pull requests based on your work:

322 

323```

324> commit my changes with a descriptive message

325> create a pr for this feature

326> summarize the changes I've made to the auth module

327```

328 

329When creating pull requests, Claude generates descriptions based on the actual code changes and can add context about testing or implementation decisions.

330 

331### Use git worktrees for parallel tasks

332 

333Use the `--worktree` (`-w`) flag to start Claude in an isolated worktree with its own files and branch:

334 

335```bash theme={null}

336claude --worktree feature-auth

337```

338 

339Each worktree maintains independent file state while sharing git history. This prevents Claude instances from interfering with each other when working on different tasks. For more details, see [Run parallel sessions with Git worktrees](/en/common-workflows#run-parallel-claude-code-sessions-with-git-worktrees).

134 340 

135## Use third-party providers341## Use third-party providers

136 342 


154 </Step>360 </Step>

155</Steps>361</Steps>

156 362 

157## VS Code extension vs. Claude Code CLI363## Security and privacy

158 

159The extension doesn't yet have full feature parity with the CLI. If you need CLI-only features, you can run `claude` directly in VS Code's integrated terminal.

160 

161| Feature | CLI | VS Code Extension |

162| ----------------- | ------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------- |

163| Slash commands | [Full set](/en/slash-commands) | Subset (type `/` to see available) |

164| MCP server config | Yes | No (configure via CLI, use in extension) |

165| Checkpoints | Yes | Coming soon |

166| `!` bash shortcut | Yes | No |

167| Tab completion | Yes | No |

168 

169### Run CLI in VS Code

170 

171To use the CLI while staying in VS Code, open the integrated terminal (`` Ctrl+` `` on Windows/Linux or `` Cmd+` `` on Mac) and run `claude`. The CLI automatically integrates with your IDE for features like diff viewing and diagnostic sharing.

172 

173If using an external terminal, run `/ide` inside Claude Code to connect it to VS Code.

174 

175### Switch between extension and CLI

176 

177The extension and CLI share the same conversation history. To continue an extension conversation in the CLI, run `claude --resume` in the terminal. This opens an interactive picker where you can search for and select your conversation.

178 

179## Security considerations

180 364 

181With auto-edit permissions enabled, Claude Code can modify VS Code configuration files (like `settings.json` or `tasks.json`) that VS Code may execute automatically. This could potentially bypass Claude Code's normal permission prompts.365Your code stays private. Claude Code processes your code to provide assistance but does not use it to train models. For details on data handling and how to opt out of logging, see [Data and privacy](/en/data-usage).

182 366 

183To reduce risk when working with untrusted code:367With auto-edit permissions enabled, Claude Code can modify VS Code configuration files (like `settings.json` or `tasks.json`) that VS Code may execute automatically. To reduce risk when working with untrusted code:

184 368 

185* Enable [VS Code Restricted Mode](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/workspace-trust#_restricted-mode) for untrusted workspaces369* Enable [VS Code Restricted Mode](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/workspace-trust#_restricted-mode) for untrusted workspaces

186* Use manual approval mode instead of auto-accept for edits370* Use manual approval mode instead of auto-accept for edits


192 376 

193* Ensure you have a compatible version of VS Code (1.98.0 or later)377* Ensure you have a compatible version of VS Code (1.98.0 or later)

194* Check that VS Code has permission to install extensions378* Check that VS Code has permission to install extensions

195* Try installing directly from the Marketplace website379* Try installing directly from the [VS Code Marketplace](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=anthropic.claude-code)

196 380 

197### Spark icon not visible381### Spark icon not visible

198 382 

199The Spark icon appears in the **Editor Toolbar** (top-right of editor) when you have a file open. If you don't see it:383The Spark icon appears in the **Editor Toolbar** (top-right of editor) when you have a file open. If you don't see it:

200 384 

2011. **Open a file**: The icon requires a file to be open—having just a folder open isn't enough3851. **Open a file**: The icon requires a file to be open. Having just a folder open isn't enough.

2022. **Check VS Code version**: Requires 1.98.0 or higher (Help → About)3862. **Check VS Code version**: Requires 1.98.0 or higher (Help → About)

2033. **Restart VS Code**: Run "Developer: Reload Window" from the Command Palette3873. **Restart VS Code**: Run "Developer: Reload Window" from the Command Palette

2044. **Disable conflicting extensions**: Temporarily disable other AI extensions (Cline, Continue, etc.)3884. **Disable conflicting extensions**: Temporarily disable other AI extensions (Cline, Continue, etc.)

2055. **Check workspace trust**: The extension doesn't work in Restricted Mode3895. **Check workspace trust**: The extension doesn't work in Restricted Mode

206 390 

207Alternatively, click "✱ Claude Code" in the **Status Bar** (bottom-right corner)—this works even without a file open. You can also use the **Command Palette** (`Cmd+Shift+P` / `Ctrl+Shift+P`) and type "Claude Code".391Alternatively, click "✱ Claude Code" in the **Status Bar** (bottom-right corner). This works even without a file open. You can also use the **Command Palette** (`Cmd+Shift+P` / `Ctrl+Shift+P`) and type "Claude Code".

208 392 

209### Claude Code never responds393### Claude Code never responds

210 394 


2131. **Check your internet connection**: Ensure you have a stable internet connection3971. **Check your internet connection**: Ensure you have a stable internet connection

2142. **Start a new conversation**: Try starting a fresh conversation to see if the issue persists3982. **Start a new conversation**: Try starting a fresh conversation to see if the issue persists

2153. **Try the CLI**: Run `claude` from the terminal to see if you get more detailed error messages3993. **Try the CLI**: Run `claude` from the terminal to see if you get more detailed error messages

2164. **File a bug report**: If the problem continues, [file an issue on GitHub](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code/issues) with details about the error

217 400 

218### Standalone CLI not connecting to IDE401If problems persist, [file an issue on GitHub](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code/issues) with details about the error.

219 

220* Ensure you're running Claude Code from VS Code's integrated terminal (not an external terminal)

221* Ensure the CLI for your IDE variant is installed:

222 * VS Code: `code` command should be available

223 * Cursor: `cursor` command should be available

224 * Windsurf: `windsurf` command should be available

225 * VSCodium: `codium` command should be available

226* If the command isn't available, install it from the Command Palette → "Shell Command: Install 'code' command in PATH"

227 402 

228## Uninstall the extension403## Uninstall the extension

229 404 


248* [Explore common workflows](/en/common-workflows) to get the most out of Claude Code423* [Explore common workflows](/en/common-workflows) to get the most out of Claude Code

249* [Set up MCP servers](/en/mcp) to extend Claude's capabilities with external tools. Configure servers using the CLI, then use them in the extension.424* [Set up MCP servers](/en/mcp) to extend Claude's capabilities with external tools. Configure servers using the CLI, then use them in the extension.

250* [Configure Claude Code settings](/en/settings) to customize allowed commands, hooks, and more. These settings are shared between the extension and CLI.425* [Configure Claude Code settings](/en/settings) to customize allowed commands, hooks, and more. These settings are shared between the extension and CLI.

251 

252 

253 

254> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt